51190-Oracle Vanilla Test Cases - All Modules

Track Module S.
No
Finance
Procurement
Manufacturing
HRMS
Workflows
Test Cases Category Complexity No Of TC's
236
68
17
207
12
6
38
7
71
36
394
168
TOTAL 919
S.No Scenarios S.No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Test Cases
GL_ChartOfAccounts_CodeCombination
GL_ChartOfAccounts_NewSegmentValue
GL_JournalEntries_Enter Single Manual Journal
GL_JournalEntries_Enter Batch Manual Journal
GL_JournalEntries_Creating Recurring Journals
GL_JournalEntries_Creating Mass allocation
GL_JournalEntries_Creating Reversing journal
GL_JournalEntries_To reverse a Journal entry / Batch of Journal Entries in General Ledger
Reverse Batch reverses all the journals within it, and reverse journals are used if the journals have to be
reversed in different periods.
GL_JournalEntries_ModifyUnpostedJournalEntry
GL_JournalEntries_PostJournalEntries
GL_JournalPost_Manually Post Journal Entries
GL_JournalPost_Automatically Post Journal Entries
GL_JournalPost_CorrectAndPostJournals
GL_JournalPost_To post a journal batch
GL_JournalImport_PA to GL(Revenue adjustments)
GL_JournalImport_AP-GL(Invoice Payments)
GL_JournalImport_AR-GL(Cash Received)
GL_JournalImport_FA-GL(Depreciation asset transactions)
GL_JournalImport_CM-GL(WIP Transactions)
GL_JournalImport_PO-GL(Accured Receipts)
GL_JournalImport_Payroll-GL(Salary)
GL_Intercompany_Generating Inter company transactions
GL_Intercompany_Approve or Reject intercompany transactions
GL_Intercompany_Defining Recurring Inter company transactions
GL_Intercompany_Deleting an Intercompany transaction
GL_Intercompany_To demonstrate usage of Intercompany Segment. Booking an inter-company entry
GL_Intercompany_Manual Inter Company transactions

GL_Intercompany_Reverse Inter company transactions
GL_Budgets_Enter budget amounts
GL_Budgets_Enter budget journals
GL_Budgets_Use the Desktop Integrator Budget Wizard
GL_Budgets_Budgetary control
GL_Budgets_Define Budget Formula
GL_Budgets_Define Mass Budgets
GL_Budgets_Freezing Budget
GL_Budgets_Upload Budget
GL_Budgets_Transfer budget amounts
GL_Budgets_DefineBudget
GL_Budgets_DefineOrganization
GL_Budgets_EnteringAmount
GL_Budgets_TransferingAmount
GL_Encumbrance_Enter an Encumbrance batch
GL_Encumbrance_Relieve the encumberance manually
GL_Encumbrance_Review the encumberance manually
GL_Encumbrance_View funds available.
GL_Encumbrances_Year end encumberance processing
GL_ForeignCurrency_To enter a foreign currency journal
GL_MultiCurrency_Revaluing Balances
GL_MultiCurrency_Translating Balances
GL_FunctionalCurrencyTo enter a ordinary entry journal in Functional Currency in General Ledger to affect
actual balances
GL_ADI_Journal entries through Journal wizard
GL_Period_ClosePeriod
GL_Period_GeneralFinancialAcoounting_Open period
GL_Period_PeriodEndClose_ProcessCurrentPeriodTransactions
GL_Period_To enter a Closing Entry in General Ledger
GL_Period_To Open and close and re-open accounting periods in General Ledger
GL_AccountInquiry_ViewAccountBalances/Account Balance Inquiry
GL_AccountInquiry_Perform an account inquiry to view actual account balances for detail accounts
GL_AccountInquiry_ReconcileAccounts_InquiryAndReview
GL_Auto allocation
GL_Global Consolidation System_Consolidation Workbench
GL_Global Consolidation System_Eliminating entries
GL_Global Consolidation System_Mapping
GL_Global Consolidation System_Mapping
GL_Global Consolidation System_Purge Consolidation Audit Data
GL_Global Consolidation System_Transfer Data Sets
GL_Global Consolidation System_Transfer Data
GL_Report _Chart of accounts_Chart of accounts
GL_Report _Chart of accounts_Rollup and rolldown
GL_Report _Chart of accounts_Segment values
GL_Report _Currency Listings
GL_Report _Financial_Column
GL_Report _Financial_Content
GL_Report _Financial_Report
GL_Report _Financial_Row
GL_Report _Multi Company_Report 1
GL_Report _Other_Mass allocation
GL_Report _Other_Transaction code
GL_Report_Trial_Average.
GL_Report_Trial_Encumburance.
GL_Report_Trial_Foreign
GL_Report_General Journals Reports
GL_Report_Journal Batch Summary Report
GL_Report_Journal Line Report
GL_Report_Journals Report with Sub ledger Detail
GL_Report_Average Balance Trial Balance Report,
GL_Report_Budget Trial Balance Report,
GL_Report_Detail Trial Balance Report,
GL_Report_Summary Trial Balance Reports
GL_Report_Mass Allocation Formula Listing,
GL_Report_Recurring Formula Listing
GL_Report_Budget Execution Reports,
GL_Report_Posting Execution Reports,
GL_Report_Inter company Execution Reports,
GL_Report_Mass Allocations /Mass Budgeting Execution Reports
GL_Report_Consolidation Audit Report,
GL_Report_Consolidation Exception Reports,
GL_Report_Consolidation Journals Report,
GL_Report_Inter company Transactions Detail Report,
GL_Report_Unapproved Inter company Transactions Listing
GL_Report_Budget Reports1
GL_Report_Budget Reports2
GL_Report_ColumnSet
GL_Report_ContentSet
GL_Report_Define
GL_Report_DisplaySet
GL_Report_Financials
GL_Report_RowSet
GL_Report_General Journal Report
GL_Report_Journal Entry Report
GL_Report_Account Analysis Report with Subledger Detail
GL_Report_General Ledger Report
GL_Report_Run Standard Reports in General Ledger
AR_Manual Invoice
AR_Debit Memo
AR_Applying credit memo
AR_Create credit memo
AR_Auto invoice
AR_Query and drilldown invoice
AR_Copy transaction
AR_Void transaction
AR_Credit card payment
AR_Credit transaction
AR_Delete Transaction
AR_Apply adjustment to invoice
AR_Standard receipt
AR_Miscellaneous receipt
AR_Unidentified receipt
AR_Apply full amount receipts to invoice
AR_Apply partial amount receipts to invoice
AR_Reapply the receipt
AR_View receipts
AR_History of receipts
AR_Total amount of receipts
AR_View reverse receipts
AR_Receipts summary
AR_Standard reversal of receipt
AR_Adjustment against receipt
AR_Chargeback against invoice
AR_Charge back against receipt
AR_Write Off against receipt
AR_Transaction write off
AR_Add customer
AR_Modify customer
AR_Manually creating Bills receivables
AR_Accepting a Bills receivable
AR_Completing a Bills receivable
AR_Exchanging a bills receivable
AR_Creating Bills receivables remittance
AR_Colllections_review customers account
AR_Collections _ review customers account_ Alternate Flow
AR_Collections _ customers call actions
AR_Call_ actions site level
AR_Call actions_ specific transactions
AR_Call actions specific transactions_ alternate flow
AR_Collections _ detailed customers transactions
AR_Collections _ customers specific transactions
AR_Collections _ specific accounts detail page
AR_Collections _ specific customers specific accounts page
AR_Collections _ customers previous correspondence
AR_General ledger transfer program and journal import
AR_Open and closing accounting periods
AR_Create Invoice with Gl date not in open or Future period
AR_Invoice with distributions of line not equal to 100
AR_Negative charge back
AR_Standard receipt with negative amount
AP_Concurrent validation
AP_Concurrent Accounting
AP_Online Validation/Alowing online validation
AP_Online Accounting/Creating online accounting
AP_Cancel an Invoice(Accounted and Paid but not Voided)/Cancel an invoice
AP_Cancel an Invoice(Accounted and Not Paid)/Cancel an invoice
AP_Cancel an Invoice(Not Accounted and Not Paid)/Cancel an invoice
AP_Changing AP Distributions/Changing AP Distributions
AP_Creating an Invoice batch/Invoice Creation
AP_Proessing Batch Payments/Processing Batch Payments
AP_Invoices(Not Matched to PO or Receipt)-1 hold
AP_Invoices(Not Matched to PO or Receipt)2 holds
AP_Invoices(Not Matched to PO or Receipt)-validate
AP_Cancel Invoice(Not Matched to PO or Receipt),-Release Hold
AP_Cancel Invoice(Not Matched to PO or Receipt),-without Release
AP_Cancel Invoice(Not Matched to PO or Receipt)
AP_Delete invoice(Not Matched to PO or Receipt)
AP_Invoice(Matched to PO or Receipt)
AP_CancelInvoice(Matched to PO or Receipt)
AP_Credit_Memo
AP_Debit_Memo
AP_Matching_Credit
AP_Recurring_invoice
AP_Generate the Recurr_invoice
AP_Create Prepayment n Pay It
AP_Prepayment Applied to Invoice
AP_Enter Expense Report n Run It
AP_Project Related Invoice Report
AP_Resolve Supplier Invoice Hold
AP_Payment Infull Type As Quick
AP_Invoice Pay Partial
AP_Payment Type Manual
AP_Release n Stop Pay
AP_Void Payments
AP_1
AP_2
AP_Enter Payment Batches n Generate Payment Report
AP_Enter Payment Batches n Generate Payment Report
AP_Banks
AP_3
AP_4
AP_Open Payables Period
AP_5
AP_6
AP_Close Payables Period
AP_Hold unvalidated invoices
AP_7
AP_Payment Batch
AP_Price variance hold
AP_8
AP_9
AP_Invoice date in closed Period
AP_10
AP_Payment Date in Closed Period
iExp_Entering And Submitting ER/Entering and Submitting Expense Report manually

iExp_Approving ER/Approving Expense Report
iExp_Importing ER To AP/Expense Report Import to AP
iExp_Transfering ER from AP to PA/Expense Report Import to Projects
iExp_Expense Report Spreadsheet Import to Payables/ER Spreadsheet Import To AP
FA_Create Asset Using Detail Additions/Creating asset by detail addition

FA_Capitalize CIP Asset/Capitalizing CIP Asset
FA_Create Asset Using Mass Addition/Creating asset by Mass Addition
FA_Add Cost To Existing Asset/Adding Cost to Existing Asset
FA_Changing Asset Assignments/Changing the Asset Assignments
FA_Asset Category Adjustment/Asset Category Adjustment
FA_Asset Retirement/Asset Retirement
FA_Depreciation run - review Journal Entries/Depreciation run - review Journal Entries
FA_Depreciation Projection/Depreciation Projection
FA_What If Depreciation Analysis/ What-If Depreciation Analysis
FA_Physical Inventory
FA_Transfer Entries From FA To GL/Transfer of entries from Oracle Assets to General Ledger
FA_Merge Mass Additions Lines
FA_Check mass addition
FA_Prepare mass addition
FA_Post mass addition
FA_Delete mass addition
FA_Assets due
FA_Mass Capitalisation
FA_Capitalise CIP
FA_Retire single asset cost
FA_Retire single asset unit
FA_Retire single asset source
FA_Mass Retirements
FA_Mass external retirements
FA_Retriement undo for single
FA_Retriement undo for Mass
FA_Calculate gain & loss
FA_Retirement reinstate for single
FA_Retirement reinstate for Mass
FA_Transfer asset by unit
FA_Transfer asset by source
FA_Mass transfer
FA_Change depreciation
FA_Cost adjustment
FA_Change salvage value
FA_Enter salvage value
FA_Depreciation unplanned
FA_Reclass single asset
FA_Descriptive change
FA_Mass reclassification
FA_Mass change
FA_Lease tagging
FA_Pre depreciation change
FA_Run depreciation
FA_Create journal
FA_Run reports
FA_Reconciliation of balance sheet
FA_Capex reconciliation
FA_Reconciliation of retriement
FA_Reconciliation
FA_Reconciliation of accumalte acc+
FA_Run discover reports
FA_Financial Inquiry
FA_Transaction history
CM_Journal Entry
CM_Recurring Journal
CM_Import Journal
I Proc_Creating a Project Related Purchase Requisition/Creating a Project Related Purchase Requisition
I Proc_Approving Purchase Requisitions/Approving Purchase Requisitions

I Proc_Creating a Purchase Order for the Project/Auto Creating Project Related Purchase Orders out of
approved Purchase Requisitions
I Proc_Creating a non-Project Related Purchase Requisition/Creating a Project Related Purchase Requisition
I Proc_Online authoring
I Proc_File upload from the Oracle Purchasing Buyers Work Center
I Proc_File upload from Oracle iSupplier Portal
I Proc_File upload from the Oracle iProcurement Catalog Administration
I Proc_Loading catalog images
I Proc_Review changes between the content revision and the last approved version using the Difference
Summary for Catalog Changes
I Proc_Approval of Catalog changes
I Proc_Mapping of purchasing category to shopping category
I Proc_Define Smart forms
I Proc_Assignment of Smart forms to stores
I Proc_Define Content zone
I Proc_Assignment of Content zone to stores
I Proc_Creation of Public Shopping
I Proc_Creation of requisition through public shopping list
I Proc_Create a Purchase Requisition in iProcurement for Stores
I Proc_Create a non Stores Purchase Requisition in iProcurement
I Proc_Creation of non catalogue based Purchase Requisition by requestor
I Proc_ApproveReject Requisition from e mail
I Proc_ApproveReject requisition from notification summary window
I Proc_Creation of requisition through form & copy
I Proc_Display the shopping search results in either Paragraph search result or Grid display format
I Proc_Redirection of unapproved requisition after 5 days of inaction by approver
I Proc_Requisition approval management
I Proc_Purchase requisition amendment
I Proc_Regularisation on non catalog requests by Central Purchasing User
I Proc_Cancel a requisition.
I Proc_Requisition query
I Proc_Standard purchase order creation through form , PBWC & copying
I Proc_Creation of Global Blanket Purchase Agreements
I Proc_Creation of PO Attachments in word, PDF, excel
I Proc_Validation of Auto Created PO from iProcurement & PO auto approval
I Proc_PO Amendment
I Proc_PO Control action testing
I Proc_Viewing PO
I Proc_Receiving
I Proc_PO and Requisition Mass Update
I Proc_Period close & reporting
I Proc_HTML based Purchasing setups
I Proc_Validation of Company Registration Number
I Sup_GFR Supplier set-up

I Sup_GNFR Supplier set-up
I Sup_Approval by iSP Administrator
I Sup_Audit trail validation
I Sup_Changes to Supplier address book (Profile management)
I Sup_Changes to Supplier bank account (Profile management)
I Sup_Changes to Supplier contact (Profile management)
I Sup_Changes to Supplier Organization details (Profile management)
I Sup_Creation of 2-way match invoice through iSupp portal
I Sup_Creation of 3-way match invoice through iSupp portal
I Sup_Creation of Credit Memo through iSupp portal
I Sup_Creation of new supplier contact (Profile management)
I Sup_Invoice Inquiry
I Sup_iSupplier set-up through the Supplier set-up form
I Sup_Pull by RMS(Suppliers and Partners Upload)
I Sup_Purchase order inquiry
I Sup_Receipt Inquiry
I Sup_Registering Suppliers through Invitation
I Sup_Supplier bank account set-up
I Sup_Supplier bank account set-up assignment
I Sup_Test Alert for iSupplier Registered User Volumes
I Sup_Test password change workflow for iSupplier user
I Sup_Upload Catalog content through iSupplier
I Sup_Validate OAF personalization on Home & Preferences
I Sup_Viewing payment & remittance information
PO_Verify purchase requisitions

PO_Verify blanket release
PO_Receive against a standard PO/ release for an inventory item
PO_Costing for purchase order receipt transactions
PO_Costing for return to receiving from inventory- transactions
PO_Return to supplier
PO_Vendor Creation
PO_Vendor Maintenance
PO_Defining an approved supplier for an item
PO_Modifying approved supplier list for an item
PO_Enter sourcing rules for buy items
PO_Assign sourcing rules to an item
PO_Auto Creating Project Related Purchase Orders out of approved Purchase Requisitions
PO_Approving Purchase Orders
PO_Requester receives notification after PO approval
PO_Cancelling Purchase Orders
PO_Closing Purchase Orders without cancelling
OM_Sales Order Inquiry

OM_Order Entry and Booking/Order Entry and Booking
OM_Perform Credit check /Perform Credit Check and Apply Hold
OM_Release Credit Hold/Release Credit Hold
OM_Create Shipment Plan/Create Shipment Plan
OM_Pick Release ,Print Pick slip/Pick Release Order and Print Pick Slip
OM_Transact Move Order
OM_Auto-create Trip for a Delivery
OM_Print Shipping Documents from Oracle
OM_Ship Confirm in Oracle
OM_Sales Order Shipment from Inventory - Transactions
OM_Entering & booking buy back new return orders
OM_ Copy & book return order
OM_Receive Material against RMA Order
OM_1
OM_2
OM_3
OM_4
OM_5
OM_6
OM_7
OM_8
OM_9
OM_10
OM_11
OM_12
OM_13
OM_14
OM_15
OM_16
OM_17
OM_18
OM_19
OM_Hold or Release Sales Order
OM_20
OM_22
OM_23
OM_24
OM_25
OM_26
OM_27
OM_28
OM_29
OM_30
OM_31
OM_32
OM_33
OM_34
OM_Emergency Stop Shipping (Cancelling Order)
OM_36
OM_37
OM_38
OM_39
OM_40
OM_41
OM_42
OM_43
OM_Cancelling Order Line
OM_45
OM_46
OM_47
OM_48
OM_49
OM_50
OM_51
OM_52
OM_Split a Sales Order line into multiple deliveries
OM_54
OM_55
OM_56
OM_57
OM_58
OM_59
OM_Copy Sales Order
OM_61
OM_62
OM_63
OM_64
OM_65
OM_66
OM_Change in the sales order
OM_68
OM_69
OM_70
OM_71
OM_72
OM_73
OM_74
OM_75
OM_76
OM_77
OM_78
OM_79
OM_80
OM_81
OM_82
OM_83
OM_84
OM_85
OM_Enter Return Order
OM_87
OM_88
OM_Internal Orders when both the Operating units are in same Oracle Instance
OM_90
OM_91
OM_92
OM_93
OM_94
OM_95
OM_Ship Release Orders
OM_97
OM_98
OM_99
OM_100
OM_101
OM_102
OM_SaleTo Domestic End Customer On Account From Stock Inventory
OM_104
OM_105
OM_106
OM_107
OM_108
OM_109
OM_Return For Credit
OM_111
OM_112
OM_113
OM_114
OM_Demo And Trade Show Unit
OM_116
OM_117
OM_118
OM_119
OM_120
OM_121
OM_122
OM_123
OM_124
OM_125
OM_126
OM_127
OM_Exchange Of Goods
OM_129
OM_130
OM_131
OM_132
OM_133
OM_134
OM_135
OM_136
OM_137
OM_138
OM_139
OM_140
OM_141
OM_142
OM_143
OM_Reprice Sales Order
OM_145
OM_146
OM_147
OM_Re Scheduling Sales Order Based On ATP enquiry
OM_149
OM_Create Customer
OM_151
OM_152
OM_Dropship Order
OM_154
OM_155
OM_156
OM_157
OM_158
OM_159
OM_160
OM_161
OM_162
OM_163
OM_Report scenarios
OM_165
OM_166
OM_167
OM_168
OM_169
OM_Different warehouse while releasing the order
OM_171
OM_172
OM_173
OM_174
OM_175
OM_Item Not Assigned To The Warehouse
OM_177
OM_Order type not mapped to fulfillment flow
OM_179
OM_Order type with no sequence attached
OM_181
OM_Order with incorrect OU Profile settings
OM_183
OM_Order with incorrect Secutiry profile settings
OM_185
OM_Order with item not defined in price list
OM_187
OM_Order with Shipping Parameters not setup properly
OM_189
OM_190
OM_191
OM_192
OM_193
CO_Setting standard cost for new purchased Item

CO_Creating resource, overhead and department cost /Updating resource and overhead cost
CO_Creating standard operations/ Maintaining standard Operations
CO_Setting standard cost for new make item /Setting standard cost for new make Item
CO_Update cost for existing purchased items / Update cost for existing purchased Items
CO_Update cost for existing make component /Update cost for existing make Item
CO_Costing for Misc Receipt Transactions /Costing for miscellaneous receipt transactions
CO_Costing for Misc issue transactions /Check WIP Valuation Summary
CO_Costing for purchase order Receipt Transactions / Costing for Purchase Order Receipt transactions
CO_Costing for return to receiving from inventory /Return to receiving accounting

CO_Return to supplier Transactions /Costing for Return to Supplier transactions
CO_Costing for physical inventory Transactions /Costing for physical Inventory transactions
WIP_Sales Order Shipment from Inventory - Transactions

WIP_View Open/ Closed WIP Jobs
WIP_Check WIP Valuation Summary
WIP_Sub-inventory transfer transactions
WIP_WIP Scrap Transaction Accounting
WIP_ Component Scrap Transaction Accounting
BOM_Create ECO and update the M-BOM/ECO process for updating M-BOM
BOM_ Perform Mass changes /BOM Mass changes
BOM_ Perform Deletion of BOM / Routing/Deleting Item BOM/ Routing
BOM_Item creation
BOM_Item creation Using copy function
BOM_Amending relevant INV Org
BOM_Item Inactive
BOM_Amending supplier site
BOM_Amending item category
BOM_Package creation
BOM_Package creation using copy function
BOM_Linking purchaseable item
BOM_Update set up
BOM_schedule creation
BOM_Schedule creation using copy fucntion
BOM_Linking packages
BOM_Query item
BOM_Query item forward
BOM_Mass change
BOM_Report
BOM_Report consolidated
BOM_Structure report
BOM_Specific BOM creation
BOM_Specific BOM creation using copy function
BOM_Configure Specific BOM
BOM_Add and Delete item
BOM_Add and Delete item in specific BOM
BOM_Add store specific information
BOM_Create requsitution
BOM_Update BOM
BOM_Submite requsitution
BOM_Foward Requsitution
BOM_Foward Requsitution for approval
BOM_Re-assign
BOM_Approve Requsitution
BOM_Reject Requsitution
BOM_Update
BOM_Create Requsitution
MRP_Create Forecast
MRP_Create and LOAD MDS/Load MDS
MRP_Create and RUN MPS/Run MPS
MRP_Create and RUN MRP/Run MRP
MRP_Verify MRP suggestions/Verify WIP Jobs
MRP_Verify Purchase Requisition
MRP_Run Planning Reports
INV_ Min-Max planning

INV_Miscellaneous Receipt
INV_ABC Analysis
INV_Cycle Counting
INV_Cycle counting transactions
INV_Transact Move Order
INV_Physical Inventory
INV_Handson Availability
INV_Miellaneous Issue
INV_Miellaneous Receipt
INV_SubinventoryTransfer
INV_Invdirectorgtransfer
INV_Move Order Transfer
INV_Transact Move Order
INV_View Material Transaction
INV_Move Order-Issue
INV_Transact Move Order- (Transfer).
INV_Resubmit pendingTransaction.
INV_1
INV_View pending Transaction
INV_2
INV_Open accounting period
INV_3
INV_Update Accounting Period
INV_Closing Accounting Period
INV_ABC Analysis for a Organization-Print ABC Compile
INV_ABC Analysis for an Organization- Define ABC Compile
INV_ABC Analysis for a Organization-view ABC Compile
INV_Run ABC Compile.
INV_ABC Analysis for a sub inventory-Print ABC Compile
INV_ABC Analysis for a sub inventory-Run ABC Compile
INV_ABC Analysis for a Sub-Inventory-Define ABC Compile
INV_Define and entering cycle count3 Defining cycle hedule
INV_Perform cycle Inventory counting
INV_Define Kanban Pull Sequence
INV_Generate Kanban Cards
INV_Update Kanban Pull Sequence
INV_View Kanban Pull Sequence
INV_Define Kanban Cards
INV_Print Kanban Cards
INV_Update Kanban Cards
INV_View Kanban Cards
INV_Entering and Reloading
INV_Reorder point planning report
INV_Replenishment Counting
INV_Forecast Rule
INV_Generating Forecast
INV_Define Physical Inventory
INV_Taking Inventory Snapshot
INV_Generate Tags
INV_Entering Inventory Quantities
INV_Approve Adjustment
INV_Purge Physical Inventory
INV_Report
INV_48
INV_49
INV_Movement Statistics Reset Status Report
INV_51
INV_ Item Creation under Master Item and Assign to Child organizations
INV_ Inter-Org Transfer in transit shipment
INV_Defining Unit Of measure
INV_Defining Unit Of measure Class
INV_Item Status Code
INV_Receive Items to receiving inventory
INV_Neg-To Add Report
INV_59
INV_60
INV_61
INV_62
INV_Neg-Interorg transfer
INV_Negative- Allow Negative balancex
PRO_Creation of a new Project/Define a Project

PRO_Defining a Cost Budget/Enter budget for the ERS UK Milton Project
PRO_Modifying Cost Budget/Modify the Cost Budget
PRO_Defining Agreements
PRO_Defining a Revenue Budget/Create a Revenue Budget
PRO_Modify the Revenue Budget
PRO_Create Event
PRO_Generate Revenue for Project
PRO_Release Draft Revenue for Project
PRO_Interface Revenue to General ledger
PRO_Generate Customer Draft Invoice and Integrate with Account Receivables
PRO_Release Draft Invoice for Project
PRO_Interface Invoice to Rceivables
PRO_Importing Projects Invoices in Receivables
PRO_Interface Supplier Costs to Projects/ To enter Project Related AP Invoice for one project
PRO_Transferring Costs between Projects/Transferring Costs between Projects
PRO_Distribution of Supplier Invoice Adjustments
PRO_Interface Supplier Invoice Adjustments to Payables/Interfacing Supplier Invoice Adjustment to Payables
PRO_Importing Timecards into Projects/Book Costs- OTL Timecards

PRO_Distribution of Labour Cost
PRO_Interface Labour Costs to GL/Interfacing Expense Distribution to GL
PRO_Tieback Labour Costs from GL/Tieback Labour Cost from General Ledger
PRO_Creating Usage Costs for the Project/Accruing Usage Cost for a Approved project
PRO_Distribute Usage and Miscellaneous Costs/Distribution of Usage and Miscellaneous Cost
PRO_Interface Usage and Miscellaneous Costs to GL/Interfacing Usace and Miscellaneous Cost Distribution
to GL
PRO_Tieback Usage and Miscellaneous Cost from General Ledger
PRO_Put Event on Bill Hold
PRO_Closing a Project/ To close a project and ensure no further costs are booked against it
PRO_Accruing AP Cost for a closed project
PRO_PRO_Accruing OTL Cost for a closed project
PRO_Accruing Usage Cost for a closed project
PRO_Create assets for expense project
PRO_Create Mass Additions from Invoice Distributions in Payables(AP to FA)
PRO_Create Mass Additions from Capital Assets in Oracle Projects(PA to FA)
PRO_Generate Cost Accounting Events
PRO_Create Accounting
COHR_Contractual Changes
COHR_Promotions
COHR_Demotions
COHR_Pay Updates
COHR_Red Circled payments
COHR_Leavers
COHR_Reverse Terminations
COHR_Creation Adoption
COHR_Creation Maternety
COHR_Update Adoption
COHR_Update Maternery
COHR_Direct Hire
COHR_Hire
COHR_Personal Details Updates
COHR_Bank Details Update
COHR_Contact Updates
COHR_Direct Rehire
COHR_Rehire
COHR_Transfers
COHR_Updates to Assignment Details
SPT_Check Employees with Payrolls and Organizations included in Security profile.

SPT_Check Employees with Payrolls and Organizations excluded in Security profile.
SPT_Check Employees with non- Payrolls and Organizations included in Security profile.
SPT_Check Employees with non- Payrolls and Organizations excluded in Security profile.
SPT_Check applicants excluded in Security profile.
SPT_Check Consultant included in Security profile.
SPT_Check Consultant excluded from Security profile.
SPT_Check Employees with payrolls and organization name excluded in the security profile
SPT_Check Employees with non- Payrolls and Organizations excuded in Security profile.
SPT_Check Employees with non- Payrolls and Organizations included in Security profile
SPT_Check Employees with Organizations included in Security profile.
SPT_Check Employees with Organizations excluded in Security profile.
SPT_Check Employees with elements from <client specific>element set
SPT_Check Employees with elements not from <client> element set
SPT_Check Employees by absence type
SPT_Check Employees by absence type
SPT_Check employees by special information
SPT_Check employees by special information
SPT_Check employees with payrolls and organization name which does not begin with HR
SPT_Check employees with payrolls and organization name which begins with HR
SPT_Check employees with non- payrolls and organization name which does not begin with HR
SPT_Check employees with non- payrolls and organization name which begins with HR
SPT_Check with job definitions
SPT_ Check Employees with Payrolls and Organizations included in Security profile.
iRec_Application Status Updates

iRec_Application Withdraw
iRec_Candidate Account
iRec_Candidate Vaccancy
iRec_Can Regis Email Ext
iRec_Can Regis Email Int
iRec_Candidate Reg External
iRec_Candidate Reg Internal
iRec_
iRec_
iRec_Vaccancy
iRec_Vacancy_Assess
iRec_Vaccancy No Access
iRec_Vaccancy Update
iRec_
iRec_View Job Details & Candidate details
Pay_Creation of Location as per the Data

Pay_Make Changes to an existing Location
Pay_Deletion of the Existing Location
Pay_Creation of Grades as per the Data
Pay_Make Changes to an existing Grades
Pay_Deletion of the Existing Grades
Pay_Creation of Grade Rates
Pay_Modification of Existing Grade Rates
Pay_Deletion of the Grade Rates
Pay_Creation of Job Group
Pay_Modification of Job Groups
Pay_Deletion of Job Groups
Pay_Creation of Jobs
Pay_Attaching Valid Grade for the above created Job
Pay_Modification of Existing Jobs
Pay_Deletion of the Existing jobs
Pay_Creation of an Organisation
Pay_After defining the organization populate the data for extra information Finance Owner under
classification - HR_ORG.
Pay_After defining the organization populate the data for extra information Headcount Owner under
Pay_After defining the organization populate the data for extra information Human Resources Owner under
classification - HR_ORG
Pay_After defining the organization populate the data for extra information HR Owner Leader under
Pay_After defining the organization populate the data for extra information Vice President under classification
- HR_ORG.
Pay_After defining the organization populate the data for extra information Reporting Information under
Pay_After defining the organization populate the data for extra information Costing Information under
Pay_Modification to Existing Organisation
Pay_Modify the data for extra information -Reporting information under classification - HR_ORG.
Pay_Modify the data for extra information Business Unit under classification - HR_ORG.
Pay_Modify the data for extra information Finance Owner under classification - HR_ORG
Pay_Modify the data for extra information HR Owner leader under classification - HR_ORG.
Pay_Modify the data for extra information Headcount Owner under classification - HR_ORG.
Pay_Modify the data for extra information Human Resources Owner under classification - HR_ORG.
Pay_Modify the data for extra information Vice President under classification - HR_ORG.
Pay_Modify the data for extra information Costing Information under classification - HR_ORG.
Pay_Deletion of an Organisation
Pay_Define an Organization Legal Entity for GRE/Legal entities
Pay_After creating the GRE/Legal Entity, populate the data for extra information Legal Entity Accounting
Pay_Make changes to Legal Entity for GRE/Legal entities

Pay_Delete a Legal entity attached to an organization
Pay_Define a Business Group
TOTAL
Test case ID Subject Functional Area/Business Process/Test Case Test Case Description Pre-Requisites
1 GL_Oracle_Login Scenario 1
Scenario 2
2
Step# Design Steps - Description Input Data Design Steps - Expected Results Comments
1 Login through self service mode
with Valid user id, password and
select responsibility
2 Enter the user name and Validate the 1. Displays username or password
password user wrong
Credentials
= Invalid
1 Login through self service mode

with Valid user id, password and
select responsibility
2 Enter the user name and Validate the 1. Home page is opened
password user
Credentials
= Valid
credentials
3 Navigate to resposibility General 1. The General Ledger window should

Ledger be open
1 Login through self service mode 1. Displays General Ledger
with Valid user id, password and responsibility
select responsibility as
2 Navigate journal -> define 1. Define mass allocatin window to be

->allocation open
3 Enter the Name of mass
allocation
4 Choose Actual or Encumbrance If the name
from the Balance Type,Enter a already
Description for the exist = NO
MassAllocation batch
5 Click on formulas button Need to 1. Displays formula window

select the
autocopy
option = NO
6 Enter Name and Description, 1. The formulas are saved

select Category and Account
Balances From. Enter Amount,
select Account, Currency,
Amount Type, Relative Period
and Balance Type for the lines A,
B, C, T and O
7 Choose Validate All to validate 1. Displays a request ID in POP up

the batch window
8 Click ok 1. The status Displays VALIDATED in
define mass allocation window and
shows the request ID
Test case ID Subject
Functional Area/Business Process/Test Case Test Case Description
1 GL_ChartOfAccounts_CodeCombination
2 GL_ChartOfAccounts_NewSegmentValue
3 GL_Enter Manual Journal Journal entry
4 GL_JournalEntries_Enter Batch Manual Journal GL_JournalEntries_Enter

Batch Manual Journal
5 GL_Creating Recurring Journals To Enter Standard
Recurring journals
6 GL_JournalEntries_Creating Mass allocation
7 GL_JournalEntries_Creating Reversing journal

8 GL_JournalEntries_To reverse a Journal entry / Batch of Journal
Entries in General Ledger
Reverse Batch reverses all the journals within it, and reverse
journals are used if the journals have to be reversed in different
periods.
9 GL_JournalEntries_ModifyUnpostedJournalEntry
10 GL_JournalEntries_PostJournalEntries
11 GL_JournalPost_Manually Post Journal Entries

12 GL_JournalPost_Automatically Post Journal Entries
13 GL_JournalPost_CorrectAndPostJournals
13 GL_JournalPost_CorrectAndPostJournals
14 GL_JournalPost_To post a journal batch
15 GL_JournalImport_PA to GL(Revenue adjustments)

16 GL_JournalImport_AP-GL(Invoice Payments)
17 GL_JournalImport_AR-GL(Cash Received)
18 GL_JournalImport_FA-GL(Depreciation asset transactions)
19 GL_JournalImport_CM-GL(WIP Transactions)
20 GL_JournalImport_PO-GL(Accured Receipts)
21 GL_JournalImport_Payroll-GL(Salary)
22 GL_Intercompany_Generating Inter company transactions
23 GL_Intercompany_Approve or Reject intercompany transactions

23 GL_Intercompany_Approve or Reject intercompany transactions
24 GL_Intercompany_Defining Recurring Inter company

transactions
25 GL_Intercompany_Deleting an Intercompany transaction
26 GL_Intercompany_To demonstrate usage of Intercompany

Segment. Booking an inter-company entry
27 GL_Intercompany_Manual Inter Company transactions
28 GL_Intercompany_Reverse Inter company transactions
29 GL_Budgets_Enter budget amounts

30 GL_Budgets_Enter budget journals
31 GL_Budgets_Use the Desktop Integrator Budget Wizard
32 GL_Budgets_Budgetary control
33 GL_Budgets_Define Budget Formula
34 GL_Budgets_Define Mass Budgets
35 GL_Budgets_Freezing Budget
35 GL_Budgets_Freezing Budget
36 GL_Budgets_Upload Budget
37 GL_Budgets_Transfer budget amounts

38 GL_Budgets_DefineBudget
39 GL_Budgets_DefineOrganization
40 GL_Budgets_EnteringAmount
41 GL_Budgets_TransferingAmount
42 GL_Encumbrance_Enter an Encumbrance batch
43 GL_Encumbrance_Relieve the encumberance manually
44 GL_Encumbrance_Review the encumberance manually

44 GL_Encumbrance_Review the encumberance manually
45 GL_Encumbrance_View funds available.
46 GL_Encumbrances_Year end encumberance processing
47 GL_ForeignCurrency_To enter a foreign currency journal

47 GL_ForeignCurrency_To enter a foreign currency journal
48 GL_MultiCurrency_Revaluing Balances
49 GL_MultiCurrency_Translating Balances
50 GL_FunctionalCurrencyTo enter a ordinary entry journal in

Functional Currency in General Ledger to affect actual balances
Functional Currency in General Ledger to affect actual balances
51 GL_ADI_Journal entries through Journal wizard

52 GL_Period_ClosePeriod
53 GL_Period_GeneralFinancialAcoounting_Open period
54 GL_Period_PeriodEndClose_ProcessCurrentPeriodTransactions
55 GL_Period_To enter a Closing Entry in General Ledger

56 GL_Period_To Open and close and re-open accounting periods
in General Ledger
57 GL_AccountInquiry_ViewAccountBalances/Account Balance
Inquiry
58 GL_AccountInquiry_Perform an account inquiry to view actual An Account should be
account balances for detail accounts been set up
Transactions should be
entered and posted for the
account for the period in
which the inquiry is made
59 GL_AccountInquiry_ReconcileAccounts_InquiryAndReview
60 GL_Auto allocation
61 GL_Global Consolidation System_Consolidation Workbench

62 GL_Global Consolidation System_Eliminating entries
63 GL_Global Consolidation System_Mapping

64 GL_Global Consolidation System_Mapping
65 GL_Global Consolidation System_Purge Consolidation Audit
Data
66 GL_Global Consolidation System_Transfer Data Sets
67 GL_Global Consolidation System_Transfer Data
68 GL_Report _Chart of accounts_Chart of accounts
69 GL_Report _Chart of accounts_Rollup and rolldown
70 GL_Report _Chart of accounts_Segment values

70 GL_Report _Chart of accounts_Segment values
71 GL_Report _Currency Listings
72 GL_Report _Financial_Column
73 GL_Report _Financial_Content
74 GL_Report _Financial_Report
75 GL_Report _Financial_Row
76 GL_Report _Multi Company_Report 1
79 GL_Report _Other_Mass allocation

79 GL_Report _Other_Mass allocation
80 GL_Report _Other_Transaction code
81 GL_Report_Trial_Average.
82 GL_Report_Trial_Encumburance.
83 GL_Report_Trial_Foreign
84 GL_Report_General Journals Reports
85 GL_Report_Journal Batch Summary Report
86 GL_Report_Journal Line Report
87 GL_Report_Journals Report with Sub ledger Detail
88 GL_Report_Average Balance Trial Balance Report,
89 GL_Report_Budget Trial Balance Report,
90 GL_Report_Detail Trial Balance Report,
91 GL_Report_Summary Trial Balance Reports
92 GL_Report_Mass Allocation Formula Listing,
93 GL_Report_Recurring Formula Listing
94 GL_Report_Budget Execution Reports,
95 GL_Report_Posting Execution Reports,
96 GL_Report_Inter company Execution Reports,
97 GL_Report_Mass Allocations /Mass Budgeting Execution
Reports
98 GL_Report_Consolidation Audit Report,
99 GL_Report_Consolidation Exception Reports,
100 GL_Report_Consolidation Journals Report,
101 GL_Report_Inter company Transactions Detail Report,
102 GL_Report_Unapproved Inter company Transactions Listing
103 GL_Report_Budget Reports1

104 GL_Report_Budget Reports2
105 GL_Report_ColumnSet
106 GL_Report_ContentSet
107 GL_Report_Define
108 GL_Report_DisplaySet
109 GL_Report_Financials
110 GL_Report_RowSet
111 GL_Report_General Journal Report
112 GL_Report_Journal Entry Report
113 GL_Report_Account Analysis Report with Subledger Detail
114 GL_Report_General Ledger Report

115 GL_Report_Run Standard Reports in General Ledger
Pre-Requisites Step# Design Steps - Description
1 Navigate to Setup>Accounts>Combinations
2 Click on the Account MVG
3 Try entering a disabled value for the Company segment
4 Click on Details button in the pop up to view details
5 Click OK in the Message history window
6 Select the required company value and click OK
7 1. Enter an existing code combination in the Operating

Accounting Flex 2. Click Ok in the Window
8 1. Click OK in the error message window. 2. Select the

following segment values from the corresponding MVGs to
create a new code combination. Department, Account , Sub
account and Product 3. Click OK after selecting the required
combination
9 1. Select the following fields as required: From and To date,

Allow posting, Allow budgeting. 2. Save the form
10 Select the check box under Enabled column against the newly
created code combination and save the form
1 Navigate to the Setup -> Financials> Flexfields-> Key ->

Values
2 1. Query for the application, title, structure and segment for
which new segment value has to be created. 2. Click Find
A Set of Book has been defined. 1 Login through self service mode with Valid user id, password
At least one period is open. and select responsibility
2 Journal Entry Page
3 New journal creation
4 Enter Basic Information
5 Enter Bank Account Information
6 Creation of journal
1 Login through self service mode with Valid user id, password
and select responsibility
2 Journal Entry Page
3 New journal creation
4 Enter Basic Information
5 Enter Bank Account Information
6 Creation of journal
A Set of Book has been defined. 1 Login through self service mode with Valid user id, password
At least one period is open. and select responsibility
2 Navigate to Journals > Define > Recurring
3 In the Recurring Batch block, enter the Batch Name and

Description
4 In the Journal Entry block, enter Journal Name. Select a
Journal Category, Currency and Effective Dates and click on
Lines.
Note: Enter a range of Effective Dates that includes only those
periods for
which you want the recurring journal entry to be used.
5 Click on the Lines button to enter the account and the amount
information.
6 Enter the first Line information Line Number and Account
7 In the Formula block, enter the Step Number and the Amount.
Save the record.
8 Put focus on the Line field and press the down arrow to enter
new line
9 Enter the next Line information and Save the work. Add as
many lines as required.
For a credit amount, enter a Negative Amount in the Amount

field of the Formula block.
Save the work.
10 Close the screen and click on the Generate button on the

Define Recurring Journal Formula screen
11 Click on Submit
12 Enter period for which the journal is to be generated and click

on submit
13 Navigate to View > Requests and verify if the program
completed successfully
14 Navigate to Journals > Enter
15 Give the Batch Name specified in the Recurring Journal
screen and append a % at the end. Enter the Period for which
the journal was generated and click on Find
16 Select the journal generated and click on Review Journal
Note that the Source is Recurring.

and select responsibility as
2 Navigate journal -> define ->allocation
3 Enter the Name of mass allocation

4 Choose Actual or Encumbrance from the Balance Type,Enter
a Description for the MassAllocation batch
5 Click on formulas button
6 Enter Name and Description, select Category and Account

Balances From. Enter Amount, select Account, Currency,
Amount Type, Relative Period and Balance Type for the lines
A, B, C, T and O
7 Choose Validate All to validate the batch
8 Click ok
A Journal/Batch of Journals has 1 Log in into General Ledger

been entered 2 Navigate to
Reversal period is Open or Future Journal ->Enter
Enterable.
3 REVERSING A JOURNAL ENTRY
Query the batch and journal within the batch that to be
reversed.
Choose a journal <%User Name%>
4 Choose the Review Journal button

5 Choose the More Actions button
6 Choose the Reverse Journal button
7 Choose the Period in which the reversal entry has to be made
from the drop down that appears
8 Note down the concurrent request Id that General Ledger
generates.
General Ledger names the reversal batch Reverses[Original
Journal Entry Name] [Date] [Time].
9 Query the Reversal Journal

Navigate to Journal-> Enter
Enter name as Reverses%<User Name>%
Click on Review Journal
10 Post the Journal

1 Navigate to Journals -> Enter
2 Type the name of the journal you created already with status
'Unposted' in the journal entry field and click on 'Find' button.
3 Click the 'Review Journal' button
4 1. Change the debit/credit amount 2. Change the account 3.

Click on 'Save'
1 Navigate to Journals -> Post
2 Enter the period you want to search for and click on 'Find'
button
3 Check all postable entries and Click on 'Post' button
2 Navigate to Reports -> Request and double click to open
Standard Report Request.
3 Select Radiobutton "Request Set" and click on OK.
4 Select Request Set Details, include the parameters and click
on the "Submit" button.
5 Navigate to Others-> Requests and find the corresponding
Request ID.
6 Click on "View Output" and analyze the multiple report
generated and based on User discretion, make changes
wherever necessary.
The period for posting is open 1 Log in into General Ledger
Journal batches have been 2 Navigate to Journals -> Post
entered for the period and are
3 Query the journal batch to be posted by entering criteria like
unposted
journal name, period etc.
4 Review the period status and Post Status to determine if the

batch is available for posting
5 Select the batch to be posted by checking the box next to the
batch.
6 Click on Post Button to submit the concurrent request to post
the selected batches.
7 Click on OK button after noting down the concurrent program

id.
8 View the request by clicking on View -> Requests on the
toolbar
9 Click on Find
10 Requery the status by clicking on Requery Button till the

status is Completed
11 To Review the batch status ,Navigate to Journals -> Enter
12 Enter criteria like journal name to query the batch that has
been posted
1 Navigate to Transactions > Generate Recurring
2 1. Enter the GL Transaction Date 2. Select the batches whose

transactions are to be generated 3. Click on Generate button
to submit the selected transactions
3 1. Click OK in the window 2. Navigate to View > Requests
4 Enter the request ID and click Find button to view the status of
the request
1 Navigate to GL responsibility of GIS subsidary in which the
transaction is to be approved
2 Navigate to Transactions -> Enter
3 1. Query for the transaction to be approved by giving the
transaction number and other details(optional) 2. Click Find
button
4 Verify the details of the transaction

5 Click Reject button
6 1. Navigate to transactions - > Enter 2. Search the transaction

3. Check the transferred to field
2 Navigate to Transactions->Define recurring
3 1. Enter the following values: New batch, Description, Effictive

start and end dates, Autoselect(optional)
4 Save the form
5 Close the form
1 Navigate to View > Request in GL responsibility

2 1. Query for "Delete Intercompany Transactions." 2. Enter the
Cutoff days in Parameter window 3. Click Submit Button
The period for entry is open 1 Log in into General Ledger

2 Navigate to
Journals -> Enter
3 Click on the New Journal button
Choose the Journal Category from list of values as
4 The last open period defaults
Choose the period from the list of values
Enter a date in the field effective date
(The last date of the period defaults if no date is entered)
5 The currency defaults as USD

6 The journal name defaults as Manual <Date> <Time>
Take the cursor on the name and add User Name like
XXXXXManual<Date><Time>
7 To enter data in the journal lines
Click on an empty line
Click the arrow on the keyboard
8 Enter the line number as 10, 20 etc
9 Enter the account code combination and amount
10 Save the record by clicking on the icon save.

11 Click on the button More Actions on the bottom of the screen
12 Click on Post Button
13 Click on OK button after noting down the concurrent program

id.
14 View the request by clicking on View -> Requests on the
toolbar
15 Click on Find
16 Requery the status by clicking on Refresh Button till the
status is Completed The Posting of the Journal has completed
normally
2 Navigate to Transactions > Enter
3 Click New in the window
4 1. Enter the Receiver, GL date, Type, Period and currency 2.

Fill the details like account number, credit/Debit amount, Inter
company clearing account(Optional) in the sender and
receiver tabs 3. Check whether the Transferred to Receiver,
Sender, Reversed fields are displayed with value No
5 1. Save the form details. 2.Click Submit button to submit the

transaction
1 Navigate to Transactions > Enter in GL responsibility
2 Query for the approved transaction which is to be reversed

and click Find
3 Click Reverse button
4 Click No in the Transaction Status window
5 Click Submit to send the transaction for Approval
1 Pre-requisites: 1. Define your budget organizations. 2. Define

your budgets. 3. Enter or calculate budgets to ensure that the
existing budget amounts for your allocation accounts are
current.
2 Navigate to the Define MassBudgets window.Navigation:

Budgets->Define->MassBudget. Enter a Name and
Description for the MassBudget batch.
3 Choose the MassBudget that you want to copy.
4 1. Enter a Description for the new MassBudget. 2. Choose

Formulas to modify the MassBudget formulas that you copied.
3. After modifying the formulas, save your work.
5 Choose 'Validate All' to validate the batch, as well as all

previously unvalidated batches. Note:If you do not validate the
batch, GL asks if you want to validate the current batch when
you leave the window.
1 Pre-requisites: 1. Define a budget 2. Define budget formulas

3. Define a budget organization
2 Navigate to the Freeze Budgets window. Navigation: Budgets-
>Freeze
3 Do you want to freeze or unfreeze?
4 Query the Budget for the budget organization you want to

unfreeze.
5 1. Choose Organizations from the poplist. 2. Select the Frozen

checkbox next to each Budget Organization you want to
unfreeze.
6 1. Select the Budget Organization for the account range you
want to Unfreeze.
7 1. Choose Account Ranges. 2. Select the account range you
want to unfreeze. 3. Delete the record. 4. Save your work.
1 The following are the pre-requisites: 1. Define a budget 2.

Open one or more years of your budget 3. Define a budget
organization 4. Create your budget information using your
spreadsheet software. 5. Transfer your budget information into
the GL budget interface table, GL_BUDGET_INTERFACE
2 Navigate to the Upload Budget window. Navigation: Budgets-

>Enter->Upload.
3 Enter the Budget and Budget Organization that will receive the
uploaded budget amounts
4 Choose 'Upload' button
5 Click Yes/No to upload the budget
2 Navigate to Budget -> Define -> Budget
3 Enter a new Budget Name
4 Enter Description, Status ,select the Budget periods (First and
last period) click SAVE button
1 Navigate Budget -> Define -> Organization
2 Enter the organzation Name

3 Enter Description, Ordering segment, Display sequence as
required , SAVE record
4 Click on Ranges button
5 Enter the low ranges value and the high ranges for all
segments as required. Save
1 Navigate to Budget -> Enter -> Amounts
2 Enter the Budget name, budget org and date ranges that we
need to enter the amount
3 Select the ranges in Find account window click OK
4 Enter Budget amounts through the Enter Budget Amounts

form and SAVE it.
5 Go to the enter budget amounts form and review the amount
and account you would like to transfer to and from.
1 Navigate to Budgets -> Enter -> Transfer
2 Enter the Budget name and a Batch Name (for the Transfer).
The currency should default from the Budget. Select the
budget org and account to transfer from. Select the budget org
and account to transfer to.
3 Click Transfer Amount button
4 Select the period. Enter the percentage or the amount to be

transferred. Save you work. Close the Transfer Amounts form
and go back to the Budget Transfer form.Close that window
5 From the menu bar click View ->Requests

6 With the All my Requests radio button on, Click Find.
7 Go to the enter budget amounts form and review the results
1 Navigate to the Enter Encumbrances window. Navigation:

Journals->Encumbrance
2 Choose New Batch.
3 Enter a batch Name and an appropriate Accounting Period.
4 Choose Journals to enter your encumbrance journals.
5 1. Create your encumbrance journal by entering a name,

category, encumbrance type, and optional description,
reference. 2. Enter encumbrance lines, specifying an account
and debit or credit amount for each. 3. Save your work.
6 Select Yes/No
7 1. Enter the debit and credit accordingly so that both the totals
are equaled 2. Save
1 Navigate to the Enter Encumbrances window. Navigation path:
Journals->Encumbrance
2 Enter or query an encumbrance batch.Click on 'find'
3 Choose Reverse Batch.
4 Enter the Period to which to reverse the original encumbrance

entry. The default period is the current accounting period.
5 Click on 'OK'.
6 Post the reversal batch to relieve the encumbrances.Click on

the 'Post' button
7 Click on 'OK'. Navigate to Other->Requests to view the status
of the request
8 Click on Find
9 Check the status for your concurrent request id
1 Navigate to Journals->Encumbrance
2 1. Enter or query your encumbrance batch 2. Click on 'Find'
button
3 Choose Review Batch to review batch information or choose

Review Journal to review journal information.
4 Review and make changes in the journal information as
required and save
1 Navigate to the Funds Available Inquiry window. Navigation
Path:Inquiry->Funds
2 1. Enter the Budget Name for the inquiry. General Ledger
defaults the current budget, if you have one. 2. Enter the
Period Name for the inquiry.General Ledger defaults to the
first period for the current budget. General Ledger uses the
period name along with the amount type to determine funds
available. 3. Select an Amount Type. 4. Enter an
Encumbrance Type.You can view all encumbrances types by
entering ALL. 5. Do one of the following: 5.1Choose the Find
button to query all accounts that meet your selection criteria.
5.2 Navigate to the Funds Available region and query a partial
or complete account.
1 After all encumbrance, budget, and actual journal entries are

posted by the Purcahsing module, request the Encumbrance
Trial Balance Report in General Ledger. Navigate to Other ->
Reports -> Run
2 Select 'Single Request' radio button and click on 'OK' button.
3 Select Trial Balance - Encumbrance report
4 Select Encumburance type and Period. click OK and Submit

the report.
5 To view the status navigate: View ->Requests

6 Click on 'Find'
7 Close the last period of the current fiscal year.

8 Open the first period of the next fiscal year.
9 Open the next budget year
10 Navigate to the yearend Carry forward window. Navigation :
Journals->Generate->Carryforward
11 Enter a General Ledger Carry Forward Rule.Options:1.
Encumbrances Only 2. Encumbrances and Enc Budget 3.
Funds Available
12 1. Enter the From Budget to use to determine the yearto
date funds available. This budget must include the From
Period. 2. Enter the To Budget for the carry forward.This
budget must include the To Period.
13 1. Enter the Budget Organization for which to carry forward

balances or ALL for all budget organizations. 2. Enter the
From/To Period information. 3. Enter the Carry Forward
account Ranges.
The period for entry is open 1 Log in into General Ledger

The Functional Currency for the
Set of Books is USD
The foreign currency to be used is
enabled.
The period for entry is open
The Functional Currency for the 2 Navigate to
Set of Books is USD Journals -> Enter
The foreign currency to be used is Click on the New Journal button.
enabled.
3 Choose the Journal Category from list of values as
5 The currency defaults as USD. Change it to EUR

7 Choose the conversion type as User from the List of Values
8 Enter the exchange rate.

12 Ensure the total debits equal the total credits
13 Save the record by clicking on the icon save in the toolbar.
14 Review the journal to see the converted debit and converted

credit amounts
15 Post the journals---Click on More Actions
1 Navigate to General Ledger responsibility of GIS subsidary ->
Navigate -> Currency -> Revaluation
2 1. Enter the Revaluation Name and description 2. Select the
required Currency and Rate options 3. Enter the Revaluation
ranges 4. Enable AutoPost Revaluation to post the revaluation
journal automatically (when the revaluation process
completes) 5.Click Revalue button
3 Click OK in the pop up
4 1. Select the required period and click OK in the parameter

window 2. Click Submit in the submit request window
5 Check the status of the submitted request

1 Navigate to General Ledger responsibility of GIS subsidary ->
Navigate -> Currency -> Translation
2 1. Select Budget in the Balance Type dropdown 2. Select the
required Value, the Target Currency, Period, Source Budget
and Target Budget. 3. Click Translate Note: Check All
checkbox if traslation is needed for all balancing segment
3 1. Navigate to View > Request 2. Check the status of the

request
Set of Books is defined 1 Log in into General Ledger
The period for entry is open 2 Navigate to
The Functional Currency for the Journals -> Enter
Set of Books is EUR Click on the New Journal button.
The segment values for the
accounting flexfield has been 3 Choose the Journal Category from list of values as
defined
The Set of Books is assigned to
the responsibility that is being used
to enter the journal
The Responsibility that is being
used for the journal entry is
assigned the entry menu
The required category is defined in
the system
The Functional Currency for the
Set of Books is EUR
The segment values for the
accounting flexfield has been
defined
The Set of Books is assigned to
the responsibility that is being used
to enter the journal
The Responsibility that is being
(The first / last date of the period defaults if no date is entered)
used for the journal entry is
assigned the entry menu
The required category is defined in
the system 5 The currency defaults as USD
10 Ensure the total debits equal the total credits.

12 Note the Document Number that is automatically created. This

is just below the date
Scenario 1 1
Scenario 1 1
7
8
Set of Books is defined 1 Log in into General Ledger

The Functional Currency for the 2 Navigate to
Set of Books is EUR Journals -> Enter
The required category is defined in Click on the New Journal button.
the system
3 Choose the Journal Category from list of values as
5 The currency defaults as EUR

10 Ensure the total debits equal the total credits.

12 Note the transaction number

13 Click on More Details- Enter the reversal period as
14 Post the transaction
15 Find the reversal Journal
16 Try to Post It
1 Log in into General Ledger

2 Navigate to
Inquiry ->Account
Case I: Account Inquiry for 1 Period, 1 currency, 1Account
3 Enter the accounting periods for the inquiry

4 Choose Single Currency
5 Enter the currency code: USD
6 Choose the Actual Account button in the Account Types tab
7 Click on the line below Account

Find Accounts screen with low-high pops up
8 Enter the detail account as in low and high
9 For the Chosen Account/Range of Accounts, choose either

Show Balances
Show Journal Details
Show Variances This can be used to view budget vs.
Actual balances.
10 Click on SHOW BALANCES

PTD and YTD balances for the detail account is displayed.
11 Click on JOURNAL DETAILS

12 Journal Details
Choose the Journal Details button
Batch name, Journal Entry name, Source, Currency, Line, and
Entered Debits and Credits for all journals that contributed to
the selected detail are displayed.
13 Drilldown
Choose the Drilldown button
Note :
This button only appears if the journal originated from an
Oracle subledger like Oracle Payables or Oracle Receivables
14 Show Full Journal:

Choose the Show full Journal button
15 Close the window

16 Detail Balance:
Choose the Detail Balance button
Case II: Account Inquiry for 1 Period, All currencies ,
1Account
17 Follow from Step 3 again
In Step 4 change to All Currencies
18 Follow from Step 5 to Step 16 again
The balances can be seen in more than 1 currency
Case II: Account Inquiry for Range of Periods , 1
currency , 1Account
19 Follow from Step 3
20 Follow Step 4 to Step 16

Case III: Account Inquiry for one period and multiple
accounts
21 Follow from Step 3 to Step 7
22 In Step 8 enter
Low : 0 and High ZZ for all segments
23 Follow Step 9 to Step 16
2 Navigate to Inquiry -> Account and double click on Account.
3 Select Accounting periods, currency details, Currency type

and factors. Include the Account number and click on Show
Balances/Show Journal Details/Show Variances.
2 Navigate journal -> autoallocation -> workbench
3 Enter the allocation set name

4 Enter a description for the AutoAllocation set
5 Select parallel
6 Enter a line number in the Step column, In the Type column,
choose the Type of AutoAllocation you want to use from the
LOV,In the Batch column, enter a batch or choose from the
LOV. SAVE it
1 Navigate to GL Vision Operations (USA) -> Navigate ->

Consolidation -> Workbench
2 Enter Parent company and the required fields and click on
'Find' button.
3 Select a subsidiary company in the 'Preparation/Transfer'
screen and click on 'State Controller' button.
4 Choose the State Controllers Mapping button to define (or

modify, as needed) a consolidation mapping for each
subsidiary set of books that needs to be consolidated with its
parent
5 Choose the State Controllers Translation Status button to

check the current status of the subsidiary translations. (if the
parent and subsidiary companies use different functional
currency). 2. Select the Subsidiary period
6 Choose the State Controllers Transfer button to transfer the

consolidation data of the subsidiary company to parent
company
7 Choose the State Controllers Transfer Set (if mapping sets
are used) button to transfer consolidation data from multiple
subsidiaries to the parent company at the same time.
8 Choose the State Controllers Review Journal button to review

or modify the unposted consolidation journal batch.
9 Choose the State Controllers Post button to post

consolidation batch to parent set of books.
10 Choose the State Controllers Elimination Sets button to
create the necessary elimination journal entries in parent set
of books for consolidation eliminations.
11 1. Choose the State Controllers Report button to run
consolidated and consolidating reports. 2. Select the required
report details and submit the request
1 Navigate to the Elimination Sets window. Navigation path:
Consolidation->Elimination->Define
2 1. Enter Elimination set name and Description. 2. Select
Elimination company, Track Elimination Status check box,
Enter effective from and to dates if required. 3. Click on
'Accounts' button.
3 1. Enter 'Elimination Entry' name in the Elimination Accounts

window. 2. Select Currency and Amount. 3. Select the Source
and Target accounts 4. Press "CTRL+S" to save and close the
Elimination Accounts window.
4 Click on 'Balancing Options' button in the 'Elimination Sets'

form to generate your elimination set and create your
elimination entries.
5 1. Select the required Out of Balance Options in the Balancing
Options window. 2. Select the Net Difference Debit and Credit
accounts if the option 'Balance with Net Difference Accounts'
is selected. 3. Assign the threshold rule if the options 'Balance
with Net Difference Accounts' & 'Use Threshold Rules' are
selected. (Note: The option 'Use Threshold Rules' cannot be
selected if Allow Out of Balance Journals is selected) 4. Press
"CTRL+S" to save and close the Balancing Options window.
6 Click on 'Generate' button.

7 1. Choose the required Period in the Generate Eliminations
window. 2. Choose the Elimination Set button to open the
Define Elimination Set form to review or modify your
elimination definitions (if required).
8 1. Choose the elimination sets to be generated by checking

the check box to the left of each set name. 2. Choose the
Generate button to generate the elimination journals (General
Ledger submits a concurrent process to create unposted
journal batches based on the selected elimination sets. Note
the Request ID assigned to the concurrent process).
1 Navigate to General Ledger Vision Operations (USA) ->

Navigate -> Consolidation -> Purge
2 Select the required mapping and period and choose Purge
button to purge.
3 To view the status of the request navigate to Other->Requests

4 Check the status for the concurrent request
Navigate -> Consolidation -> Transfer -> Data Set
2 1. Enter a Mapping Set name or select one from the list of
values. 2. Select the Amount Type for consolidation. 3. Enter
the default Subsidiary Period and the Parent Standard Period,
if parent and subsidiaries share the same accounting
calendar. 4. Enter the default Subsidiary effective Date and
the Parent Average Period if the Usage type is selected as
Average or Standard & Average
3 Choose the Query Mappings button to display the mappings

that are included in the mapping set
4 Choose the Run Options button to modify your consolidation
Run Options.
5 1. Select the mappings to be transferred. 2. Choose the
Transfer button to launch a concurrent program to transfer
your subsidiary data.
Navigate -> Consolidation -> Transfer -> Data
2 Select the required Mapping, Balance Type as
'Actual'/'Budget', Amount Type, Subsidiarys accounting
Period, Parent's Standard Period.
3 Choose the Run Options button to modify consolidation run
options (if required).
4 Choose the Select Accounts button to specify the account
ranges that needs to be consolidate.
5 Choose Transfer to launch a concurrent process to transfer
subsidiary data to the parent
2 Navigate other -> Reports -> Run
3 Select the single request radio button and click OK
4 Select Chart of Accounts - Inactive Accounts Listingfrom LOV
5 Enter the account from and to and disabled date click OK
6 Click on 'Submit'
7 From menu bar navigate to View ->Requests

8 With the All my Requests' radio button on, Click on Find.
2 Navigate to other -> Reports -> Run
3 Select the 'single request' radio button and click OK
4 Select the Chart of Accounts - Rollup Range Listing from the
LOV
5 Select the segment name and click OK
6 Click on 'Submit' button
7 From the menu bar navigate to View ->Requests

8 With the All my Requests' radio button on, Click on 'Find' .
2 Navigate to the other -> Reports -> Run
3 Select the 'single request' radio button and click 'OK'

4 Select the Chart of Accounts - Suspense Accounts Listing
5 Click on the 'Submit' button
6 From the menu bar navigate to the View ->Requests

7 With the All my Requests' radio button on, Click on 'Find'
button .
2 Navigate to Other->Reports->Run
3 Select the 'single Request' radio button

4 Select Currency - Period Rates Listing
5 Select the period

6 Select the 'Submit' button
7 From the menu bar navigating to View ->Requests

8 Select 'With the All my Requests' radio button, Click on 'Find'
button .
2 Navigation: other -> Reports -> Run
3 Select the 'single request' radio button and click on 'OK'

4 Select FSG - Column Set Summary Listing
5 Select 'Submit' button
6 From the menu bar navigating to the View ->Requests

7 Select the 'With the All my Requests' radio button, Click on
'Find' button .
2 Navigation path: other -> Reports -> Run
3 Select the 'single request' radio button and click on 'OK'.
4 Select FSG - Content Set Summary Listing
5 Select 'Submit' button.
6 From the menu bar navigation: View ->Requests
7 Selecting 'With the All my Requests' radio button, Click on

'Find' button .
2 Navigation path : other -> Reports -> Run
3 Selecting the 'single request' radio button and click on 'OK'.
4 Select FSG - Report Summary Listing
5 Choose 'Submit' button.
6 From the menu bar navigation path: View ->Requests
7 Selecting 'With the All my Requests' radio button,Click on

'Find' button .
2 Navigation path:other -> Reports -> Run
3 Choose 'single request' radio button and click on 'OK'.

4 Select FSG - Row Set Summary Listing
5 Choose the 'Submit' button.
6 From the menu bar navigation path:View ->Requests
7 Selecting the 'With the All my Requests' radio button,Click on

'Find' button .
2 Navigate to: Other->Reports->Run
3 Select the 'single Request' radio button.Clk OK
4 Select Consolidation - Disabled Parent Accounts
5 Select Consolidation and Parent Period Click Ok

6 Clk on 'Submit' button.
7 From the menu bar navigation path is:View ->Requests

8 Choose 'With the All my Requests' radio button,Click on 'Find'
button .
2 Navigate to : Other->Reports->Run
3 Select the 'single Request' radio button.Clk 'OK'
4 Select Consolidation - Unmapped Subsidiary Accounts
5 Select Consolidation, Subsidiary Period, Amount type and

Click Ok
6 Clk on the 'Submit' button.
7 From the menu bar navigation path is :View ->Requests

8 Choose the 'With the All my Requests' radio button,Click on
'Find' button .
2 Navigate to:Other->Reports->Run
3 Select the 'single Request' radio button.Clk 'OK'.

4 Select Intercompany - Unapproved Transaction
5 Select Subsidiary and Click Ok

6 Clk on the Submit button.
7 From the menu bar navigation path is: View ->Requests

8 Choose'With the All my Requests' radio button,Click on 'Find'
button .
2 Navigation path:Other -> Report -> Run
3 Choose 'single request' radio button, click on 'OK'.

4 Select Other - Recurring Formula Listing
5 Select batch name

6 Clk on 'Submit'.
7 From menubar navigation path is: View ->Requests

8 Choose 'With All my Requests' radio button,Click on 'Find'
button .
2 Navigation path:Other->Report->Run
3 Choose 'single request' radio button, Then click on 'OK'.

4 Select Other - Value Added Tax
5 Select period,currency,tax code

6 Clk on 'Submit'
7 To view status, from menubar navigation path is: View

->Requests
8 Choose 'With All my Requests' radio button, then Click on
'Find' button .
1
2 Navigation path:Other->Report-> Run
3 Choose 'single request' radio button, and click on 'OK'.
4 Select Trial Balance - Detail
5 Select page break, page breaker(Higher-lower) range,
secondary segment,curreny, Period, amount type click OK
6 Clk on 'Submit' button
7 To view status, from menu bar navigation path is: View

->Requests
8 Choose 'With All my Requests' radio button, then Clk on 'Find'
button .
2 Navigation path:Other-> Report-> Run
3 Choose Single Request radio button, and click on 'OK'.
4 Select Trial Balance - Translation
5 Select balancing segment from and to, curreny , period and
click OK
6 Clk 'Submit' button
7 To view status,from menu bar navigation path is: View

->Requests
8 Choose 'With All my Requests' radio button, then Clk on 'Find'
button
1
2 Navigation path:Other-> Report -> Run
3 Choose Single Request radio button, click on 'OK'.
4 Select Trial Balance - Summary 2
5 Select Balance type, budget, page break segment, page
breaker(Higher-lower) range, secondary segment,curreny,
Period, amount type, currency type, budget starting period
click OK
6 Click 'Submit' button
7 To view status,from menu bar navigation path : View

->Requests
8 Choose 'With All my Requests' radio button, then Click on
'Find' button
Input Data Design Steps - Expected Results Comments
1. GL Accounts window is opened
1. Operations Accounting Flex window is
opened
1. An error pop up is opened stating 'Value
has been disabled'
1. Details about the error message is
displayed
1. Company window is opened with details
of available values
Do you want to create a new code 1. The selected Company value is displayed
combination using valid segments? in the operations accounting flex window
= YES
1. An Error is popped up stating "This
combination of Segment value already
exists"
1. The selected new combination is
displayed in the GL accounts window
1. The new code combination is saved

successfully
Do you want to disable the newly
created code combination? = NO
1. Find Key flexfield Segment window is

opened
Do you want to create a new 1. Segment values window is opened with
Segment? = NO AND Do you want the title, Independent segments and
to disable an existing segment? = Structure being prepopulated with values
NO
Responsibilities form pops up
Navigate to Journals > Enter

Click on New journal button
Enter the Journal name and select
the Period, Effective Date, Category
and Description
Enter the Line number, Account and
either a debit amount or a credit
amount in the lines region. The
debit total should match the credit
total. All the lines in the journal
should have the same Business
Unit value in the account
Save the journal by clicking Save

Button.
Navigate to Journals > Enter

Click on New journal button
Enter the Journal name and select
the Period, Effective Date, Category
and Description
Enter the Line number, Account and
either a debit amount or a credit
amount in the lines region. The
debit total should match the credit
total. All the lines in the journal
should have the same Business
Unit value in the account
Save the journal by clicking Save

Button.
Define Recurring Journal Formula window

opens
Journal Entry Line screen opens
Journal Entry Line window opens
New Line appears
Able to save.
Decision screen appears
Recurring Journal Parameters screen

launches
A Note box specifying the concurrent request
id is Launched
Request completes successfully
Find Journals screen launches

Enter Journals screen launches with the
journal details.
Journals screen Launches with details of the

selected journal
1. Displays General Ledger responsibility
1. Define mass allocatin window to be open
If the name already exist = NO
Need to select the autocopy option 1. Displays formula window

= NO
1. The formulas are saved
1. Displays a request ID in POP up window
1. The status Displays VALIDATED in define

mass allocation window and shows the
request ID
Able to login
Able to Navigate
Able to choose
Able to choose
Able to choose
Able to choose
Able to choose
1. 'Find Journals' form is displayed.

1. 'Enter Journals (Vision Operations)' form
is opened with the journal details
1. 'Journals (Vision Operations)' form is

opened
1. Modified journal entry is saved with status
Unposted.
1. 'Find Journals Batches' form is opened
1. 'Post Journals(Vision Operations)' form is

displayed with all the batches available in
the entered period.
Validates if concurrent request for 1. An error message "Concurrent request for
posting journals is postign is disabled" is thrown
Enabled/Disabled? = If disabled
1. Oracle application in General Ledger

window is opened.
Single Request ? = NO
1. Request ID must be generated.
1. Phase must be "Completed" and Status

"Normal".
Able to login Pass

Able to Navigate Pass
Batch is displayed along with
posting period as well as the
Balance type
A message pops up displaying the

concurrent program id for the
posting program.
Find Requests screen opens up
The Request screen opens up

displaying the request and the
status
Status must be Completed
Normal
Able to navigate
Batch is displayed with the Status

Posted
1. Generate Recurring Transactions window

is opened
1. A message window pops up displaying the
request ID
1. Find request window is opened
1. The status is Completed and Normal
1. GL main page of the GIS subsidary is

opened
1. The "Find Transactions" window is
opened
1. The queried transaction details are
displayed in the "Enter Intercompany
Transactions" form with status as Review
Do you want to approve the 1. The transaction status is changed to

intercompany transacation? = NO Rejected
1. The Transferred to field is populated as

NO and the transaction status is changed to
Rejected
1. General Ledger responsibility page is
opened
1. Define Recurring Intercompany
transaction batch window is opened
1. The details are entered successfully
Do you wish to Auto copy contents 1. The form is saved successfully

from existing batch? = NO
Do you want to create transactions

for the recurring bacth? = NO
1. Submit Request Window is opened

1. The transactions are deleted successfully
if the status of the request changes to
Normal and Completed
Able to login
Able to Navigate
Journal entry screen opens.
Able to enter
Record is saved.
More Actions window opens
A message pops up displaying the

concurrent program id for the
posting program.
Find Requests screen opens up
The Request screen opens up

displaying the request and the
status
Status must be Completed
Normal
1. The GL responsibility page of the selected

GIS subsidary is opened
1. Find transactions window is opened
1. Enter Inter company Transactions window
is opened with the status as New and
Sender field being populated with the current
subsidary name
1. The details are entered and the

transferred to tab is populated with value as
NO
1. A forms message pops up stating

"Transaction complete: (N) records applied
and saved" 2. Transaction Number is
populated in the Enter Transactions Window
1. The Find Transaction window is opened
1. The transaction details are displayed
1. 1. A new transaction is created 2. The

Transaction status window is opened
Select Yes or No in the Transaction 1. The status of the transaction is changed

status window = NO to New
Do you want to AutoCopy? Click on 1. on Clicking 'AutoCopy' button,'Source

'AutoCopy' button?Yes/No = Yes batches' window is opened
1. Details are copied from the existing mass

budget batch to the new mass budget batch
1. Details are saved
1. Mass Budget Batch is validated
1. 'Freeze Budget' and 'Find Budget' form is

opened
Freeze/Unfreeze = Unfreeze AND 1. 'Find budget' form displayed
Do u want to Unfreeze a 1. budget,
2. budget formula batch or 3.
budget organization = Unfreeze a
budget organization
1. Selected frozen budget with the budget

organization details are displayed in the
Organizations tab in the 'Freeze Budget'
form
Do you want to Unfreeze budgets

for a range of accounts? Yes/No =
Yes
1. Required Budget organization(for
unfreezing) checkbox is selected
1. Changes made for unfreezing Account
ranges within the budget organization are
saved
1. 'Upload Budgets (Vision Operations)' form

is opened
1. Budget details entered are accepted
1. A decision box with the message "Are you

sure you want to upload this budget?" is
displayed
Yes/No? = No 1. Decision window is closed and returns
back to the previous form

window to be opened
1. Define budget window to be open
If the budget Name already exist = 1. Budget should save normally.

NO AND Is the next budget year
already opened = YES
2. Displays the year in the "latest open year"
text box
1. Define budget organization window to be
open
If the organization name is already 1. Organization should save normally

exist = NO
1. Account Ranges window to be displayed
If the specified range is assigned to 1. An error message "This account range

that currency before = YES overlaps another range with the same
currency in this set of books"
1. Enter budget amount window to be
opened
1. A pop up window displays to enter the
account ranges
The ranges entered is not found for 1. A long list is displayed
that organization = NO
1. Data should save normally
1. Displays the amount
1. Budget transfer window to be opened
If the account ranges is not 1. Transfer amount window opens

accepted = NO
1. Display a pop up with concurrent request
ID
1. Find request window to be open

1. The transfer amount request show a
phase of Completed and a status of Normal.
1. Displays the balance amount
1. 'Find journals' form is opened.
1. 'Batch (Visions operations)' is opened

GL validates if the batch name 1. The batch name and period entered are
exists already?Yes/No = No accepted. Batch type will be set to
Encumbrance by default
1. 'Journals (Vision Operations)' form is
opened
GL validates if the debit amounts 1. A decision window is opened with
equals the credit amounts. message "The debit total does not equal the
Equals/Not Equal = Not equal credit total for this journal batch. Do u still
want to save this batch?Yes/No"
Click on "yes/no" = no 1. Returns to previous formi.e Journals form
1. Entry saved
1. 'Find Journals' form is displayed
1. 'Enter Encumbrances:Vision Operations'

page is opened with the queried batch
details
Validates if the batch is already 1. 'Default Reversal Period' form is opened
being reversed?Yes/No = No
1. A note window is displayed with message
"Your concurrent request(s) have been
submitted."
1. Returns to the 'Enter
Encumbrances:Vision Operations' form
1. A note saying "Your concurrent request ID
is XXXXXXX" is displayed
1. Find request form is opened
1. Requests form is opened with the

requests details and their status
1. Phase is 'Completed' and Status is
'Normal'
1. Find Journals form is opened
1. 'Enter Encumbrances:Vision Operations'
form is opened with the encumbrance batch
details
Review Batch/Review Journal? = 1. Journals form is opened
Review Journal
1. Changes(if any) are saved
1. 'Funds Available Inquiry' form is opened
1. 1. General Ledger displays the functional

Budget, Encumbrance and Actual Amounts
for each account. The displayed amounts
are the posted balances plus reserved
funds. General Ledger displays debit
balances as positive amounts and credit
balances as negative amounts. 2. General
Ledger automatically displays Funds
Available as: Budget Amount for Period
Interval Actual Amount for Period Interval
Encumbrance Amount for Period Interval 3.
If you chose the encumbrance type ALL and
you have budgetary control enabled and
Purchasing installed, General Ledger
displays the encumbered amounts for
purchase order and requisition encumbrance
types and all other encumbrance types in the
Encumbrance Amount region.
1. 'Submit new request' form is displayed.
1. 'Submit request' form is opened
1. The 'parameter' window is popped up.
1. A decision box is displayed asking if

another request has to be submitted.Click
'No'
1. 'Find request' form is displayed.
1. The generated report status will be
displayed as Completed and Normal
1. Period is closed
1. First period is opened
1. Next budget year is opened
1. 'Year-End Carry forward' form is displayed
Select one of the 3 Carry Forward 1. Funds Available is selected

Rules available = Funds
Available
1. Required details are entered
Checks if Carry forward account 1. An error message "Please enter carry

ranges? Valid/Invalid = Invalid forward range(s) before submitting Carry
Forward Process" is displayed.
Able to login
Able to enter
Journal saved
Concurrent Request
1. Revaluation window is opened
1. A Form message pops up

stating"transaction Complete. (N) records
applied and saved
1. Revaluation is automatically saved and

the Submit Request window appears
1. Request ID is displayed in Note Pop up
1. The status is Completed and Normal

1. Translate balances window is opened
Type of translation: Actual or 1. The Request ID is for budget traslation is

Budget? = Budget displayed in the ReqID column
1. The Request status is Completed and

Normal
Able to login
Able to enter the date
Able to enter
Able to enter
Journal saved
Checks If any unprocessed/unaccounted 1. will not allow closing of the

transactions still remain?Yes/No = If Yes period.
Login through self service mode 1. The General Ledger window

with Valid user id, password and should be open
select responsibility as
Navigate to Setup-> Open/Close 1. Open/Close window to be open
Query the period you want to open If the period is not defined? = NO 1. The queried period details
as the current period appeared
Use the drop down list to select If the period already OPENED = NO 1. It saved and first period is
Open and then Save opened
Click on open next period button Need to open the next period = YES 1. A popup with "Are you sure want
to open the next period" is
displayed
Click on yes If the concurrent request Open period is not 1. A Concurrent Request is
enabled = NO submitted to open next
period,Period is opened
Click on view->request 1. Request window opened
Select All request radio button 1. Concurrent request shows
on.Click Find button status Completed Normal
2. The next period is opened
Able to login
Able to enter
Journal saved
Able to enter
Not able to post
Able to login
Able to Navigate
Able to enter
Able to choose
Able to choose.
Able to specify.
Able to Choose
Able to select
Able to drill down to the Journals window to

view all of the journal's details.
Return to the Journal Details

Window
Able to return to the Detail Balances window.

window is open.
Click Show Balances or Show 1. Variance form is displayed with details on

Journal Details or Show variances? "Actual" for the period and "Variance" from
= Show Variances the predictions.
1. Open the Oracle General ledger

responsibility
1. Displays auto allocation workbench
window
Name already exist = NO

Allocation set type = PARALLEL
Select any option to lauch a request 1. Saved sucessfully
= MassAllocations
2. Displays define mass allocation window
1. 'Find Consolidation Processes' form

opened
1. 'Consolidation Workbench' form is opened
1. 'State Controller Form' is opened
1. 'Consolidation Mappings' form gets

opened and Mapping should be defined or
modified successfully.
1. 'Translation Statuses' form is opened
1. Transferring the data should be

successful
1. Transferring the data is successful
1. Required journal is reviewed
1. Posting the data should be successful
1. Necessary elimination journal entries in

parent set of books for consolidation
eliminations are created.
1. Report details are entered and submitted
1. 'Elimination Sets' form is opened
Validates if the entered elimination 1. Details are saved and 'Elimination

set name already exists?Yes/No = Accounts' form is opened
No
1. Elimination account details are saved
1. 'Balancing Options' form is opened
1. Details entered in 'Balancing Options'

window
1. 'Generate Eliminations' form is opened

1. Elimination Set form is opened and
elimination definitions are review or modified
as required
1. The elimination sets should be defined

successfully
1. 'Purge Consolidation Audit Data' form is

opened
1. The selected mappings should be purged
successfully. A note is displayed with the
request ID.
1. Requests form is opened
1. Status is 'Completed' and 'Normal'
1. 'Transfer Consolidation Data Set' form is
opened
1. Details are entered and saved
1. Mappings that are included in the

mapping set are displayed
1. Modifications are done accordingly
1. A message "Concurrent requests from

XXXXXXX to XXXXXXX have been
submitted" is displayed
1. "Transfer Consolidation Data' form is
opened
Do you want to transfer Balances or 1. Balance Type as 'Budget' is selected
Budgets? = Transfer Budgets
1. Required modifications are done
1. Account ranges are specified
If a consolidation mapping is 1. An error message Select one or more

selected?Yes/No = No consolidation mappings before transferring
this Mapping Set is thrown.
1. Oracle General ledger window in open
1. Submit new request window open

1. Submit request window open
Select the report we needed = 1. Displays the parameter window
Inactive Accounts Listing
1. Displays a decisionbox to submit another

request.click 'No'
1. 'Find request' window to be opened
1. The status is completed and Normal. The
Report has been generated
1. Oracle General ledger window is open
1. Submit new request window opened

1. Submit request window opened
Select the report that needed = 1. Display the parameter window.
Rollup Range
1. Displays a decisionbox to submit another

request.click 'No' button
1. 'Find request' window is displayed
1. The Report has been generated. The
status is completed and Normal.
1. Oracle Generalledger window is open
1. Submit new request window displayed
1. 'Submit request' window opened

Select the request that needed =
Suspense Accounts
1. Displays a decision box to submit another
request.click 'No' button
1. 'Find request' window isdisplayed
1. The Report have been generated. The
status is completed and Normal.
1. Oracle General ledger responsibility
window open
1. Submit new request window is opened
1. 'Submit Request' window is opened

Specify the Name as = Currency -
Period Rates

request.click 'No' button.
1. 'Find request' window is displayed.
1. The Report is generated. The status is
completed and Normal.
1. Oracle General ledger window to in open
1. Submit new request window is displayed
1. 'Submit request' window opened.

Select the report needed = Column
Set Summary
request.click on 'No' button
1. 'Find request' window isdisplayed.
1. Report is generated. The status is
completed and Normal.
1. Oracle 'General ledger' window to be
open
1. Submit new request window is displayed.
1. 'Submit request' window to be opened.
Select the report needed = Content

Set Summary
request.click on 'No' button.
1. 'Find request' window is being displayed.
1. Report is generated. Status is completed

and Normal.
1. Oracle 'General ledger' window to be
open
1. 'Submit new request' window is displayed.
1. 'Submit request' window gets opened.
Select the report needed = Report

Summary
1. A decision box to submit another request
is displayed.click on 'No' button.
1. 'Find request' window isbeing displayed.
1. Report is generated.Status is completed

and Normal.
1. Oracle 'General ledger' window is open
1. 'Submit new request' window gets

displayed.
1. 'Submit request' window gets opened
Select the report = Row Set
Summary
is being displayed.click on 'No' button.
1. 'Find request' windowis being displayed.
1. Report is generated.Status is
completedand Normal.
1. 'General Ledger' Navigation window is
open
1. 'Submit new request' form is opened
1. 'Submit Request' window is opened.
Specify the Report that to be 1. The 'Parameter' window is open
generated = Consolidatio - Disabled
Parent Accounts

is being displayed.click on 'No'
1. 'Find request' window displayed.
1. Report is generated.Status is 'completed'
and Normal.
1. 'General Ledger' resposibility Navigation
window is open
1. 'Submit new request' form is displayed
1. 'Submit Request' window is displayed.
Specify the Report that to be 1. Displays the 'parameter' window

generated = Consolidation -
Unmapped Subsidiary Accounts

is being displayed.Click on 'No'
1. 'Find request' form is displayed.
1. Report is generated.Status is 'completed'
and 'Normal'.
1. Oracle 'General Ledger' resposibility
Navigation window is open
1. 'Submit new request' form is being
displayed
1. 'Submit Request' window is displayed
Specify the Report that to be 1. Parameter window is displays
generated = Intercompany -
Unapproved Transaction

is being displayed.Click 'No'
1. 'Find request' form is being displayed.
1. Report is generated.The Status is
'completed' and 'Normal'.
1. Oracle 'General ledger' window opened
1. 'Submit new request' window displayed.
1. 'Submit request' window opens

Select the report that needed = 1. Displays parameter popup window
Recurring Formula

is being displayed.Click 'No'.
1. 'Find request' form is displayed
1. Report is generated, Status is Completed
and Normal
1. Oracle 'General ledger' window opened.
1. 'Submit new request' form is displayed.
1. 'Submit request' window opens.

Select the report needed = Value 1. Displays a popup parameter window
Added Tax

is displayed.Click 'No'
1. 'Find request' form displayed
1. Report is generated, and Status is

Completed and Normal
1. 'General ledger' window opened.
1. 'Submit new request' form displayed.
1. 'Submit request' form opens.
Select the report needed = Detail 1. Displays popup parameter window

displayed.Click 'No'
1. 'Find request' form displayed.
1. Report is generated ,and Status is

Completed and Normal
1. 'GeneralLedger' window opened.
1. 'Submit new request' form displayed

1. 'Submit request' form will be opened.
Select the report = Translation 1. Displays a popup 'parameter' window

1. 'Find request' form isdisplayed
1. Report is generated ,Status is Completed

and Normal
1. 'GeneralLedger' window opened
1. 'Submit new request' form is opened.
1. 'Submit request' form will open.
Select the report = Summary 2 1. Displays a parameter window
1. Decision box to submit another request is
1. 'Find request' form is opened.
1. Report generated, Status is Completed

and Normal
Test case ID Functional Area/Business Process/Test Case Test Case Description Pre-Requisites
1 AR_Create an Adjustment User is make an adjustment 1. Receivable activity of type
entry while entering a Adjustment is defined
receipt. 2. An invoice to be adjusted
To pass an adjustment 3. Sequence is assigned to the
entry while entering a Receivable Activity
receipt
2 AR_Customer Creation Process To enter header and site All required set-ups are
information for a customer. completed
Customer and Customer
address Creation process
3 AR_Enter Manual Receipts To Create a Manual 1. Receipt classes are defined
Receipt. 2. Payment methods are defined
Create Manual Receipt 3. Receipt sources are defined
4. Accounting periods are open
4 AR_Inter company invoicing To create intercompany AR Intercompany AR Invoice has

Invoices. been generated in Shipping OU
Inter company invoicing COGS Account has been
defined in the Transaction Type
of the Sales Order
5 AR_Interface with OM and Legacy system. To Interface AR with Other
modules.
Interface with OM and
LegacySystem
6 AR_Manual Credit Memo User is able to enter an 1. Credit Memo Transaction

Account credit.To enter On types are defined
Account credit 2. Credit Memo sources are
defined
7 AR_Manual Invoice creation/Copy User is able to create a 1. Transaction types are defined
Manual Invoice.Manual 2. Auto-Accounting is defined
Invoice to a Third-party 3. Transaction batch sources are
defined
4. Accounting rules (optional) are
defined
5. Document numbering
(optional) is set up
8 AR_Receipt Applied on Customer account User is able to enter a 1. Receipt classes are defined
manual receipt and apply 2. Payment methods are defined
the receipt to an invoice of 3. Receipt sources are defined
any customer.To enter and 4. Accounting periods are open
apply a receipt to an invoice
of a customer
9 AR_Create Receipt Reversal User is make an adjustment 1. Create an invoice.
entry while entering a 2. Apply receipt to the invoice
receipt.To pass an
adjustment entry while
entering a receipt
10 AR_Transfer AR accounting to GL To post transaction to

general ledger.Transfer AR
accounting details to GL
11 AR_Manual Invoice
12 AR_
13 AR_Debit Memo
14 AR_1
15 AR_Applying Credit Memo to Invoice
16 AR_2
17 AR_3
18 AR_4
19 AR_5
20 AR_6
21 AR_7
22 AR_8
23 AR_9
24 AR_10
25 AR_Delete Transaction Delete Transaction
26 AR_apply adjustment to invoice Apply adjustment to invoice

27 AR_Standard Receipt Standard Receipt
28 AR_Miscellaneous Receipt Miscellaneous Receipt

29 AR_Unidentified Receipt Unidentified Receipt
30 AR_Apply full amount receipt to invoice Apply full amount receipt to

invoice
31 AR_11
32 AR_Apply partial amount receipt to invoice Apply partial amount receipt
to invoice
33 AR_12
34 AR_Re-Apply the receipt Re-Apply the receipt
35 AR_View Reciepts View Reciepts
36 AR_History_Receipt HistoryReceipt
37 AR_Total_Amount_Selected receipts TotalAmountSelected

receipts
38 AR_View_Reverse_Receipts ViewReverseReceipts
39 AR_Receipts Summary Receipts Summary
40 AR_Standard reversal of receipt Standard reversal of receipt
41 AR_Adjustment against receipt Adjustment against receipt

42 AR_Charge back against Invoice Charge back against
Invoice
43 AR_Charge back against Receipt Charge back against

Receipt
44 AR_Write off against Receipts Write off against Receipts

45 AR_Transaction write off Transaction write off
46 AR_Add Customer Add Customerx
47 AR_13
48 AR_Modify Customer Modify Customerx

49 AR_14
50 AR_Manually creating a Bills Receivable AndManually creating a

Bills Receivable
51 AR_Completing a Bills Receivable Completing a Bills

Receivable
52 AR_Exchanging a Bill Receivable for a new one Exchanging a Bill

Receivable for a new one
Receivable for a new one
53 AR_Creating a Bills Receivable Remittance Creating a Bills Receivable

Remittance
54 AR_15
55 AR_Collections_Review Customer's Account CollectionsReview
Customer's Account
56 AR_Collections_Review Customer's Account_Alternate CollectionsReview

Flow Customer's
AccountAlternate Flow
57 AR_Collections_Customer Call Actions CollectionsCustomer Call

Actions
58 AR_Collections_Call_Action_site Level CollectionsCallActionsite
Level
59 AR_Collections_Call_Action_SpecificTransaction CollectionsCallActionSpecifi
cTransaction
60 AR_Collections_Call_Action_specificTransaction_Altern CollectionsCallActionspecifi
ate flow cTransactionAlternate flow
61 AR_Collections_Detailed Customer's Transactions CollectionsDetailed
Customer's Transactions
62 AR_Collections_Customers Specific Transactions CollectionsCustomers

Specific Transactions
63 AR_Collections_Specific_Account Details Page CollectionsSpecificAccount

Details Page
64 AR_Collections_Specific_Customers Account page CollectionsSpecificCustome
rs Account page
65 AR_Collections_Customer's Previous Correspondence CollectionsCustomer's

Previous Correspondence
66 AR_General Ledger Transfer Program and Journal General Ledger Transfer

Import Program and Journal
Import
67 AR_Opening and closing accounting period Opening and closing
accounting period
68 AR_Reports to Reportsx
69 AR_Invoice_GLdate InvoiceGLdatex
70 AR_Invoice_Distribution percent InvoiceDistribution percentx

71 AR_16
72 AR_Negative chargeback Negative chargebackx

73 AR_Receipt_negative amount Receiptnegative amountx
1 Login through self service mode with AR Able to login
Valid user id, password and select SUPERUSE
responsibility R CZ
2 Navigate to Receipts -> Receipts Receipts window opens
3 Select Menu Item,view->Find Find Receipts window opens
4 Enter the Receipt number and click on 20000 Receipts window opens,
'Find' button
5 Click on the Apply button Application window opens

9 Select from the List of values the Trans
Number of the invoice to apply this
receipt
10 Review the amount in the Amount Displays difference of the invoice
Applied field change if required. Check and receipt amounts
the amount in Balance Due field
11 Click on the Adjustments button Adjustments window open

12 Select the Activity Name from the list Write Off If you specify Invoice as your
of values. Note that the Amount field adjustment type, Receivables
has the Balance Due amount by requires that the amount of your
default if adjustment type of invoice is adjustment be at least enough to
done. close the item you are adjusting.
13 Save the work and close the Adjustment Number gets generated
Adjustment window
14 Close the window
15 Navigate to Tools > View Accounting at
each window (Adjustments,
Applications, etc) to see the accounting
entries generated

responsibility R CZ
2 Navigate to Customer -> Standard
3 Enter the customer name and click A decision box appears
Find button
4 In the decision box select New for Customer Record Displayed
creating a new record
5 Select the Customer Type as
organization. Review the customer
name, change if required.
6 On address tab, click on New button Customer Address window opens
to open customer address window.
7 Enter the Country for this address. The

default is the value of the default
Country field in the System Options
window, but you can change it.
8 Enter the address lines:

Fill in the required information
Fill the additional address
information for this customer, such as
City, State, Postal Code, Province and
County
8a Click on the Descriptive Flexfield to

enter the Legacy Customer Number
9 On business purpose tab, select the
Usage field
9a. If the country selected in step 7, falls Warning Message pops up asking
within the EU, then a warning message to enter the Tax Registration
pops up asking the user to enter the Number
Tax Registration Number for the
concerned site usage.
Note: Determination of whether a
country falls within the EU or not, is
based on the Vat Member State Code
being populated in the Countries and
Territories form.
10 Designate the site as a Primary site by

checking the Primary checkbox
11 Check the Active box and press the Business Purpose Detail window
Open button opens
12 Enter/select the following at the
business purpose window:
Select Payment Terms
Enter the Tax Code
Enter the Tax Registration Number if it
is an EU country
Go to the Accounts region.
Enter the various account values
13 Save the work and close the Business Customer Address window appears
Purpose Detail window
14 Define the other tabs as necessary.
15 Save the customer record and close

the window
1 Login through self service mode with AR
responsibility R CZ
3 Enter the receipt number
4 Select Receipt type as Standard
5 Enter receipt amount
6 Select Payment Method MKL MKL
MANUAL RECEIPTS MANUAL
RECEIPTS
7 Save the work Receipt is created
1 Login through self service mode with INV Able to Navigate
responsibility R CZ
2 Navigate to toolbar & click View --> Find Requests window opens
Requests
3 Click Submit a New Request Submit a New request window

opens
4 Select Single request & click OK Submit Request window opens
5 Select the program Create Able to select
Intercompany AR Invoices from the
name LOV
6 Select the appropriate parameters & Able to enter & submit
click Submit
7 Click on Refresh data option, till the Request will complete with normal
request gets completed normal status.
8 Log out of EMR INV SUPERUSER Able to navigate
CZ Responsibility & log in to EMR AR
SUPERUSER CZ Responsibility
9 Navigate to Interface Autoinvoice Able to navigate &Submit a New
request window opens
10 Select Single request & click OK Run Autoinvoice window opens
11 Select the program Autoinvoice Master Able to select

Program from the name LOV
12 Select the appropriate parameters & Invoice Able to enter & submit
click Submit Source =
Intercompan
y
13 Click on Refresh data option, till the Auto Invoice master program once
request gets completed normal completed will spawn another
request Autoinvoice import
program.
1 Login through self service mode with Able to Navigate

Valid user id, password and select
responsibility
2 Navigate to Interface Autoinvoice Able to navigate &Submit a New
request window opens
3 Select Single request & click OK Run Autoinvoice window opens
4 Select the program Autoinvoice Master Able to select

Program from the name LOV
5 Select the appropriate parameters & Able to enter & submit

click Submit
6 Click on Refresh data option, till the
request gets completed normal
responsibility R CZ
2 Navigate to Transactions -> Transaction window opens
Transactions
3 Select Source as MANUAL-OTHER MANUAL- Able to select
OTHER
4 Select Class as Credit Memo
5 Select Type CreditMemo
- Manual
6 Specify your Bill-To Information: Emerson
Name Select customer Climate
Select the Bill-to Address for Technologie
this customer s GMBH
Notice the Payment terms
7 Click Line Items Button Lines window open

8 Line 1: Enter Description - Credit Credit
Memo Memo
9 Enter the credit amount in negative
(100 USD should be entered as 100)
10 Correct the tax code, if required

11 Navigate to the Distributions button to Distribution window opens
view the accounting and change if
necessary.
12 Save the line detail and close Line Transaction window appears
Window
13 Change a transactions status to Status changes to Complete
Complete in the Transaction window by
pressing the Complete button
1 Login through self service mode with
Valid user id, password and select
responsibility
2 Navigate to Transactions -> Transaction window opens
Transactions
3 Select Source as MANUAL-OTHER MANUAL- Able to select
OTHER
4 Select Class as Invoice
5 Select Type Invoice
6 Specify your Bill-To Information: EMERSON CLIMATE TECHNOLOGIES GMBH
Select Customer name
Select customer Bill-to Address
Change the Payment terms, if
necessary
7 Click Line Items Button Lines window open

8 In the Description field, choose from Manual
the predefined Memo Lines from the invoice
List of Values.
Note: Do not type the Memo Line
Name in the Description. Always select
the Memo Line from the List of Values,
otherwise, Oracle would not generate
proper accounting for the Invoice.
9 Enter the quantity

10 Enter the Unit Price
11 Select/review Tax Code from the List The Tax Code should default from
the Bill-To-Site of the Customer
12 Save the line detail and close Line Transaction window appears
Window
13 Click on Distributions in case the
accounts for Revenue, Receivables
and Tax needs to be changed and
ensure that accounts have been
correctly picked up as per the Auto
Accounting setup.
14 Change a transactions status to Status changes to Complete

Complete in the Transaction window by
pressing the Complete button

responsibility R CZ
3 Enter the receipt number
4 Select Receipt type as Standard
5 Enter receipt amount
6 Select Payment Method MKL MKL
MANUAL RECEIPTS MANUAL
RECEIPTS
7 Select Customer from list of values in
the customer tabbed region
8 Select Location for this customer
9 Click on the Apply button Applications window opens
10 Select an invoice from the List of
Values
11 Enter the amount to be applied to the
above selected invoice
12 If, receipt is more than the amount The unapplied receipt amount
applied to the above invoice, select displayed on top right corner will
another invoice transaction number, if reduce by the applied amount
available, in the next row and enter the
amount to be applied to that invoice
13 Repeat step 12 till all the invoices for

this receipt are selected.
14 Save the work to update accounting
entries
15 Click Tool -> View Accounting to see Able to view
the accounting entries created
responsibility R CZ
3 Query the receipt to be reversed Receipt displayed
4 Click on the Reverse Button. Reverse window pops-up
5 On the Reverse window select the Category
Category and Reason for reversal Insufficient
from the list of values funds
Reason -
Nsf
6 Click on the Reverse Button Receipt reversed and Reversal

gets saved
8 Close the window
1. Login through self service mode with AR
responsibility R CZ
2. Navigate: Interfaces > General
Ledger.
Select Single Request > select the
General Ledger Transfer Program
from the LOV
3. Select the GL dates

4. Press Submit button General Ledger Interface program
submitted
5. Ensure that the program completes
successfully
1 Login to Receivables 1. 1Able to 1. System should open
responsibility,Navigate to login: Transactions Window,displaying
Transactions---->Transactions 2.Transactio default Date,GL Date,Functional
n types are currency
defined
2.AutoAccou
nting is
defined
3.Transactio
n batch
sources are
defined
4.Foreign
currency is
enabled
2 Enter the Source name--->manual, validating cu
Class--->InVoice and select Type from 1.System should open Exchange
LOV.Select currency and then click on rate window.
Bill To region
3 Enter the required details and click on 1. System should Navigate to

OK transaction window.
4 Select the customer name from LOV in 1. System should fetch all the other
Bill To region and Click on Ok details
the ship to region and Click on Ok details of the customer
6 Click on Line Items Button 1. System should Navigate to Lines

window
7 Enter the required details and save and 1. The transaction window must
Close line window appear and a generated
Transaction Number must be
displayed
8 Click on complete 1. System should display the status

as complete by marking the
Complete box and disable all the
edit fields and Changing the
complete button to In complete
1. 1Able to
login:
2.Transactio
n types are
defined
2.AutoAccou
nting is
defined
3.Transactio
n batch
sources are
defined 1. System should open
Login to Receivables 4.Foreign Transactions Window,displaying
responsibility,Navigate to currency is default Date,GL Date,Functional
1 Transactions---->Transactions enabled currency
Enter the Source name--->manual,

Class--->InVoice and select Type from
LOV.Select currency and then click on
2 Bill To region validating cu 1. System should go to bill to region
Select the Customer name from LOV in 1. System should fetch all other
3 the BillTo region and Click on Ok details
Select customer name From LOV in 1. System should fetch all other
4 the Ship To region and Click on Ok details of the customer
1. System should open Lines
5 Click on Line Items window
1. transaction window should
Enter the required details,then save appear,generating transaction
6 and close line window. number.
1. System should display the status

as complete by disabling all the edit
fields and marking the complete
box and changing the complete
7 Click on Complete button button to Incomplete
Login to Receivables responsibility
,Navigate to Transactions--- 1.System should open transaction
1 >Transactions 1. 1Able to window.
Enter source name as Manual,Class as

Debit memo.Select type from Lov and
enter currency and click on Bill to 1.System should open the
2 region Validate the exchange rate window
1. System should Navigate to
Transaction window,with cursor at
3 Enter the detaild and click on Ok Bill to location
Select the customer name from LOV in 1. System should fetch all the other
4 the bill to region and Click on Ok details
Select the customer name from LOV in 1. System should fetch all the other
5 the ship to region and Click on Ok details of the customer
1. System should display lines
1. System should display
Enter the required details ans save and Transaction window,with generated
7 close lines window Transaction Number
1. System should check the

Complete box,change the complete
button to incomplete indicating the
8 Click on Complete completion of Debit Memo creation
Login to Receivables responsibility
,Navigate to Transactions--- 1.System should open Transactions
1 >Transactions 1. 1Able to window
Enter source name as Manual,Class as

Debit memo.Select type from Lov and
enter currency and click on Bill to 1. System should move the cursor
2 region Validate the to Bill to region
Select the customer name from LOV in 1. System should fetch all other
3 the Bill to region and click Ok details
4 the ship to region and click Ok details of the customer
1. System should open Lines
5 Click on Line Items Button window
1. transaction window should
Enter the details ,then save and close appear,displaying the generated
6 lines window transaction number
1. System should mark the

Complete button and Change the
Complete button to Incomplete
indicating that Debit memo is
7 Click on Complete Button generated
1. 1.Able to
access
2.Credit
Memo
transaction
Types must
be defined.
3.Credit
memo
Login to Receivables responsibility sources
,navigate to Transactions--- must be 1. System should open Transaction
1 >Transaction Summary defined. Summary Window
1. System should display all the
Data field in Blue color indicating
2 Press F11 to enter the query mode that the system is in query mode
Enter The Credit Memo Transaction 1. System should display all the
3 number and Press CTRL+F11 Credit memo details
1.System should navigate to
4 Click on Applications Button applications window
Mark the Apply box,enter the 1. System should mark the Save
transaction number in Apply to Region , box indicating the Credit Memo is
5 Then save applied
1. 1.Able to
access
2.Credit
Memo
transaction
Types must
be defined.
3.Credit
memo
Logon to Receivables sources
Responsibility,Navigate to must be 1.System should open Transactions
1 Transactions-->Transactions defined. window

Class--->credit memo and select Type
from LOV.Select currency and then 1.System should open exchange
2 click on Bill To region validating cu rate window
1. System should Navigate to
Transaction window,with cursor at
3 Enter the details and click on Ok Bill to location
Select the customer from LOV in the 1. System should fetch all other
4 bill to region and Click on Ok details
5 the ship to region and Click on Ok details of the customer
1. System should display lines
6 Click on Line Items Button window
Enter the description and negative 1. Transactions window should
amount,then save and close lines appear,generating a transaction
7 window number
1. System should check the

complete box,complete button must
change to incomplete indicating
8 Click on Complete Button that the transaction is completed
1. 1.Able to
access
2.Credit
Memo
transaction
Types must
be defined.
3.Credit
memo
Logon to Receivables sources
Responsibility,Navigate to must be 1.System should open transactions
1 Transactions-->Transactions defined. window

Class--->credit memo and select Type
from LOV.Select currency and then
2 click on Bill To region validating cu 1. System should go to bill to region
Select the customer name from LOV in 1. All other details of the customer
3 bill to region and Click on Ok should be fetched by default
Select customer name From LOV in 1. System should fetch the Ship To
4 the ship to region and Click on Ok location details
1.System should navigate to lines
1. System should display

Enter the Description and give the Transaction window and
Negative amount manually,then save Transaction number must be
6 and close lines window generated
1. System should mark Complete

box, complete button must be
changed to incomplete indicating
7 Click on Complete the Transaction is Completed
1 Login to Receivables 1. 1Able to 1. System should open
responsibility,Navigate to login: Transactions Window,displaying
Transactions---->Transactions 2.Transactio default Date,GL Date,Functional
n types are currency
defined
2.AutoAccou
nting is
defined
3.Transactio
n batch
sources are
defined
4.Foreign
currency is
enabled
2 Enter the Source name--->manual, validating cu 1. System should go to bill to region

Class--->InVoice and select Type from
LOV.Select currency and then click on
Bill To region
3 Select the Customer name from LOV in 1. System should fetch all other
the BillTo region and Click on Ok details
4 Select customer name From LOV in 1. System should fetch all other
the Ship To region and Click on Ok details of the customer
5 Click on Line Items 1. System should open Lines
window
6 Enter the required details,then save 1. transaction window should
and close line window. appear,generating transaction
number.
7 Click on Complete button 1. System should display the status
as complete by disabling all the edit
fields and marking the complete
box and changing the complete
button to Incomplete
1 Login to Receivables 1. 1.Able to 1. System should open Find

Responsibility,Click on View--- Login. Requests window Window.
>Requests. 2.Transactio
n types must
be defined.
3.Auto
accounting
must be
defined.
4.Transactio
n Batch
sources are
defined
2 Click on Submit a new request button 1.System should display Submit a

new request window
3 Select Single request type and Click on 1. System should open submit
Ok request window
4 Select the Name of the request as 1. System should Navigate to
Autoinvoice master program from LOV Parameters window
and Click On OK
5 Enter the required parameters and click 1. System should navigate to
on Ok submit request window Displaying
all the entered parameters in
Parameters Region
6 Click on submit button 1.System should generate a

Request Id in the decision box
7 Note down the request id and If no 1.System should navigate to find
other request needs to be run then requests window
Click on No Option
8 Enter The request Id and click on Find 1.System should navigate to
request window,displaying the
request
9 Refresh the data until status of the 1.System should display the details
request is completed,then Click on of the report.
View Output to view the report
1 Login to Receivables 1. 1.Able to 1.System should open transactions
responsibility,Navigate to Transaction-- Login. window
>Transactions 2.Trasaction
number
must be
valid 3.All
the default
setups must
be done
2 Press F11 to enter the query mode 1. System should display all the
data fields in Blue color indicating
that the system is in Query mode
3 Enter the Transaction number and 1. System should fetch the required
Press Ctrl+F11 details
4 Click on the Invoice Icon,displayed next 1. System should open a Page
to the TransactionNumber to Drill down displaying all the details of the
invoice Invoice
1 Login to Receivables 1. 1.Able to 1. System should open the Copy
responsibility,Navigate to Login. 2.All Transactions window
Transactions--->Copy Transactions the default
setups must
be done.
3.Entered
invoice must
be valid one
2 Press F11 to enter the query mode 1.System should display aall the
data fields in blue color indicating
that the system is in query mode
3 Enter the transaction number and 1. System should dislay the details
press CTRL+F11 of given Transaction Number
4 Enter the required details in Schedule 1. System should generate

region and save Transactions in New Transactions
region and a Request Id in
Schedule region indicating that
Copy is completed
1 Login Receivable 1. 1.Able to 1.System should open Transactions

responsibility,Navigate to Login 2.All window.
Transactions--->Transactions the default
setups must
be done.
3.Open
receivables
and Post to
Gl in
Transaction
types(setups
) must be
unchecked.
4.Transactio
n must be in
complete
state.
2 Press F11 to enter the query mode 1. System should display all the
data fields in Blue color indicating
that the system is in Query mode
3 Enter the Transaction number and 1. System should display the

Press Ctrl+F11 details of the given Transaction
Number
4 Change the Transaction type to 'Void' 1. System should allow you to
change and the Type must be
displayed as Void
5 Save The work And Close 1. System should navigate to
Navigator window
1 Login to Receivables 1. 1.Able to 1.System should open Receipts
responsibility,Navigate to Receipts---- Login 2.All window
>Receipts the default
setups must
be done.
3.Customers
Payment
terms must
be set to
Credit Card
2 Enter the payment method as Credit 1. System should display the

card,and enter receipt number and entered receipt amount in
receipt Amount,then Click on Functional amount and in
Transaction Number unidentified box
3 Select the Required transaction 1. System should fetch Transaction

Number from LOV and click on Ok details,and the entered amount
must be displayed in Unapplied
amount
4 Enter the Customer bank,Account 1.System should navigate to

number,then save and click on Apply applications window
5 Enter the Transaction Number in Apply 1. System should mark the save
to region and click on save box indicating the reciept is done
6 Close the window 1. System should display the

Receipts window,displaying the
applied amount
1 Login to Receivables responsibility, 1. 1.Able to 1. System should open Find
navigate to Transactions---->Credit access Transactions window
transactions. 2.Credit
Memo
transaction
Types must
be defined.
3.Credit
memo
sources
must be
defined.
2 Enter the Transaction number and click 1. System should navigate to Credit
on Find Transactions window of the given
Transaction displaying all the
details of the given transaction
number
3 click on Credit lines 1.System should open lines window
4 Enter the Reqiured details and 1. System should navigate to Credit

Negative amount,then click on save transaction window,and a Credit
and close memo %,amount,Balance amount
must be displayed and a Credit
memo number must be generated
5 Click on complete 1. System should check the

Complete box indicating the credit
memo is complete
1 Login to Receivables responsibility 1. 1.Able to 1. System should open
,Navigate to Transactions--- Login. Transactions Window
>Transactions 2.Transactio
n must exist
and should
be in
complete
state. 3.All
the default
setups must
be done.
2 Press F11 to enter the query mode 1. System should display all Data
field in blue color indicating that the
system is in Query mode
3 Enter the Transaction Number and 1. System should display the

Press CTRL+F11 details of the transaction
4 Change the status of the Transaction to 1. System should uncheck the
InComplete by pressing the Complete box and Incomplete
InComplete button button is changed to Complete
5 Click on DELETE icon in Tool Bar 1. System should display the
message,Do you want to delete
6 Click on Ok,then save the work and 1. System should navigate to
close. Navigator window
1 Open browser, enter URL and Log into 1. 1. Able to 1. The user should be able to login
Oracle Apps with valid credentials login to the to the application and, the
instance 2. responsibilities should be
All the displayed.
default
setups must
be done.
2 Select AR responsiblity 1. Navigator should be displayed

with AR Menu options
3 Navigate to Transaction creation page 1. Transactions screen is displayed
from Transactions---> Transactions
4 Enter all the mandatory details on the 1. All the details are entered. No
main screen like source, class, type etc warning pop up is displayed
5 Click on Line items button 1. Line items form is displayed for

user to select the item to be
included for which the invoice is
generated
6 User Selects the Item from the LOV 1. Item is selected and added as
against the item part of the Invoice line item
7 Click on save button in the tools bar 1. The Invoice is saved and the
Invoice number is generated.
(make not of the invoice number
and the amount in the invoice)
8 Click on the complete button 1. Invoice status is complete. and

the Complete button is changed to
Incomplete which is disabled.
9 Close the Transations form

10 Click on Transactions --> Transactions 1. Transaction summary Form is
summary displayed
11 Enter into the query mode by pressing 1. Transaction summary screen is
F11 in Query mode
12 Enter the invoice number created in the 1. Transaction is displayed with the
previous steps and press Ctrl+F11 for transaction number and the
retreiving transaction amount
13 Click on Adjust button 1. Adjustment Form is displayed
14 Select the activity name, type and the 1. The adjustment amount is
amount for adjustment and Click on applied to the invoice amount and
save from tool bar the changes are reflected.
15 Navigate to Transaction summary page 1. Transaction summary screen is
from Transaction--> Transaction displayed
Summary
16 Query the Transaction number for 1. Transactions page is displayed
which the adjument is applied and click for the transaction number entered
on open
17 Click on the Icon next to the 1. Transaction output file is
Transaction number field displayed with the Adjustment
Amount added/subrated in the Total
Balance
Oracle Apps with valid credentials login to the to the application and, the
instance 2. responsibilities should be
All the displayed.
default
setups must
be done.

3 Navigate to Receipts creation page 1. System should open Receipts
from Receipts ---> Receipts creation window
4 Select receipt method from the LOV 1. Receipt method is selected
5 Enter the amount for the receipt being 1. Receipt amount is entered
created
6 Select the type of the receipt as 1. Standard Receipt type is
"Standard" selected
7 Enter the customer details for whom 1. Customer is selected from the
the receipt is generated for. LOV
8 Save the Receipt with out applying 1. Receipt is saved and the amount
is reflected in Unapplied field
Oracle Apps with valid credentials to the application and, the
responsibilities should be
displayed.

created
"Standard" selected
7 Enter the customer details for whom 1. Customer is selected from the
the receipt is generated for. LOV
8 Save the Receipt with out applying 1. Receipt is saved and the amount
is reflected in Unapplied field
displayed.

4 Select Receipt method from the LOV 1. Receipt method is selected
5 Enter the amount for the Receipt being 1. Receipt amount is entered
created
6 Select the type of the Receipt as 1. Standard Receipt type is
"Standard" selected
7 Save the Receipt without entering the 1. Receipt is saved and amount is
Customer details reflected in Unidentified field
displayed.

created
"Standard" selected
7 User enters the search criteria Search with t 1. System fetches the customer
details for the given customer
name
8 Click on search and apply 1. Search and apply window opens
with customer name and customer
number displayed
9 Select the type of the Invoice from the 1. The List of Invoices for the
lov and click on Preview selected customer with the invoice
type selected are displayed ready
to be associated with the receipt
10 Click on Apply radio button against a 1. The receipt is applied to the

particular invoice and Save invoice selected
displayed.

created
"Standard" selected
7 User enters the search criteria Search with t 1. System fetches the Customer
details for the given transaction
number
8 Click on apply Button 1. Apply application window is
displayed with the details entered in
the receipt reflected
9 Click on the save button in the tool bar 1. The amount applied is reflected
in the Applied amount field, and the
Apply and Saved are checked and
the Exchange gain loss field should
be 0
10 Close the window 1. Receipt main screen is displayed

with the amount being applied
reflecting in the Applied field
displayed.

created
"Standard" selected
7 User enters the search criteria Search with t 1. System fetches the customer
details for the given customer
name
8 Click on Search and apply 1. Search and apply window opens
with customer name and customer
number displayed
9 Select the type of the Invoice from the 1. The List of Invoices for the
lov and click on Preview selected customer with the invoice
type selected are displayed ready
to be associated with the receipt
10 Click on Apply radio button against a 1. The receipt is applied to the

particular invoice and Save invoice selected and the exchange
gain loss field should be the the
invoice amount minus the receipt
amount
displayed.

created
"Standard" selected
7 User enters the search criteria Search with t 1. System fetches the Customer
details for the given transaction
number
8 Click on the apply Button 1. Apply application window is
the receipt reflected
the exchange gain loss field should
be the the invoice amount minus
the receipt amount
10 Close the window 1. Receipt main screen is displayed

with the amount being applied
reflecting in the Applied field
displayed.

created
6 Select the type of the Receipt as 1. Standard Receipt type is
"Standard" selected
7 Enter the Transaction number for which 1. System fetches the Customer
the Receipt needs to be applied details for the given transaction
number
8 Click on Apply Button 1. Apply application window is
the Receipt reflected
the exchange gain loss field show
be the the invoice amount minus
the receipt amount
10 Close the form

11 click on Receipts ---> Receipts 1. Receipts creation page is
displayed
12 Query for previously created Receipt 1. Receipt is displayed
13 Click on button Apply 1. Apply application screen is

opened
14 Click on the radio button to UnApply 1. The record is un applied
the previous record
15 enter new record with another 1. Receipt is applied to the new
transaction number and click on save transaction and The amount
applied is reflected in the Applied
amount field, and the Apply and
Saved are checked and the
exchange gain loss field show be
the the invoice amount minus the
receipt amount
16 Close the Apply application window 1. Receipt main screen is displayed

with the changes being reflected
displayed.

4 Enter into Query mode by pressing f11 1. Receipt form is in query mode
5 Enter the Receipt number and press 1. Receipt is displayed

Cntrl+F11 to retrieve the Receipt
6 go to tools--> and Click on View 1. Detailed accounting lines are

Accounting displayed in the form of balanced
accouting entry
displayed.

4 Enter into Query mode by pressing f11 1. Receipt form is in query mode
5 Enter the Receipt number and press 1. Receipt is displayed

Cntrl+F11 to retrieve the Receipt
6 Click on Receipt History button 1. History details of the Receipt is

displayed
1 Open browser, enter URL and Log into 1. The user should be able to login
displayed.

3 Navigate to Receipts summary page 1. System should open Receipts
from Receipts ---> Receipts Summary Summary window
4 Enter into Query mode by pressing F11 1. Receipt Summary form is in

query mode
5 Select the Receipt Type or Enter 1. Receipts matching given Criteria
Receipt Status etc., and press are displayed
Cntrl+F11 to retrieve the Receipts
6 Select on One or more Receipts using 1. Sum of Receipt form is displayed
Control key and then click on Tools--> with the total amount of the
Receipt Total Receipts selected
displayed.

3 Navigate to Receipts summary page 1. System should open Receipts
from Receipts ---> Receipts Summary Summary window
4 Enter into the query mode by pressing 1. Receipt Summary form is in

f11 query mode
5 Enter the Receipt Stuatus as Reversed 1. Receipts matching given Criteria
in the Status field and press Cntrl+F11 are displayed
to retrieve the Receipts
1 Open IE and go to Oracle Apps 1. Oracle Apps home page should

instances-> give valid user name and be opened with the loggedin status
password->login as "user id"
2 Click on Recievables Responsibility 1. It should open all the
functionalities accessible to the
particular user
3 Click on Receipts Summary under 1. It should open the Receipts
Receipts header summary window
4 Press F11 and enter required Receipt 1. It should display the summary of
Number and press Ctrl+F11 the search criteria.
1 Open IE and go to Oracle Apps 1. Able to 1. Oracle Apps home page should
instances-> give valid user name and access be opened with the loggedin status
password->login 2. as "user id"
transaction
number
should be
valid
3. set up
should be
up and
ready
2 Click on Recievables Responsibility 1.it should open all the

functionalities accessible
to the particular user
3 Click on Receipts under Receipts 1. It should open the Receipts
header window
4 Enter all the mandatory fields like 1. The system should display the
Receipt Number,Method, Type and Net Amount in Unidentified field
Receipt Amount(full amount), etc and
click on Trans number
5 Enter the Trans Number and press 1. System should fetch the details
enter of the Trans Number and Net
Amount should be reflected in the
Unapplied field.
6 Click on Apply 1. It should navigate to application

window
7 Enter the required fields, save. 1. System should mark the Saved
check box
8 Close the form 1. System should close the
application window
9 Click on Reverse button 1. System should open the
Reversal window
10 Enter all required fields like Category, 1. It should dispaly balance as
Reason etc and click on Reverse zero

particular user
3 Click on Receipts under Receipts 1. It should display the Receipts
header window
4 Press F11 and enter required Receipt 1. It should fetch all the data related
Number and press Ctrl+F11 to the Receipt Number
5 Click on Apply 1.It should open the applications
window
6 Click on Adjustments button 1. It should open Adjustments
window
7 Enter the Activity Name, Type and 1. The adjusted amount should be
Amount to be adjusted and save reflected in the Invoice Balance

particular user
header window
5 Click on Apply 1. It should open the Applications
window
6 Click on Chargebacks button 1. It should open Chargebacks
window
7 Enter required field like Type, Amount , 1. It should be saved and the
GL Account etc and save Balance should be zero (since we
have charged back the customer
for the balance)

particular user
header window
4 Enter the Receipt details and the 1. It should open the Applications
Customer details and click on Apply window
5 Click on Apply To and select the Claim 1. It should be saved and the
Investigation and click on Activity and Saved check box should be ticked.
select Claim Investigation and save
6 Click on Chargebacks 1. It should open the Chargebacks

window
7 Clcik on Type and select Chargeback 1. It should have created a
and provide the Due Date and save Chargeback Number

particular user
header window
5 Click on Apply 1. It should open the Applications
window
6 Click on Adjustments button 1. It should display the Adjustments
window
7 Enter the mandatory fields like Activity 1. It should be saved and the
Name(Write Off), Type, Amount and Balance should be shown
save accordingly
particular user
3 Click on Transaction Summary under 1. It should display the Transaction
Receipts header Summary window
5 Click on Adjust 1. It should open the Adjustments
window
6 Enter the mandatory fields like Activity 1. It should be saved and the
Name(Write Off), Type, Amount and Balance should be shown
save accordingly
1 Login into Receivables Responsbility 1. 1.Able to 1. System should open search
and click on Customers-->Standard find/enter Customers window
2 Enters Customers name and Click on Validating th 1. System should display the
"Find" button message Customer record does
not exist press "New" to enter a
new customer
3 Click "New" to enter a new customer 1. System should display

customers window
4 Select Customer type and enter the 1. System should open Customers
name and press "New" to enter addresses window(Default country
customers address name must be displayed)
5 Enter the customers address, then click 1. System should open Bussiness
on Bussiness Purpose tab and click on Purpose window
open
6 Enter the required bill to/ship to details 1. System should Generate the Bill
and 'save' the work '. to/Ship to Location Number
7 Close the window 1. System should display customer
addresses window generating Site
number
8 Enter the other details if required,then 1. System should open Customer
save and close window generating Organization
number and Customer Number.
9 Press duplicate check 1. System should display no

duplicates found or else do the
nececssary changes
10 Press Ok 1. System should display Customer
window
1 Login into Receivables Responsbility 1. 1.Able to 1. System should open search
and click on Customers-->Standard find/enter Customers window
2 Enters Customers name and Click on Validating th 1. System should display the
"Find" button details of existing record
1 Login to Receivables 1. 1.Able to 1. System should open find/enter
responsibility,Navigate to Customers--- Customers window
>Standard
2 Enter the Customers name and press Check whether1. System should display the
Find required details in Match results
window
3 Select the Party you want to modify 1. System should open Customer
And click on OK Standard window of that party
4 Click on the Tab you want to modify 1. System should open the required
window
5 Modify the required details and then 1. System should display the
save the work modified details
1 Login to Receivables 1. 1.Able to 1. System should open find/enter
responsibility,Navigate to Customers--- Customers window
>Standard
2 Enter the Customers name and press Check whether1. System should display record
Find does not exist,press new to enter.
displayed.

3 Navigate to Bills Receivable for 1. System should open Bills
transaction number from Bills Receivables creation screen
Receivables --->Transactions
4 Select type of Bills Receivables to be 1. Based up on the Type selected
created the default settings are dispayed
5 Select from the list of Drawee 1. Based up on the Drawee

selected the details are displayed
6 Click on Assignments 1. Assignments screen is displayed

for selecting the Transaction to
which the BR is to be assigned
7 Select the Transaction number and 1. BR is successfully assigned to

click on save the transaction and the transaction
amount is reflected in Assigned
field
8 Click on Complete 1. BR is created and the complete

tag is checked
displayed.

3 Login into Receivables Responsbility 1. System should open Bills
and click on Bills Receivables Receivables creation screen
--->Transactions
4 Query for the BR assigned to an 1. BR is opened
Invoice using F11 and Ctrl+F11
5 Click on Accept Button to accept the 1. Acceptance Pop up appears
BR asking for Acceptance Date
6 Enter Acceptance date and Click OK 1. BR Accept is completed and the
Accept button is disabled
displayed.

4 Query for the BR assigned to an 1. BR is opened
Invoice using F11 and Ctrl+F11
5 Clcik Tools--> Exchange 1. BR is in Exchange mode with BR
number in edit mode for giving a
new BR number
6 Enter the New BR number and click 1. BR is stored with New BR
save number
displayed.

3 Navigate to Bills Receivables for 1. Remittance creation screen
Remmitance page from Bills appears
Receivables --->Remittances
4 Select Remittance method, Receipt 1. Entered details are reflected and
Class and Payment method Remttance section details are auto
populated
5 Click on Manual Create Button 1. Maintain Remittance Batch
Screen appears
6 Select the BR number for which the 1. BR is selected
Remittance needs to be created
7 Click on Actions button 1. Remittance Batch Actions
window appears
8 Chcek on Create, Approve and print 1. Submit request window appears
and Click ok
9 Click on Yes and the click on OK for the 1. Process Status field is updated
Request number pop up to Completed Approval
displayed.

4 Select type of Bills Receivables to be 1. Based up on the Type selected
created the default settings are dispayed
5 Select from the list of Drawee 1. Based up on the Drawee

selected the details are displayed
6 Click on Assignments 1. Assignments screen is displayed

for selecting the Transaction to
which the BR is to be assigned
7 Select the Transaction number and 1. BR is successfully assigned to

click on save the transaction and the transaction
amount is reflected in Assigned
field
8 Click on Complete 1. BR is created and the complete

tag is checked
1 Open browser, enter URL and Log into 1.The user should be able to login
Oracle Apps with valid credentials to the application and the
responsibilities should be displayed
2 Select AR Responsibility 1. Navigator should be displayed

3 Navigate to Cusomer Accounts page 1. Find Customer Accounts page
from Navigator -> Collections -> should be displayed
Customer Accounts
4 Enter search criteria such as Customer 1. Customer Accounts window
Name or Number, range of Periods, should be displayed with account
transaction Status, collector etc . Click details based on search criteria
on Find Button
5 Click on the Aging button 1. Aging window should be

displayed with Outstanding Amount
and Customer Balance details
6 Select the aging Bucket and click on 1. Account Details window should
the Account Details button be displayed with Due Date,
Currency,Original and Balance Due
details
1 Open browser, enter URL and login to 1. The user should be able to login
2 Select AR Responsibility 1. Navigator should be displayed

3 Navigate to Aging page Menu. 1. Find Aging page should be
Navigator -> Collections -> Aging displayed
4 Enter Customer number, Aging bucket 1. Aging window should be
and click on Find button displayed with Outstanding Amount
and Customer Balance details
5 Select the aging bucket and click on 1. Account Details window should
Accounts button be displayed with Due
Date,Currency,Original, Balance
Due and other details
1 Open browser, enter URL and log into 1. User should be able to log in and
Oracle Apps with valid credentials the responsibilities should be
displayed
2 Select the AR responsibility 1. Navigator should be displayed
3 Navigate to Customer Calls window 1. Customer Calls window should
from Navigator -> Collections -> be displayed
Customer Calls
4 Enter mandatory fields Collector, 1. Call information details should
Cutomer name or number . In the be saved and Call ID should be
Contact tabbed region, enter First generated and Customer
Name and Last name.Enter the Accounts , Actions and Topics
customers response in the Response button should be displayed
Tab Region - Response , OutCome of
the Call , Promise Date, Amount and
save the details
5 Click on Actions button 1. Call Actions window should be

displayed
6 Enter the Action Name, Amount that 1. The details entered should be
corresponds to the action, Name of the saved
person to Notify about this call and
Save the details
displayed
Customer Calls
4 Switch to query mode, enter Call ID 1. Call details should be displayed
and query for the call details for the Call ID entered
5 Click on Actions button 1. Call Actions window should be
displayed
6 Enter the Amount that corresponds to 1. The details entered should be
the action and name of the person to saved
Notify about this call and Save the
details
1 Log into Oracle Apps with valid 1. User should be able to log in and
credentials the responsibilities should be
displayed
2 Select the AR responsibility and click 1. Navigator should be displayed
on it with AR Menu options
Customer Calls
4 Enter or select Trans number. Enter the 1. Call information details should
customers response in the Response be saved and Call ID should be
Tab Region - Response , OutCome of generated and Customer
the Call , Promise Date, Amount and Accounts , Actions and Topics
Save the details buttons should be enabled
5 Click on Topics button 1. Call Topics window should be

displayed
6 Enter an Outcome, Response, and a 1. The details entered should be
followup Action and Date and Save saved and Duplicate History,
the details Activities,Trans Overview ,
Correspondence ,Account Details
and Actions buttons should be
enabled
7 Click on the Actions button in the Call 1. Topic actions window should be
Topics window displayed
8 Enter a Collection Action, the 1. The details entered should be
outstanding Amount, Notes, Notify and saved
Save the details
displayed
3 Navigate to Account Details window 1. Find Account Details window
Account Details
4 Enter or select Trans number and click 1. Account Details Window should
Find button be displayed with Due
Date,Currency,Original, Balance
Due and other details
5 Select the transaction and Click on the 1. Customer Calls window should
Call button in the Account Details be displayed
window
6 Enter the customer First name and 1. Customer Call information
Last Name in the Customer Calls should be saved and Customer
window and Save the details Accounts , Actions and Topics
buttons should be enabled
7 Choose Topics button 1. Call Topics window should be

displayed
8 Enter an Outcome, Response, and a 1. The details entered should be
followup Action and Date and Save saved and Duplicate History,
the details Activities,Trans Overview ,
Correspondence ,
Account Details and Actions
buttons should be enabled
9 Click on the Actions button in the Call 1. Topic actions window should be
Topics window displayed
10 Enter a Collection Action, the 1. The details entered should be
outstanding Amount, Notes, Notify and saved
Save the details
displayed
3 Navigate to Customer Accounts 1. Find Customer Accounts window
window from Navigator -> Collections should be displayed
-> Customer Accounts
4 Enter the Search Criteria and click Find 1. Customer Accounts window
button should be displayed with the
customer accounts information
5 Select the Account to View and Click 1. Account Details window will be
on Account Details button displayed with Balance amounts for
the respective customer account
displayed
customer accounts information in a
table format
5 Select the Account to View and Click 1. Account Overview window

on Account Overview button should be displayed with Balance
amounts for the respective
customer account
6 Select the Period to view the overview 1. Balance amounts should be

of a Customer's account for a specific displayed for the selected period
period
displayed
3 Navigate to Account Details window 1. Find Account Details window
Account Details
4 Enter the Search Criteria and click Find 1. Account Details page should be
button displayed with balance amounts
for the respective customer
account
5 Select transaction to view and click on 1. Transaction Overview page

Transaction Overview button should be displayed with address
details ,Transaction details of the
customer and line information of
the item
displayed
customer accounts details
5 Select account and click on Account 1. Account Details window should
Details button be displayed with the Balance
amounts for the respective
customer account
6 Select the account and click on 1. Transaction Overview window

Transaction Overview button should be displayed with
Address,Line item , Amounts and
other details
1 Open browser,enter URL and log into 1. User should be able to log in and
displayed
3 Navigate to Correspondence window 1. Find Correspondence window
Correspondence
4 Enter the Search Criteria and click Find 1. Correspondence page should be
button displayed and by default Calls tab
is selected
5 Click and open the Statements tabbed 1. System displays the cycle -wise
region to view the list of statements list of statements
6 Click and open the Dunning Letters 1. System displays the Dunning
tabbed region Letters page with the following
information Date,Letter
Set,Letter,Currency,Transaction
Amounts, Finance
Charges,Dunning Site
displayed
3 Navigate to Submit a New Request 1. Submit a New Request window
window from Navigator -> Interfaces-> should be displayed
General Ledger
4 Select Single Request option and Click 1. Receivables General Ledger
on OK button Transfer window should be
displayed
5 Click on Name LOV and enter the 1. The general ledger transfer
parameters as applicable in the program and applicable parameters
Parameters window should be selected
6 Click on Submit button 1. Receivables displays the
Request ID number for the
concurrent process. Note down the
number
7 Navigate to view request window 1. The user is navigated to Find

Requests window
8 Select Specific Request option and 1. User is navigated to Requests
enter the request Id noted down in window displaying the request
earlier step and click on Find button details and its Status
9 View the output of the General Ledger 1. It will list out the debit and credit
TransferProgram by clicking on View entered duing this period
Output button
10 View the output of Revenue recognition 1. It generates the revenue
Program distribution records for your
invoices and credit memos that use
Invoicing and Accounting Rules.
11 Click the output of journal import 1. The Journal Import program

transfers data from the Receivables
GL_INTERFACE table and creates
unposted journal entry batches in
the Oracle General Ledger tables
12 Click on the output of posting control 1. This report shows summary

information about transactions that
are successfully transferred to the
GL_INTERFACE table. General
Ledger Interface also creates the
Unposted Items report if items are
not transferred to the interface
table for the GL date range
specified.
displayed
3 Navigate to Open/Close Accounting 1. Open/Close Accounting Periods
Periods window from Navigator -> window should be displayed
Control -> Accounting ->Open/Close
Periods
4 Select the perios and click on Status 1. The status should be changed to
LOV . Change the period status to the selected value.
Open / Closed as per requirement
1 Login into Receivables responsibility 1. 1.Able to 1. System should open Find

,Click on View--->Requests Requests window
2 Click on Submit a new request button 1. System should display Submit a

new Request window
3 Select Single request type and Click on 1. System should open submit
Ok request window
4 Select the Name of the request as 1. System should Navigate to
required from LOV and Click On OK Parameters window
5 Enter the required parameters and click 1. System should navigate to
on Ok submit request window Displaying
all the entered parameters in
Parameters Region
6 Click on submit button 1. System should generate a

Request Id in the Decision Box
7 Note down the request id and Click on 1. System should Navigate to Find
No to view the output Request window
8 Enter The request Id and cilck on Find 1. System should Navigate to the
Request window,displaying the
request
9 Refresh the data until status of the 1. System should Display the
request is completed,then Click on details of the Report
View Output to view the report
1 Open browser, enter URL and Log into 1. 1Able to 1.The user should be able to login
Oracle Apps with valid credentials login: to the applications and the
2.Transactio responsibilities should be displayed
n types are
defined
2.AutoAccou
nting is
defined
3.Transactio
n batch
sources are
defined
4.Foreign
currency is
enabled

3 Navigate to Transaction creation page 1. System should open
from Transactions---> Transactions Transactions Window,displaying
default Date,GL Date,Functional
currency
4 Enter the required details, and Change 1. System should display the error
the GL date to any date which does not message GL date,is not in open or
fall in an open or future period and click future-enterable period in the error
on Ok window
Oracle Apps with valid credentials to the applications and the

currency
4 Enter the required invoice validating cu 1. System should open the

details.Select currency and then click Exchange rate window
on Bill To region
5 Enter the required details and click on 1. System should Navigate to
OK transaction window.
Bill To region and Click on Ok details
the ship to region and Click on Ok details of the customer
8 Click on Line Items Button 1. System should navigate to Lines

window
9 Enter the required line details and click 1. System should display
on Distributions button distributions window with all details
10 Enter the distribution percentage less 1. System should display the error
or greater than 100 and click on save message Total distribution
percentage must be 100 in Error
window

currency
4 Enter the required invoice validating cu 1. System should go to bill to region

details.Select currency and then click
on Bill To region
5 Select the Customer name from LOV in 1. System should fetch all other
the BillTo region and Click on Ok details
6 Select customer name From LOV in 1. System should fetch all other
the Ship To region and Click on Ok details of the customer
7 Click on Line Items 1. System should open Lines
window
8 Enter the required details,then click on 1. System should open distribution
Distributions button window displaying all the details
9 Enter the distribution percentage less 1. System should display the error
than or greater than 100 and click on message Total distribution
save percentage must be 100 in the
error window
1 Open browser, enter URL and Log into 1.The user should be able to login

3 Navigate to Transaction creation page 1. Receipt screen is displayed
from Receipts---> receipts
4 Enter the payment method ,and enter 1. System should display the
receipt number and receipt entered receipt amount in
Amount,then Click on Transaction Functional amount and in
Number unidentified box
5 Select the Required transaction 1. System should fetch Transaction

Number from LOV and click on Ok details,and the entered amount
must be displayed in Unapplied
amount
6 Click on search and apply 1. System should open search and
apply window
7 Enter the required details and check 1. System should navigate to
invoice in include region and click on applications window
Preview button
8 Select any positive invoice and click on 1. System should mark the apply
apply box for that invoice box and chargeback,adjustments
buttons must be enabled
9 Click on chargebacks button 1. System should display

chargebacks window
10 Select the type in Chargebacks region 1. system should fetch the other
details
11 Enter neagative amount and click on 1. System should display the error
save message,you cannot increase the
balance of this transaction in error
window
1 Open browser, enter URL and Log into 1. The user should be able to login

3 Navigate to Transaction creation page 1. Receipt screen is displayed
from receipts---> receipts
4 Enter the payment method as manual 1. System should display the error
and select receipt type as Standard message--You cannot enter
from Lov and enter Negative amount in negative receipt amount for cash
Receipt amount,then click on any other receipts in the error window
region
1 AP_Concurrent validation Validating Invoices through 1. Supplier and Supplier site is

submission of concurrent set-up for the proposed Invoice
program 2. Payables set up is completed
3. The accounting period for
invoice entry is open
2 AP_Concurrent Accounting Generating accounting for 1. Supplier and Supplier site is
AP Invoice by submitting a set-up for the proposed Invoice
concurrent program 2. Payables set up is completed
3 AP_Online Validation/Alowing online validation Allowing online validation 1. Supplier and Supplier site is
by users set-up for the proposed Invoice
2. Payables set up is completed
4. In Payables Options, Allow
Online Validation check box
should be checked
4 AP_Online Accounting/Creating online accounting Generating accounting for 1. Supplier and Supplier site is
AP Invoice by submitting set-up for the proposed Invoice
request from Actions button 2. Payables set up is completed
5 AP_Cancel an Invoice(Accounted and Paid but not Cancellation of an Invoice
Voided)/Cancel an invoice
6 AP_Cancel an Invoice(Accounted and Not Cancellation of an Invoice

Paid)/Cancel an invoice
7 AP_Cancel an Invoice(Not Accounted and Not Cancellation of an Invoice

Paid)/Cancel an invoice
8 AP_Changing AP Distributions/Changing AP Changing the distributions 1. Supplier and Supplier site is
Distributions of an AP Invoices after it set-up for the proposed Invoice
has already been 2. Payables set up is completed
accounted. 3. The accounting period for
4. A valid and accounted invoice
for which the distributions has to
be change exists.
9 AP_Creating an Invoice batch/Invoice Creation Create an Invoice 1. Supplier and Supplier site is
set-up for the proposed Invoice
10 AP_Proessing Batch Payments/Processing Batch Making payment of AP 1. Supplier and Supplier site is
Payments Invoices through payment set-up for the proposed Invoice
batch 2. Payables set up is completed
4. The bank account with
payment documents is defined
5. Invoices have been entered
for various suppliers
11 AP_Invoices(Not Matched to PO or Receipt)-1 hold
12 AP_Invoices(Not Matched to PO or Receipt)2 holds
13 AP_Invoices(Not Matched to PO or Receipt)-validate

13 AP_Invoices(Not Matched to PO or Receipt)-validate
14 AP_Cancel Invoice(Not Matched to PO or Receipt),-

Release Hold
15 AP_Cancel Invoice(Not Matched to PO or Receipt),-

without Release
16 AP_Cancel Invoice(Not Matched to PO or Receipt),
17 AP_Delete invoice(Not Matched to PO or Receipt),

18 AP_Invoice(Matched to PO or Receipt)1
19 AP_Invoice(Matched to PO or Receipt),2
21 AP_CancelInvoice.xls(Matched to PO or Receipt),1
22 AP_CancelInvoice.xls(Matched to PO or Receipt),2
23 AP_02.5_CancelInvoice.xls(Matched to PO or
Receipt),
24 AP_Credit_Memo,
25 AP_Debit_Memo.xls,
26 AP_Matching_Credit.xls
27 AP_Recurring_invoice.xls,1
30 AP_Generate the Recurr_invoice.xls1

33 AP_Create Prepayment n Pay It.xls,1


36 AP_Prepayment Applied to Invoice.xls
37 AP_Enter Expense Report n Run It.xls,
38 AP_Project Related Invoice Report.xls

39 AP_Resolve Supplier Invoice Hold.xls
40 AP_08.1,08.3,08.5_Payment Infull Type As Quick.xls,
41 AP_08.2_Invoice Pay Partial.xls,

42 AP_08.4_Payment Type Manual.xls,
43 AP_08.6_Release n Stop Pay.xls,

44 AP_08.7_Void Payments.xls
45 AP_1
46 AP_2
47 AP_Enter Payment Batches n Generate Payment
Report.xls1
48 AP_Enter Payment Batches n Generate Payment

Report.xls2
49 AP_10.1,10.2,10.3_Banks.xls
49 AP_10.1,10.2,10.3_Banks.xls
50 AP_3
51 AP_4
52 AP_Open Payables Period.xls

53 AP_5
54 AP_6
55 AP_Close Payables Period.xls
56 AP_Hold unvalidated invoices.xls

56 AP_Hold unvalidated invoices.xls
57 AP_7
58 AP_Payment Batch.xls
58 AP_Payment Batch.xls
59 AP_Price variance hold.xls
60 AP_8
60 AP_8
61 AP_9
62 AP_Invoice date in closed Period.xls
63 AP_10
64 AP_Payment Date in Closed Period.xls
1 Login as Username: / Password Able to Login

Select Responsibility Responsibili
ty:<EMR
AP
INVOICES
DE>
2 Navigate to Invoices > Entry > Invoice Able to Navigate

Batches
3 Create an Invoice Batch and Click on the Invoice Invoice window Opens
button Invoices to reach invoice entry Batch Name
screen <>
4 Standard invoice type will default in the Standard Standard Type defaults
Type field
5 Choose the Supplier from list of values in Supplier<> Able to choose
the Supplier Field.
6 Choose the Supplier site from the LOV if Supplier Able to choose
the default supplier site is not applicable Site <>
7 Enter the Invoice Date in the Invoice Date Date <> Able to enter the date
field
8 Enter the Invoice Number in the Invoice Invoice Able to enter invoice Number and
Num Field and Invoice amount Number <> Amount
Invoice
Amount <>
9 The values in the fields Terms Date, Term Date, Terms. Payment method and
Terms, Payment method and Pay Group Pay Group defaults from the payment
will default from the payment terms terms associated with the Supplier Site
associated with the Supplier Site Set-up.
These can be over ridden if required.
10 Click on the Distributions button to enter Distributions Window opens

the distribution window
11 Enter the line Item details Line Amount Total of all the distribution lines amount
You can add multiple lines totalling up to <> equal to the invoice amount.
invoice amount Choose
expense
account for
the Account
field <>
Enter a
description
<>
12 Save and press Calculate Tax button to Able to save and genarate tax line
generate tax line, if applicable.
13 Navigate to View -> Requests Option - All Request completd normal
Submit a new request 'Invoice Validation' (To process
and specify required parameters all matching
lines)
14 Verify the status of Invoice by navigating Able to verify. The status of Invoice
to Invoice Workbench changed to Validated.
1 Login as Username: / Password Username : Able to Login
Select Responsibility MWARNKE
Password :
*******
Responsibili
ty:<EMR
AP
INVOICE
SCR REY
US>

Batches
screen <>
Type field
the Supplier Field.
field
Num Field and Invoice Amount Number <> Amount
Invoice
Amount < >

expense
account for
the Account
field <>
Enter a
description
<>
13 Click on Action Button and then check Invoice Status changes to Validated
validate.
14 Navigate to View -> Requests Account Request completd normal
Submit a new request Payables From Date
Accounting Process' and specify required <>
parameters Account To
Date <>
Document
Class - All
Submit
Transfer to
GL - No
Submit
Journal
Import - No
Validate
Accounts -
Yes
Summarize
Report - No
Run
Accounting
Report - Yes
15 Navigate to Invoice Workbench to verfy Invoice Status changed to Accounted

the Status of Invoice
ty:<EMR
AP
INVOICES
DE>

Batches
screen <>
Type field
the Supplier Field.
field
8 Enter the Invoice Number in the Invoice Invoice Able to enter invoice Number
Num Field. Number <>
9 Enter the Invoice amount Amount <> Able to enter the amount

expense
account for
the Account
field <>
Enter a
description
<>
validate.

ty:<EMR
AP
INVOICES
DE>

Batches
screen <>
Type field
the Supplier Field.
field
Num Field and Invoice Amount Number <> Amount
Invoice
Amount < >

expense
account for
the Account
field <>
Enter a
description
<>
validate.
14 Click on the Action Button. Check the Invoice Accounting Status changes to
Create Accounting Accounted and able to verify the
Navigate to Tools -> View accounting to accounting
verify the accounting of AP Invoice
1 Log into EMR AP SUPERUSER KOL Able to login

CZ Responsibility
2 Navigate to Invoices->Enter->Invoices Find invoices window opens
3 Query for the required invoice
4 Check the Accouted status of the invoice Accounted--Yes
5 Click On Overview Invoice Overview window opens

6 Check the Paid status of the invoice Paid->Yes
7 Close the window Invoices screen appers
8 Click on Invoices-->Actions 1 button Invoices actions window opens
9 Check the Cancel Invoices Able to Cancel
CZ Responsibility
4 Check the Accouted status of the invoice Accounted--Yes
5 Click On Overview Invoice Overview window opens

6 Check the Paid status of the invoice Paid->No
7 Close the window Invoices screen appers
8 Click on Invoices-->Actions 1 button Invoices actions window opens
9 Check the Cancel Invoices
10 A caution box will pop up to confirm Able to Cancel
cancellation of record. Click ok.
CZ Responsibility
4 Check the Accouted status of the invoice Accounted--No
5 Go to Menu Bar,Select Edit->Delete

6 A caution box will pop up to confirm Able to Delete
delete of record. Click ok and save the
changes.
ty:<EMR
AP
INVOICE
SCR REY
US >
2 Navigate to Invoices > Entry > Invoice Able to Navigate. Find Invoices screen
will open.
3 Query for the Invoice by giving the Invoice Invoices screen will open.
selection criteria Number <>
4 Click on the Distributions button to Distributions Window opens
change the AP Invoice distribution
5 Select the distribution line which you want System will create a new distribution line
to change and press the Reverse button. with negative amount and for the same
System will prompt whether you want to account so as to nullify the effect of
reverse the distribution. Press OK. existing line
6 Save the work Able to Save. This will create a

difference between Invoice Header and
Lines total.
7 Enetr new distribution line with correct Able to enter new distribution line.
account combinations and amount so that
the Invoice lines total will match the
header amount
8 Save the work and close the distributions Invoice status will change to Needs
window. Revalidation and Accounted Partial.
validate.
10 Click on the Action Button. Check the Invoice Accounting Status changes to
Create Accounting Accounted and able to verify the
Navigate to Tools -> View accounting to accounting
verify the accounting of AP Invoice

ty:<EMR
AP
INVOICES
DE>

Batches
screen <>
Type field
the Supplier Field.
field
8 Enter the Invoice Number in the Invoice Invoice Able to enter invoice Number
Num Field. Number <>
9 The functional currency will default in the Able to select currency
Invoice Curr field
10 Enter the Invoice amount Amount <> Able to enter the amount

If a Tax is applicable it defaults as a line expense
entry in the distributions automatically. account for
the Account
field <>
Enter a
description
<>
14 Save the invoice Match with Able to Save

existing PO
and Receipt
15 Click on Action Button and then check Invoice Status: Validated

validate.
16 Click on the Action Button. Check the In the Liability Account, Inter-company
Create Accounting segment will have the Business Unit
value of Supplier
17 After Create Accounting also if identified Click on The Status of the Invoice changes to
that the Invoice has a mistake it can be Cancel Cancelled and the status of Accounted
cancelled but the Invoice Number will be invoice changes to Partial
utilized. Click on the Actions Button and Checkbox
choose Cancel Invoice
18 Click on Actions again and Check the Create Accounting gets created for the
option for Create Accounting Accounting cancellation.
1 Login as Username: / Password Username : Able to Login
Select Responsibility MWARNKE
User : MWARNKE / LEINDORF Password :
*******
Responsibili
ty:<EMR
AP
PAYMENTS
DE>
2 Navigate to Payment Batches window opens

Payments -> Entry -> Payment Batches
3 Enter the batch name Batch Name Able to enter

<>
4 Select the Bank Account Bank Able to select
Account <>
5 Select the Payables Document Document Able to select
<>
6 Select the Pay-group Pay Group Able to select
<>
7 Click on the button for Actions. Check the Able to select the boxes as mentioned.
box for Select Invoices and Build
Payments. Also Check the box for Print
Preliminary Register.
Save your work.
8 View the Output of the request Invoice payment details will be listed
Preliminary Payment Register
9 Navigate back to the Payment Batches Able to Requery
Window and click on Re-query Batch
button
10 Query the payment batch in the Payment Able to query
Batches window
11 Click on Actions button and check the box Able to check the options & submit the
for Format Payments which will now be format program
highlighted. Also check the Print Now
box. Click on OK.
12 Navigate to the Payment Batches Window, The Payment batch status changes to
and re-query your payment batch. Formatted
13 Click on the button for Actions. The Box The payment batch status changes to
for Confirm Payments and Print Final Confirming
Register will be enabled. Check both
boxes.
14 Key in the cheque numbers in the From Able to enter

and To Fields. Enter Printed in the status
field and save your work.
15 Navigate to the Payment Batches Window, Able to submit
and query up your existing batch.
You can also click on the payment buttons
and see all the payments in the batch on
screen.
To Create Positive Pay File for the Batch:
Click on the button for Actions. Check the
Box for Create Positive Pay file and Click
OK button.
1 Navigate to Invoices - Entry - Invoices 1. Invoice page should open

2 Select Type: standard, enter-- Supplier 1. Distribution page should be displayed
Name, Supplier Site, Invoice Date, Invoice
Number, Invoice Currency, Invoice
Amount, Payment Terms, Payment
Method and the Click on 'Distribution'
3 Enter the invoice lines and save Invoice 1. Invoice should get saved
4 Click on 'Action' button, Check the Invoice 1. Invoive Status should be 'Needs
'Validate' Check box and click 'OK' Status will Revalidation'
be Validated
or Needs
Revalidation
? = Needs
Revalidation
5 Click 'Holds' tab 1. Holds section should get displayed
6 If Hold Name is "Dist Variance" change Any other 1. No other Hold

distribution amount and make it equal to Hold exits?
invoice header amount then Click on = No
'Action' button, Check the 'Validate' Check
box and click 'OK'
7 Click on 'Action' Check 'Create Accounting' 1. Accounting should be done

check box and click on 'OK'. successfully.

be Validated
or Needs
Revalidation
? = Needs
Revalidation
6 If Hold Name is "Dist Variance" change Any other 1. Other Holds exist
distribution amount and make it equal to Hold exits?
invoice header amount then Click on = Yes
box and click 'OK'
7 Click on 'Holds' tab 1. 'Holds' section should be displayed
8 Enter Release Name, Release Reason for

that Hold
9 Click on 'Action' Check 'Create Accounting'
check box and click on 'OK'..

4 Click on 'Action' button, Check the Invoice 1. Invoice Status is Validated

'Validate' Check box and click 'OK' Status will
be Validated
or Needs
Revalidation
?=
Validated

check box and click on 'OK' Successfully
1 Navigate to Invoices - Entry - Invoices

2 Select Type: standard, enter-- Supplier
3 Enter the invoice lines and save Invoice
4 Click on 'Action' button, Check the

'Validate' Check box and click 'OK'
5 Click 'Holds' tab
6 If Hold Name is "Dist Variance" change
distribution amount and make it equal to
invoice header amount then Click on
box and click 'OK'
7 Click on 'Holds' tab

that Hold
10 Click on 'Action' check 'Cancel' check box

and click on 'OK'.

5 Click 'Holds' tab
6 If Hold Name is "Dist Variance" change
distribution amount and make it equal to
invoice header amount then Click on
box and click 'OK'

check box and click on 'OK'.

and click on 'OK'
Low
none
Input

check box and click on 'OK'

and click on OK
1 Navigate to Invoices - Entry - Invoice 1. Purchase 1. Invoice Batches page should open
Batches order for
matching
with invoice
is already
created and
Set Profile
option AP
use Invoice
batch
control to
yes
2 Enter Batch name and click on Invoices 1. Invoice page should open
3 Select Type: standard, enter-- Supplier 1. Invoice should get saved

Method and save Invoice
4 Click on 'Edit' in tool bar then click on 1. Message Box should pops up which
'Delete' asks for confirmation
5 Click on 'OK' 1. Invoice should be deleted
successfully
1 Navigate to Invoices - Entry - Invoice 1. Invoice page should open
Batches
2 Select Type: standard, enter-- Supplier 1. Purchase 1. Invoice should get saved
Name, Supplier Site, Invoice Date, Invoice order for
Number, Invoice Currency, Invoice matching
Amount, Payment Terms, Payment with invoice
Method and save Invoice is already
created and
Set Profile
option
APuseInvoic
e batch
control to
yes
3 Click on 'Match' 1. New window for matching should

open
4 Enter Purchase order number and click on 1. Match page should open
find
5 Select the Match Check Box and Click On 1. Invoice Matching done
Match button
be Validated
or Needs
Revalidation
? = Needs
Revalidation

Invoice amount and make it equal to Hold Exits?
PO/Receipt amount then Click on 'Action' = No
button, Check the 'Validate' Check box
and click 'OK'


Batches
created and
Set Profile
option
APuseInvoic
e batch
control to
yes

open
find
Match button
be Validated
or Needs
Revalidation
? = Needs
Revalidation
Invoice amount and make it equal to Hold Exits?
PO/Receipt amount then Click on 'Action' = Yes
and click 'OK'

that Hold

Batches
created and
Set Profile
option
APuseInvoic
e batch
control to
yes

open
find
Match button
6 Click on 'Action' button, Check the Invoice 1. Invoice status should be Validated
'Validate' Check box and click 'OK' Status will
be Validated
or Needs
Revalidation
?=
Validated

Batches order for
matching
with invoice
is already
created and
Set Profile
option AP
use Invoice
batch
control to
yes


open
find
Match button
'Validate' Check box and click 'OK' Status Revalidation'
Validated or
Needs
Validation?
= Needs
Validation
Invoice amount and make it equal to Hold exists?
PO/Receipt amount then Click on 'Action' = Yes
and click 'OK'

that Hold
13 Click on 'Action' check 'Cancel' check box 1. Invoice should be canceled..

and click on 'OK'.
Batches order for
matching
with invoice
is already
created and
Set Profile
option
APuse
Invoice
batch
control to
yes


open
find
Match button
'Validate' Check box and click 'OK' Status Revalidation'
Validated or
Needs
Validation?
= Needs
Validation

Invoice amount and make it equal to Hold exists?
PO/Receipt amount then Click on 'Action' = No
and click 'OK'

11 Click on 'Action' check 'Cancel' check box 1. Invoice should be canceled.

and click on 'OK'
Batches order for
matching
with invoice
is already
created and
Set Profile
option
APuse
Invoice
batch
control to
yes


open
find
Match button
7 Click on 'Action' button, Check the Invoice 1. Invoice status should be Validated
'Validate' Check box and click 'OK' Status
Validated or
Needs
Validation?
= Validated
9 Click on 'Action' check 'Cancel' check box 1. Invoice should be canceled

and click on OK
1 Click on Payables responsibility navigate
to 'Invoice' - 'Entry' - 'Invoices'
2 Enter the Credit Memo Header details as 1. The credit memo is thus created and
Type 'Credit Memo',Credit Memo is now ready for matching to an invoice
Date,Credit Memo Number and also enter
the Supplier Details as Supplier
Name,Supplier Site.Enter the Credit
Memo Amount(negative) and click on
'Save' button
1 By clicking on 'Payables' responsibility 1. The 1. The 'Invoice' Form should be

navigate to 'Invoices' - 'Entry' - 'Invoices' Oracle Apps displayed
should be
open and
login with
the user
asOperation
s should be
done
2 Enter the Debit Memo header details as 1. The debit memo should be saved with
Type = 'Debit Memo',Debit Memo the specified information
Date,Debit Memo Amount (negative) also
enter the Supplier details as Supplier
Name,Supplier Site.Enter the Debit Memo
Distribution Info. as Line Type,Line
Amount,Line Account. and click on 'Save'
button
3 Click on 'Actions 1' button and check the 1. The status of the Debit memo should
'Validate' check box change to 'Validated'
1 In 'Payables' responsibility,navigate to 1. The 'Invoices' form should open
'Invoices' - 'Entry' - 'Invoices'
2 Query the required Credit Memo by 1. 'Find Invoices for Matching' form
specifying the credit memo number,select opens
the Matching Option as 'Invoice' and Click
on 'Match' button
3 Query the required Invoice Number 1. 'The Match to Invoice' form opens
4 Check the 'Match' check box and enter the 1. The dialog box appears telling the '
negative amount in the credit amount field Match to the specified invoice has
and Click on 'Match' started '
5 Click on 'Actions 1' button 1. The 'Actions' form should appear
6 Check the 'Validate' check box and click 1. The Status Should change to
on OK Validated
1 Click on Payables responsibility and then 1. The 'Recurring Invoices' window
navigate through the path 'Invoices' - should open
'Entry' - 'Recurring Invoices'
2 Enter the valid Supplier Name,supplier
site,Payment Method.Then enter the
Calender Info as: Calender Name,No. of
Periods,First month for which the invoice
is created in the first textfield also enter
the Template Info as: Unique Template
No.,Description,Currency,Terms
3 In the Ditribution Origin tab select either

Set or PO
4 Enter the Valid PO Number Set or PO? 1. PO Line and Shipment Details are
= PO reflected automatically
5 Go on the 'Amounts Tab' and enter the 1. The control total,release total,amount
First amount to be paid,enter the remaining,next amount and number of
percentage of increase if required of an invoices fields are defaulted
invoice amount every month
6 Click on 'Create Recurring Invoices' button 1. 'Create Invoices' form should open
and the 'Invoice Number ' is also
generated
7 Click on OK 1. The Recurring Invoice is created and
is ready for validation and accounting
1 Click on Payables responsibility and then 1. You must 1. The 'Recurring Invoices' window
navigate through the path 'Invoices' - have the should open
'Entry' - 'Recurring Invoices' source from
where the
distributions
can be
set.The
source can
be Std.PO
2 Enter the valid Supplier Name,supplier

site,Payment Method.Then enter the
Calender Info as: Calender Name,No. of
Periods,First month for which the invoice
is created in the first textfield also enter
the Template Info as: Unique Template
No.,Description,Currency,Terms
3 In the Ditribution Origin tab select either

Set or PO
4 Enter the valid distributions set name Set or PO?
= Set
5 Go on the 'Amounts Tab' and enter the 1. The control total,release total,amount
First amount to be paid,enter the remaining,next amount and number of
percentage of increase if required of an invoices fields are defaulted
invoice amount every month
6 Click on 'Create Recurring Invoices' button 1. 'Create Invoices' form should open
and the 'Invoice Number ' is also
generated
7 Click on OK 1. The Recurring Invoice is created and
is ready for validation and accounting
1 Click on the Payables responsibility and The 1. The specified 'Invoice Details' should
navigate to 'Invoices' - 'Entry' - 'Invoices' Recurring be open in the 'Invoice' Screen
and query the required recurring invoice that you are
by specifying the invoice number Going to
generate
Should be
Created
First In the
Oracle Apps
Instance
that is
Provided
2 Click on 'Actions 1'button 1. The 'Actions' window should open
3 Check the 'Validate' check box and click 1. The status of the invoice should
on 'OK ' change to ' Validated '
1 In Payables responsibility navigate to 1. The Invoice Page Should be Open.
Invoice - Entry - Invoices.
2 Select Type as 'Prepayment' and Enter --
Supplier Name, Supplier Site, Invoice
Date, Invoice Number, Invoice Currency,
Invoice Amount, Payment Terms, Payment
Method .
3 Click On 'Distribution' Button. 1. The Distribution window should be

displayed.
4 Give the Distribution Line detail . Enter the
invoice amount and save it.
5 Click On 'Actions...1' Button. Check the To verify the 1. Invoice Status should be 'Validated'
'Validate' checkbox and click on 'OK' Invoice
Button. Status. =
Validated
Status.
6 Click on 'Actions' and check the create 1. Accounting for the Invoice should be
Accounting check box. click on 'Ok' button. done successfully.
7 Click on Tools, goto 'View Accounting'. 1. Accounting Page should be opened
8 Click On Actions - Pay In Full -Ok. 1. Payment window should open..

9 Enter Type, Bank Accounts ,Document
number , Payable Document..
10 Click On Actions - Format - Ok. Click On 1. A Quick Payment Id will be generated
Actions - Create Accounting - Ok again In Batch Name.The payment is made....
Click On Actions - Print Remittance Advice
- Ok....

Method .

displayed.
5 Click On 'Actions...1' Button. Check the To verify the 1. Invoice Status should be 'Needs
'Validate' checkbox and click on 'OK' Invoice Revalidation'.
Button. Status. =
Needs
Revaidation.
6 Click On 'Holds' tab 1. Holds Sections should be displayed
7 If Hold Name is "Dist Variance" change To check 1. Other Hold Exist.

Invoice amount and make it equal to whether any
Invoice Amount amount then Click on other Hold
'Action' button, Check the 'Validate' Check exist or not.
box and click 'OK' = Holds
Exist
8 Click 'Holds' tab 1. 'Holds' section should be displayed
9 Enter Release Name, Release Reason for 1. Hold should be released..

that Hold
10 Click On actions - Validate - ok. Click on 1. Accounting should be done
'Action'. Check 'Create Accounting' check successfully..
box and click on 'OK'..
11 Click on Tools - View Accounting. 1. Accounting Page Should be
Displayed.
12 Click on Actions - Pay in Full -Ok.. 1. Payment window should open...
13 Enter Type, Bank Account ,payable
Document, Document number.
Actions - Create Accounting - Ok .Again In Batch Name . Payment is now made.
Click On Actions - Print Remittance Advice
- Ok......

Method .

displayed.
Button. Status. =
Needs
Revaidation.
7 If Hold Name is "Dist Variance" change To check 1. No Other Hold.

Invoice amount and make it equal to whether any
Invoice Amount amount then Click on other Hold
'Action' button, Check the 'Validate' Check exist or not.
box and click 'OK' = Holds
doesn't
Exist.
8 Click On Actions - Validate - Ok. Click on 1. Accounting to be done succesfully.
'Action' Check 'Create Accounting' check
box and click on 'OK'.
9 Click On Tools - View Accounting..to view
the Accounting.
10 Click on Actions - Pay in Full -Ok 1. Payment window should open.
11 Enter Type, Bank Account ,Document
number , payable Document..
Actions - Create Accounting - Ok . Click In Batch Name. The payment is made.
On Actions - Print Remittance Advice - Ok.

2 Select Type as 'Standard'' and Enter --
Invoice Amount, Payment Terms:
Immediate , Payment Method : Check .
save the Invoice.

displayed.
Button. Status. =
Needs
Revalidation
.
7 If Hold Name is "Dist Variance" change To Check 1. Other Hold Exist.

Invoice amount and make it equal to whether
Invoice Amount amount then Click on another
'Action' button, Check the 'Validate' Check Hold Exist
box and click 'OK' or Not. =
Hold Exist
8 Click 'Holds' tab 1. 'Holds' section should be displayed

that Hold
10 Hold should be released..
11 Goto to Actions - Validate - Ok and
validate the invoice.
12 Click On actions - Validate - ok. Click on 1. Accounting should be done
'Action'. Check 'Create Accounting' check successfully..
box and click on 'OK'..
13 Click On Action - Apply /Unapply
Prepayment.- Ok......
14 Check the Apply Check box .Enter the 1. The Prepayment should be applied to
amount to be applied to the invoice in ' the Invoice.....
Amount to Apply ' column. Click the
Apply/Unapply Button

save the Invoice.

displayed.
Button. Status. =
Needs
Revalidation
.
7 If Hold Name is "Dist Variance" change To Check 1. Hold Does Not Exist.
Invoice amount and make it equal to whether
Invoice Amount amount then Click on another
'Action' button, Check the 'Validate' Check Hold Exist
box and click 'OK' or Not. = No
Hold Exist
8 Click On Actions - Validate -Ok and

validate the invoice.
9 Click On Actions - Validate - Ok. Click on 1. Accounting to be done succesfully.
'Action' Check 'Create Accounting' check
box and click on 'OK'.
10 Click On Actions and check the 1. Apply / Unapply dialog box appears.
Apply/Unapply Prepayments check box
11 Check the Apply check box .Enter the 1. The prepayment should be applied to
amount to be applied to the invoice in invoice
'Amount to Apply' column.click on
Apply/Unapply button.

save the Invoice.

displayed.
5 Click On 'Actions...1' Button. Check the To verify the 1. Invoice Status should be 'Validated'
'Validate' checkbox and click on 'OK' Invoice
Button. Status. =
Validated
Status.
6 Click on 'Actions' and check the create 1. Accounting for the Invoice should be
Accounting check box. click on 'Ok' button. done successfully.
7 Click On Actions - Apply /Unapply
Prepayment.-Ok.
8 Check the Apply Check box and enter the 1. The Prepayment should be applied to
prepayment amount to be applied to the the Invoice..
invoice in the ' Amount to Apply' column.
Click Apply/Unapply button.
1 In Payables Responsibility , navigate to 1. Expense Reports page should open

Invoices - Entry - Expense Reports.
2 Enter Name(Employee Name) , GL 1. Expense Report should get saved.
Account ,Invoice Num ,Item with its
Amount . Check the 'Payables' and
'Management ' check box in the Reviewed
by section. Click on Save.
3 Navigate to View - Request - Submit a 1. 'Submit a New Request ' dialog box
new Request. should appear.
4 Select a 'Single Request ' button and click 1. 'Submit Request' dialog box should
on Ok. appear
5 Enter the Name as 'Expense Report 1. Parameters dialog box should appear.
Import'.
6 Enter the Batch Name ,Summarize Report
: Yes , Source : Payables Expense Report
and Click On 'Ok' button.
7 Click On 'Submit' button. 1. The Expense Report should now be

imported in payables .
8 In Payables responsibility navigate to
Invoice - Entry - Invoices. and Query the
invoice with the same invoice number as
in Expense Report.
9 Click on Actions - Validate -Ok. 1. The Expense Report Should be

validated.
06.1,06.2_Enter Expense Report n Run
It.xls,
06.3_Project Related Invoice Report.xls
1 In Payables responsibility navigate to 1. Invoices Page should open.

2 Enter Supplier , Supplier Num ,Site 1. Project related invoice is generated.
,Invoice Date ,InvoiceNum ,Invoice Curr
,Invoice Amount. Then Click On
'Distribution button ' . Enter the amount
which should be equal to total Invoice
amount .Enter the account ,Project ,Task
and Expenditure Type. click on Save.
3 Click on Actions - Validate -Ok. 1. Project Related Invoice Should get

Validated.
1 Navigate to View - Request - Submit 1. 'Submit Request' Page should open
Single Request
2 Enter Report name(Invoice on Hold 1. Request Submitted successfully
Report), enter parameter if any and Click
on 'Submit'
3 View - Request - Find, Select the request 1. Report Generated Successfully
and click on 'View Output'
4 Find out hold name by inspecting the 1. Supplier Invoice Hold Resolved
Report and Release those Holds Successfully
1 By clicking on 'Payables' responsibility 1. The 'Payments' form should open
navigate through 'Payments' - 'Entry' -
'Payments'
2 Enter the Payment Infomation such as 1. The Dialog Box appears that asks you
Payment type = 'Quick',Bank A/c,Payment to query the invoice number
Document,Payment Date,Payment
Amount and also enter the Supplier
Details such as Supplier Name,Supplier
Site and then on click on the 'Enter /Adjust
Invoices' button
3 Enter the valid Invoice Number 1. The Remaining/Due Amount appears.
4 Save the Payment 1. The 'Payment Number ' should be

generated
5 Click on the 'Actions 1' button and check 1. The Payment should get formatted
the 'Format ' check box and also the 'Payment Id' should be
gnerated under the batch name field
6 Click on 'Actions 1' button and check the 1. The accounting should be created for
'Create Accounting' check box the specified payment and the
accounted field should become 'Yes'
Input Conditions Expected Output
1 Click on Payables responsibility and 1. The 'Payment ' form Opens up

navigate through the path 'Payments' -
'Entry' - 'Payments'
2 Enter the Payment Details like Bank A/c 1. The window will appear asking you to
details,Payment Document,Payment query the Invoice No.
Amount and also enter the Supplier
Infomation like Supplier Name,Supplier
Site and then click on 'Enter/ Adjust
Invoices' button
3 Enter the Valid Invoice No. 1. The invoice details will be defaulted
4 Enter the Payment Amount = 'Partial(Not 1. The 'Payment Number' should be

the full amount)' and to save your generated and also the 'Remaining
Payment Click on 'Save' button Amount ' should be reflected under
'Unpaid Amount '
1 Click on the 'Payables' responsibility and 1. Should 1. The 'Payments' form opens
navigate through 'Payments' - 'Entry' - have the
'Payments'. Information
about the
payment
that is done
outside the
System
Such as
Bank A/c
details
2.
Document
no. etc.
2 Enter the Payment Infomation such as 1. The Dialog Box appears that prompts
Payment Type = 'Manual ',Bank A/c, you to enter the invoice number
Payment Document,Payment Date and
payment amount and the Supplier Details
such as Supplier Name,Supplier Site and
then click on 'Enter /Adjust Invoices' button
3 Enter the valid Invoice Number in the 1. The Due Amount should displayed
invoice no. field
4 Click on 'Save' and then click on'Actions 1' 1. The accounted textfield should display
button and check the 'Create Accounting' 'Yes' and the payment is accounted
check box
1 Click on the 'Payables' responsibility and 1. The 1. The 'Payment ' window should open
then navigate to 'Payments' - 'Entry' - Payment
'Payments' Should be
entered In
the Payment
Window and
should be
saved
properly
2 Query the Required payment by entering 1. The specified 'Payment Details'

the valid payment number should open
3 Click on 'Actions1' button 1. The 'Actions Form' should open
4 Check the check box 'Initiate Stop' and 1. Payables should stop initiate the
click on OK specified payment
5 Click on 'Save' button 1. The Payment should be saved with
'Unpaid ' as the status
6 You can release the Stop on the specified 1. Payables should Release the stop on
payment by checking the 'Release Stop' the payment and reset the status to '
check box in the 'Actions1' window and Negotiable '
click on OK
7 Click on 'Save' button to save the work 1. The Payment should be saved with
the Negotiable status
1 Click on the Payables responsibility and 1. Navigate 1. The Payment Details of the specified
navigate to 'Payments' - 'Entry' - Through the payment should open in the 'Payment '
'Payments' and query the required Path window
payment by entering the payment number 'Payables
2. Vision
Operations(
USA)
3.
Payments
4. Entry
Payments'
2 Click on 'Actions1' button and check the '

Void ' checkbox
3 Select the Invoice Option as 'Cancel ' Select the 1. All the related invoices should be
Invoice 'Canceled ' and there amount should be
Action None reset to '0'
or Hold or
Cancel? =
Cancel
2. Vision
Operations(
USA)
3.
Payments
4. Entry
Payments'

Void ' checkbox
3 Select the Invoice Action as 'Hold ' Select the 1. The 'Hold ' window should appear
Invoice
Action None
or Hold or
Cancel? =
Hold
4 Enter the 'Hold Name' and 'Hold 1. The status of all the Related Invoices
Reason',click on OK should change to 'Unpaid ' and Hold
should be applied on them
2. Vision
Operations(
USA)
3.
Payments
4. Entry
Payments'

Void ' checkbox
3 Select the Invoice action as 'None' Select the 1. The Status of the related invoices
Invoice should change to 'Unpaid '
Action None
or Hold or
Cancel? =
None
1 In Payables responsibility navigate to 1. The User 1. The 'Payment Batches' window should
Payments - Entry - Payment Batches. should login open.
correctly.
2 Enter a Unique Batch Name ,Invoice 1. The Status of the payment batch
Batch Name , Supplier Name ,Payment should be 'New'
Date,Document and click on save.
3 Click on 'Actions.' check the 'Select 1. The Payment Batch Action window
Invoices' and 'Build Payments' check box closes.
and click on 'Ok' button.
4 Click on 'Requery Batch' the status should
be selecting again click on 'Requery Batch'
now the status should be selected .Click
on Requery Batch again, now the status
should be Built.
5 Click on 'Actions' and check the format 1. The status should be Formatting
payments and print preliminiary register
check box.Click on Ok button.
6 Click On 'Requery batch' 1. The status should now change to
'Formatted'.
7 Again Click on Actions and check the 1. 'Confirm Payment Batch' window
'Confirm Payment Batch ' and 'Print Final appears.
Register' check box.Click On Ok button.
8 Select the Status as 'Printed' and in 'To'

column enter the value which should be
equal to number of checks.
9 Click on 'Confirm ' button. 1. 'Confirm Payment Batch' window
closes.
10 Click on 'Requery Batch' now the status 1. The Payment tab should be 'Enabled'
should be 'Confirming' then Again click on
'Requery Batch' now the status should be
'Confirmed.'
11 Click On 'Payments' 1. Payment Report will be generated.

1 Navigate to Setup - Payment - Banks 1. Banks form should be displayed
2 Enter Bank name, Bank number, Branch 1. Bank Accounts form will be displayed
name, Branch number, Address and click
on 'Bank Accounts'
3 Enter Bank Account Name, Number and Account use 1. Supplier is selected
Account use is Internal or
Supplier? =
Supplier
4 Enter 'Account Contact' info. and save 1. Bank created Successfully.

1 Navigate to Setup - Payment - Banks 1. Banks form should be displayed
2 Enter Bank name, Bank number, Branch 1. Bank Accounts form will be displayed
name, Branch number, Address and click
on 'Bank Accounts'
3 Enter Bank Account Name, Number and Account use 1. Internal is selected
Account use is Internal or
Supplier? =
Internal
4 Enter Cash, Cash Clearing, Bank 1. Bank created Successfully

Charges, Bank Errors etc. in GL Account
tab and save
1 Navigate to Accounting - Control Payables 1. 'Control Payables page' should get
Period opened
2 Select 'Period Status' of the period those Period 1. Period already Open
status is to be changed Status' is
'Never
Opened' or
'Future' or
'Permanentl
y Closed' or
'Open' or
'Closed'? =
Open

Period opened
2 Select 'Period Status' of the period those Period 1. Period can be Opened
'Never
Opened' or
'Future' or
'Permanentl
y Closed' or
'Open' or
'Closed'? =
Never
Opened/Fut
ure/Closed
3 Select the Period and change its 'Period 1. Period Opened Successfully
Status' to 'Open' and click on 'OK'

Period opened
2 Select 'Period Status' of the period those Period 1. Period cannot be Opened
'Never
Opened' or
'Future' or
'Permanentl
y Closed' or
'Open' or
'Closed'? =
Permanently
closed

Period opened
2 Select 'Period Status' of the period those Period 1. Period cannot be Closed
'Never
Opened' or
'Future' or
'Permanentl
y Closed' or
'Open'? =
Never
Opened,
Future
Period opened
2 Select 'Period Status' of the period those Period 1. Period already Closed
'Never
Opened' or
'Future' or
'Permanentl
y Closed' or
'Open'? =
Permanently
Closed

Period opened
2 Select 'Period Status' of the period those Period 1. Period status is Open
'Never
Opened' or
'Future' or
'Permanentl
y Closed' or
'Open'? =
Open
3 Select the Period and change its 'Period 1. Period Closed Successfully
Status' to 'Closed' and click on 'OK'
1 In the ' Payables' responsibility navigate to 1. The Suppliers form should open
Suppliers - Entry
2 Query the required supplier name and 1. The Invoices form should open
click on Control tab and check the 'Hold
Unvalidated Invoices' checkbox.Do the
same on Supplier Site also and click on
Save then close the form.Navigate to
Invoices - Entry - Invoices
3 Enter the Type as Standard,enter the 1. The Invoice should get saved
details of the Supplier and enter the
Invoice Details as Invoice Date,Invoice
Number,Invoice Amount,Invoice Currency
also enter the Invoice Distributions details
as Distribution Amount,Account and click
on Save
4 Cilck on Actions1 Tab and check the 1. The Invioce status should be 'Needs
Validate checkbox Revalidation' and 'Hold All Unvalidated
Invoices' hold should be applied on the
invoice
5 Release the hold by clicking on the Holds 1. The Release window should open
tab and then click the Releases 1 button
6 Specify the Release Name as Validated 1. The status of the invoice should
and Release Reason and click on OK change to Validated
1 In Payables responsibility navigate to 1. The 'Payment Batches' window should

Payments - Entry - Payment Batches. open.
4 Click on 'Requery Batch' the status should 1. Value in 'Negotiable payment count t'
be 'Selecting' again click on 'Requery field will change to no. of invoices
Batch' now the status should be selected
selected .Click on Requery Batch again,
now the status should be 'Built'.
'Formatted'.
7 Again Click on Actions and check the fork = Yes 1. "You cannot Confirm any payment
'Confirm Payment Batch ' and 'Print Final batch that does not have any payment
Register' check box.Click On Ok button. document" error should appear.
1 In Payables responsibility navigate to 1. The 'Payment Batches' window should

Payments - Entry - Payment Batches. open.
4 Click on 'Requery Batch' the status should 1. Value in 'Negotiable payment count t'
be 'Selecting' again click on 'Requery field will change to no. of invoices
Batch' now the status should be selected
selected .Click on Requery Batch again,
now the status should be 'Built'.
'Formatted'.
7 Again Click on Actions and check the fork = No
'Confirm Payment Batch ' and 'Print Final
Register' check box.Click On Ok button.
8 Select the Status as 'Printed' and in 'To'

column enter the value which should be
equal to number of checks.
9 Click on 'Confirm ' button. 1. 'Confirm Payment Batch' window
closes.
10 Click on 'Requery Batch' now the status 1. The Payment tab should be 'Enabled'
should be 'Confirming' then Again click on
'Requery Batch' now the status should be
'Confirmed.'
11 Click On 'Payments' 1. Payment Report will be generated.

1 In the Payables responsibility navigate to 1. Invoices form opens
Invoices - Entry - Invoices
2 Enter the Type as Standard,Supplier 1. Find Purchase Order For Matching
Details as Supplier Name,Supp. window should open
Site,Supplier Number then enter the
Invoice Details as Invoice Amount,Invoice
Number,Invoice Date and Currency and
click on Match button
3 Enter the valid Purchase Order Number 1. Match to Purchase Order form should
and click on Find open
4 Check the Match checkbox then enter the 1. The match form should close and the
Quantity and enter the Price that exceeds match amount should be reflected in the
the Tolerence Limit,click on Match Distribution Total tab
5 Click on Actions 1 button and check the

Validate checkbox
6 To release the 'Price' hold click the 1. The Invoice is now get validated and
Release1 button and then specify the valid its Status is Validated
Release Name and Release Reason and
to release the 'Distribution Variance' hold
edit the Invoice Total and make it equal to
the Distribution Total.Then validate the
invoice by clicking the Actions 1 button
and checking the Validate checkbox
1 Using the Payables responsibility navigate 1. Invoices form should open

to Invoices - Entry - Invoices
2 Enter the Type as Standard then enter the 1. Find Purchase Order for Matching
Supplier Details as window opens
Supp.Number,Supp.Name,Supp.Site also
enter the Invoice Details as Invoice
Amount,Invoice Number,Invoice Date and
click on Match button
3 Enter the valid Purchase Order number 1. Match to Purchase Order window
and click on Find button opens
4 Enter the Quantity that exceeds the 1. The Match to the Purchase Order
tolerance limit by checking the Match form should close and the Matched
checkbox and click on Match Amount should be reflected in the
Distributions tab
5 Click on Actions 1 and then check the

Validate checkbox
6 Release the 'Quantity Ordered' hold by 1. The Status of the Invoice becomes
specifying the Release Name and the Validated
Release Reason and the 'Distribution
Variance' hold by entering the Invoice total
equal to the Distribution Total.Then
validate the invoice by clicking the Actions
1 button and checking the Validate
checkbox
1 In Payables responsibility navigate to 1. Invoice Page Should open.

2 Select Type as 'Standard '. Enter -- To Check
Supplier Name, Supplier Site, Invoice the status of
Date, Invoice Number, Invoice Currency, GL Date =
Invoice Amount . Status is
Closed.
3 Close the Invoice Window. Navigate to
Accounting - Control Payables
Period.Select the period for which period
is to be opened. Click On Period Status
.Select 'Open' - Ok
4 Navigate to Invoice - Entry - Invoices . 1. Invoice Should get saved...

Enter invoice details like supplier details,
Payment Terms , Payment Method .Click
on Distribution. Enter The Distribution
Lines details. Save the Invoice..

2 Select Type as 'Standard '. Enter -- To Check
Supplier Name, Supplier Site, Invoice the status of
Date, Invoice Number, Invoice Currency, GL Date =
Invoice Amount . Status is
Open
3 Enter Payment Terms , Payment 1. Invoice Should get saved.

Method .Click on Distribution. Enter The
Distribution Lines details. Save the
Invoice.

2 Select Type as 'Standard' and Enter --
Immediate , Payment Method : Check.
save the Invoice.
3 Click On Distribution Button 1. The Distribution Window Should be

displayed.
5 Click On 'Actions...1' Button. Check the 1. The Invoice Status should be
'Validate' checkbox and click on 'OK' validated.
Button.
6 Click On Actions - Create Accounting - Ok. 1. Accounting should be done
successfully.
7 Click on Actions - Pay in Full - Ok. 1. Payment window should open
8 Enter Bank Accounts , Payables To verify the 1. Payment Date Period Status should
Document , Document Number , Payment Payment be Open .
Date . Click On Action Date =
Status is
Opened.
9 Click on Action - Check the 'Format' Check

box - Ok - Save.
Immediate , Payment Method : Check.
save the Invoice.
displayed.
Button.
6 Click On Actions - Create Accounting - Ok. 1. Accounting should be done
successfully.
7 Click on Actions - Pay in Full - Ok. 1. Payment window should open
8 Enter Bank Accounts , Payables To verify the
Document , Document Number , Payment Payment
Date . Click On Action Date = n/a
9 Close the payment Window. Navigate to

Accounting - Control Payables
Period.Select the period for which period
is to be opened. Click On Period Status
.Select 'Open' - Ok.
10 Navigate to Invoices - Entry - Invoices and

Query the Invoice. Click On Actions - Pay
In Full -Ok.
11 Enter Bank Accounts , Payables 1. payment should be done..
Document , Document Number , Payment
Date and Click On Action - Check the
Format check box - Ok - Save.

Invoice Amount, Payment Terms ,
Payment Method : Electronic .

displayed.
Button.
6 Click On Actions - Create Accounting - Ok.
7 Click on Actions - Pay In Full - Ok.. 1. Payment window should open

8 Enter Bank Accounts , Payables
Date . Click On Action
9 Close the Payments window . Navigate to
Supplier - Entry - Query the Supplier -
Click on Sites - Enter the Bank Information
for the Supplier and Supplier Site
10 Navigate to Invoices - Entry - Invoices -

Query the Invoice for which payment is to
be made . Click on Actions - Pay in full -
11 Enter Bank Accounts , Payables
Date . Click On Action - Check the format
check box - Ok. - Save.
Test case ID Functional Area/Business Process/Test Case Test Case Description
1 iExp_Entering And Submitting ER/Entering and To enter an Expense

Submitting Expense Report manually Report in iExpense without
using spreadsheet
2 iExp_Approving ER/Approving Expense Report To approve an expense

report submitted by an
employee
3 iExp_Importing ER To AP/Expense Report Import to AP Importing the Expense
Report as an AP Invoice so
that it can be paid/settled
4 iExp_Transfering ER from AP to PA/Expense Report Importing project related

Import to Projects Expense Report to PA so
that the cost can be booked
against relevant project.
that the cost can be booked
against relevant project.
5 iExp_Expense Report Spreadsheet Import to To enter an Expense

Payables/ER Spreadsheet Import To AP Report in iExpense via
Spreadsheet
Pre-Requisites Step# Design Steps - Description Input Data
iExpense set-ups are complete. 1 Login as Username: / Password User -

AP set-ups are complete Select Responsibility FGROSSE
Projects set-ups are complete. Password
Project had been created. -XXXXXX
2 Select valid responsibility for accessing EMR

iExpense INTERNET
EXPENSE
DE
3 Click on Expenses Home
4 Click on Create Expense Report
5 Enter/Verify the following Data and click on Name:

Next: GROSSE,
Name: < > FABIAN
Expense Cost Center: <> Expense Cost
Reimbursement Currency :< > Center: 3930
Select Expense Template: Reimburseme
Enter the data: nt Currency :
Purpose: < > EURO
Approver: < > Expense
Template:
Project
Expense
Report
Approver:
Roth, Markus
Project:
13901
Tax code:
DE_AP_EU
6 Enter the following data and click on next: Date: 20-Aug-

Project Number: < > 09
Task Number: < > Receipt
Date: < > Amount: 500
Receipt Amount: < > Expense
Expense Type: < > Type: MEALS
Justification: < >
Tax Code: < >
7 Verif all the details on Create Expense

Report: review page and submit it.

Necessary Approval Limits are attached Select Responsibility MROTH
Password -
XXXXX

iExpense INTERNET
EXPENSE
DE
4 The expense report submitted by the
subordinate will appear under Notifications.
Click on that to open and check the details
5 Various options available to the manager
are:
Approve
Reject
Reassign
Request Information
6 Click on Approve button to approve the

expense report
AP set-ups are complete Select Responsibility ZZZZZZZ
Password
-XXXXXX
2 Select valid responsibility for accessing EMP AP

iExpense SUPERUSER
DE
3 Navigate to: Other-Requests-Run Batch Name -
Submit a single request "Expense Report Test Batch 1
Import" with correct parameters (should be
unique)
Summarize
Report - No
Source -
Oracle
interner
Expenses
Transfer
Descriptive
Flexfield - No
4 See the output file. The imported invoices

will be shown under Expense Report
Import Report and if there will be any
exception that will be displayed under
Expense Report Import Exceptions Report
5 Navigate to Invoices > Entry > Invoices and

Query Expense reports in Invoice window
6 View your Expense report as Invoice and

Click Actions.
Check Validate and Click OK
7 Click Actions again and Check Create

Accounting checkbox and Click OK
8 Navigate to Tools -> View Accounting and
View the Accounting Entries for Your
Expense Report
AP set-ups are complete. 1 Login as Username: / Password User -
Projects set-ups are complete. Select Responsibility ZZZZZZZ
Project had been created Password
Expense Report should be accounted and -XXXXXX
transferred to GL
2 Select valid responsibility for accessing EMP PA
Projects SUPERUSER
DE
Project had been created
Expense Report should be accounted and
transferred to GL
3 Navigate to Other > Requests > Run and

Select 'PRC: Interface Expense Reports
from Payables' from the request List
Select parameters:
Project Number <Project >
Batch Name <Batch >
Click Submit
4 Navigate to Expenditures > Preapproved

Batches > Enter
Query Your Expense report batch:
Press F11
Select Type as Expense report
Press Ctr+F11
Scroll down to see your expense report
batch
5 Navigate to :
Expenditure > Expenditure Inquiry >
Project
Enter your Project and Click Find
See your Expense Report as Last
Expenditure Line Item

AP set-ups are complete Select Responsibility FGROSSE
Project Set-ups are complete. Password -
Project had been created. XXXXXXXX

iExpense INTERNET
EXPENSE
DE
4 Click on Import Spreadsheet
5 Enter/Verify the following Data: Expense Cost
Expense Cost Center: <> Center: 3930
Reimbursement Currency :< > Reimburseme
Select Expense Template: nt Currency :
Enter the data: EUR
Date : < > Select
Days:<> Expense
Daily Rate: <> Template:
Receipt Amount : <Select from LOV> Project
Expense type : < > Expense
Justification : <Project Expense> Optional Report
Enter the Currency: <> Date : Date in
For Foreign Currency Receipts Enter the open period
Exchange Rate: <> Days: 1
Receipt
Amount :
1000
Expense type
: MEALS
Enter the
Currency:
EUR
6 Select all and copy from the Expense

Report Spreadsheet and Paste in the
Spreadsheet Import Area
7 Click on Skip to Review to directly go to
Submit Page
8 Click on Continue if you want to view the
details
9 Verify the following details and change if
required and click on next:
Expense Cost Center: <>
Reimbursement Currency :< >
Expense Template :<.>
Approver: < >
10 Verify/ Change the Following Details and

click next:
Receipt Amount : <Select from LOV>
Expense type : < >
Justification : <Project Expense> Optional
Currency: <>
For Foreign Currency Receipts
Exchange Rate: <>
VAT Code <>
11 Click on Submit.
Design Steps - Expected Results Comments
Navigator Page with all the

responsibilities attached to this user
should appear
Able to select the responsibility and see

the coresponding functions and menus
iExpense Home Page should appear

Create Expense Report: General
Information page should appear
Able to specify all the required details
Able to provide the necessary data in

respective fields and it will take you to the
expense report review page.
Confirmation window Opens. Note the

Expense report number generated

should appear


Able to check the details.
Able to see the various options
Able to approve the expense report

should appear

Able to submit the requst with necessary

parameters and it completed normal.
Able to see the output.
Able to query the invoice.
Able to see the Expense Report in AP

Invoice window.
The Status of the invoice shall change to

Validated and Accounted.
Able to verify the accounting entries.

should appear

Request completed normal as expected.
Able to see the expense report batch
Able to see the expense report in

expenditure items of the current project

should appear


Employee name should come by default
and Spread Import Area should reflect.
Able to save all the required details in the
spreadsheet template.
Import Successful will appear at the

Bottom of the Import area
Able to directly go to the submit page
General Information of the Expense

Report should appear.
Able to verify and make necessary
changes
Able to verify and make necessary

changes
Confirmation window Opens. Note the

Expense report number generated
1 FA_Create Asset Using Detail Additions/Creating asset Manual Asset Creation

by detail addition using Detail Additions
2 FA_Capitalize CIP Asset/Capitalizing CIP Asset CIP Asset Capitalization

and Reversal of
Capitalization
3 FA_Create Asset Using Mass Addition/Creating asset Asset creation using the
by Mass Addition Mass Addition process
4 FA_Add Cost To Existing Asset/Adding Cost to Existing Add AP Invoice line to
Asset existing CIP Asset
5 FA_Changing Asset Assignments/Changing the Asset To transfer assets between

Assignments locations / employees /
depreciation account
6 FA_Asset Category Adjustment/Asset Category To change existing category

Adjustment of an asset to a new
category
7 FA_Asset Retirement/Asset Retirement Fully retire an asset
8 FA_Depreciation run - review Journal Run depreciation without

Entries/Depreciation run - review Journal Entries closing the current period,
create & review Journal
Entries and Rollback
depreciation
9 FA_Depreciation Projection/Depreciation Projection To get the projection

(estimate) of actual
depreciation expense
(estimate) of actual
depreciation expense
10 FA_What If Depreciation Analysis/ What-If Depreciation To run What-if Depreciation

Analysis Analysis
11 FA_Physical Inventory Physical Inventory

12 FA_Transfer Entries From FA To GL/Transfer of entries Transfer entries from
from Oracle Assets to General Ledger Oracle Assets to General
Ledger
13 FA_Merge Mass Additions Lines Merge Mass Additions

Lines into an Asset
Pre-Requisites Step# Design Steps - Description
Set ups in Asset categories, Asset keys are done 1 Login as Username: / Password
Select Responsibility
2 Open Detail Additions form.

Navigate: Assets -> Asset Workbench
3 Click on Additions to enter new Asset Details

4 In the form, enter the following information:
Asset Number (if required), Description, Asset Category, Asset
type (CIP / Capitalized), Asset key, etc
5 Click on Continue to enter Book details.

Select the corporate from List of values.
6 Enter Cost, Date placed in service and change any of the

default values if required. Click on Continue.
7 In Assignments form, enter the details for assigning the asset:

Enter the number of units in Unit Change, expense account,
location, employee if required. Click Done after entering all
details
CIP asset has been created as described above 1 Login as Username: / Password
For reversal, a CIP asset has been capitalized Select Responsibility
2 Choose Asset -> Capitalize CIP Assets Navigator Window
3 Find Asset with Asset Type CIP and Asset Number (if required)
and choose Book
4 Enter Date on which Asset to be Placed in service
5 Choose the CIP asset(s) Checkbox, to be Capitalized.
6 Click Capitalize
AP Invoice is created with Asset Clearing Account 1 Login as Username: / Password
in the Distribution window. Select Responsibility
Track as Asset box is checked.
Supplier and Supplier site is set-up for the
proposed Invoice. 2 Navigate to
Payables set up is completed. Invoices -> Entry -> Invoices
The period for entry is open. Standard invoice type will default in the Type field
Asset Categories and clearing accounts are
3 Choose the Supplier < > from list of values in the Supplier
defined.
Field.
The period for entry is open.
Asset Categories and clearing accounts are
defined.
4 Enter the Invoice details Invoice Date, Invoice Amount,

Invoice Number
5 Click on the Distributions button to enter the distribution

window
6 Enter an Asset / CIP Clearing Account in the Account field
7 Ensure that the Track as Asset field is checked

8 Save the record
9 Validate the Invoice
10 Create Accounting of the Invoice
11 Run Payables Transfer to General Ledger Program to transfer

entries to General Ledger.
Ensure by navigating to the Invoice that it has been transferred

to GL
12 On successful completion, run Mass Addition Create program

to transfer the details to Fixed Asset.
Enter the GL date and the Asset Book
13 On successful completion, navigate to the Fixed Assets

responsibility
14 Open Prepare Mass Additions form.
Navigate: Mass Additions -> Prepare Mass Additions
15 Enter search criteria such a Book Name, Invoice number and

so on
16 Click on Find
17 Select the relevant Invoice number and click Open

18 Enter the Asset Category, Location and Expense Account
Note: Expense natural account defaults automatically from

Category definition.
Click on Asset Details Tab and review the details and change if
required.
19 Change the queue name <POST>

20 Save the record
21 Go the Navigation Screen and Open Post Mass Additions form.
Navigate: Mass Additions -> Post Mass Additions
22 In the Parameters window, specify the corporate book < > and
submit the request
CIP Asset is successfully created in previous 1 Login as Username: / Password
script. Select Responsibility
AP Invoice is created with AR number (in Invoice
Distribution DFF).
CIP Clearing account is provided as Distribution 2 Open Prepare Mass Additions form.
Account in Invoice line. Navigate: Mass Additions -> Prepare Mass Additions
Mass Addition Create Program run in Oracle
Payables.
3 Enter Queue Name <NEW>
Invoice Lines are in current open period of Oracle
Assets.
Click Find Button
4 Choose the invoice line to be added to the existing Asset and

click Add to Asset button
5 Enter the asset number (created in previous test script) and
click Find button
6 As we are retaining the asset category, do not check New
Category and Description Click Done button.
7 Open the invoice line that is being added to the asset
Change the queue name to <POST> and Click Done.
8 In Navigation Screen, open Post Mass Additions form.

Navigate: Mass Additions -> Post Mass Additions
9 In the Parameters window, specify the corporate book (for

which you want to post your mass additions) and submit the
request
Location, Asset Key and Asset Category Flex- 1 Login as Username: / Password
fields have been completely defined, including Select Responsibility
their segment values.
2 Query the asset to transfer
<Query by asset number >
3 Choose Assignments button

4 In the Units Change field, enter a negative number for the
assignment line from which you want to transfer the asset
5 Create one or more new lines, entering a positive number in

the Units Change field for the assignment lines to which the
asset is to be transferred.
6 Enter the new location / expense account / employee
7 Save the record -
Press Done
Asset has been created 1 Login as Username: / Password
2 Choose Asset -> Asset Workbench from the Navigator Window
3 Query the asset to transfer

<Query by asset number >
4 Choose Open
5 Enter New Category
6 Save all Changes.
If Depreciation has already been run, then Rollback

Depreciation to allow saving the changes.
7 For changing the Depreciation Method of the Old Category to

the Depreciation Method of the New Category, navigate to
Books tab in Asset Workbench
8 In the Depreciation tab, change the Method / Life as required.
9 Save the changes

At least one Asset has been successfully added. 1 Login as Username: / Password
Assets have been added in prior period. Select Responsibility
CIP assets can be only fully retired by cost fully
and not partial by cost or by units.
2 Go to Navigation Screen and open Asset workbench form.
Navigate: Assets -> Asset Work bench
Enter search criteria and click Find button
3 Select the asset and click Retirements Button

4 Select the book - MIKULOV-CORP
5 Enter the retire date (can be in current or a prior period but
cannot be before any other transaction on the asset).
6 To fully retire, Specify all (number) unit retired or total (value)

cost retired.
Specify proceeds of sale, cost of removal and other information

as applicable.
7 Save the information, record the reference number and click

Done button
At least one Assets have been added 1 Login as Username: / Password
2 Navigate: Depreciation -> Run Depreciation.

3 Choose the Book for which you want to run depreciation
4 Run Depreciation without checking the close period option.
5 Oracle Assets automatically runs the Journal Entry Reserve

Ledger report when you run the depreciation program for a
corporate book
6 Review the log files and report after the request completes
7 Run Create Journal Entries program

Navigate: Journal Entries -> Standard to transfer entries to
General Ledger
8 Enter the Book and the Period to create Journal Entries in the
Parameters window
9 Choose Submit to submit a concurrent process to create
journal entries for your General Ledger
Fiscal years, Depreciation and prorate calendars, 1 Login as Username: / Password
and prorate conventions for the periods should be Select Responsibility
defined
At least one asset should have been added.
2 Open Depreciation Projections form.
Navigate: Depreciation -> Projections
and prorate conventions for the periods should be
defined
At least one asset should have been added.
3 Enter the Projection Calendar, Number of periods, Starting

period (Enter a current or future period)
Specify the book
4 Select Report details: Cost Center (Y/N) or Asset (Y/N)
Note: Check Cost Center Detail to print a separate depreciation

projection amount for each cost center. Otherwise, Oracle
Assets prints a consolidated projection report for each expense
account without cost center detail.
Check Asset Detail to print a separate depreciation amount for

each asset. Otherwise, Oracle Assets prints a consolidated
projection report without asset detail.
5 Click Run Button
Assets have been added in the corporate book 1 Login as Username: / Password
2 Navigate to Depreciation > What-if Analysis

3 Key in the book name
4 Put the start period and the number of periods
5 In the Assets to Analyze tabbed region, enter the parameters

you want to use to identify the set of assets for which you want
to run whatif depreciation analysis.
6 Enter the Depreciation Scenario parameters to identify the

depreciation rules to be used in the analysis.
7 Click on Run to run the what-if analysis

8 Navigate to View > Request and view the concerned request
Status
Asset has been created. 1 Login as Username: / Password
Physical Inventory checkbox has been checked Select Responsibility
for the Asset
2 Choose Physical Inventory-> Enter from the Navigator Window
3 Enter the Physical Inventory Name
4 Enter the Start Date
5 Choose Open
6 Enter the Physical Inventory Information-> Asset Number,
,Physical Units, Location and so on
7 Save Changes.
At least one Assets have been added 1 Login as Username: / Password
Depreciation has been run for the period Select Responsibility
concerned
Calendar and Period Name in Oracle Assets
should be exactly like the one in General Ledger 7 Run Create Journal Entries program to transfer the entries
from FA to GL.
Navigate: Journal Entries -> Standard
8 Enter the Book and the Period to create Journal Entries in the
Parameters window
9 Choose Submit to submit a concurrent process to create

journal entries for your General Ledger
Valid Asset Lines in the Prepare Mass Additions 1 Login as Username: / Password
form with status of NEW Select Responsibility
2 Open Prepare Mass Additions form

Navigate: Assets -> Mass Additions > Prepare Mass Additions
3 Find the line into which you want to merge other mass addition
lines by giving the Invoice Number / Asset Number / Queue
Name and so on
4 Click on the Merge button

5 Click on Sum Units if you want the Asset to be created before
with total units of all the merged lines
6 Query on the Lines block by pressing F11 and search by
Invoice Number / Queue Name / Supplier Number / PO
Number / Asset Number and so on.
7 Select the required lines that you to be merged by clicking on
the Merged checkbox
8 Click on Done to save the Merge
9 All the merged lines will have status of MERGED
10 If the status of the original line (line into which you want to
merge other lines) is NEW, change it to POST and save it
11 Run the Post Mass Additions program to create an Asset for

the merged lines
Input Data Design Steps - Expected Results Comments
EMR FA Able to see navigation screen of this

KEYUSER CZ responsibility
Find Assets form will open
Asset Details form will open

Description -
Training Asset 1
Category -
MACHINERY
AND
EQUIPMENT-
CHARGING
Type - Capitalized
Asset Key -
06P034_00
MIKULOV-CORP Books form will open
Cost - 15000 Able to submit

DPIS - 29-Aug-
2009
Account - 1141- Able to submit. Note the asset number

401-0000- gets created automatically by system if
67701004-000- not given in step number 4
1141-000
Location - US-
OH-000-000-000

KEYRUSER CZ responsibility
Find Assets form will open
Asset # MKL- Capitalize CIP Assets form will open

0003
EMR AP Able to see navigation screen of this

SUPERUSER CZ responsibility
Supplier -
CHMELAR
LUBOMIR
120102441
The values in the fields Terms Date,
Terms, Payment method and Pay Group
will default from Supplier Site Set-ups.
These may be over ridden if required.
Distributions window opens
Asset Clearing
Account - 1141-
401-0000-
15199000-000-
1141-000
Invoice Status changes to Validated

Value in field Accounted changes to
Yes
Accounting Entries Transferred to GL
Book MIKULOV
- CORP
EMR FA
SUPERUSER CZ
Find Mass Additions form will open
Book MIKULOV
- CORP
Mass Additions Summary form will open
Mass Additions form will open

Category -
MACHINERY
AND
EQUIPMENT-
CHARGING
Account - 1141-
401-0000-
67701004-000-
1141-000
Location - US-FL-
000-000-000
Submit Request Set form will open with

Request Set as Post Mass Additions
MIKULOV
CORP
Find Mass Additions form will open
Book: Mikulov Mass Additions Summary form will open

Corp. and able to view invoice lines
Able to view Find Assets window
Asset# MKL-0008 Add to Asset window will open.
View Mass Addition Summary window

and queue name for the invoice line
changed to COST ADJUSTMENT
Submit Request Set form will open with

Request Set as Post Mass Additions
MIKULOV Concurrent program ends in Completed,

-CORP Normal.

MKL-1765 Assets window opens

Asset# MKL-1765 Assets window opens
Assets Details window opens

SMALL
PROPERTY -
SMALL
PROPERTY
Books window opens

Asset window will open
MKL-0013 Retirements window will open

MIKULOV-CORP Able to enter required information
Units:1 Amount:
15000
Record gets saved.

Mikulov - Corp
Depreciation request submitted and
completed normal
Able to view the required depreciation
results
Request completes normally.

Depreciation Projections window will

open
Projection
calendar - ECT
MKL Monthly
Number of
Periods - 1
Starting Period -
Sep-FY09
Book - MIKULOV-
CORP
Cost Center -
Unchecked
Asset -
Unchecked
Able to review the projection report after

the request completion.
What-if Analysis window opens

MIKULOV-CORP
Start Period -
Sep-FY10
Number of
Periods - 3
Category -
MACHINERY
AND
EQUIPMENT-
CHARGING
Method - STL
Life - 10
Months - 0
Request completed normally

Physical Inventory window opens
Name -
'Test1_10Nov09'
Start Date - 01-

Nov-2009
Asset # MKL- The status will come by default as 'New'
1765
Units - 0
Location - US-
OH-000-000-000
Asset key:
06P004_12

Book - MIKULOV-
CORP
Period - Sep-
FY09

Find Mass Additions form opens
Mass Additions Summary form opens
Merge Mass Additions form opens

Test case ID Functional Area/Business Process/Test Case Test Case Description Pre-Requisites Step#
1 CM_Journal Entry 1
3
4
5
6
5
7
8
2 CM_Recurring Journal 1
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
12
3 CM_Import Journal 1
3 CM_Import Journal
3
4
5
6
7
8
Design Steps - Description Input Data Design Steps - Expected Results Comments
Login as Username: / Password

Select Responsibility Username/Pas
sword
Select responsibility General Ledger, Vision
Operations(USA)
Go to Journals-Enter-New Journal
Enter Journal Name and select category as
Adjustments Journal Name,
Select Category Category
Select Currency Currency
Place the cursor on Line1 and Enter the Account Account Code
Code Combination for Debit Combination
Place the cursor on Line2 and Enter the Account Account Code
Code Combination for Credit Combination
Commit the changes and click on Check Funds
& Reserve Funds
Click on Post
Request id will be generated.Complete the
Request
Posting status changes from Unposted to
Posted

Operations(USA)
Go to Journals-Define-Recurring
Enter Recurring Batch Name,Journal Recurring
Name,Catefory & Currency Batch Name,
Enter Journal Name Journal Name
Slect Category Category
Select Currency Currency
Line-1,Account
Code
Combination,Li
Click on Lines and enter Account Code ne-1 Amount
Combination. in Operator
Line-2,Account
Code
Combination,Li
Place the cursor on Line2 and enter Account ne-2,Amount
Code Combination in Operator
Click on Generate and select the Period for

which recurring Journal needs to be generated Period
Request ID will be generated.Complete the
Request
Recurring Journal will be created with Journal
source and category as Recurring.
Select Responsibility Username/Pas
sword
Operations(USA)
Go to Journal-Import-Run
Select Source Source
Specific Group
Selection Criteria ID
Click on Import
Request id will be generated.Complete the
request.
Check whether Journal Entries are created and
Post the Journals.
1 I Proc_Creating a Project Related Purchase Create Requisition for Relevant Purchasing &
Requisition/Creating a Project Related Purchase Expense Item (Non - iProcurement setups done in the
Requisition Catalog Request) system
2 I Proc_Approving Purchase Requisitions/Approving Approving a requisition User should be set up as an
Purchase Requisitions approver for a requisition.
Requisition for Expense item
created and submitted for Approval
through iProcurement
3 I Proc_Creating a Purchase Order for the Project/Auto Approve Requisition for Requisition for Expense item
Creating Project Related Purchase Orders out of Expense Item (Non - created and submitted for Approval
approved Purchase Requisitions Catalog Request) through iProcurement
4 I Proc_Creating a non-Project Related Purchase Create Requisition for Relevant Purchasing &
Requisition/Creating a Project Related Purchase Expense Item (Non - iProcurement setups done in the
Requisition Catalog Request) system
5 I Proc_Online authoring 1)Addition of items to a new 1)Supplier should be created
created GBPA from the 2)GBPA should be created.
Catalog 3)Catalog should be created.
2)Addition of items to a new 4)Favourites should be present.
created GBPA from the
Favourites
3) Addition of items to an
existing GBPA from the
Favorites
4) Addition of items to an
existing GBPA from the
Catalog
6 I Proc_File upload from the Oracle Purchasing Buyers Uploading a file via Buyer's 1)Supplier should be created
Work Center Work Center. 2)File to be uploaded should be
created.
7 I Proc_File upload from Oracle iSupplier Portal Uploading a file via 1)Supplier should be created
iSupplier Portal 2)File to be uploaded should be
created.
8 I Proc_File upload from the Oracle iProcurement Uploading a file via 1)Supplier should be created
Catalog Administration iProcurement Catalog 2)File to be uploaded should be
created.
9 I Proc_Loading catalog images Loading the images along 1)Supplier should be created.
with the corresponding 2)Catalog should be uploaded.
Items in a catalog of a
Supplier.
10 I Proc_Review changes between the content revision Reviewing the changes 1)Supplier should be created.
and the last approved version using the Difference made in an existing catalog 2)Catalog should be uploaded for
Summary for Catalog Changes via Difference Summary. the supplier.
11 I Proc_Approval of Catalog changes Approval of the changes 1)Supplier should be created

made in a catalog via the 2)Supplier should upload a catalog
supplier are approved by 3)Buyer should recieve an email
the buyer. notification.
12 I Proc_Mapping of purchasing category to shopping Mapping between a 1)Supplier should be created
category purchasing category and a 2)Purchasing Categories should be
shopping category by 2 defined
ways 3)Shopping Categories should be
1)Searching a Purchasing defined.
Category to map
2)Searching a Shopping
Category to map
13 I Proc_Define Smart forms Creation of Smart Forms 1)Information template should be
created if it is to be added to the
smart form.
14 I Proc_Assignment of Smart forms to stores Assigning a Smart form to a 1)Store should be created
particular store either by 2)Smart form should be created
creating a new store or to
an existing store
15 I Proc_Define Content zone Creation of Content Zone
16 I Proc_Assignment of Content zone to stores Assigning a Content Zone 1)Content Zone should be created
to a Store by creating a new 2)Store should be created
store or to an existing one.
17 I Proc_Creation of Public Shopping Creation of a public
shopping list
18 I Proc_Creation of requisition through public shopping Creation of a requisition by 1)Shopping List

list selecting items from a
particular shopping list.
particular shopping list.
19 I Proc_Create a Purchase Requisition in iProcurement Creating a Purchase It should have a list of items
for Stores Requisition for Stores in available from which the user can
iProcurement. select.
Two or three requisitions should be
created with different set-ups to
check for the account code
combinations.
20 I Proc_Create a non Stores Purchase Requisition in Creating a Non-Stores It should have a list of items
iProcurement Purchase Requisition in available from which the user can
iProcurement. select.
21 I Proc_Creation of non catalogue based Purchase Creating a non-catalogue
Requisition by requestor based Purchase
Requisition
22 I Proc_ApproveReject Requisition from e mail Approve/Reject the Requisition should be created.
Requisition from an e-mail Approver should receive an e-mail
by the approver. with the link.
23 I Proc_ApproveReject requisition from notification Approve/Reject the Requisition should be created.

summary window Requisition from the
notifications window by the
approver.
24 I Proc_Creation of requisition through form & copy Creating a requisition
through form and then
copying it.
25 I Proc_Display the shopping search results in either Displaying the Shopping
Paragraph search result or Grid display format Search Results in
Paragraph or Grid Format.
26 I Proc_Redirection of unapproved requisition after 5 To re-direct back Requisition must be created & sent
days of inaction by approver unapproved requests, if the to the Approval.
Approver didnt responded
within 5 days.
27 I Proc_Requisition approval management Requisition must be Requisition must be sent by the
approved by forwarding to User for Approval.
Approval Management.
28 I Proc_Purchase requisition amendment Changing a Purchase PO should be auto-generated &
Requisition. auto-approved as soon as
requisition is approved.
29 I Proc_Regularisation on non catalog requests by Regularise the non- A non catalogue requisition should
Central Purchasing User catalogue requests by be created and it should be
Central Purchasing User Unassigned.
30 I Proc_Cancel a requisition. Canceling a requisition. Requisition should be created.
31 I Proc_Requisition query To query a requisition. Requisition must be created.
32 I Proc_Standard purchase order creation through Creating Purchase Order

form , PBWC & copying through form, PBWC &
copy.
33 I Proc_Creation of Global Blanket Purchase Creating a GBPA. Supplier should be created.
Agreements
34 I Proc_Creation of PO Attachments in word, PDF, excel Adding Attachments to PO PO should exist.
in word, PDF, excel format.
35 I Proc_Validation of Auto Created PO from Checking the status of the Purchase Requisition should be
iProcurement & PO auto approval PO created. created and it should be approved
by manager and PO should be
autogenerated.
36 I Proc_PO Amendment To amend quantity/price in PO shoud be created and
the PO. approved.
37 I Proc_PO Control action testing Cancelling a PO and then For Closing a PO
checking the status. Receipt,Invoice,Payment should be
Closing a PO and then done.
checking the status. For Cancelling a PO a purchase
Freezing and Holding a PO requisition should be created and
and checking the status. approved.
For Freezing and Holding a PO
purchase requisition should be
37 I Proc_PO Control action testing Cancelling a PO and then For Closing a PO
checking the status. Receipt,Invoice,Payment should be
Closing a PO and then done.
checking the status. For Cancelling a PO a purchase
Freezing and Holding a PO requisition should be created and
and checking the status. approved.
For Freezing and Holding a PO
purchase requisition should be
created and approved.
38 I Proc_Viewing PO To view the required PO PO number should be created.
created.
39 I Proc_Receiving To Receive the items, Requisition and PO should be

return the items that are created and confirmed.
already received, correct
the items if required, view
the receipts created.
40 I Proc_PO and Requisition Mass Update To Mass Update the PO and Requisitions should be
Requisitions and the POs created and approved.
created.
41 I Proc_Period close & reporting Closing a Period.
42 I Proc_HTML based Purchasing setups To define the followlings: To define a buyer the buyer should
Buyers be added as a buyer and as a
Approval Groups employee.
Approval Groups
Purchasing Options
Line Types
Document Types
43 I Proc_Validation of Company Registration Number Validating the Company
Registration Number
43 I Proc_Validation of Company Registration Number Validating the Company
Registration Number
1 Login as Username: / Password Screen to select the Home Page will open
2 Click on Home Page iProcurement Shop Tab Page will open
3 Click on Non-catalog Request Non-catalog Request page will open, with

default Item Type as Goods billed by
Quantity, Category as 10.00.00.00.00 and
Currency as GBP
4 Select the Item type as Good or Item Shopping Cart page will open, with the
Services billed by amount and Description < entered line and the Line Total and the
Category as 99.20.00.00.00. Enter the Item Requisition Total will be displayed
Required Information. Description>
Amount
<******>
If you know
the Supplier
Information
You can enter
the same
here.
Click Add to
Cart button
5 Click on View Cart and Checkout Review Cart Cart details show up. Review if all the
button. details information showed up is correct.
6 Click on Checkout button Able to checkout successfully.
7 Enter the Required Information Project
Click on Next Number:
18506
Task Number:
1
Expenditure
Type:
Contractor
Expendtiure
Org: MILTON -
PROJECT
SERVICES
Expenditue
Item Date:
Date in open
period
Taxable:
No/Yes
8 Click Next Button roth, Marcus Review Approver List page will open.
Check if the Approver is correct and Click
on Next
9 Click on Next button Checkout: Review and Submit Requisition
window opens
10 Note that the Charge Account, defaults The Charge Account page opens, with the
with the value < 1135-311-0000- following default values
51001102-000-1135-000 >. Click on Business Unit: 1135
this account. Change the account Location: 312
segments if some segment in account Department: 0000
code combination needs to be Natural Account: 51001102
changed. Product Group: 000
Intercompany: 1135
Future: 000.
11 Review the details and Click Submit Submit Confirmation page will open and
button requisition is forwarded to Approver. Note
the Requisition Number
12 The Process of creation of a The screen to select the Home page opens
Requisition is over. Click on Return to up.
Portal link at the top right corner of the
page,
13 Click on the Exit button (Arrow) at the The login screen appears confirming the
top left side of the page to exit from the users exit from the application
application
1 Login as Username: / Password Worklist will open up having details of
Select Responsibility various notifications.
Notifications having the subject as

Purchase Requisition XXX for <Requester
Name> (XXX USD) are the iProcurement
notifications.
2 Click on a notification which needs to This will open up that notification.

be acted upon
Or
Click on Select Check box against a
notification and click on Open Button.
3 Enter approval comments if any in the

Note box under Response section.
4 Click on Approve button Requisition will get approved and a

notification will trigger to requester about
approval.
3 Click on Requisitions IProcurement Requisitions Tab Page will

open
4 Click on Notifications Notifications page will open
There will be a Notification
Type : PO Requisition Approval
From : <Requisition approver name>
Subject : Purchase Requisition XXXX has
been approved
Date : <Current Date>
5 Click on the Notification Subject The Notification Details Page opens up

with the Requisition Lines and Approval
Sequence. Verify that the relevant details
are correct.
6 Click on Return to Portal link at the top The screen to select the Home page opens
right corner of the page, up.
7 Login to Oracle Applications with the Oracle Applications Menu Form will Open
responsibility as EMR PO
SUPERUSER DE
8 Navigate to Autocreate and double Find Requisition lines window will open
click on it with default values for Approved as Yes &
buyer as <****>
9 Enter the Requisition number for which Auto Create Documents window will open
you want to auto-create a Purchase
Order and Click on the Find button.
10 Select the check box for the requisition The New Document window will appear
line which needs to be auto-created
Select
Action <Create>
Document Type <Standard PO>
Grouping <Default>
and click on Automatic button
11 Verify / Select A message window appears stating that

Supplier <**** > Auto-create Completed Successfully and
Site <**** > gives the PO number generated. Record
Currency Source <*****> the PO number
And click on create button
12 Click OK on the message window to A message window appears stating that

continue No more requisition lines exist to
Autocreate.
13 Click OK to continue Autocreate to Purchase orders screen
appears.
14 Verify the following in PO Header Approve Document window will open
Ship-To < As in the Requisition >
Bill-To < As in the Requisition >
Category < As in the Requisition >
And make any other changes, if
required. Save your work and click on
Approve button
15 Check the Submit for approval and A message stating Document has been
click OK submitted for approval will be displayed. It
will be submitted to approver for Approval.
16 Click OK. The Autocreate to Purchase Orders Screen

appears again.
& PO Status is changed to Aproved.
3 Click on Non-catalog Request Non-catalog Request page will open, with

default Item Type as Goods billed by
Quantity, Category as 10.00.00.00.00 and
Currency as GBP
4 Select the Item type as Good or Item Shopping Cart page will open, with the
Services billed by amount and Description < entered line and the Line Total and the
Category as 99.20.00.00.00. Enter the Item Requisition Total will be displayed
Required Information. Description>
Amount
<******>
If you know
the Supplier
Information
You can enter
the same
here.
Click Add to
Cart button
5 Click on View Cart and Checkout Review Cart Cart details show up. Review if all the
button. details information showed up is correct.
6 Click on Checkout button Able to checkout successfully.
7 Enter the Required Information Project
Click on Next Number:
Task Number:
1
Expenditure
Type:
Contractor
Expendtiure
Org: MILTON -
PROJECT
SERVICES
Expenditue
Item Date:
Date in open
period
Taxable:
No/Yes
8 Click Next Button roth, Marcus Review Approver List page will open.
Check if the Approver is correct and Click
on Next
9 Click on Next button Checkout: Review and Submit Requisition
window opens
10 Note that the Charge Account, defaults The Charge Account page opens, with the
with the value <1135-311-0000- following default values
51001102-000-1135-000) >. Click on Business Unit: 1135
this account. Change the account Location: 312
segments if some segment in account Department: 0000
code combination needs to be Natural Account: 51001102
changed. Product Group: 000
Intercompany: 1135
Future: 000.
11 Review the details and Click Submit Submit Confirmation page will open and
button requisition is forwarded to Approver. Note
the Requisition Number
12 The Process of creation of a The screen to select the Home page opens
Requisition is over. Click on Return to up.
Portal link at the top right corner of the
page,
13 Click on the Exit button (Arrow) at the The login screen appears confirming the
top left side of the page to exit from the users exit from the application
application
1 Login into EBS with the valid Should be
credentials able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
2 Navigation: Agreements
Page should
JS Purchasing Super User --> Buyer open
Work Center --> Agreements
3 1)On create option, select Blanket Agreement

Purchase Agreement Creation page
should open.
2)Click on Go
4 1)Goto header tab Supplier and

Supplier Site
2) Select a Supplier and Supplier Site. have been
selected
successfully
5 Goto lines Tab The Line

Details should
be displayed
6 Addition of items to a new created Lines should

GBPA from the Catalog : be uploaded
1)Select Upload --> via catalog successfully
2)Submit via catalog.
The
agreement
goes to
Approval .
7 Addition of items to a new created Lines should

GBPA from the Favourites : be uploaded
1)Steps 1 to 5 successfully
2) Select Upload --> via Favourite via favourites.
3)Submit The
agreement
goes to
Approval .
8 Addition of items to an existing GBPA Lines should

from the Favorites: be uploaded
1) Steps 1 to 2 successfully
2)Search for Agreement --> Goto Lines via favourites.
tab The
3) Upload -->Via Favourite agreement
4)Submit goes to
Approval .
9 Addition of items to an existing GBPA Lines should
from the Catalog: be uploaded
1) Steps 1 to 2 successfully
2)Search for a GBPA --> Goto Lines via Catalog.
tab The
3) Upload -->Via Catalog agreement
4)Submit goes to
Approval .
10 Addition of Items of existing Line Lines should

manually: be uploaded
1)Step 1 to 2 successfully
2) Search for a Agreement --> Goto manually. The
Lines tab agreement
3) Enter the Line details manually goes to
4)Submit Approval .
11 The approver gets the agreement for The

approval and approves it. agreement
should be
approved
successfully
and the items
should be
seen on the
shop page.
12 Logout of EBS User should

be logged out
successfully.
1 Login into EBS with the valid
credentials
2 Navigation:
JS Purchasing Super User --> Buyer

3 1)On create option, select Blanket

Purchase Agreement
2)Click on Go
4 1)Goto header tab
2) Select a Supplier and Supplier Site.

5 1)Goto lines Tab
2) Navigation :
Add Lines --> Via Upload

6 Browse for the required file
7 Upload the file and submit. The file
type should be tab delimited and all the
other default options should be used
while loading the file.
8 Navigation:
JS Purchasing Super User --> Buyer
9 Select the Agreement

10 Check the status of the agreement
11 Select the Responsibility :
JS Self Service Purchasing 5 Catalog
12 View the agreement details and check

uploaded line items.
13 Go to the responsibility 'JS Self Service
Purchasing 5'
Navigation: Shop
Search the uploaded item
14 Addition of items to an existing GBPA

through file upload:
1) Steps 1 to 2
2)Search for Agreement --> Goto Lines
tab
3) Steps 5 to 13
15 Modification of an existing item in a

GBPA through file upload:
1) Steps 1 to 2
2)Search for Agreement --> Goto Lines
tab
3) Steps 5 to 13
The action type has to be 'SYNC' in the

file if an existing item has to be
modified.
16 Logout of EBS
1 Navigate to EBS with the iSupplier Should be
Link and log in with valid iSupplier able to
credentials successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
2 Select the responsibility : iSupplier

Portal :Home
JS ISP Super User Non Store page is
displayed
3 Select required updatable Agreement Agreement's

From the notifications Section. page should
be displayed.
4 Select 'Edit Agreement' From 'Related Search Page
Applications' Section. should be
displayed.
5 1)Select 'Lines' Tab Update Lines
page should
2)Click on GO Button for Add lines --> be displayed.
Via Upload
6 1)Browse for the required file and Buyer should
upload it. get a
2) Click on Submit notification
email.
The file type will be tab delimited and
all the default parameter should be
used while uploading.
7 Buyer Should go to the link provided Should be

and login EBS able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
8 Navigation : The
JS Purchasing Super User --> Agreement of
Notifications --> Select the required changes
notification of change request. should be
displayed.
9 1)Buyer should review the changes. The GBPA

2) Click on the Accept Button should be
reviewed and
accepted
successfully.
Supplier
should get a
notification
email.
10 Go to the responsibility 'JS Self Service Item should be

Purchasing 5' available
Navigation: Shop
11 Supplier should navigate with the link Should be

provided and login. able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
12 Navigate to iSupplier portal iSupplier

JS ISP Super User Non store --> Portal
Notifications :Notifications
are displayed
13 Supplier should get the approval Approval

notification. Notification is
received by
the supplier
14 Modification of an existing item in a The item

GBPA through file upload: should get
modified. The
1) Steps 1 to 2 modified item
2)Search for Agreement --> Goto Lines should be
tab available for
3) Steps 4 to 13 requester
The action type has to be 'SYNC' in the

file if an existing item has to be
modified.

be logged out
successfully.
credentials able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
2 Select the Responsibility : The page

upload the
JS Self Service Purchasing 5 catalog. catalog should
open.
3 Search for the agreement The

agreement
should show
up
4 1)Select 'Lines' Tab File search

options should
2)Click on GO Button for Add lines --> be displayed
Via Upload
5 Browse for the required file and upload File should be

it. The file type should be tab delimited uploaded.
and the default options should be used GBPA Should
while uploading the file go for
approval.
6 The approver should get the GBPA should

notification and approve the GBPA. be approved
JS Purchasing Super User --> Buyer Page should
Work Center --> Agreements open
8 Select the Agreement Agreement

should be
displayed
9 Check the status of the agreement Status of the
agreement
should be
approved.
10 Select the Responsibility : The page

JS Self Service Purchasing 5 catalog. Agreements
summary
should open.
11 View the agreement details and check Uploaded line

uploaded line items. items should
be present.
12 Go to the responsibility 'JS Self Service Item should be
Purchasing 5' available
Navigation: Shop
13 Modification of an existing item in a The item
GBPA through file upload: should get
modified. The
1) Steps 1 to 12 modified item
should be
The action type has to be 'SYNC' in the available for
file if an existing item has to be requester
modified.

be logged out
successfully
1 Images should be named following Images should
proper naming conventions specifying be having
the item number. names
according to
the naming
conventions.
2 Supplier sends the images to the DBA The images

should be
received
without any
error by the
DBA .
3 DBA opens the Folder The folder

'$OA_MEDIA/catalog' opens and
should contain
Directories of
different
Suppliers.
4 DBA Selects the Supplier's Directory The directory

should open
and contain
the items of
that supplier
5 DBA Pastes the images in the The Images

corresponding Item. should be
saved without
any error and
loaded along
with the
catalog items.
6 Go to the responsibility 'JS Self Service The image

Purchasing 5' should show
Navigation: Shop up correctly
next to the
Search for an item for which image has item
been uploaded
1 Login into EBS with the valid buyer Should be
credentials able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
2 Navigation : Agreements
JS Self Service purchasing 5 Catalog-- Page should
> Agreements be displayed
with
notifications.
3 Select the notification of agreement Notification

with catalog changes. details should
be displayed
4 Click on GO button for View Difference Difference

Summary summary
should open.
5 Review the new lines and the catalog The new lines
changes added to the
catalog shoud
be displayed

be logged out
successfully.
1 Navigate to Oracle with link in the Should be
notification email of changes to able to
supplier and Login into EBS with the successfully
valid buyer credentials login with
assigned
responsibilities
2 Navigation : The
JS Purchasing Super User --> Agreement of
Notifications --> Select the required changes
notification of change request. should be
displayed.
3 1)Buyer should review the changes The GBPA
2) Click on the Accept Button should be
reviewed and
accepted
successfully.
Supplier
should get a
notification
email.
4 Supplier should navigate with the link Should be

provided and login. able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
5 Navigate to iSupplier portal iSupplier

JS ISP Super User Non store --> Portal
Notifications :Notifications
are displayed
6 Supplier should get the approval Approval

notification. Notification is
received by
the supplier

be logged out
successfully.
credentials able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
2 Select the responsibility: Agreements

Page should
JS Self Service Purchasing 5 Catalog be displayed
3 Select the tab 'Schema' View Schema
Page should
be displayed
4 Select the tab 'Category Mapping' Category

mapping Page
should be
displayed
5 Search by Purchasing Category : Required

Purchasing
Select Purchasing Category tab --> Category
Search Purchasing Category should be
displayed
6 1)Select the purchasing Category The

2) Click on Tab 'MAP' Purchasing
3) Select the Shopping Category to Category
map . should be
mapped
successfully to
Shopping
Category.
7 Search by Shopping Category : Required
Shopping
Select Shopping Category tab --> Category
Search Shopping Category should be
displayed
8 1)Select the shopping Category The Shopping

2) Click on Tab 'MAP' Category
3) Select the Purchasing Category to should be
map . mapped
successfully to
Purchasing
Category.

be logged out
successfully.
credentials able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
2 Select the responsibility Agreements

JS Self Service Purchasing 5 Catalog Page should
be displayed
3 Select the tab 'Stores' Manage
Stores Page
should be
displayed
4 Select the tab 'Smart forms' Manage smart

forms Page
should be
displayed
5 Click on 'Create Smart Form' Button Create Smart

Form page
should be
displayed.
6 1)Enter the information of the smart Confirmation

form page should
2)Uncheck the checkboxes 'User be displayed
Editable' and Provide the default on Manage
values. Smart forms
3)To Add information Template : Page.Smart
Click on Add template --> Search for a form should
template -- >Click on Select be created
4)Click on Apply successfully.
7 To Check the creation of Smart form : Smart Form is

In Manage Smart Forms Page Displayed
-->Smart form should be displayed Successfully.

be logged out
successfully.
credentials able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
2 Select the responsibility Agreements

be displayed
3 Select the tab 'Stores' -- > Subtab Manage
'Stores' Stores Page
should be
displayed
4 Creation of a new store for assignment New Store

of smart form: should be
Click on 'Create store' -->Enter created
Information -- > Click Continue --> Click successfully
Apply
5 Assigning Smart forms for to an Update

existing store or newly created store: Store :Assign
Select a Store and click on Update Content Page
Button should be
displayed.
6 In 'Assign Smart Forms ' Section --> Search and

Click on Add Smart Forms Button Select :Add
Smart Form
Page should
be displayed.
7 1)Search for a smart form which is non Smart Form

editable by the user. list should be
2)Click on Go displayed.
8 1)Select a smart form Update
2)Click on Continue Store
:Configuration
Page should
be displayed
9 1)Give the Sequence number if Confirmation

required. is given along
2)Click on Apply with the
manage
Stores Page.
10 To check to applied smart form: Update

Select the update button of the Store Store :Assign
Content Page
should be
displayed.
11 In 'Assign Smart Forms ' Section --> The smart

The Added smart form should be form is
displayed. displayed
Successfully
12 navigation : Stores Page
JS Self Service Purchasing 5 --> Shop should be
-->Stores displayed
13 Select The store from the stores Details of the
section store should
be seen
14 Check in 'Other Content' Section , The The smart
added smart form should be displayed. form is
displayed.
15 Click on the Name of the Smart form Smart form
should be
displayed
16 Check the field 'Category' to be non The field
editable but with a default value and Category
then make the non catalog requisition . should be
non-editable
and with a
default value.

be logged out
successfully.
credentials able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities

be displayed
3 Select the tab 'Stores' Manage
Stores Page
should be
displayed
4 Select the tab 'Content Zones' Manage

Content Zone
Page should
be displayed
5 On Create Local Content Zone Click on Create Local

'GO' Button content zone
page is
Displayed
6 1)Enter the details of Content Zone The

2)Click on Apply confirmation
on Manage
Content Zone
page should
be displayed.
7 To Check the creation of Content Content Zone

Zone : is Displayed
In Manage Content Zone Page successfully.
-->Content Zone should be displayed

be logged out
successfully.
credentials able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities

be displayed
3 Select the tab 'Stores' -- > Subtab Manage
'Stores' Stores Page
should be
displayed
4 Creation of a new store for assignment New Store

of Content Zone: should be
Click on 'Create store' -->Enter created
Information -- > Click Continue --> Click successfully
Apply
5 Assigning Content Zone for to an Update

existing store or newly created store: Store :Assign
Select a Store and click on Update Content Page
Button should be
displayed.
6 In 'Assign Content zone ' Section --> Search and

Click on Add Content zone Select :Add
Content Zone
Page should
be displayed.
7 1)Search for a Content Zone Content Zone

2)Click on Go list should be
displayed.
8 1)Select a Content Zone secured by Update
responsibility JS Self Service Store
Purchasing 5 No Receipting :Configuration
2)Click on Continue Page should
be displayed
9 1)Give the Sequence number if Confirmation

required. is given along
2)Click on Apply with the
manage
Stores Page.
10 To check to applied Content zone: Update

Select the update button of the Store Store :Assign
Content Page
should be
displayed.
11 In 'Assign Content Zone ' Section --> The Content

The Added content zone should be Zone is
displayed. displayed
Successfully

JS Self Service Purchasing 5 --> Shop should be
-->Stores displayed. The
store
associated
with that
content zone
should not be
displayed
JS Self Service Purchasing 5 No should be
Receipting --> Shop -->Stores displayed. The
store
associated
with that
content zone
should be
displayed
14 Do the steps 1 -13 for content zone Store should

secured by OU only be
displayed in
the operating
unit which is
secured by the
content zone
15 Check the restrictions based on All the supplier

Content Zone creation with Supplier and Category
and Categories constraints. Constraints
should be
followed.

be logged out
successfully.
credentials able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
2 Navigation : Requisition
JS Purchasing Super user --> Set up template Form
:Purchasing --> Requisition Templates Should open .
3 1)Enter the Details of Shopping list . Shopping list

2)Save the Form and Shopping list should be
saved
successfully.
4 To Check the shopping list creation : Shopping Lists

Navigation : page should
JS Self Service Purchasing 5 --> Shop be displayed
--> Shopping Lists
5 In Select List Drop Down -- > Shopping Shopping list

List is displayed is displayed in
the shopping
list.

be logged out
successfully.
credentials able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
2 Select the responsibility : Shopping Lists
JS Self Service purchasing 5 pags should
Navigation : Shop -- > Shopping be displayed
Lists
3 1)In Select List Drop Down -- > Select Details of the

The Shopping List shopping list
2)Click on GO are displayed.
4 1)Select 'Add To Cart For the items to Shopping Cart

be bought. page is
2)Select 'View Cart and CheckOut' in Displayed.
Shopping cart window .
5 Click on Check Out Checkout:Req

uisition
Information
Page is
Displayed
6 Click on Enter Charge Account in Requisition

Billing window Information
:Edit Lines
Page is
Displayed
7 Click on Enter Charge Account in Requisition

Charge account coloumn Information
:Split Cost
allocation
page should
be displayed
8 1)Search and Select the JS Accounting Requisition

Flexfield Information
2)Click on apply :Edit Lines
Page is
Displayed
9 Click on Apply Checkout:Req

uisition
Information
Page is
Displayed
10 Click on Next Checkout:App

rovals and
Notes Page
should be
displayed
11 1)Approver should be prersent in the Checkout:Revi

Approvers Section ew and
2)Click on next Submit
Requisition
Page should
be displayed
12 Click on Submit Confirmation

should be
given along
with the
requisition
number and
approveer's
name.
Approver
should get a
notification.
13 Logout of EBS and Login with Valid Should be
Approver's Credentials able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
14 Navigation : Notifications
JS Self Service Purchasing 5 --> should be
Requisitions --> Notifications displayed.
15 Select the appropriate notification and Requisition
accept the requisition. should be
approved
successfully.
16 Goto Requisitions -->Requisitions Requisitions

subtab page should
be displayed.
17 Check The Status for the Created The
Requisition. Requisition is
approved and
created
successfully.

be logged out
successfully.
1 Login to EBS R12.1.2with the valid The user
credentials. should login
with the
responsibilities
.
2 Navigate to JS Self Service Purchasing A new web

5 No Receipting->Shop->Stores page should
open.
3 Search for the Item. The item
should be
displayed.
4 Click Add to Cart. The particular
item should be
added to the
user shopping
cart.
5 Click View Cart and Checkout. A new page

Click Checkout. should open.
A new page
should open.
6 Click Save and Submit. It should move

to the
approvals
page.
Approver
should be
present in the
approval
page.
7 Click Next in the approval page. The requisition
should be sent
to the
approver.
A new page
Review and
Submit
request should
open.
8 Check for the requisition number. The requisition

number
should be
generated.
9 Approver should receive an e-mail Approver

notification about the should be able
requisition.Approver should then log-in to approve the
and should approve the requisition. requisition.
10 Check for the status of the requisition. The requisition

should be
approved and
created
successfully.
The requester
should receive
an e-mail once
the approval is
done.
11 Check whether the account is defaulted The account

once the requisition is created. should be
generated.
12 Check for the cost center details in the The cost
account. center details
should be
derived from
colleague's
default
account
details on the
HR record
linked to their
Oracle
username.
13 Check for the account code details in It can be
the account. derived from
any one of the
following in a
hierarchy.
1)The account
code allocated
to the category
the item has
been allocated
to.
2)The account
code given to
the catalogue
item in SSP.
3)The account
code from the
colleague's
default
account
details on the
HR record
linked to their
Oracle
username.
NOTE:If the
first case is
satisfied for
the account
code then the
following
cases need
not be
checked.If first
case is not
satisfied then
the necessary
setup has to
be made to
check for the
second case
else
appropriate
setup has to
be done to
14 Log-out of the application. check
The for the
user
should be able
to log-out
successfully.

with the
responsibilities
.

5 ->Shop->Stores page should
open.
3 Search for the Item. The item
should be
displayed.
4 Click Add to Cart. The particular
item should be
added to the
user shopping
cart.
A new page
should open.

to the
approvals
page.
Approver
should be
present in the
approval
page.

should be sent
to the
approver.
A new page
Review and
Submit
request should
open.

number
should be
generated.

10 Check whether PO number is created The PO

once the requistion is approved. number
should appear
immediately
without any
waiting time.
The PO
should get
auto
approved.

should be
approved and
created
successfully.
The requester
should receive
an e-mail once
the approval is
done.
12 Log-out of the application. The user
should be able
to log-out
successfully.

with the
responsibilities
.

5 ->Shop->Non-Catalog Request page should
open.
3 Enter the mandatory data. The user
Click Add to Cart. should be able
to enter the
mandatory
data.
The particular
item should be
added to the
shopping cart.

A new page
should open.

to the
approvals
page.
Approver
should be
present in the
approval
page.

should be sent
to the
approver.
A new page
Review and
Submit
request should
open.

number
should be
generated.

should be
approved and
created
successfully.

should be able
to log-out
successfully.
1 Approver should receive an email When the link

notification regarding the requisition is clicked it
with a link. should
navigate to the
login page.
2 Approver should enter the valid Approver

successfully.
3 Approver should be able to see the The requisition
pending requisition and Approve/Reject should be
it. Approved/Rej
ected
successfully.
4 Log out of the application. User should

log-out
successfully.
with the
responsibilities
.
2 Navigation : All the

JS Self Service Purchasing 5 --> requisitions
Requisitions --> Approvals pending for
approval
should be
displayed.
3 Select the appropriate notification and Requisition

Accept/Reject the requisition. should be
Approved/Rej
ected
successfully.
4 Goto Requisitions -->Requisitions Requisitions

subtab page should
be displayed.
5 Check The Status for the Created The
Requisition. Requisition is
Approved/Rej
ected
successfully.

be logged out
successfully.
credentials able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
2 Select the responsibility : Requisitions

JS Purchasing Super User Form should
Navigation : Requisitions -->Requisition be displayed.
3 Enter the mandatory fields along with User should

the account number in the Distributions be able to
Tab enter the
details.
4 Save the data. The data

The requisition number should be should be
populated. successfully
saved and the
Requisition
number
should also be
displayed.
5 Click Approve. The requisition

should be
submitted
successfully to
the approver.
6 Change the responsibility using the The

Switch Responsibility Icon. responsibility
should be
successfully
switched.
7 Change the responsibilty to JS Self The Stores

Service Purchasing 5. Page of this
responsibilty
should be
displayed.
8 Click on the Copy Icon of the A new page

requisition which has to be copied. has to be
displayed with
all the details
of the earlier
requisition.
9 The quantity of the requisition can only User should

be changed. be able to
modigy only
the quantity.
10 Click on Checkout. The Stores
Page should
be displayed
with a new
requisition
which has the
same
Description,To
tal,Status as
that of the
earlier
requisition.

should be able
to log-out
successfully.

credentials able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
2 Select the responsibility : Stores Search

JS SELF SERVICE PURCHASING 5 Page should
Navigation : Stores be displayed.
3 Enter the supplier name and then click The search

Go. results should
be displayed.
4 Click on Preferences. A new page

should be
displayed.
5 Click iProcurement Preferences. A new page
should be
displayed.
6 Select either the Grid View/Paragraph User should
View as required. be able to
Save the changes change the
views.
The changes
should be
saved
successfully.
7 Query with the supplier name again to The view

view the results in a different view. should be
successfully
changed.

should be able
to log-out
successfully.
credentials able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
2 Create a requisition & send for Approver

Approval should receive
email
notification
about the
requisition for
Approval
3 Log-in with Approval credentials Log-in should

be successful
4 Approver hasn't responded for first 2 Approver

days. should get the
reminder
notification on
Day-3
5 Approver hasn't responded on Day-3 of Approver

creation of requisition should get the
reminder
notification in
Worklist on
Day-4
6 Approver hasn't responded on Day-4 of A notification

creation of requisition should be sent
back to the
Requester on
Day-5 with
Incomplete
status,
indicating that
Requisition
has not been
Approved.
7 User logs-in with valid credentials Login should

be successful
& User should
get the
notification on
Day-5 about
the requisition
with
Incomplete
status.
8 Log out of the application. Should be

successfully
log-off.
9 Do the similar testing for requisiton The results
amendment approval. should be
similar to the
one that are
mentioned for
regular
approval
1 Login to EBS with the valid Approver The user

with the
Approver
responsibilities
.
2 Navigation : All the

JS Self Service Purchasing 5 --> requisitions
Requisitions --> Approvals pending for
approval
should be
displayed.
3 Select the appropiate requisition & click Details of the

on it Requisition
should be
displayed
4 Click on Respond Button A new page

containg
details of the
requisition will
be displayed
5 1. Click on 'Forward To' drop down list An email

& search for the Approver in should be sent
'Response' section. to concerned
2. Click on Forward button person for
Approval.
6 1. Concerned Approval should log-in Approver

with valid credentials should log-in
2. Approver should be able to see the successfully &
requisition and Approve/Reject it requisition
should be
Approved/Rej
ected
successfully.
7 Navigation : 'Forward
JS Purchasing Super User --> Documents'
Management --> Forward Documents form should
open & then
'Find
Documents'
window should
open.
8 Enter Approver & click on OK List of

Requisitions
waiting for the
response will
be displayed
9 1. Enter New Approver & check the Requisition
checkbox of requisitions that are to be should be
forwarded to another Approver. forwarded to
2. Save it New Approver
10 1. Click on 'Find Document' Requisition

2. Enter New Approver & click on OK which has
been
forwarded by
previous
Approver
should be
displayed
11 1. Login with valid Approval credentials Login should

2. Click on Vacation Rules be successful
& then
Vacation
Rules page
should be
displayed
12 1. Click on Create Rule Notification

2. Click on 'Item Type' drop down box & page should
select a value open
3. Click on Next
13 1. Click on Notification Radio button & Rule

select a value Response
2. Click on Next page should
open
14 1. Give End date & other details Vacation rule

2. Click on Apply should be
successfully
created
15 Validate that the requisition are The requisition

automatically forwarded to the person is
mentioned in the vacation rule and he automatically
is also able to approve the req forwarded to
person
mentioned in
the rule and
he is able to
approve the
req

be logged out
successfullly
credentials able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
.
2 Navigate to : A new web

JS Self Service Purchasing 5 --> page should
Requisitions --> Requisitions open
containing
requisitions.
3 Search for the required Requisition & Details of
click on it. Requisition
should be
displayed
4 Click on Change Button. Should be

able to
change(i.e.,
Upward/Down
ward change)
quantity of
item
5 Click on Next button. Should

navigate to
Approval
page.
6 Click on Next in Approvals page. Should

navigate to
Review &
Submit page.
7 Click on Submit button. Confirmation

message
should be
displayed
along with
details of
Requisition &
Approver
should get
email
notification
about this
requisition.
8 Check the status of the requisition. Status should

be Approved
with blue
dot(indicating
that requisition
is pending for
change
request).
9 1. Approver logs-in with valid Approver

credentials should log-in
2. Approver should be able to see the successfully &
pending requisition and Approve it requisition
should be
Approved
successfully
10 Requester logs-in & checks the status Status of

of Requisition & PO Requisition &
PO should be
Approved.
11 Click on the Requisition & click on Should be

Change button. able to re-
change
(Upward/Dow
nward) the
quantity.
12 Navigate to: Receiving
JS Self Service Purchasing 5 --> page should
Receiving --> Receiving open
13 Search for the required Requisition Requisition
should be
displayed
14 Log out of the application User should
be
successfully
logged off

credentials able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
2 Select the responsibility : The

JS PURCHASING SUPER USER requisitions
Navigation : Buyer Work Center- page should
>Requisitions be displayed.
3 Select Unassigned Requisitions from The list of

the drop down and Click Go. unassigned
requisitions
should be
displayed.
4 Select the particular requistion number The home

and then Click Home page should
be displayed.
5 Navigate to the Auto Create form in JS The Auto
Purchasing Super User Responsibilty. Create form
should be
displayed.
6 Enter the requisition number and Click The details of

Find. the requisition
should be
displayed.
7 Check the check box and go to Tools- Respective

>Modify form should
open with the
details.
8 Add a new line to the requisition. User should

be able to add
the line
successfully.
9 Go to Tools->Return Requisition User should

Enter some reason and Click OK. be able to
Save the changes. enter the
reason and
the changes
should be
saved.
10 Close the Auto Create form and The requisition

Navigate to Requisitions->Requisition Summary form
Summary. should open.
11 Query by giving the requisition number. The requisition
details should
be displayed
in a new form
and the status
of the
Requisition
should be
Returned.
12 The Requisition can be further Approver

submitted for Approval. should be able
to approve the
request.
13 The same procedure can be done from The

the HTML Pages. Requisitions
Navigate to JS Purchasing Super User- Page should
>Buyer Work Center->Requisitions. be displayed.
14 Select Unassigned Requisitions from The list of

the drop down and click Go. requisitions
Select the Requisition Number from the should be
list. displayed.
15 Click Home and select Requisitions- The form

>Requisitions Summary. should open
Enter the requisition number and click and the user
Find. should be able
Click on Lines Tab to view the lines of to enter the
the requisition. requsition
number and
the details of
the requisition
should be
displayed and
its status
should be
Approved.
16 Navigate to the Requisition Page The requisition

through the buyer work center and click should be
on Search. displayed with
Enter the Requisition Number and click all the lines.
Go.
17 Click on Replace Items Icon. Once the icon

Select the Supplier Name and enter it is clicked a
in the Search Drop down and click Go. new page
should be
displayed.
When Go
button is
clicked it
should display
the list of
items for that
supplier.
18 Select a the required item and cllick User should
Add to Document and then click be able to
Complete. select the item
Navigate to the requistion form and and once
query for the requisition number. complete is
clicked a
success
message
should be
displayed.
In the form
when queried
the new line
added should
be reflected.
19 Select the particular line in the HTML A message

Page and then click on Return and Requisition
enter a reason and then click Apply. has been
returned
should be
displayed.
20 Navigate to the form and query for the The status of

requisition number. the requisition
should now be
updated to
Returned.
21 The Requisition can be further Approver

submitted for Approval. should be able
to approve the
request.

should be able
to log-out
successfully.
1 'Login into EBS with the valid 'Should be

credentials. able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
2 Navigate: A new web

JS Self Service Purchasing 5 No page should
Receipting --> Shop --> Stores open.
3 Search for the required Requisition Displays the
number & click on it details of the
requisition
4 Click on Cancel requisition Button. Cancel
Requisition
Page should
open
5 Click on Cancel Entire Requisiton Should open

button. the page
Review &
Submit.
6 Click on Submit button Confirmation
message
should be
displayed
7 1. Click on Requisitions tab Status of

2. Search for the cancelled requisition Requisition
should be
Cancelled.
8 Log out of Application Should

successfully
able to log out

credentials able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
2 Navigation: Page displays

JS Self Service Purchasing 5 --> list of
Requisitions --> Requisitions requisitions
should be
displayed
3 Click on Search button. Requisition

Search page
should open
4 1. Give Search Details (Requisition Description of
Number/Order Number/Supplier) Requisition
2. Click on Go should be
displayed
5 Click on Requisition number. Entire details

of Requisition
will be
displayed.
6 Log out of the application. User should

be
successfully
logged off.

credentials. able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
2 Navigation : PO form
JS Purchasing Super User --> should open.
Purchase Orders --> Purchase Orders
3 Enter details & Save it. PO number

should get
generated.
4 1. Click on : Shipments --> Should accept
Distributions. the Charge
2. Enter PO Charge Account. Account.
3. Save it
5 1. Click on Approve button. PO should be
2. Check the checkbox Submit for created
Approval. through form
3. Click on OK.
6 Navigation : Orders page

JS Purchasing Super User --> Buyer should open
Work Center --> Orders
7 1. Select the 'Create' drop down box & Create
select 'Standard Purchase Order'. Standard
2. Click on Go Purchase
Order page
should open
8 1. Enter details of Supplier Should take to

2. Click on Lines tab a page that
allows to add
items from
Catalog &
from Favorites
9 1. Enter the mandatory Should save

fields(Line,Type, Item, Description) the entries
2. Click on Save provided
10 Click on Distributions tab & enter Charge
Charge Account in 'PO Charge Acct' Account must
be entered
11 Click on Submit PO should be

created
through Buyer
Work Center
12 Navigation : A new PO
JS Purchasing Super User --> form should
Purchase Orders --> Purchase Orders open
13 Query existing PO PO details

should be
displayed
14 1. Click on Tools tab PO should be
2. Copy Document created
3. Click on OK through
Copying
15 Log out of EBS Should be

successfully
Logged out
credentials able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
Page should
JS Purchasing Super User --> Buyer open
3 1)On create option, select Blanket Agreement

Purchase Agreement Creation page
should open.
2)Click on Go
4 1)Goto header tab Supplier and
Supplier Site
2) Select a Supplier and Supplier Site. have been
selected
successfully
5 Goto lines Tab The Line

Details should
be displayed
6 Addition of Items of existing Line Lines should

manually: be entered
Goto Lines tab successfully.
Enter the Line details manually
Submit
7 The approver gets the agreement for The

approval and approves it. agreement
(If the user is a .SSP user then the should be
agreement would be auto-approved) approved
successfully.

should be able
to log-out
successfully.
1 Login into EBS with the valid User should

credentials be able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
2 Select the responsibility : The orders

JS PURCHASING SUPER USER page should
Navigation : Buyer Work Center- be displayed.
>Orders
3 Click on Search. The search

page should
be displayed.
4 Enter the search criteria(PO number or The search list
Supplier name). should be
Click Go. displayed.
5 Select the particular PO.The status of The details of
the PO should be Approved. PO should be
Select Update in the dropdown and displayed.
Click Go.
6 Select Headers. A new page

Click Add Attachment. should open.
7 Select the required file by clicking The file should
Browse. be uploaded
successfully.
8 Click Apply. The changes

should be
saved
successfully.
9 Select Lines. A new page

should open.
10 In the Actions column Click on Update A new page
Icon. should open.
11 Click Add Attachment to attach the A new page
documents. should open.
Select the required file by clicking The file should
Browse. be uploaded
Click Apply. successfully.
The changes
should be
saved
successfully.
12 Select Schedule A new page

should open.
13 In the Actions column Click on Update A new page
Icon. should open.
14 Click Add Attachment to attach the A new page
documents. should open.
Select the required file by clicking The new file
Browse. should be
Click Apply. uploaded
successfully.
The changes
should be
saved
successfully.

should be able
to log-out
successfully.

credentials able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
2 Select the responsibility : Requisitions

JS Self Service Purchasing 5 Page should
Navigation : Requisitions be displayed.
3 Check for the status of the requisition The Status of
and the PO. the requisition
should be
Approved and
the Column
Order should
have a
number and if
the PO is
autoapproved
the order
number
should be
displayed as a
link.
4 Select the PO number and Navigate to The PO

Purchase Orders->Purchase Order Summary
Summary. Page should
be displayed.
5 Query by entering the PO number. The details of
the PO should
be displayed.
6 Click on Open to further view the PO. User should

be able to
view all the
details along
with the
Refernce
Documents
Tab.
7 Select the Reference Documents Tab. It should have

a number
displayed in
the Contract
column.

should be able
to log-out
successfully.
1 Log on to oracle applications Oracle E-

2 Navigate to PO
Display the Oracle E-Business
required to be Suite Business
The PO to be
instance
amended. Suite Home
amended
page opens
should be
Logon to E-Business
Go to the Suite
responsibility Home
JS Purchasing with all thewith
displayed
Super User -> Buyer works Centre -> responsibilities
the details
Enter User Name/Password.
Orders the user have
Click on Login. access to.
Click on View drop down -> Select the
status type of the PO-> Select order as
Update from the LOV-> Click on the
required PO number to be amended->
Click on Go button
3 Amend the PO. The PO

Navigate to the Lines tab -> Edit the should be
required parameters -> Save amended and
successfully
saved.
4 Submit the PO document for approval

to the Approver. PO document
should be
Click on the submit button submitted to
the Approver.
Approver
should receive
an Email
notification
and should be
able to
approve the
PO.
5 Query the details of the PO that was The PO
amended. should be
displayed with
Go to the responsibility JS Purchasing all the updated
Super User -> Purchase Orders -> details and
Purchase Order Summary-> Press should be in
F11-> Enter the PO against the an Approve
Number field-> Press Control F11-> status.
6 Amend the PO through PO form. The PO

Query the PO created. should be
displayed with
Go to the responsibility JS Purchasing all the details.
Super User -> Purchase Orders ->
Press F11 ->Enter the PO against the
PO, Rev field-> Control F11
7 Amend the Quantity/Price of the PO as The required

per the requirement-> Press Control S parameters
should be
successfully
amended.
8 Submit the PO document for approval The PO

to the Approver. document
should be
Click on the Approve button-> submitted to
the Approver.
9 Check for the Email notification sent to Email

the Approver. notification
should be sent
successfully to
the Approver
and Approver
should be able
to approve the
PO document
via notification
10 Query the PO to view the status. The PO status

should display
Go to the responsibility JS Purchasing as Approved.
Super User -> Purchase Orders ->
Purchase Order -> Press F11-> Enter
the PO against the PO, Rev field->
Press Control F11->
11 Log out of EBS User is logged

out
successfully
credentials able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
2 Navigate to JS Purchasing Super User Respective
->Purchase Orders->Purchase Order form should
Summary open.
3 Enter the Operating Unit and the The user
Supplier values. should be able
Click Find. to enter the
values.
The list of
PO's for that
particular
Supplier
should
displayed.
4 Select the particular PO from the list of The control

PO's displayed click on Tools->Control form should
open with a
list of values in
the Actions
field.
5 Select the Close for Receiving and User should

Click Ok. be able to
Select Close for Invoice and Click Ok. change the
Select Close and Click Ok. values.
Select Finally Close and Click Ok.
6 Query for the PO and check for the The status of

status. the PO should
be closed.
When the user
tries to open
the PO he
should be able
to see the
message "PO
cannot be
updated as it
is in
Frozen,Cancel
led or Finally
Closed State".
7 For cancelling a PO follow the same The form

steps as above and Click on Tools- should open
>Cancel(A new PO should be with Cancel
considered and its status should be PO as the only
approved) option in the
Actions field.
8 Select Cancel PO Click Ok. User should

be able to
change the
value.
9 Query for the PO and check for the The status of
status. the PO should
be Approved
and the
Check-box for
Cancelled
should also be
checked.
10 For Freezing a PO follow the steps as The control

Closing a PO and Click on Tools- form should
>Control.(A new PO should be open with a
considered) list of values in
the Actions
field.
11 Select Freeze and Click OK. User should

be able to
change the
value.
12 Query for the PO and check for the The status

status. should be
Approved but
when the user
tries to open
the PO he
should be able
to see the
message "PO
cannot be
updated as it
is in
Frozen,Cancel
led or Finally
Closed State".
13 For holding a PO follow the above The form

steps and Cllick on Tools->Control.(A should open
new PO should be considered) with a list of
values in the
Actions field.
14 Select Place on Hold and Click OK. User should

be able to
change the
value.
15 Query for the PO and check for the The status

status. should be
Requires
Reapproval,
On Hold.

should be able
to log-out
successfully.
Navigate to Oracle E-Business Suite Business
instance Suite Home
page opens
Logon to E-Business Suite Home with all the
responsibilities
Enter User Name/Password. the user have
2 View the PO if this status type is All the POs

known. with the
Go to the responsibility JS Purchasing mentioned
Super User -> Buyer works Centre -> specification
Orders should be
displayed with
Click on View drop down -> Select the the details.
status type of the PO->Click on Go
3 View the PO if the status type is All the POs

unknown. with the
Go to the responsibility JS Purchasing mentioned
Super User -> Buyer works Centre -> specification
Orders should be
displayed with
Click on Search Button-> Select the the details..
status type of the PO-> Select the
second radio button-> Enter the
required parameters-> Click on Go.
4 Click on the required PO number. PO should be

displayed with
all the details.
5 View the PO through PO form The PO

should be
Go to the responsibility JS Purchasing displayed with
Super User -> Purchase Orders -> all the details.
Purchase Order-> Press F11-> Enter
the PO against the PO, Rev field->
Press Control F11->
6 Log out of EBS. User should

be logged out
successfully.
instance Suite Home
page opens
responsibilities
2 Display the Requisitions to be received The

Requisitions
Go to the responsibilty JS Self Services which are yet
Purchasing 5 -> Click on the Receiving to be received
tab should be
displayed
3 Select a particular Requisition to be The details of
received the requisition
should be
displayed.
4 Select the particular Requistion and It should ask

click on the Next button to enter the
details of the
Requistion to
be received
5 Enter the required parametres and click The details of

on the next button the
Requisition
should be
displayed.
6 Submit the item by clicking on the A receipt

submit button number
should be
created
7 Check for the item received The

Go to the first screen-> Requisition
received
should be
displayed
below.
8 Receive the Requisition which is not The

yet received via Express Receive. Requisition
should be
Select a Requisition-> Click on the icon displayed with
under Express Receive all the details.
9 Submit the Requisition. The

Requisition
Click on the Submit button-> should be
submitted and
a Receipt
number
should be
created.
10 Check for the item received The

Go to the first screen-> Requisition
received via
Express
Receive
should be
displayed
below.
11 Return an item which is already The

received. Requisitions to
be returned
Click on the Returm Items under should be
Receiving tab-> displayed.
12 Click on the submit buttton to return the The item

item. should be
returned
successfully.
13 Correct a Receipt item. It should
display the
Click on the Correct Receipts below the updated
Receiving tab-> Select a particular quantity.
Requisition to be corrected-> Click on
the Correct Receipt button->Correct
the qunatity-> Continue
14 Submit the corrected item. A message as

" Your
Click on the submit button corrections
have been
submitted"
should be
displayed.
15 View the receipts. The receipts

Click on the View Receipts below created should
Receiving tab be displayed.
16 Log out of EBS User should

logged out
successfully.
instance Suite Home
page opens
responsibilities
2 Open the request form The form

should open
Go to the responsibilty JS Purchasing asking the
Super User -> Request-> Click on program to be
submit a new request -> Select Single submitted.
request and click OK
3 Requisition Mass Update Request ID

should be
Select the required program that is generated. On
"Mass Close of Purchasing refreshing the
Documents" from the LOV -> Enter the data the
required parametres -> click on OK program
should
complete
normally.
5 Check the POs and the Requisitions The POs and

details. Requistions
should be
updated
successfully.
6 Log out of EBS User should

logged out
successfully.
credentials able to
successfully
login with
assigned
responsibilities
2 Select the responsibility : Requests form

JS PURCHASING SUPER USER should be
Navigation :Requests displayed.
3 Enter the request "Receipt Accruals - The request
Period-End" and click Submit. should be
completed
normal and
the journal
entries should
be created.
4 Select the responsibility : Control

JS PURCHASING SUPER USER Purchasing
Navigation :Setup->Financials- Periods Page
>Accounting->Control Purchasing should be
Periods. displayed.
5 Enter the Period name in the search The particular

criteria to search for that particular period should
period. be displayed.
6 Select Closed from the drop down to The user

close the open period. should be able
Save the changes. to change the
value and the
changes
should be
saved
successfully.

should be able
to log-out
successfully.

instance Suite Home
2 Define Buyers The form
page opens
asking the
Go to the responsibilty JS Purchasing details of the
responsibilities
Super User -> Personnel->Buyers-> buyer should
Click on the ADD buyer button-> be displayed.
3 Add the Buyer The buyer

should be
Enter the Buyer Name agianst the created
Buyer field-> Go-> Enter the required successfully
parametres as Category, Ship to, End with the
Date -> Save required
details
4 Define Approval Groups The form for
the Approval
Go to the responsibilty JS Purchasing Groups should
Super User -> Approvals -> Approval be opened.
Groups->
5 Select an Approval Group as 'Board' The Approval

and set an Amount Limit as Group should
10,000,000.00-> Save be defined
with the
required
Amount Limit.
6 Assign Approval Groups The Approval

Go to the responsibilty JS Purchasing Group should
Super User -> Approvals -> Approval be assigned to
Groups-> the job
Select a job from the LOV-> Enter the selected.
Approval Group to be assigned to that
particular job.
7 Define Purchasing Options The Document

Go to the responsibilty JS Purchasing controls
Super User -> Set ups -> Organizations should be
-> Purchasing Options maiantained
Check for the document controls like as per the
Receipt Close Point, Receipt Close business
Tolerance (%) , Invoice Close requirement
Tolerance (%) that are maintained.
8 Define Line Types. The form

should open
Go to the responsibilty JS Purchasing asking the
Super User -> Setups -> Line Types-> details of the
Line Type to
be created
9 Create a Line Types as Fixed Price The line item

Services should be
created with
Enter the required parametres and the required
Save details
10 Define Document Types The Document

Go to the responsibilty JS Purchasing type should be
Super User -> Setups -> Document created
Types-> Click on the Create button ->
Enter the details and Apply->
11 Check for the status of Approval and Required

Control for the particular Document Workflow
Type created. should be
updated as
per the
Requirement
12 Log out of EBS User is logged

out
successfully
credentials able to
successfully
2 Select the responsibility : Supplier Page
login with
JS Supplier Setup should be
assigned
Navigation : Suppliers-> Entry displayed.
responsibilities
3 Enter the Supplier Name/Number and The respective
then Click GO. supplier
information
should be
displayed.
4 Click on the Update Icon. A new page

with all the
details of the
supplier
should be
displayed.
5 Click on Organisation. The

organisation
details for that
supplier
should be
displayed.
6 Under the Additional Information check User should

for the Company Registration Number be able to
and enter a value for that. enter a value.
Save the changes. The changes
should be
saved
successfully.
7 Requery for the supplier and check the The value

value for the Company Registration entered earlier
number. should be
reflected.

should be able
to log-out
successfully.
1 I Sup_GFR Supplier set-up GFR Supplier set-up 1
2 I Sup_GNFR Supplier set-up GNFR Supplier set-up 1
3 I Sup_Approval by iSP Administrator Approval by iSP 1

Administrator
2
3
4
4 I Sup_Audit trail validation Audit trail validation 1
2
5 I Sup_Changes to Supplier address book (Profile Changes to Supplier 1

management) address book (Profile
management)
2
5 I Sup_Changes to Supplier address book (Profile Changes to Supplier
management) address book (Profile
management)
6 I Sup_Changes to Supplier bank account (Profile Changes to Supplier bank 1

management) account (Profile
management)
2
3
4
5
6
7
10
11
12
13
7 I Sup_Changes to Supplier contact (Profile Changes to Supplier 1
management). contact (Profile
management).
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
12
8 I Sup_Changes to Supplier Organization details (Profile Changes to Supplier 1
management) Organization details (Profile
management)
2
5
6
10
11
12
9 I Sup_Creation of 2-way match invoice through iSupp Creation of 2-way match 1
portal invoice through iSupp
portal
2
10
10 I Sup_Creation of 3-way match invoice through iSupp Creation of 3-way match 1
portal
10 I Sup_Creation of 3-way match invoice through iSupp Creation of 3-way match
portal
2
10
11 I Sup_Creation of Credit Memo through iSupp portal Creation of Credit Memo 1
through iSupp portal
2
10
12 I Sup_Creation of new supplier contact (Profile Creation of new supplier 1
management) contact (Profile
management)
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
13 I Sup_Invoice Inquiry Invoice Inquiry 1
8
14 I Sup_iSupplier set-up through the Supplier set-up form iSupplier set-up through the 1
Supplier set-up form
2
5
6
7
10
11
12
15 I Sup_Pull by RMS(Suppliers and Partners Upload). Pull by RMS(Suppliers and 1
Partners Upload).
2
5
6
10
16 I Sup_Purchase order inquiry Purchase order inquiry 1
6
17 I Sup_Receipt Inquiry Receipt Inquiry 1
4
5
8
18 I Sup_Registering Suppliers through Invitation Registering Suppliers 1
through Invitation
2
18 I Sup_Registering Suppliers through Invitation Registering Suppliers
through Invitation
10
11
19 I Sup_Supplier bank account set-up Supplier bank account set- 1

up
2
3
4
5
20 I Sup_Supplier bank account set-up assignment Supplier bank account set- 1

up assignment
2
21 I Sup_Test Alert for iSupplier Registered User Volumes Test Alert for iSupplier 1
Registered User Volumes
2
3
22 I Sup_Test password change workflow for iSupplier Test password change 1

user workflow for iSupplier user
2
3
user workflow for iSupplier user
4
5
23 I Sup_Upload Catalog content through iSupplier "Upload Catalog content 1

through iSupplier.xls"
2
4
5
10
11a
12
13
14
24 I Sup_Validate OAF personalization on Home & Validate OAF 1

Preferences personalization on Home &
Preferences
2
25 I Sup_Viewing payment & remittance information Viewing payment & 1

remittance information
2
3
4
5
Design Steps - Description Input Data Design Steps - Expected Results
Login into EBS with the valid credentials. The home page should open with all the
responsibilties.
Select A New web page should open.
PAYABLES SUPPLIER SET-UP
Supplier --> Entry
Click Create Supplier on that page.The supplier name should be 5 This should take us to another new page
digits and start with an alphabet followed by numerics. where we need to enter the data for the
particular fields.
Save the changes. The changes sholud be saved and the
supplier should be created successfully
with all the set-up's
Query for the new supplier by providing the supplier name/number(Non- Supplier data should be displayed.
prime supplier). The last three Flex fields should be read-
Select Address Book->Manage Sites->Descriptive Flex-Fields. only.
Query for a supplier name/number which is a prime supplier. Supplier data should be displayed.All the
Select Address Book->Manage Sites->Descriptive Flex Fields. fields should be read-only.
Log out from Oracle instance User should be succesfully logged out
Login to EBS with the valid credentials. The home page should open with all the
responsibilties.
Select A New web page should open.
PAYABLES SUPPLIER SET-UP
Supplier --> Entry
Click Create Supplier on that page.Supplier number should be 5 digits This should take us to another new page
begin with "Y" followed by numerics. where we need to enter the data for the
particular fields.
Save the changes. The changes sholud be saved and the
supplier should be created successfully
with all the set-up's
Query for the supplier by providing the supplier name/number(Non- Supplier data should be displayed.
prime supplier). The last three flex-fields should be read-
Select Supplier->Address book->Manage sites->Descriptive flex-fields. only.
Query by providing a supplier name/number for a prime supplier. Supplier data should be displayed.
Select Supplier->Address Book->Manage Sites->Descriptive fields. All the fields should be read-only.
Login into EBS with the valid credentials. Should be able to successfully login with
assigned responsibilities
Navigate to: ISP Admin All Suppliers --> Notification Notification page should open
Changes made by the Buyer will be displayed. Supplier should Approve the changes.
Logout of EBS Should be successfully logged off

Log in Discoverer with valid credentials Should be able to successfully login .
Navigate to Discoverer reports Reports with the changes should be
shown
Validate the outputs. All the validations should be done as per
required.
Validate that the discoverer report is able to report on the data before The report for such data prior to upgrade
the upgrade. should be similar to after the upgrade
Log out of Discoverer. User should be logged out successfully.
Login to EBS with valid Supplier credentials. The home page should open with the
responsibilities.
Navigate to the ISP Super User Non Store and login as Supplier user. The respective window should open.
Click Admin->Address book->Update address The approver should receive a email
notification regarding the changes.
Login to the instance as the approver with ISP Admin Changes The change request should be visible
Approval responsibility. and he should be able to approve the
request.The changes should be reflected
after the approval.
1) Navigation: The changes should be reflected in the

Payables Supplier Setup --> Suppliers --> Inquiry supplier setup.
2) Select the required supplier and Check for the Changes to be
reflected in supplier contact.
Vallidate the OAF Personalizations. The personalizations should be as

required.
Log out from Oracle instance
User should be succesfully logged out
Navigate to EBS with the iSupplier Link and log in with valid iSupplier Should be able to successfully login with
credentials assigned responsibilities
Select the responsibility : iSupplier Portal :Home page is displayed
ISP Super User Non Store
Click on Admin tab --> Click on Banking Details Banking Details page is displayed
1) Click on End Date button of the required Bank Account The changes to the bank should be
routed for approval to banking profile
2) Enter the End Date administrator.
3)Click on Apply
4) Also, create a new bank account
Validate OAF Personalizations. The personalizations are as required.
Log out of EBS User is logged out Successfully
Log in EBS with Approver Credentials Should be able to successfully login with
1) Select the responsibility : The changes should be approved
ISP bank Changes approval. successfully.
2) Approve the changes
Navigation: Supplier Search page should open
Payables Supplier Setup --> Suppliers --> Inquiry
Give Search Criteria to find the supplier and click on GO Search Results page should be displayed
Select the required supplier and Check for the Changes to be reflected The changes should be reflected in the
in banking details. supplier setup.
Validate OAF Personalizations. The personalizations should be as
required.
JS ISP Super User Non Store
Click on Admin tab --> Go to supplier contact . Supplier Contact page is displayed
Make the changes in the required Contact. The changes to the Contact should be
routed for approval to the
administrator.The administrator should
receive the email notification informing
about the changes.
Validate OAF Personalizations The personalizations are as required.

ISP Admin Changes approval. successfully.
in supplier contact. supplier setup.
Make the required changes in the organization details. The changes to the organization should
be routed for approval to the
administrator. The administrator should
receive the email notification informing
about the changes.
Validate OAF Personalizations The personalizations should be as

required
in organization details. supplier setup.
Validate OAF personalizations The personalizations should be as
required.
ISP Super User Store
Click on Finance Tab Invoice Action Page should be displayed
OAF Personalizations : OAF Personalizations are as per

Invoice level DFF (Header or line) are not displayed on the iSupplier requirements.
portal.Only 'Create Invoice GO' should be shown.
Click on GO Button for Create Invoice. Purchase Order Search page should be
Displayed.
Give Search Criteria for 2 way match Purchase Order. Required Purchase Order should be
displayed in search results.
1)Select the Purchase Order that has 2 way PO match set at the 2 way match Invoice Should be created
shipment level. Successfully.
2) Enter the invoice information
3) Click on Submit
The control M Job ofip0720 for ' ISP Invoice Import and Approvals The Invoice should get imported
Program ' will be scheduled to run. successfully with appropriate batch
through control M job.
Note: The Job should not be run manually for this step
Select the responsibility : Validate that the invoices have imported

Payables Manager successfully with batches
Navigation :
Invoice --> Invoice batches


Displayed.
Give Search Criteria for 3 way match Purchase Order. Required Purchase Order should be
1)Select the Purchase Order that has 3 way PO match set at the 3 way match Invoice Should be created
shipment level. Successfully.
2) Enter the invoice information
3) Click on Submit
The control M Job ofip0720 for ' ISP Invoice Import and Approvals The Invoice should get imported
Program ' will be scheduled to run. successfully with appropriate batch
Select the responsibility : Validate that the invoices have imported

Payables Manager successfully with batches
Navigation :


Displayed.
Give Search Criteria for Purchase Order. Required Purchase Order should be
1)Select the Purchase Order Credit memo Should be created
2) Enter the Credit Memo information Successfully.
3) Click on Submit
The control M Job for ' ISP Invoice Import and Approvals Program ' The credit memo should get imported
will be scheduled to run. successfully with appropriate batch
Select the responsibility : Validate that the credit memo have

Payables JS Manager imported successfully with batches
Navigation :

Click on Admin tab --> Go to contact directory. Contact Directory Page is displayed
Click on Create button Create Contact Page is Displayed
1) Enter details The new Contact should be routed for
2) Click on Save approval to the administrator.The
administrator should receive the email
notification informing about the changes.
Navigation : Contact Directory Page is displayed
Supplier profile and User Manager --> Contact Directory
1)Select the contact. The Supplier contact gets an user name
2)Create User Account for the contact. and password through e-mail
1)Supplier contact logs in his email address Supplier contact is able to see the Login
2)Navigates to Oracle instance link provided page of Oracle instance.
Supplier contact logs in Oracle instance with the username and Supplier contact is able to login Oracle
password given in the email . instance and access the responsibilities
assigned to him.
Validate OAF Personalizations All personalizations should be as
required.
Log out of oracle instance User is logged out successfully.
Click On View Invoive tab Invoice Search page should be displayed
1)Enter the Search Criteria <Invoice Number> Required Invoice should be found and
displayed.
2)Click on Go
Click on the Invoice Number Invoice Information should be shown
without any error.
Validate the OAF personalizations OAF personalizations should be as
required.
Login into EBS with the valid credentials Should be able to successfully login with
Give Search Criteria <Supplier Name> to find the supplier and click on Search Results page should be displayed
GO
Click on Update button of the required supplier Quick Update Page for the selected
supplier will be displayed
Select Company Profile --> Contact Directory Contact Directory page is displayed
Click on Create button Create Contact Page is Displayed
1)Enter details New fields for creating a user account
2)Check the Checkbox :Create User for this account :Yes are visible.
1)Select The responsibilities that are to be assigned to the user Confirmation will be given along with the
2)Click on Apply Display of contact DetailsPage.
1)Add Contact Directory Details The Supplier User is registered as a
2) Select the responsibilities contact. He gets an user name and
3) Apply password through e-mail
1)Supplier logs in his email address Supplier is able to see the Login page of
2)Navigates to Oracle instance link provided Oracle instance.
Supplier logs in Oracle instance with the username and password Supplier is able to login Oracle instance
given in the email . and access the responsibilities assigned
to him.
Log out of Oracle Instance User is logged out successfully
Navigation: "Suppliers" page should open.
Payables Supplier SetUp --> Suppliers --> Entry
Give Supplier details in Search tab & click on Go. Quick Update Page should be displayed.
Update the details & click on Save button. 1. Confirmation message should be
displayed (i.e., Changes to Quick Update
have been saved)
2. Changes should reflect in
"jspo_rms_vendors_export" table & RMS
should get data changes.
Click on "Address Book" tab. Address book page should open.

1. Create Address of Supplier by Clicking on Create button & provide Site Creation page should open.
mandatory fields.
2. Click on continue.
Check the checkbox & click on Apply Address book details will be created &
Changes should reflect in
"jspo_rms_vendors_export" table & RMS
should get data changes
Click on Contact directory tab. A new page should be opened that

enables the User to Update the contact
details.
Click on Update icon. Do the changes & click on Apply button. Confirmation message should be
displayed (i.e., Contact has been
Created/Updated) & Changes should
reflect in "jspo_rms_vendors_export"
table & RMS should get data changes
Log-out of the EBS The user should be successfully logged

out.
Goto Orders tab Purchase orders Page should be
displayed
Select the PO number. Selected Purchase orders Information is
displayed. The requestor should be
shown in the PO and buyer should not be
shown for a PO

required.
JS ISP Super User Non Store
Click on Reciepts Tab View Reciept page will open.
1)Enter the Search Criteria <Reciept Number> Required Reciept should be found and
displayed.
2)Click on Go
Click on the Reciept Number Reciept Information should be shown
without any error.
required.
'Login into EBS with the valid credentials 'Should be able to successfully login with
Navigation: "Invite a Supplier User" page should
ISP User Invite --> Invite Supplier User open
1. Give Supplier Name, Email Address. Confirmation Message should be
2. Click on Invite displayed & an email should be sent to
the Supplier.
Supplier logs in & Clicks on the link provided in the email. It should navigate to a new page where
Supplier details should be entered
1. Enter the information & click on Submit. Confirmation message should be

2. Supplier Logs out displayed.
Navigation: "Supplier User Profile Management"
ISP User Approval --> Approve/Reject Supplier Users page should open
Click on 'User Status' drop down box & select 'Pending Approval'. List of the suppliers that are pending for
Approval should be displayed.
Click on View Details icon Details of the Supplier (i.e., Supplier
Name, Supplier Number, Email Address,
etc) should be displayed.
Select the responsibilities for the Supplier & Click on Approve Button Supplier should be Approved & an email
notification should be sent to Supplier
informing his new Username &
password.
Supplier should log-in with the new Username & password that are Supplier should be able to successfully
provided to him by email. login
Log out of EBS User Should be successfully logged off.
Login into EBS with the valid credentials. The home page should open with all the
responsibilities.
Select A new window should open.
Enter the necessary details and then save it. The details should be saved and a new
bank should get created.
The branch name should be entered and it should be saved. The changes should be saved.
Give Search Criteria <Supplier Name> to find the supplier and click on Search Results page should be displayed
GO
Click on Update button of the required supplier Quick Update Page for the selected
supplier will be displayed
Select Company Profile --> Services --> Banking Details from left panel Bank Account and Assignment Details
page should be displayed
Click on the ADD button Bank Account Search page should be
displayed
1)Search with required criteria the appropriate Bank Account which is Selected bank Account should be
to be added to the supplier and select it. assigned to the supplier.
2) Save the details.
Log out from Oracle instance User should be successfully logged out
Validate that alert has been set The alert should be scheduled
Verify the alert email notification An email should be sent with the count of
Suppliers & Disclaimer at the end.
Navigation: Suppliers Page should open
Payables Supplier SetUp --> Suppliers --> Entry
Search for the required Supplier & click on Update icon. Details of the Supplier should be
displayed.
Click on Contact Directory tab. List of Users should be displayed.
Click on Update icon of the required User Contact Details of the User should be
displayed
1) Check the check box 'Reset Password' in User Account Information An email must be auto-sent to the User
tab. with the log-in link & new password.
2) Click on Apply.
1. Click on the link provided in the email. Should navigate to Log-in page & User
2. Log-in with the new password. should be able to successfully log-in
Log out of EBS User Should be successfully logged off
Select required updatable Agreement From the notifications Section. Agreement's page should be displayed.
Select 'Edit Agreement' From 'Related Applications' Section. Search Page should be displayed.
1)Select 'Lines' Tab Update Lines page should be displayed.
2)Click on GO Button for Add lines --> Via Upload
1)Browse for the catalogue file and upload it. Buyer should get a notification email.
2) Click on Submit
Buyer Should go to the link provided and login EBS Should be able to successfully login with
Navigation: The Agreement of changes should be
Purchasing Super User --> Notifications --> Select the required displayed.
notification of change request.
1)Buyer should review the changes. The GBPA should be reviewed and
2) Click on the Accept Button accepted successfully. Supplier should
get a notification email.The status of
GBPA should be approved.
Go to the responsibility Self Service Purchasing 5' . The item should be available.
Navigation: Shop
Search for the uploaded item .
Supplier should navigate with the link provided and login. Should be able to successfully login with
Navigate to iSupplier portal iSupplier Portal :Notifications are
ISP Super User Non store --> Notifications displayed
Supplier should get the approval notification. Approval Notification is received by the
supplier
Logout of EBS User should be logged out successfully.
Validating the Personalizations done on Home/Preferences link. All the validations should be as per
NOTE:PFA the excel which has the list of the personalizations to be expected.
validated.
Log-out of the application. The user should be able to log-out
successfully.
Select the responsibility : View Payments Page should be
ISP SUPER USER NON STORE displayed.
Navigation : Finance->View Payments
Enter the Payment number/Supplier name and Click GO. The results should be displayed.
Select the required payment number. The details for that payment should be
dispalyed.
Log-out of the application. The user should be able to log-out
successfully.
Comments
1 PO_Verify purchase requisitions To verify Purchase

requisitions as per MRP
suggestions
2 PO_Verify blanket release To verify a blanket release

against the blanket
Purchase Order
3 PO_Receive against a standard PO/ release for an 1) Enter a receipt against a

inventory item blanket release
2) Verify that the on-hand
quantity increases after the
receipt
4 PO_Costing for purchase order receipt transactions To understand the
purchasing accounting
entries on receipt of
material to receiving
inspection.
5 PO_Costing for return to receiving from inventory- To understand the
transactions Transaction entries on
returning the material to
receiving inspection
6 PO_RETURN TO SUPPLIER Enter returns to supplier
against an existing receipt
7 PO_Vendor Creation To create Supplier in Oracle

8 PO_Vendor Maintenance To perform Supplier
maintenance activities in
Oracle.
9 PO_Defining an approved supplier for an item To qualify a supplier for a

particular item and
associate it to a Blanket PO
10 PO_Modifying approved supplier list for an item To modify a Approved
Supplier list for an item
11 PO_Enter sourcing rules for buy items To enter Sourcing Rules for
Buy Items in Oracle
12 PO_Assign sourcing rules to an item To enter sourcing rules to
item/ category in Oracle
13 PO_Auto Creating Project Related Purchase Orders out Approve Requisition for
of approved Purchase Requisitions Expense Item (Non -
Catalog Request)
14 PO_Approving Purchase Orders Approve the Standard PO
This would be done by the
approver, as determined by
the system (based on
Position hierarchy).
15 PO_Requester receives notification after PO approval Requestor receives

Notification stating that the
PO has been created
16 PO_Cancelling Purchase Orders Cancel the PO
17 PO_Closing Purchase Orders without cancelling Close the PO

MRP has been run 1 Login as Username: / Password

Buy items exist in the MRP run Select Responsibility
2 Navigate to the Requisitions window
Navigation:
RequisitionsRequisitions summary
3 Verify Requisition Creation Item Number :016-

0163-00
Enter: Item
Select Find button
Verify that the requisition is created
4 Close the window
Navigation:
(Menu) File Close Form
Blanket Purchase Order exists 1 Login as Username: / Password

User is set as a buyer Select Responsibility
Requisition has been created
2 Navigate to the Purchasing Purchase Order summary
Release window Purchase Requisition
Number
Query the Purchase Requisition created.
Click on View releases check box
Click on Find.
3 Verify release
Enter the following at the Header level:

PO
Release number
Check the following at the line level Release status as

approved
Click on Shipments tab
Line
Org
Ship-To
Quantity
Need by Date
Click Save
4 Close the window
Navigation:
Required Main Menu have been 1 Login as Username: / Password

set-up Select Responsibility
An approved blanket release exists
for the item to be received
Inventory items have been set up 2 Choose the responsibility as EMR PO SUPERUSER (1111)
properly. SCR
Receiving sub-inventory has been 3 Navigation: Select <REY> as the
defined. receiving organization,
Receiving Receipts if prompted for and
click on OK.
Receiving sub-inventory has been
defined.
4 Enter the PO number and click on Find button. Purchase Order: <>
Release: <>
(Enter release # only
against a Blanket
release)
5 In the Receipts Header window enter the shipment details if Shipment: <>
required. Waybill/Airbill: <>
Freight Carrier:<>
Containers: <>
Bill of Lading: <>
Comments: <>
6 Navigating to the Receipts screen that is open behind the

Receipts Header screen.
7 To enter receipt line information select the check box on the left-
hand corner of the Receipts screen.
8 Enter the receipt line information Quantity: <10>

UOM: <Defaults>
Item: <Defaults>
Subinventory:
<Defaults>
9 Navigate to the Details tab

10 If the Item is from an ERS vendor enter the Vendor Serial Packing Slip: <>
Invoice Number in the Packing Slip field.
11 Save your work by clicking on the Save icon on the menu bar
or by hitting Ctrl+S on the keyboard.
12 Click on Header button and note the receipt number Receipt Number <>
13 Close Receipts form by
(Menu bar) File Close Form or by hitting F4 on the keyboard.
Create a Purchase Order and 1 Login as Username: / Password

create a receipt Select Responsibility
2 Navigation
View Transactionsmaterial transactions
3 Select Organization <REY>
4 Enter
<Purchase Order>
Source type <>
Source
Click on the button Find
5 Click on the button Distributions
6 Navigate to various tabs to see the transaction details

7 Unit Price
Qty
Following Transaction entries are shown
Close the window
Return the material from 1 Login as Username: / Password

subinventory to receiving inspection Select Responsibility
2 Open Material Transactions Form

Navigation
Navigate:
View Transactions -> Material Transactions
3 Select Organization and Click OK REY
4
Enter Purchase Order
Source Type <PO No. >
Source Return to Vendor
Transaction Type
Click Find
5 Verify primary Quantity
Click Distributions
6 Following Transaction entries are shown
Required setups have been 1 Login as Username: / Password

completed Select Responsibility
Receiving has been carried out for
the item
2 Choose the responsibility as EMR PO SUPERUSER (1111)
SCR
3 Navigation: Select the
Receiving Returns Organization REY if
prompted for
4 Enter the receipt number/purchase order number against which Receipt: <1>
the return has to be made and click on the Find button
5 To enter the required information, select the check-box on the Quantity: <1>
left-hand corner of the screen. UOM: <Defaults>
Enter the Vendor RMA Number in the RMA Field. Return To:
<Supplier>
RMA Number: < >
6 To enter additional information, navigate to the Details tab Reason: <>

Supplier Lot: <>
Comments: <>
7 Save the transaction using:

(Menu bar) File Save or by hitting Ctrl + S on the keyboard
8 Close Returns form by

(Menu bar) File Close Form or by hitting F4
Financial/Payable Options are 1 Login as Username: / Password

defined in the system Select Responsibility
Verify that the supplier has not
already been entered in the system.
Use the Suppliers Report, and 2 Choose the responsibility as EMR PO SUPERUSER (1111)
Supplier Audit Report. SCR
3 Navigate to: Supply Base >Suppliers
defined in the system
Verify that the supplier has not
already been entered in the system.
Use the Suppliers Report, and
Supplier Audit Report.
4 Enter the Supplier Name Supplier Name
5 Enter the Mainframe Supplier Number in the Alternate Name Alternate Name:
field
6 Enter Suppliers DUNS number in the Tax Registration Number Tax Registration
field Number:
7 Enter Parent Supplier Name if required Parent Supplier Name:
8 Click on the Classification tab and enter the Supplier Type Type: <>
Use Type to group suppliers for reporting purposes. Several
supplier reports use Type as a report parameter.
9 Click on the Purchasing tab. Ship-to Location:

If this is not visible, then go to the end near Withholding tab <Defaults>
and click on <> to view the other Tabs Bill-To Location:
<Defaults>
10 Click on the Receiving tab Enforce Ship-to

Location: <Defaults>
Receipt Routing:
<Defaults>
Match Approval Level:
<Defaults>
Qty Received
Tolerance: <Defaults>
Qty Received
Exception: <Defaults>
Days Early Receipt
Allowed: <Defaults>
Days Late Receipt
Allowed: <Defaults>
Receipt Date
Exception: <Defaults>
11 Click on Sites
12 Enter the Site Name Site Name: <>
13 Enter the suppliers address Country: <>
Address: <>
City: <>
State: <>
Postal Code: <>
Province: <>
County: <>
Language: <>
14 Go to the Accounting tab and verify the default accounts for the Liability: <>
supplier site. Prepayment: <>
Change the default values to the appropriate value.
The Accounts defaults from Financial options.

15 Go to the Payment tab and verify the default Payment Term, Terms: <>
Payment Method, Pay Group, Payment Priority, Invoice Pay Group: <>
Currency, Pay date basis and other attributes defaulted from Invoice Currency: <>
system option. Payment Currency: <>
Terms Date Basis: <>
Change any of the field values if required. The values defined Pay Date Basis: <>
here default to new invoices entered for this supplier site. Payment Method: <>
16 Go to the Purchasing tab and verify the default Ship-to and Bill- Ship-To Location:
to locations. <Defaults>
Bill-To Location:
Enter Self-Billing details if the vendor is on ERS. <Defaults>
Pay On: <>
Invoice Summary
Level: <>
Create Debit Memo
from RTS Transaction:
<>
17 Open the DFF for Vendor Sites and Enter the details Goods Type:<D>
Global Supplier:<G>
MIN Supplier Type:<B>
18 In The same DFF also enter the Preferred Supplier Status: Preferred Supplier
A: Approved Status:<>
D: Developmental
M: Marquee
19 Save the record and close the window by hitting on F4

Financial/Payables Options are 1 Login as Username: / Password
defined in the system Select Responsibility
Suppliers have been defined in the
system
SCR
3 Navigate to: Supply Base Supplier
4 Query for the supplier that needs to be updated by querying
either based on the Supplier name or the Supplier number
5 Update the pay group, type, payment term, payment method or

other fields that need to be changed. The modifications can be
done either at the supplier level or at the supplier site level.
Save the changes by hitting Ctrl + S.
Supplier and site exists 1 Login as Username: / Password

Approved Blanket PO exists Select Responsibility

SCR
3 Navigation: Select Organization
Supply Base Approved Supplier List <REY> if prompted for
4 Enter the following: Type: < Item>

Type Item: <948-0260-00>
Item DEFAULT.
5 In the suppliers region, enter the following: Business:<Direct>
Business Supplier: <BETTCHER
Supplier MEXICO>
Select Site from LOV Status: <Approved>
Status Supplier Item: <>
DEFAULT.
6 To enable automatic creation of Releases from MRP

requisitions, select the Attributes button
7 Enter the following: UOM: <Each>
Purchasing UOM Release method:
Release Method <Automatic Release>
8 Navigate to the Source Document tab and enter the source Seq: <Defaults>
Blanket Purchase Agreement Type: <Blanket>
Number: <>
Line: <>
9 Navigate to the Supplier Scheduling tab and enter the supplier Enable Planning
scheduling details Schedules:
<Checked>
Scheduler: <>
Enable Auto Schedule:
<Checked>
Plan Bucket Pattern:
<>
Plan Schedule Type:
<>
10 If the ASL is for a consigned item, Go To Inventory Tab and

enable the Consigned from Supplier Check Box .
11 Select the Save icon on the toolbar or hitting Ctrl + S
12 Close the Supplier-Item Attributes by navigating to File > Close
Forms or hitting on F4 on the keyboard
Supplier and site exists 1 Login as Username: / Password
Approved Blanket PO exists Select Responsibility
Item record exists in ASL
SCR
3 Navigation: Select Organization
Supply Base >Approved Supplier List <REY> if prompted for
4 Press F11 To query the item record. Item: <948-0260-00>

Enter the following:
Item
Press Ctrl+F11 to fetch the record.
5 To enter the new supplier for the item: Business:<Direct>

In the suppliers region, enter the following: Supplier: <BETTCHER
Business MEXICO>
Supplier Status: <Approved>
Select Site from LOV Supplier Item: <>
Status
6 To enable automatic creation of Releases from MRP

requisitions, select the Attributes button
9 Enter the following: UOM: <Each>
Purchasing UOM Release method:
Release Method <Automatic Release>
10 Navigate to the Source Document tab and enter the source Seq: <Defaults>
Blanket Purchase Agreement Type: <Blanket>
Number: <>
Line: <>
11 Navigate to the Supplier Scheduling tab and enter the supplier Enable Planning
scheduling details Schedules:
<Checked>
Scheduler: <>
Enable Auto Schedule:
<Checked>
Plan Bucket Pattern:
<>
Plan Schedule Type:
<>
12 If the ASL is for a consigned item, Go To Inventory Tab and

enable the Consigned from Supplier Check Box .
13 Select the Save icon on the toolbar or hitting Ctrl + S
14 To Change the existing Supplier Record:
Select the record. Open the Attributes.
Change the field you want to change and Save your work.
Close the Supplier-Item Attributes by navigating to
File > Close Forms or hitting on F4 on the keyboard

Items have been defined in
Inventory
Suppliers have been defined 2 Choose the responsibility as EMR PO SUPERUSER (1111)
Appropriate inventory org setups SCR
are complete 3 Navigation:
Supply Base Sourcing Rules
4 Select the organization and click on OK Organization: <REY>

5 Enter the sourcing rule name and description Name:
<EMR_REY_BUY_EM
DRUSSELL>
Description:
<EMR_REY_BUY_EM
DRUSSELL>
6 Enter the effective dates From Date: <>

To Date: <>
7 Under the Shipping Organization block enter the relevant Type: <Buy From>
details Supplier: <EMD
RUSSELLVILLE>
Supplier Site: <
EMDRUSSELL>
Allocation: 100
Rank: 1
8 Ensure that the total Allocation % for the sourcing rule adds up
to 100%.
9 Save by:
(Menu bar) File Save or by hitting Ctrl + S on the keyboard.
10 Close the Sourcing Rule form by (Menu bar) FileClose Form

or by hitting F4 on the keyboard.
Items have been defined in
Inventory
Suppliers have been defined 2 Choose the responsibility as EMR PO SUPERUSER (1111)
Appropriate inventory org setups SCR
are complete 3 Navigation:
Sourcing Rules have been defined Supply Base Assign Sourcing Rules
4 Select the organization and click on OK Organization: <REY>
5 Enter the Assignment Set Assignment Set:

<EMR_
ASSIGNMENT_SET>
Description: <EMR
Assignment Set>
6 Save by:
(Menu bar) File Save or hitting Ctrl + S
7 Under the Assignments block enter the relevant information. Assigned To: <Item-
Organization>
Organization: <REY >
Item/Category: <546-
2090-07>
Description:
<Defaults>
Type: <Sourcing Rule>
Sourcing Rule/BOD:
<EMR_REY_BUY_US
EXPORT_13002>
tdata
(AKROCHEM_AKRO1
00)
8 Save by:
(Menu bar) File >Save or hitting Ctrl + S
Close the Sourcing Rule/Bill of Distributions Assignments form

by using:
(Menu bar) FileClose Form or hitting F4.
Requisition for Expense item 1 Login as Username: / Password

created and submitted for Approval Select Responsibility
through iProcurement
2 Click on Home Page
3 Click on Requisitions
4 Click on Notifications
5 Click on the Notification Subject
6 Click on Return to Portal link at the top right corner of the page,
7 Login to Oracle Applications with the responsibility as EMR PO

KEYUSER UK
8 Navigate to Autocreate and double click on it
9 Enter the Requisition number for which you want to auto-create

a Purchase Order and Click on the Find button.
10 Select the check box for the requisition line which needs to be
auto-created
Select
Action <Create>
Document Type <Standard PO>
Grouping <Default>
and click on Automatic button
11 Verify / Select
Supplier <**** >
Site <**** >
Currency Source <*****>
And click on create button
12 Click OK on the message window to continue
13 Click OK to continue
14 Verify the following in PO Header

Ship-To < As in the Requisition >
Bill-To < As in the Requisition >
Category < As in the Requisition >
And make any other changes, if required. Save your work and
click on Approve button
15 Check the Submit for approval and click OK
16 Click OK.

Standard PO has been created and
submitted for approval
Necessary approval limits have 2 Navigation
been assigned
Approval Hierarchy for Purchasing Notification Summary
has been set up
3 Click on the respective Notification waiting for approval
4 To approve the Purchase Order, click on Approve
Purchase Order has to be created 1 Login as Username: / Password
an approved Select Responsibility
Only the person creating the
Requisition will get this.
2 Click on Home Page
3 Click on Requisition Status
4 Click on Notifications
5 Click on the Notification Subject
6 Click on Return to Portal link at the top right corner of the page,
7 Click on the Exit button (Arrow) at the top left side of the page to
exit from the application
approved
The PO has not been fully received. 2 Navigation
Purchase Orders -> Purchase Orders Summary
3 Search for a PO by entering the PO number Click Find button

4 Cancel the PO
Navigation Menu bar: Tools -> Control
5 Cancel the PO Actions <Cancel PO>

6 Press OK Button
7 Press OK Button
8 Press OK Button
approved
PO is not in the cancelled state 2 Navigation
Purchase Orders -> Purchase Orders Summary
3 Search for a PO by entering the PO number and clicking on
Find
4 Close PO
Navigation
(Menu bar): Tools -> Control
5 Closing the PO
6 Press OK Button
7 Press OK Button
8 Close purchase order lines form
Navigation
(Menubar) File > Close Form
Able to see navigation screen of this responsibility
Find requisitions window opens
Requisition Headers summary window opens
The form closes.
PO Summary window will open
Blanket release opens
The form closes.
The Navigator screen opens with the list of

responsibilities assigned to your user ID.
The main menu page pops up
Find Expected Receipts form pops up

Receipts Header and Receipts form opens
If the delivery is early/ overdue, a message box

warning that the receipt date tolerance is exceeded
will pop up. Click the OK button on the pop-up
message and proceed.
Receipt Number gets generated

Receipts form closes
Organization screen opens up
Find material Transactions

( ) window opens
The material Transactions detail screen appears
Material Transactions distributions screen appears

< Unit Price>
<QTY>
Receiving Inspection account @ PO Cost
<A/c Number >

Dr <Value >
Inventory A/P Accrual account @ PO Cost
<A/c Number >

Cr <Value >
Find
Materials Transactions () window opens
< Quantity >
Material Transaction Distributions ( ) -< Transaction

id > opens
Receiving Inspection A/c
<A/c Number >
<Unit Cost >
Dr <Value >
Material Overhead absorption A/c

<A/c Number >
<Unit Cost >
Dr <Value >
Purchase price variance or rate variance

<A/c Number >
<Unit Cost >
Cr <Value >
Material A/c
<A/c Number >
<Unit Cost >
Cr <Value >
Material Overhead A/c
<A/c Number >

<Unit Cost >
Cr <Value >

Find Returns window pops up
Receiving Returns form opens
Returns form closes

Suppliers window opens

If the supplier name entered already exists an error
message pop-up stating that the Supplier Name
already exists. If the Supplier Name is unique, the
system will allow you to proceed further.
Parent Supplier Number defaults into the Number

field.
Supplier Sites window opens

The DFF value list Preferred Supplier opens up
Supplier number gets generated automatically.

Suppliers window opens

Supplier record is displayed in the Suppliers window
Able to update

Approved Supplier List window opens

Supplier-Item Attributes window opens
The record gets saved

Approved Supplier List window opens
The item record appears.

The record gets saved

Organization selection window pops up
Sourcing Rule form pops up
Planning Active check box is enabled if allocation%

totals up to 100%
Sourcing Rule form closes

Organization selection window pops up
Sourcing Rule / Bill of Distribution Assignments form

pops up
Sourcing Rule/Bill of Distribution Assignments form

closes
Screen to select the Home Page will open
iProcurement Shop Tab Page will open

IProcurement Requisitions Tab Page will open
Notifications page will open
Type : PO Requisition Approval
From : <Requisition approver name>
Subject : Purchase Requisition XXXX has been
approved
Date : <Current Date>
The Notification Details Page opens up with the

Requisition Lines and Approval Sequence. Verify that
the relevant details are correct.
The screen to select the Home page opens up.
Oracle Applications Menu Form will Open

Find Requisition lines window will open with default
values for Approved as Yes & buyer as <****>
Auto Create Documents window will open
The New Document window will appear
A message window appears stating that Auto-create

Completed Successfully and gives the PO number
generated. Record the PO number
A message window appears stating that No more

requisition lines exist to Autocreate.
Autocreate to Purchase orders screen appears.
Approve Document window will open
A message stating Document has been submitted

for approval will be displayed. It will be submitted to
approver for Approval.
The Autocreate to Purchase Orders Screen appears
again.
& PO Status is changed to Aproved.
The Main Menu page pops up
Notification Summary Window opens
PO Approval Screen opens

The purchase order is approved.
Screen to select the Home Page will open
iProcurement Shop Tab Page will open

IProcurement Requisition Status Tab Page will open
Notifications page will open

Type : PO Approval
From : Buyers
Subject : Standard Purchase Order XXXX has been
created for your Requisition
Date : < XX-XXX-XXXX>
The Notification Details Page opens up with the PO

Lines and Approval Sequence. Verify that the
relevant details are correct.
The screen to select the Home page opens up.
The login screen appears confirming the users exit
from the application
Find Purchase Orders window opens
Purchase orders header window opens

Control document window opens
Caution window opens

Another caution window opens
PO is cancelled
Find Purchase Orders window opens
Purchase orders headers window opens
Control document window opens
Actions <Close PO>

A note is displayed saying Control Action is
completed. Please requery to see changes
PO is closed
Purchase Order form closes
1 OM_Sales Order Inquiry Sales Order Enquiry/To 1

Inquire sales order details
2 OM_Order Entry and Booking/Order Entry and Booking To The order that is entered Prerequisite: 1
in the legacy system is Customer is
imported into Oracle but for defined
CRP exercise the orders Items are defined
will be manually keyed into and are on the
the system pricelist
Order 2
Management
transaction types
(Order types and
line types) are
defined 3
10
11
12
13
14
3 OM_Perform Credit check /Perform Credit Check and To Apply a Credit Hold on Pre Requisite: 1
Apply Hold order because the Hold and Hold
customer has failed credit reason has been
check defined in Oracle
The Shop-Orders
have been 2
confirmed at
Carriers website
3
4
4 OM_Release Credit Hold/Release Credit Hold To Release Credit Hold on PreRequisite: 1
the order The order should
be on credit hold
4
5 OM_Create Shipment Plan/Create Shipment Plan To Create deliveries for all PreRequisite: 1
the shipment lines Orders are
scheduled to be shipped created and
such that each delivery is scheduled
limited to 45,000 lbs. The CSR has 2
logged in to
Carriers website
and confirmed
order is OK to
ship
5
6
7
8
6 OM_Pick Release ,Print Pick slip/Pick Release Order To Perform Pick Release on Prerequisite: 1
and Print Pick Slip the order line, such that Delivery is
they become ready for created for order
2
shipment lines
6 OM_Pick Release ,Print Pick slip/Pick Release Order To Perform Pick Release on Prerequisite:
and Print Pick Slip the order line, such that Delivery is
they become ready for created for order
shipment lines
7 OM_Transact Move Order To Pick Confirm an order Prerequisite: 1

line Pick Release
program
2
completed
successfully
Pick Slip Report 3
is generated
10
11
8 OM_Auto-create Trip for a Delivery To Auto-create Trip for a Prerequisite 1

Delivery Transact Move
Order is
completed
successfully 2
4
9 OM_Print Shipping Documents from Oracle To Print shipping Prerequisite: 1
documents from Oracle The delivery
(Order Line) has
been successfully
Ship confirmed 2
3
4
8
9
10
11
10 OM_Ship Confirm in Oracle 1) To Ship Confirm the Pre Requisite : 1

order in Oracle The Order
should be Picked
There should be
no Holds on the 2
order
Ship-Verify
process has
3
completed
successfully and a
trip should be
already created for
the order(Auto-
Create Trip).
11 OM_Sales Order Shipment from Inventory - To understand the Prerequisite : 1

Transactions Transaction entries on Shipping the
shipping the material material from
against a sales order from subinventory
inventory. against a sales 2
order
5
6
12 OM_27 Entering & booking buy back new return orders To return order that is 1
entered in the legacy
system is imported into
Oracle but for CRP1
exercise the return orders 2
will be manually keyed into
the system
Prerequisite :
3
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
13 OM_ Copy & book return order To copy and create a return Prerequisite : 1
order from already existing Already existing
order and book it. order.
2
10
11
12
14 OM_Receive Material against RMA Order To Receive the returned Preqrequisite : 1
material from customer at The RMA Order
the Reynosa warehouse has been booked
2
4
5
6
7
15 OM_1 Scenario 1-Enter Sales 1

Order for Normal Orders.xls
16 OM_2 1
17 OM_3 1
10
11
18 OM_4 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
19 OM_5 1
4
5
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
20 OM_6 1
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21 OM_7 1
6
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22 OM_8 1
4
5
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
23 OM_9 1
24 OM_10 1
10
11
25 OM_11 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
26 OM_12 1
4
5
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
27 OM_13 1
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
28 OM_14 1
6
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
29 OM_15 1
4
5
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
30 OM_16 1
31 OM_17 1
32 OM_18 1
5
6
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
33 OM_19 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
34 OM_Hold or Release Sales Order.xls Scenario 2-Hold or Release 1
Sales Order.xls
35 OM_20 1
36 OM_22 1
4
5
10
37 OM_23 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
38 OM_24 1
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
39 OM_25 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
40 OM_26 1
2
3
41 OM_27 1
10
42 OM_28 1
3
4
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
43 OM_29 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
44 OM_30 1
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
45 OM_31 1
46 OM_32 1
5
6
47 OM_33 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
48 OM_34 1
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
49 OM_35Emergency Stop Shipping (Cancelling Order).xls Scenario 3-Emergency 1
Stop Shipping (Cancelling
Order).xls
50 OM_36 1
51 OM_37 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
52 OM_38 1
53 OM_39 1
8
54 OM_40 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
55 OM_41 1
5
6
56 OM_42 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
57 OM_43 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
58 OM_Cancelling Order Line.xls Scenario 4-Cancelling 1

Order Line.xls
59 OM_45 1
60 OM_46 1
6
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
61 OM_47 1
62 OM_48 1
2
3
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
63 OM_49 1
6
7
64 OM_50 1
65 OM_51 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
66 OM_52 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
67 OM_Split a Sales Order line into multiple deliveries.xls Scenario 5-Split a Sales 1
Order line into multiple
deliveries.xls
68 OM_54 1
7
8
69 OM_55 1
70 OM_56 1
71 OM_57 1
5
6
72 OM_58 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
73 OM_59 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
74 OM_Copy Sales Order.xls Scenario 6-Copy Sales 1

Order.xls
75 OM_61 1
76 OM_62 1
8
77 OM_63 1
78 OM_64 1
79 OM_65 1
6
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
80 OM_66 1
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
81 OM_Change in the sales order.xls Scenario 7 -Change in the 1
sales order.xls
82 OM_68 1
83 OM_69 1
5
6
10
11
84 OM_70 1
10
11
12
13
85 OM_71 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
86 OM_72 1
2
3
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
87 OM_73 1
6
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
88 OM_74 1
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
89 OM_75 1
5
6
90 OM_76 1
10
11
91 OM_77 1
5
6
10
11
12
13
92 OM_78 1
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
93 OM_79 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
94 OM_80 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
95 OM_81 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
96 OM_82 1
97 OM_83 1
98 OM_84 1
2
3
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
99 OM_85 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
100 OM_Enter Return Order.xls Scenario 8-Enter Return 1

Order.xls
101 OM_87 1
8
9
10
11
102 OM_88 1
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
103 OM_Internal Orders when both the Operating units are Scenario 9-Internal Orders 1
in same Oracle Instance.xls when both the Operating
units are in same Oracle
Instance.xls
104 OM_90 1
10
11
12
13
105 OM_91 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
106 OM_92 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
107 OM_93 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
108 OM_94 1
109 OM_95 1
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
110 OM_Ship Release Orders.xls Scenario 10-11-Ship 1
Release Orders.xls
111 OM_97 1
112 OM_98 1
10
11
12
13
113 OM_99 1
10
11
12
13
114 OM_100 1
115 OM_101 1
7
8
10
11
12
116 OM_102 1
10
11
12
117 OM_SaleTo Domestic End Customer On Account From Scenario 12-SaleTo 1

Stock Inventory.xls Domestic End Customer
On Account From Stock
Inventory.xls
118 OM_104 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
119 OM_105 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
120 OM_106 1
8
9
10
11
12
13
121 OM_107 1
9
122 OM_108 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
123 OM_109 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
124 OM_Return For Credit.xls Scenario 13-Return For 1

Credit.xls
125 OM_111 1
3
4
126 OM_112 1
127 OM_113 1
6
7
10
11
12
128 OM_114 1
10
11
129 OM_Demo And Trade Show Unit.xls Scenario 14-Demo And 1

Trade Show Unit.xls
130 OM_116 1
10
11
12
131 OM_117 1
3
4
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
132 OM_118 1
132 OM_118
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
133 OM_119 1
3
4
10
11
12
134 OM_120 1
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
135 OM_121 1
6
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
136 OM_122 1
7
8
137 OM_123 1
138 OM_124 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
139 OM_125 1
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
140 OM_126 1
6
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
141 OM_127 1
3
4
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
142 OM_Exchange Of Goods.xls Scenario 15-Exchange Of 1
Goods.xls
143 OM_129 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
144 OM_130 1
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
145 OM_131 1
4
5
10
11
12
13
14
146 OM_132 1
4
5
10
11
12
147 OM_133 1
148 OM_134 1
148 OM_134
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
149 OM_135 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
150 OM_136 1
5
6
10
11
12
13
14
151 OM_137 15
152 OM_138 1
4
5
10
11
12
13
153 OM_139 1
154 OM_140 1
3
4
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
155 OM_141 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
156 OM_142 1
6
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
157 OM_143 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
158 OM_Reprice Sales Order.xls Scenario 16-Reprice Sales 1

Order.xls
159 OM_145 1
8
9
10
11
12
160 OM_146 1
10
161 OM_147 1
161 OM_147
10
11
12
162 OM_Re Scheduling Sales Order Based On ATP Scenario 17-Re Scheduling 1
enquiry.xls Sales Order Based On ATP
enquiry.xls
163 OM_149 1
3
4
164 OM_Create Customer.xls Scenario 18-Create 1

Customer.xls
165 OM_151 1
166 OM_152 1
5
6
167 OM_Dropship Order.xls Scenario 19-Dropship 1

Order.xls
168 OM_154 1
169 OM_155 1
4
5
170 OM_156 1
171 OM_157 1
3
4
172 OM_158 1
173 OM_159 1
3
4
174 OM_160 1
10
11
12
13
14
175 OM_161 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
176 OM_162 1
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
177 OM_163 1
7
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
178 OM_Report scenarios.xls Scenario 20-40-Report 1

scenarios.xls
179 OM_165 1
4
5
9
180 OM_166 1
10
181 OM_167 1
7
182 OM_168 1
10
183 OM_169 1
9
10
184 OM_Different warehouse while releasing the order.xls Different warehouse while 1
releasing the order.xls
185 OM_171 1
10
11
186 OM_172 1
186 OM_172
10
11
12
13
14
15
187 OM_173 1
188 OM_174 1
6
7
189 OM_175 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
190 OM_Item Not Assigned To The Warehouse.xls Item Not Assigned To The 1
Warehouse.xls
190 OM_Item Not Assigned To The Warehouse.xls Item Not Assigned To The
Warehouse.xls
191 OM_177 1
192 OM_Order type not mapped to fulfillment flow.xls Order type not mapped to 1
fulfillment flow.xls
193 OM_179 1
6
194 OM_Order type with no sequence attached.xls Order type with no 1
sequence attached.xls
195 OM_181 1
196 OM_Order with incorrect OU Profile settings.xls Order with incorrect OU 1

Profile settings.xls
197 OM_183 1
197 OM_183
198 OM_Order with incorrect Secutiry profile settings.xls Order with incorrect 1
Secutiry profile settings.xls
199 OM_185 1
200 OM_Order with item not defined in price list.xls Order with item not defined 1
in price list.xls
201 OM_187 1
202 OM_Order with Shipping Parameters not setup Order with Shipping 1
properly.xls Parameters not setup
properly.xls
2
6
7
203 OM_189 1
204 OM_190 1
10
11
12
13
14
205 OM_191 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
206 OM_192 1
10
207 OM_193 1
Navigate to: Order Organizer window opens

Orders, Returns Order Organizer
To narrow your search, optionally enter A Decision box opens with the message
Order Number, This query could take a long time. Do
Order Type you wish to continue?
Order Source
Customer Name
Click Yes button in the Decision Box Search Results are displayed on the
Order Organizer
Select the record you want to view and Sale Orders window opens with details
click the Open button of the Order queried displayed
Close forms by navigating to File Open windows are closed

Close Form or F4
Login as Username: / Password Username: The Oracle Navigator window opens
Select Responsibility <>
Password:
<>
Click on EMR OM SUPERUSER (1113) The navigator screen shows the list of
ECT forms and function associated with EMR
OM SUPERUSER (1113) ECT
responsibility
Click on Order, Returns Sales Order The Sales Order form opens
In the Sales Order form, enter the Customer: The customer number field gets
customer details <Carrier populated. The ship-to and bill-to
Mexico> location defaults
Bill-To: <>
Ship-To: <>
Select Order Type from the LOV Order Type: The price list defaults as EMR
<EMR STANDARD PRICE LIST
STANDARD
ORDER
ECT>
Select Salesperson Sales

Person: <No
Sales
Credit>
Click on the Line Items tab in the sales The Line Items screen opens and Sales
order form Order number is generated by the
system
Note the Sales Order number generated
Enter the ordered item and tab ITEM: The Unit of Measure defaults as EA and
<ZR21KA- Description also defaults
PFV-130>
Enter Quantity and tab Quantity: The unit selling price of defaults from the
<10> Price List setup in Oracle.
Request Date defaults to System Date. Request
Over-ride the Request Date with the Date
actual Customer Request Date defaults to
System
Date. Over-
ride the
Request
Date with the
actual
Customer
Request
Date
Click on the Save icon to save the order Order status changes from Entered to
or Ctrl + S Booked.
Click on the Book Order button to book Note pops-up with message Order has
the order. been Booked
Click Ok button in the pop-up Note Pop-up Note closes
In the Sales Order screen, on the The Actions window opens
Order Information tab, click on the
Actions button at the bottom left of the
window
Select Apply Holds option and click on The Apply Holds window opens
OK
Select the Hold Name from the LOV <Manual A notification window pops up with
and click on Apply Holds Credit Check information APP-ONT-251124: Hold
Hold> Applied Successfully
Click Ok button on the pop-up Note Apply Holds window closes

In the Sales Order screen, on the The Actions window opens
Order Information tab, click on the
Actions button at the bottom left of the
window
Select Release Holds option and click he Release Holds window opens
on OK
Select Release Reason from the LOV Release A notification window pops up with
and click on Release button Reason: < information APP-ONT-251123: Hold
Manually Releases Successfully
released, do
not place
hold again>
Click Ok on the Note screen Release Holds window closes.

Navigate to: The Query Manager window opens
Shipping Transactions
Specify the From Schedule Date and From The order detialsof the enterd order gets
the To Schedule Date for which the plan Schedule displayed.
needs to be created,the Order Number Date: <>
in The "From Order" field and click on To Schedule
Find button Date: <>
Select Auto-Create deliveries in the The Delivery column gets populated

Actions button and click on the Go with the delivery number
button
Navigate to the Delivery Tab
Click on Details button Delivery window opens
Note the Net Weight of the Delivery
Click the Done button to close the Delivery window closes
Delivery window.
Navigate to Shipping->Release Sales The Release Sales Orders for Picking
Orders form opens.
Click on the Inventory tab and enter the The selction should be reflected
warehouse as "REY"
Under the shipping tab,Select the option
for AutoCraete Delivery as "Yes"
Enter the order number of the order that <Order Both the Pick Release and Priting Pick
has to be pick released in the Order tab. Num> Slip requests will get executed
Click on Concurrent
Select File Switch responsibility from The responsibilities window opens

the toolbar or Alt + F + W
Select responsibility EMR INV EMR INV SUPERUSER (1111) SCR
SUPERUSER (1111) SCR Menu Screen Opens
Navigate to: Select The Find Move Order Lines screen
Move Orders Transact Move Orders <REY> if opens
Organization
s window
opens
Select the Pick Wave tab The Transact Move Orders window
opens
Enter the Pick Slip number noted in Pick Slip
script 1.13 and click on Find button Number: <>
Select the order lines to be transacted
by clicking on the check-box in the left of
the screen
If picking from a subinventory other than Transact Move Order Line Allocations
the one printed on the Pick List click on window opens
View/Update Allocations button
Enter the correct Subinventory

Subinventory : <>
Locator Locator: <>
Quantity Quantity: <>
If these values are different from the
values on the Pick Slip
Click Transact button Transact Move Order Line Allocations

window and Forms window pops-up with
message FRM-40400: Transaction
complete: 2 records applied and saved
Click Ok button in the message window Message window closes
Close the Transact Move Order form by Transact Move Order form closes
navigating to File Close Form or F4
Navigate to: Query Manager window opens

Shipping Transactions
Query the order number Order Shipping Transactions window opens

Number:<>
Choose Autocreate Trip from the The trip gets autocreated for the
Actions and select Go. delivery.
Close the Window.
Navigate to: Submit a New Request window opens
Shipping Reports and Documents
Select the Single Request radio button Shipping Reports and Documents
and click Ok button window opens
In the Request Name field select one of Parameters window opens
the following Reports from the List of
Values and tab out
Packing Slip Report
Bill of Lading
Commercial Invoice
LOV and/or enter information in the Delivery Parameters window closes
appropriate parameter fields and click Number: <>
the OK button
Click on Submit button Decision Box opens with message
Request Submitted (Request ID =)
Submit another request?
Note down the request ID and click No Request window closes
on the decision box
Navigate to:
View Request and select Specific
Request radio button and provide the
request ID noted in step 6 above.
Click Find button Requests window opens

Click Refresh Data until the report
completes with a status of Normal
To view report on-line, click on View Link browser opens with report details
Output button displayed
Close forms by navigating to File Open windows are closed
Close Form or F4
Login as Username: / Password The Orders and Returns Menu window
Select Responsibility opens
Navigate to: Query Manager window opens

Shipping Transaction
Enter the From/To Ship Dates.Enter the From The order lines that satisfy the search
Order Number in the "From Order Schedule criteria get displayed in the Shipping
Number" field and click on Find button Date: <> Transactions screen
To Schedule
Date: <>
Select the Delivery tab at the bottom

after selecting the delivery to be shipped
In the Actions field select Ship Confirm The Confirm Delivery window opens
and click the Go button
Click OK on the "Confirm Delivery" form.
Login as Username: / Password Able to see navigation screen of this

Select Responsibility responsibility
Open Material Transactions Form Organization screen opens up

Navigation
Navigate:
View Transactions -> Material
Transactions
Select Organization and Click OK <REY> Find

Enter Materials Transactions () window opens

Source Type Sales Order
Source <SO No. >
Transaction Type Sales order
issue
Click Find
Verify primary Quantity < Quantity >
Click Distributions Material Transaction Distributions ( ) -<

Transaction id > opens
COGS A/c
<A/c Number >
<Unit Cost >
Dr <Value >
Inventory valuation A/c

<A/c Number >
<Unit Cost >
Cr <Value >
Close the window
Login as Username: / Password Username The oracle Navigator window opens

Select Responsibility Password
responsibility
Navigate to: The Sales Order form opens

Order, Returns Sales Order
In the Sales Order form, enter the Customer: The customer number field gets
customer <Carrier populated. The ship-to and bill-to
Mexico> location defaults
Select Order Type from the LOV Order Type: The price list defaults as EMR
<EMR STANDARD PRICE LIST
RETURN
ORDER
ECT>
Select Salesperson Salesperson:

<No Sales
Credit>
Click on the Line Items tab in the sales The Line Items screen opens and RMA
order form order number is generated by the
system
Note the RMA Order Number generated
by the system
Enter the item being returned in the Ordered The Unit of Measure defaults as EA and
Ordered Item field and tab out Item: Description also defaults
<ZR26KA-
PFV-130>
Enter Quantity being returned in the Qty Qty: <-10> The unit selling price defaults from the
field and tab out Price List
Click on the Returns tab and enter Return
Return Reason by selecting the Reason: <>
appropriate return reason from the List
of Values
Tab out to the Reference field The Additional Line Return Information
window opens
Click on the LOV and choose a Reference The Additional Line Return Information
Reference Type Type: <Sales window now shows field for Order
Order> Number and Order Line
Enter the Order Number and the line Order

number Number: <>
Line
Number: <>
Click on the Save icon to save the order
or Ctrl + S
Click on Book Order button to book the An information window indicates that
order order is booked
Close the forms by F4 Open forms close
Login as Username: / Password Username The oracle Navigator window opens
Select Responsibility Password
responsibility
Navigate to: The Sales Order form opens

Order, Returns Sales Order
In the Sales Order form, Press F11 and Order The order opens up with all the details.
query the order that has to be copied. Number:
<30000001>
Select Actions tab and choose action The Copy Form opens up.
Copy.
In the Quick Copy Tab enter the Change Change EMR RETURN ORDER ECT will come
Order type to Order Type in the LOV list.
to: < EMR
RETURN
ORDER
ECT>
Click on the Copy Lines tab in the Copy The Copy Lines screen opens.
Form.
Enter the Change line Type To and Change line The Process Messages screen opens
Return Reason Type up and the return order number gets
Return Reason Should be one of the To:<EMR generated.
following: RETURN
- Buy Back New - Shipped in Error ORDER
- Buy Back New - Ordered in Error LINE ECT>
- Buy Back New - Excess/Surplus Return
Inventory Reason:<
Buy back
Click Ok New-
Shipped in
Error>
Note the RMA Order Number generated

by the system
Query the order that has been created. Order The order opens up.
Number:
<9000000X>
Click on Book Order button to book the An information window indicates that
order order is booked
Close the forms by F4 Open forms are closed.
Select File Switch responsibility from The responsibilities window opens
the toolbar or Alt + F + W
Select responsibility EMR PO The Purchasing navigator window opens
SUPERUSER (1111) SCR
Navigate to: Select REY The Find Expected Receipts window
Receiving Receipts if prompted opens
to select and
Organization
Select the Customer tab and enter the The Receipts window opens
RMA number and click on Find button
Select the lines to be received by Quantity: <>
selecting the check box in the left and Subinventory
enter the receipt location : <CRMA>
Click on Save button Transaction is saved

Close the Receipts form by navigating Form Closes
to File Close Form or F4
Enter user name and password for Verify user 1. Displays invalid user name or
Oracle Apps and click on submit credentials = password
Invalid
Enter user name and password for Verify user 1. Application home page is displayed
Oracle Apps and click on submit credentials = with list of responsibilities
Valid
Select order management super 1. All the functions in the responsibility
user,Vision operations(USA) are displayed
responsibility
Select any function and open navigator 1. Java applet starts running and
navigator form is opened
Select option Sales Order 1. System will generate the Sales order
screen
Enter the Order Type and the customer 1. Customer details are populated in
name and tab out sales order screen
Check for ship to and bill to addresses Is Ship to or 1. Sales order window is kept open for
and enter new addresses if required bill To further processing
different? =
No
Navigate to others tab and enter the 1. System will open line items window
payment terms, shipping method,
warehouse and freight term.Go to line
items tab.
Give item details and check for its Is the item 1. Selected warehouse has requested
availability by clicking on availability available? = quantity as its unreserved quantity
button Yes
Change the item quantity based on Order 1. System displays error message
available quantity and Click the 'Book booked? =
order'button No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
No
items tab.
button Yes
Change the item quantity based on Order 1.System will show the window with the
available quantity and Click the 'Book booked? = message Order
order'button Yes has been booked.
Click on ok button in the window which 1. Sales order number is generated and
shows that order has been booked. updated in order header
Make a note of that order number and Is the status 1. System displays error message
move to the line items tab..and check for of line items
line status "Awaiting
Shipping"? =
No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
No
items tab.
button Yes
Make a note of that order number and Is the status 1. Line status is updated to Awaiting
move to the line items tab..and check for of line items shipping and order is ready for pick
line status "Awaiting release
Shipping"? =
Yes
Click on Shipping->Release sales order- 1.System will generate the Release

>Release sales order function from the sales order window.
Navigator
Enter the order number and tabout in the 1. System will show the Objects in
same screen and click on the shipping shipping Tab.
tab.
Choose the Auto Delivery and Auto pick 1. System will show the objects that is in
Confirm as yes and click on inventary inventary tab.
Tab.
Choose Warehouse and check the auto Is the Pick 1. System displays error message
allocate and click on Execute now and Release
complete the picking process completed
successfully
= No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
No
items tab.
button Yes
Shipping"? =
Yes

Navigator
tab.
Tab.
Choose Warehouse and check the auto Is the Pick 1. Pick slip run is completed with normal
allocate and click on Execute now and Release status
successfully
= Yes
View pick slip report and check for order Is the line 1. System displays error message
line status in line items tab of sales order Status
window 'Picked'? =
No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
No
items tab.
button Yes
Shipping"? =
Yes

Navigator
tab.
Tab.
successfully
= Yes
View pick slip report and check for order Is the line 1. Order line status is updated to Picked
line status in line items tab of sales order Status and the order is ready to be shipped
window 'Picked'? =
Yes
Click on Shipping->Transaction function 1. System will genarate the Transaction

from the Navigator window.
Enter the sales order number in order 1. System will display delivery details of
number from and order number to text the pick released lines
box and click on find button.
Go to delivery tab and click the ship 1. System will generate the 'Confirm
confirm button Delivery' window.
Give shipment options and Click on ok "Delivery 1. System displays error message
button. was
successfully
confirmed". =
No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
No
items tab.
button Yes
Shipping"? =
Yes

Navigator
tab.
Tab.
successfully
= Yes
window 'Picked'? =
Yes

Give shipment options and Click on ok "Delivery 1. System will show the note message
button. was that "Delivery was successfully
successfully confirmed".
confirmed". =
Yes
Navigate to the sales order window and Is the line 1. System displays error message
Query for the sales order and move to status
the line items tab and check for line "Shipped"? =
status No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
No
items tab.
button Yes
Shipping"? =
Yes

Navigator
tab.
Tab.
successfully
= Yes
window 'Picked'? =
Yes

confirmed". =
Yes
Navigate to the sales order window and Is the line 1. Order Line status is updated to
Query for the sales order and move to status shipped
status Yes
Go to the Order Header and Click on 1. System will generate the window that
Action->Additional order Information has additional order information.
Navigate to the Deliveries Tab and check Is the status 1. System displays error message
for delivery status of shipped lines of all delivery
lines
"Shipped" =
No
Valid
responsibility
screen
Check for ship to and bill to addresses Is Ship to or 1. New ship to and bill to addresses are
and enter new addresses if required bill To entered
different? =
Yes
items tab.
button Yes
Change the item quantity based on Order 1. System displays error message
available quantity and Click the 'Book booked? =
order'button No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
Yes
items tab.
button Yes
Make a note of that order number and Is the status 1. System displays error message
move to the line items tab..and check for of line items
line status "Awaiting
Shipping"? =
No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
Yes
items tab.
button Yes
Shipping"? =
Yes

Navigator
tab.
Tab.
Choose Warehouse and check the auto Is the Pick 1. System displays error message
allocate and click on Execute now and Release
successfully
= No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
Yes
items tab.
button Yes
Shipping"? =
Yes

Navigator
tab.
Tab.
successfully
= Yes
View pick slip report and check for order Is the line 1. System displays error message
line status in line items tab of sales order Status
window 'Picked'? =
No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
Yes
items tab.
button Yes
Shipping"? =
Yes

Navigator
tab.
Tab.
successfully
= Yes
window 'Picked'? =
Yes

Give shipment options and Click on ok "Delivery 1. System displays error message
button. was
successfully
confirmed". =
No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
Yes
items tab.
button Yes
Shipping"? =
Yes

Navigator
tab.
Tab.
successfully
= Yes
window 'Picked'? =
Yes

confirmed". =
Yes
Navigate to the sales order window and Is the line 1. System displays error message
Query for the sales order and move to status
status No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
Yes
items tab.
button Yes
Shipping"? =
Yes

Navigator
tab.
Tab.
successfully
= Yes
window 'Picked'? =
Yes

confirmed". =
Yes
status Yes
Navigate to the Deliveries Tab and check Is the status 1. System displays error message
lines
"Shipped" =
No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
No
items tab.
Give item details and check for its Is the item 1. Requested qunatity of item is not
availability by clicking on availability available? = available in the given warehouse
button No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
Yes
items tab.
Give item details and check for its Is the item 1. Requested qunatity of item is not
availability by clicking on availability available? = available in the given warehouse
button No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
No
items tab.
button Yes
Shipping"? =
Yes

Navigator
tab.
Tab.
successfully
= Yes
window 'Picked'? =
Yes

confirmed". =
Yes
status Yes
Navigate to the Deliveries Tab and check Is the status 1. Delivery status for all lines is shipped
lines
"Shipped" =
Yes
Close All the windows. 1. Windows closed

Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
Yes
items tab.
button Yes
Shipping"? =
Yes

Navigator
tab.
Tab.
successfully
= Yes
window 'Picked'? =
Yes

confirmed". =
Yes
status Yes
Navigate to the Deliveries Tab and check Is the status 1. Delivery status for all lines is shipped
lines
"Shipped" =
Yes
Close All the windows. 1. Windows closed

Enter user name and password for Verify user 1. Displays invalid username or
Oracle Apps and click on submit button credentials = password msg
Invalid
Oracle Apps and click on submit button credentials = with list of responsibilities
Valid
responsibility
Select option Sales Order 1. System will generate the sales order
window
Choose the Order Type and the 1. Customer details are populated in
customer and tab out from customer order header
field
different? =
No
In other Tab, enter the payment terms, Is the item 1. Reservable quantity for the item in the
shipping method, warehouse and freight available? = selected warehouse is >0
term.Go to line items tab and give item Yes
details and check it's availability by
clicking on availability button.
Change the item quantity based on Is Order 1. Display respective error message
available quantity and Click the 'Book booked ? =
order'button No
Valid
responsibility
window
field
different? =
No
Change the item quantity based on Is Order 1. System will show the window with the
available quantity and Click the 'Book booked ? = message Order has been booked.
order'button Yes
Click on ok button in the window which 1. System will directly navigate to the
shows that order has been booked. Order header window and System will
generate the order number.
Note down the Order number and move Is the status 1. Display respective error message
to the line items tab. of line items
"Awaiting
Shipping"? =
No
Valid
responsibility
window
field
different? =
No
order'button Yes
Note down the Order number and move Is the status 1. Line status is updated to Awaiting
to the line items tab. of line items shipping and order is ready for pick
"Awaiting release
Shipping"? =
Yes
Click on Action-> Apply hold in the line 1. System will generate the apply holds
items screen. window.
Enter or choose the hold name from the 1. System will generate the messege
LOV available and click apply hold. that the hold applied successfully.
Click on ok button and close the

windows
Click on Shipping->Release sales order- 1.System will generate the release sales
>Release sales order function from the order window.
Navigator
Type the order number and tab out and 1. System will show the objects which is
click on shipping tab in shipping tab.
Choose the Auto Delivery and Auto pick 1. System will display the objects that is
Confirm as yes and click on inventary present in inventary tab.
Tab
Enter the Warehouse and click on the 1.System will generate one note that
button Execute Now . shows that the Pick
Release online has completed
Open the order in the sales order form, Is the item 1. Pick release should not be successful
go to the line items and check the line pick as the order is on hold
status released? =
Yes
Navigate to the line items tab, select the

line and click on Action-> Release Hold
Choose a release hold reason and click 1. System will generate the window that
the Release Hold button. is showing hold is released successfully.
Navigate to the Release sales order

window
tab.
Tab.
Choose Warehouse and check the auto Is the Pick 1. Display respective error message
allocate and click on Execute now. Release
completed =
No
Valid
responsibility
window
field
different? =
No
order'button Yes
"Awaiting release
Shipping"? =
Yes

windows
Navigator
Tab
status released? =
Yes


window
tab.
Tab.
Choose Warehouse and check the auto Is the Pick 1. System will genarate the note window
allocate and click on Execute now. Release saying Pick Release has online quantity
completed = completely successfully.
Yes
Click on OK button in that note window

and close the release sales order
window .Navigate to the sales order
window Query for the sales order and
move to the order header
Click on Actions-> Additional order 1. System will generate the window that
information option from that LOV has additional order information.
available in action window.
Navigate to the Deleveries Tab. Is the status 1. Display respective error message
of all delivery
lines
"Staged/Pick
Confirmed" =
No
Valid
responsibility
window
field
different? =
No
order'button Yes
"Awaiting release
Shipping"? =
Yes

windows
Navigator
Tab
Open the order in the sales order form, Is the item 1. Pick release is completed successfully
go to the line items and check the line pick
status released? =
No
Valid
responsibility
window
field
different? =
Yes
Change the item quantity based on Is Order 1. Display respective error message
available quantity and Click the 'Book booked ? =
order'button No
Valid
responsibility
window
field
different? =
Yes
order'button Yes
Note down the Order number and move Is the status 1. Display respective error message
to the line items tab. of line items
"Awaiting
Shipping"? =
No
Valid
responsibility
window
field
different? =
Yes
order'button Yes
"Awaiting release
Shipping"? =
Yes

windows
Navigator
Tab
status released? =
Yes


window
tab.
Tab.
Choose Warehouse and check the auto Is the Pick 1. Display respective error message
allocate and click on Execute now. Release
completed =
No
Valid
responsibility
window
field
different? =
Yes
order'button Yes
"Awaiting release
Shipping"? =
Yes

windows
Navigator
Tab
status released? =
Yes


window
tab.
Tab.
Yes

Navigate to the Deleveries Tab. Is the status 1. Display respective error message
of all delivery
lines
"Staged/Pick
Confirmed" =
No
Valid
responsibility
window
field
different? =
Yes
order'button Yes
"Awaiting release
Shipping"? =
Yes

windows
Navigator
Tab
Open the order in the sales order form, Is the item 1. Pick release is completed successfully
go to the line items and check the line pick
status released? =
No
Valid
responsibility
window
field
different? =
No
In other Tab, enter the payment terms, Is the item 1. Item cannot be ordered as the
shipping method, warehouse and freight available? = required quantity is not available in the
term.Go to line items tab and give item No selected warehouse
Valid
responsibility
window
field
different? =
Yes
In other Tab, enter the payment terms, Is the item 1. Item cannot be ordered as the
shipping method, warehouse and freight available? = required quantity is not available in the
term.Go to line items tab and give item No selected warehouse
Valid
responsibility
window
field
different? =
No
order'button Yes
"Awaiting release
Shipping"? =
Yes

windows
Navigator
Tab
status released? =
Yes


window
tab.
Tab.
Yes

Navigate to the Deleveries Tab. Is the status 1. Line status is Pick confirmed and the
of all delivery line items are pick released successfully
lines
"Staged/Pick
Confirmed" =
Yes
Close All the window. 1. Closes all the windows

Valid
responsibility
window
field
different? =
Yes
order'button Yes
"Awaiting release
Shipping"? =
Yes

windows
Navigator
Tab
status released? =
Yes


window
tab.
Tab.
Yes

Navigate to the Deleveries Tab. Is the status 1. Line status is Pick confirmed and the
of all delivery line items are pick released successfully
lines
"Staged/Pick
Confirmed" =
Yes
Close All the window. 1. Closes all the windows
Enter user name and password for Verify user 1. Displays msg: Invalid user name or
Oracle Apps and click on submit button credentials = password
Invalid
Valid
responsibility
window.
Enter the order type and choose the 1. Customer details will get populated
customer and tab out from customer
field
Verify Ship to and bill to addresses and Is Ship to or 1. Sales order window is remained open
change if required bill To for further processing
different? =
No
Navigate to others Tab, enter the Is the item 1. Selected warehouse has required
payment terms, shipping method and available? = item quantity unreserved
freight term.Then go to line items tab Yes
and give item details and check for its
availability by clicking on availability
button
Change the item quantity based on Is Order 1. Displays relevant error message
available quantity and Click the 'Book Booked? =
order'button No
Valid
responsibility
window.
field
different? =
No
button
available quantity and Click the 'Book Booked? = message Order has been booked.
order'button Yes
Note down the Order number

Navigate to the line items, select the line 1. System will generate the actions
to be cancelled and click on Action window with LOV.
button.
Choose the Cancel option from that LOV 1. System will generate the window that
available in action window. is Cancel line window.
Enter the reason for the cancelling the 1. System will display the note saying
line and click on ok button. that "Cancellation happened
successfully. Requery to see the
changes".
Click on ok button and requery in sales

order
Navigate to the 'Quantity History' Tab. Is the Status 1. Displays relevant error message
of the line
Cancelled? =
No
Valid
responsibility
window.
field
different? =
No
Navigate to others Tab, enter the Is the item 1. Item cannot be selected as it is not
payment terms, shipping method and available? = defined in system
freight term.Then go to line items tab No
button
Valid
responsibility
window.
field
Verify Ship to and bill to addresses and Is Ship to or 1. New addresses are entered and
change if required bill To saved succesfully
different? =
Yes
button
Change the item quantity based on Is Order 1. Displays relevant error message
order'button No
Valid
responsibility
window.
field
different? =
Yes
button
order'button Yes

button.
changes".

order
Navigate to the 'Quantity History' Tab. Is the Status 1. Displays relevant error message
of the line
Cancelled? =
No
Valid
responsibility
window.
field
different? =
Yes
Navigate to others Tab, enter the Is the item 1. Item cannot be selected as it is not
payment terms, shipping method and available? = defined in system
freight term.Then go to line items tab No
button
Valid
responsibility
window.
field
different? =
No
button
order'button Yes

button.
changes".

order
Navigate to the 'Quantity History' Tab. Is the Status 1. Order line status is updated to
of the line Cancelled
Cancelled? =
Yes
Move to the navigator window and 1. System will generate the request
nacigate to the Reports, Requests>Run report window.
Reports
Select Select Single Request and click
on Ok
Choose the name from LOV 'Cancelled 1. System will generate the parameter
Orders Report' . window.
Fill the mandatory parameter (Order 1. System will go back to the request
number) and click on ok button. window.
Click on submit button. 1. System will generate the note window
with message request ID.
Note down the Request ID and navigate
to the View->Request and click on find
button and keep on clicking the refresh
button untill the status is changed to
completed.
Click on View Output button and validate 1. Output file is displayed and the order
that the order is present in the report details are verified
Valid
responsibility
window.
field
different? =
Yes
button
order'button Yes

button.
changes".

order
Navigate to the 'Quantity History' Tab. Is the Status 1. Order line status is updated to
of the line Cancelled
Cancelled? =
Yes
Reports
on Ok
completed.
Click on View Output button and validate 1. Output file is displayed and the order
that the order is present in the report details are verified
Enter user name and password for Verify user 1. Displays msg : Invalid username or
Invalid
Valid
responsibility
window.
Enter the order type and select the 1. Customer details will get populated
customer in customer field and tab out onto sales order header
Check for Ship to and Bill to addresses Is Ship to or 1. Sales order window is kept open for
and modify if required bill To further processing
different? =
No
Navigate to others tab and enter the Is the item 1. Selected warehouse has required
payment terms, shipping method and available? = item as unreserved quantity that can be
freight term.Go to line items tab and Yes ordered for
enter line item details like name and
quantity and check for its availablity by
clicking on availability button
Change the quantity if required as per Is Order 1. Displays relevant error message
items availability and Click the 'Book Booked? =
order'button No
Valid
responsibility
window.
different? =
No
Change the quantity if required as per Is Order 1. System will show the window with the
items availability and Click the 'Book Booked? = message Order has been booked.
order'button Yes

button.
changes".

order
Navigate to the 'Quantity History' Tab Is the Status 1. Order line status has not changed to
and check for the line status of the line cancelled from Awaiting shipment
Cancelled? =
No
Valid
responsibility
window.
Check for Ship to and Bill to addresses Is Ship to or 1. New Ship to and Bill to locations are
and modify if required bill To entered and saved
different? =
Yes
Change the quantity if required as per Is Order 1. Displays relevant error message
items availability and Click the 'Book Booked? =
order'button No
Valid
responsibility
window.
different? =
Yes
order'button Yes

button.
changes".

order
Navigate to the 'Quantity History' Tab Is the Status 1. Order line status has not changed to
and check for the line status of the line cancelled from Awaiting shipment
Cancelled? =
No
Valid
responsibility
window.
different? =
No
Navigate to others tab and enter the Is the item 1. Selected warehouse has no
payment terms, shipping method and available? = unreserved quantity of the item given
freight term.Go to line items tab and No
Valid
responsibility
window.
different? =
Yes
Navigate to others tab and enter the Is the item 1. Selected warehouse has no
payment terms, shipping method and available? = unreserved quantity of the item given
freight term.Go to line items tab and No
Valid
responsibility
window.
different? =
No
order'button Yes

button.
changes".

order
Navigate to the 'Quantity History' Tab Is the Status 1. Order line status is changed to
and check for the line status of the line cacelled
Cancelled? =
Yes
Reports
on Ok
completed.
Click on View Output button and validate 1. Output file is generated and the order
that the order is present in the report details are verified from the report
Valid
responsibility
window.
different? =
Yes
order'button Yes

button.
changes".

order
Navigate to the 'Quantity History' Tab Is the Status 1. Order line status is changed to
and check for the line status of the line cacelled
Cancelled? =
Yes
Reports
on Ok
completed.
that the order is present in the report details are verified from the report
Enter user name and password for Verify user 1. Gives msg that username or
Oracle Apps and click on submit button credentials = password is invalid
Invalid
Valid
responsibility
screen
name and tab out from the customer header
field
Check Ship to and Bill to addresses and Is Ship to or 1. New addresses are entered and
change if required bill To saved
different? =
Yes
Navigate to Others tab and enter the Is the item 1. Selected warehouse has required
payment terms, shipping method, available? = quantity of unreserved item to be
Warehouse and freight term.Go to line Yes ordered
items tab and give item details and
check its availability by clicking on
availability button
Change the item quantity based on Is Order 1. Displays error msgs
order'button No
Valid
responsibility
screen
field
Check Ship to and Bill to addresses and Is Ship to or 1. Sales order window is open for further
change if required bill To processing
different? =
No
availability button
Change the item quantity based on Is Order 1. Displays error msgs

order'button No
Valid
responsibility
screen
field
different? =
Yes
Navigate to Others tab and enter the Is the item 1. Required quantity of the item is not
payment terms, shipping method, available? = present in the selected warehouse
Warehouse and freight term.Go to line No
availability button
Valid
responsibility
screen
field
different? =
No
Navigate to Others tab and enter the Is the item 1. Required quantity of the item is not
payment terms, shipping method, available? = present in the selected warehouse
Warehouse and freight term.Go to line No
availability button
Valid
responsibility
screen
field
different? =
Yes
availability button
order'button Yes
Note down the Order number and move

to the line items tab.
Select the line to be split in the line items 1. System will generate the actions
tab and click on action button. window with LOV.
Choose the Split lines option from that 1. System will generate the window that
LOV available in action window. is Split Lines window.
Enter the Quantity in two lines that 1. System will go back to the sales order
should equal to the total quantity window ->Line items tab and the lines
entered. Change the Request Date, Ship will be split
to and Warehouse if needed. Click on
split button.
Choose file->save and close all the

windows.
navigate to the Reports, Requests>Run report window.
Reports
on Ok
Choose the Report name from LOV 1. System will generate the parameter
'Sales Order Acknowledgement Report'. window.
completed.
that the order is present in the report number is verified
Valid
responsibility
screen
field
different? =
No
availability button
order'button Yes
Note down the Order number and move

Select the line to be split in the line items 1. System will generate the actions
tab and click on action button. window with LOV.
Choose the Split lines option from that 1. System will generate the window that
LOV available in action window. is Split Lines window.
Enter the Quantity in two lines that 1. System will go back to the sales order
should equal to the total quantity window ->Line items tab and the lines
entered. Change the Request Date, Ship will be split
to and Warehouse if needed. Click on
split button.
Choose file->save and close all the

windows.
navigate to the Reports, Requests>Run report window.
Reports
on Ok
Choose the Report name from LOV 1. System will generate the parameter
'Sales Order Acknowledgement Report'. window.
completed.
that the order is present in the report number is verified
Enter user name and password for Verify user 1. Displays msg "Invalid username or
Oracle Apps and click on submit button credentials = password"
Invalid
Valid
responsibility
screen
Enter the Order Type and the customer 1. Customer details are populated on
name and tab out from customer field header
Check Ship to and Bill to fields and Is Ship to or 1. Sales order is kept open for further
different? =
No
Navigate to others tab and enter the Is the item 1.Resevable Quantity is
payment terms, shipping method, available? = greater than zero
warehouse and freight term.Go to line Yes
items tab and enter line details like
name and quantity.Check the availability
of the item by clicking availability button.
Change the item quantity based on Is Order 1. Gives error message

order'button No
Valid
responsibility
screen
Check Ship to and Bill to fields and Is Ship to or 1. New locations are entered and saved
change if required bill To
different? =
Yes
Change the item quantity based on Is Order 1. Gives error message

order'button No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
No
Navigate to others tab and enter the Is the item 1.Order will go into backorder for the
payment terms, shipping method, available? = item as there
warehouse and freight term.Go to line No is no reservable quantity in the selected
items tab and enter line details like warehouse
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
Yes
Navigate to others tab and enter the Is the item 1.Order will go into backorder for the
payment terms, shipping method, available? = item as there
warehouse and freight term.Go to line No is no reservable quantity in the selected
items tab and enter line details like warehouse
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
No
order'button Yes
Note down the Order number, Navigate 1. System will generate the actions
to the OrderHeader and click on the window with LOV.
action button.
Choose the Copy option from that LOV 1. System will generate the window that
available in action window. Copy window.
Change the Order Type, if needed
Click on the 'Copy Header' tab. Change
anything, if needed
Click on the 'Copy Lines' tab. Cahnge
Line Type, if needed
click on Ok Button 1. System will generate the Process
message (sales order) window by
showing automatic generated new order
number.
Note down the new order number and 1. System will go back to the old sales
click on continue button. order window.
Requery for the new order number. 1. System will open the new order in
Sales Order screen
Close all the window. 1. Closes windows
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
Yes
order'button Yes
Note down the Order number, Navigate 1. System will generate the actions
to the OrderHeader and click on the window with LOV.
action button.
Choose the Copy option from that LOV 1. System will generate the window that
available in action window. Copy window.
Change the Order Type, if needed
Click on the 'Copy Header' tab. Change
anything, if needed
Click on the 'Copy Lines' tab. Cahnge
Line Type, if needed
click on Ok Button 1. System will generate the Process
message (sales order) window by
showing automatic generated new order
number.
Note down the new order number and 1. System will go back to the old sales
click on continue button. order window.
Requery for the new order number. 1. System will open the new order in
Sales Order screen
Enter user name and password for Verify user 1. Gives msg "Invalid username or
Oracle Apps and click on submit button credentials = password"
Invalid
Valid
responsibility
screen
Enter the Order Type and the customer 1. Customer inf will get populated
name and tab out from customer field
Verify if Ship to and bill to addresses has Is Ship to or 1. Sales order screen is kept open for
to be changed and select new if required bill To further processing
different? =
No
Navigate to Others tab and enter the Is the item 1.Reservable quantity should be >0
payment terms, shipping method, available? =
items tab and give line inf like name and
quantity,UOM etc..and check for its
button
Change the item quantity based on Is Order 1. Gives error msg

order'button No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
No
button
order'button Yes
Note down the Order number and 1. System will generate the details of
Requery for the same order. that sales order in the sales order
window.
Change the Customer name/customer Are the 1. Gives error msg
PO/Ship to/Bill to/Sales person/Price list changes
and click on Save Saved? = No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
No
button
order'button Yes
window.
Change the Customer name/customer Are the 1. System will show a message that the
PO/Ship to/Bill to/Sales person/Price list changes changes are saved.
and click on Save Saved? =
Yes
Navigate to Others Tab 1. System will show the details of that
particular sales order in that other's tab.
Change the Payment Terms/Shipping Changes 1. Gives error msg

Method/Freight Terms/Shipment Saved? = No
Priority/Shipping and/or packing
Instructions and click on Save
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
No
button
order'button Yes
window.
Yes

Change the Payment Terms/Shipping Changes 1. System will display a message that
Method/Freight Terms/Shipment Saved? = the changes are saved.
Priority/Shipping and/or packing Yes
Navigate to Line items Tab 1. System will show the line items details
for the particular sales order.
Change the line item/ordered Are changes 1. Gives error msg
quantity/Request Date and click on Save saved? = No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
No
button
order'button Yes
window.
Yes

Change the line item/ordered Are changes 1. System will display message that the
quantity/Request Date and click on Save saved? = changes are saved.
Yes
Navigate to Pricing Tab. Change the Changes 1. Gives error msg

Price List/Payment Terms and click on Saved? = No
Save
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
No
button
order'button Yes
window.
Yes

Yes
Navigate to Pricing Tab. Change the Changes 1. System will display message that the
Price List/Payment Terms and click on Saved? = changes are saved
Save Yes
Navigate to Addresses Tab. Change the Are the 1. Gives error msg
Ship to/Bill to and click on Save changes
saved = No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
No
button
order'button Yes
window.
Yes

Yes
Save Yes
Navigate to Addresses Tab. Change the Are the 1. System will display message that
Ship to/Bill to and click on Save changes changes are saved
saved = Yes
Navigate to the Reports, Requests>Run 1. System will generate the request

Reports report window.
on Ok
Choose the name from LOV 'Sales 1. System will generate the parameter
Order Acknowledgement Report' . window.
Fill the mandatory parameter (order 1. System will go back to the request
Note down the Request ID and navigate Is completed 1. Creates logfile with error details which
to the View->Request and click on find without can be viewed by clicking on view log
button and keep on clicking the refresh error? = No button
completed.
Valid
responsibility
screen
Verify if Ship to and bill to addresses has Is Ship to or 1. New locations are selected and saved
to be changed and select new if required bill To
different? =
Yes
button
Change the item quantity based on Is Order 1. Gives error msg

order'button No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
Yes
button
order'button Yes
window.
Change the Customer name/customer Are the 1. Gives error msg
PO/Ship to/Bill to/Sales person/Price list changes
and click on Save Saved? = No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
Yes
button
order'button Yes
window.
Yes

Change the Payment Terms/Shipping Changes 1. Gives error msg

Method/Freight Terms/Shipment Saved? = No
Priority/Shipping and/or packing
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
Yes
button
order'button Yes
window.
Yes

Change the line item/ordered Are changes 1. Gives error msg
quantity/Request Date and click on Save saved? = No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
Yes
button
order'button Yes
window.
Yes

Yes
Navigate to Pricing Tab. Change the Changes 1. Gives error msg

Price List/Payment Terms and click on Saved? = No
Save
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
Yes
button
order'button Yes
window.
Yes

Yes
Save Yes
Navigate to Addresses Tab. Change the Are the 1. Gives error msg
Ship to/Bill to and click on Save changes
saved = No
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
Yes
button
order'button Yes
window.
Yes

Yes
Save Yes
saved = Yes

on Ok
Note down the Request ID and navigate Is completed 1. Creates logfile with error details which
to the View->Request and click on find without can be viewed by clicking on view log
button and keep on clicking the refresh error? = No button
completed.
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
No
Navigate to Others tab and enter the Is the item 1. Item is not available in the selected
payment terms, shipping method, available? = warehouse to be reserved
warehouse and freight term.Go to line No
button
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
Yes
Navigate to Others tab and enter the Is the item 1. Item is not available in the selected
payment terms, shipping method, available? = warehouse to be reserved
warehouse and freight term.Go to line No
button
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
No
Navigate to Others tab and enter the Is the item 1. Reservable quantity should be >0
button
order'button Yes
window.
Yes

Yes
Save Yes
saved = Yes

on Ok
Note down the Request ID and navigate Is completed 1.Request is run successfully and the
to the View->Request and click on find without output file is
button and keep on clicking the refresh error? = Yes generated for verification by clicking
button untill the status is changed to view output button
completed.
Validate that the order is present in the 1. Output file is verified for the order
report details
Valid
responsibility
screen
different? =
Yes
Navigate to Others tab and enter the Is the item 1. Reservable quantity should be >0
button
order'button Yes
window.
Yes

Yes
Save Yes
saved = Yes
on Ok
Note down the Request ID and navigate Is completed 1.Request is run successfully and the
to the View->Request and click on find without output file is
button and keep on clicking the refresh error? = Yes generated for verification by clicking
button untill the status is changed to view output button
completed.
Validate that the order is present in the 1. Output file is verified for the order
report details
Enter user name and password for Verify user 1. Gives invalid username or password
Oracle Apps and click on submit button credentials = message
Invalid
Valid
responsibility
screen
Enter the Order Type as 'Return only'
and the customer name and the details
and click on others Tab
Navigate to Others tab and enter the 1. System will show the objects that are
payment terms, shipping method, present in line items tab.
Warehouse and freight term.Go to line
items tab.
Type the item and quantity to be

returned
Navigate to Return Tab
Enter the Reason of Return of the item
being returned
Click on Reference field and Select Type
'Customer PO number' or 'Sales Order'
or 'Invoice', enter the value and line and
click on Save
Click the 'Book order'button Order 1. Error messase is displayed

booked? =
No
Valid
responsibility
screen
Enter the Order Type as 'Return only'
and the customer name and the details
and click on others Tab
Navigate to Others tab and enter the 1. System will show the objects that are
payment terms, shipping method, present in line items tab.
Warehouse and freight term.Go to line
items tab.
Type the item and quantity to be

returned
Navigate to Return Tab
Enter the Reason of Return of the item
being returned
Click on Reference field and Select Type
'Customer PO number' or 'Sales Order'
or 'Invoice', enter the value and line and
click on Save
Click the 'Book order'button Order 1. System will show the window with the
booked? = message Order has been booked.
Yes
shows that order has been booked. Order header window and also System
will generate the RMA order number.
Make a note of that RMA order number 1. System will Generate the Receipt
and Navigate to the Inventory > Window.
Transactions >Receiving > Receipts
under Inventory Responsibility.
Navigate to the Customer Tab and Enter 1. System will display the returned Items
the sales order number in RMA field and in Receipts form
click on find button.
Check the line items to be received, 1. System will generate the header
enter the subinventary and click on Save window with the system genrated receipt
number.
Note down the receipt number and close 1. Receipt number is noted and windows
all the window. are closed
Enter user name and password for Verify user 1. Gives msg : Invalid username or
Oracle Apps and click on submit. credentials = password
Invalid
Oracle Apps and click on submit. credentials = with list of responsibilities.
Valid
Select "Purchasing Super User" as a 1. All the functions in the responsibility
responciblity. are displayed
Select option Requisitions- 1. System will generate the Requisitions
>Requisitions. window.
Enter the item, quantity, destination type 1. System will generate the Requisition
= Expense,Organization = Destination number and enable the Approve button.
Org,location = Destination
Location,source = Inventory and
Organization = Selling OU and do file-
>Save.
Note down the Requisition number and 1. system will generate the approve
Click on approve button. document window.
Click on ok button and Navigate to the 1. System will generate the Requisitions
Requisitions summary. summary window.
Enter the Requisition number and click 1. system will generate the Requisition
on find button. header window
Check the approval status. Is it 1. Requisition status is changed to
approved? = approved
Yes
Close all the window and navigate to 1. System will generate the submit
Reports->Run and click ok by choosing request window.
single request.
Enter the "Create Internal Orders" in 1. System will generate the decision
name, operating unit = Destination OU table by showing the message Request
and click on submit button. id.
Note down the request id and click on no 1. System will generate the Request
button and then navigate through View- window with find button.
>Requests.
Click on find button and check for Is request 1. Logfile is created with error details
request run status in requests window completed and verified
displayed without
error? = No
Valid
>Save.
Yes
single request.
>Requests.
Click on find button and check for Is request 1. Request is run succesfully and the
request run status in requests window completed output file is generated that can be
displayed without viewed by clicking view output button
error? = Yes
Close all the window and navigate to the

responsiblities "Order vision
operations(USA)".
Click on Order Returns->Import orders- 1. System will gnerate the paramenters
>Order import request. window.
Enter the mandatory 1. System will go back to the request
parameter(Operating unit = Source OU, submiting window.
order source = Internal, order
reference=requisiton #) and click on ok
button.
Click the submit button and note down

the request id from desicion window.
Navigate to view-> request and query for Is request 1. Logfile is created with error details
the request using req id and check for completed and verified
request completion status without
error? = No
Valid
>Save.
Yes
single request.
>Requests.
error? = Yes

operations(USA)".
button.

Navigate to view-> request and query for Is request 1. Request is run successfully with
the request using req id and check for completed normal status
error? = Yes
Close all the window and navigate to the 1. System will generate the find
responsiblities "Purchasing vision Requisition window.
operation" and navigate. Requisitions
>Requisitions Summary.
Enter the Requisition number that was 1. System will generate the Requisition
created, OU=Destination OU and click header window .
on find button.
Click on line button. 1. System will generate the Requisition
line summary window.
Scroll right and note down the order 1. System will show the function that are
number and close all the window and available in that responsiblities.
navigate to the responsibblities "Order
management super vision
operations(USA)".
Navigate to the Order Returns->Order 1. System will generate the Find

organiser. orders\Quotes window.
Enter the order number and click find 1. system will generate the order
button. organiser window.
Check the status of the order. IS it 1. Error messages are displayed
Booked? =
No
Valid
>Save.
Yes
single request.
>Requests.
error? = Yes

operations(USA)".
button.

error? = Yes
on find button.
operations(USA)".

Check the status of the order. IS it 1. Order is booked and its status is
Booked? = updated to booked
Yes
Close all the window.
Navigator
Enter the order number and tabout in the 1. System will show the objects which is
same screen and click on the shipping in shipping tab.
tab.
Make auto delivary as yes and auto pick 1. System will display the objects that is
confirm as no and navigate to inventory present in inventary tab.
tab
Enter the Warehouse and click on the
Execute now button .
Move to the navigator window and 1.System will generate the Request
navigate to the Shipping> Reports and window.
Documents.
Select Single Request and select Ok
Choose the name from LOV "Pick Slip 1. System will generate the parameter
Report". window for the pick slip report.
number) and then click on ok button. window for runing the pick slick report..
Click on submit button for runing the pick 1. System will generate the note window
slip report. with message request ID for pick slip
report.
completed and close all the windows
Navigate to the Inventory>Transactions 1. System will generate the Organisation

> Move Orders > Transact Move Orders. window.
Choose the organisation under which 1. System will generate the "Find move
the sales order was created. order lines" window.
Navigate to the " Pick Wave" Tab and 1. System will go back to the transact
check the sales order check box, enter move order window.
the Sales order number and click on find
button.
Click on Transact button and close all

the window.
Enter the sales order number in order 1. system will generate the shipping
number from and order number to text transaction window.
Enter the Ship Options and Click 'OK' "Delivery 1. Error messages are displayed
button was
successfully
confirmed"?
= No
Valid
>Save.
Check the approval status. Is it 1. Request is forwarded to higher official
approved? = for approval and the status is changed to
No in process
Valid
>Save.
Yes
single request.
>Requests.
error? = Yes

operations(USA)".
button.

error? = Yes
on find button.
operations(USA)".

Check the status of the order. IS it 1. Order is booked and its status is
Booked? = updated to booked
Yes
Close all the window.
Navigator
Enter the order number and tabout in the 1. System will show the objects which is
same screen and click on the shipping in shipping tab.
tab.
Make auto delivary as yes and auto pick 1. System will display the objects that is
confirm as no and navigate to inventory present in inventary tab.
tab
Enter the Warehouse and click on the
Execute now button .
Move to the navigator window and 1.System will generate the Request
navigate to the Shipping> Reports and window.
Documents.
Select Single Request and select Ok
Choose the name from LOV "Pick Slip 1. System will generate the parameter
Report". window for the pick slip report.
number) and then click on ok button. window for runing the pick slick report..
Click on submit button for runing the pick 1. System will generate the note window
slip report. with message request ID for pick slip
report.
completed and close all the windows
Navigate to the Inventory>Transactions 1. System will generate the Organisation

> Move Orders > Transact Move Orders. window.
Choose the organisation under which 1. System will generate the "Find move
the sales order was created. order lines" window.
Navigate to the " Pick Wave" Tab and 1. System will go back to the transact
check the sales order check box, enter move order window.
the Sales order number and click on find
button.
Click on Transact button and close all

the window.
Enter the sales order number in order 1. system will generate the shipping
number from and order number to text transaction window.
Enter the Ship Options and Click 'OK' "Delivery 1. System will show the note message
button was that "Delivery was successfully
confirmed"?
= Yes
Move to the navigator window and 1. System will generate the find
navigate to the Inventory super Expected Receipts window.
User>Transaction>receiving>receipts.
Enter the OU=Destination OU, 1. system will generate the Receipt

Requisition number and click on the find window with the details of that requisition
button. orders.
Check the check box of the line items 1. System will generate the Receipt
that are expected to receive and enter header details.
the sub-inventory and do file->Save and
click on header button.
Note down the Receipt number and 1. Receipt number is noted.Windows are
close all the window. closed.
Enter user name and password for Validate 1. Displays that username or password
Oracle Apps and click on submit username is invalid
and pwd =
Invalid
Enter user name and password for Validate 1. System displays application home
Oracle Apps and click on submit username page with all the responsibilities listed for
and pwd = that user login.
Valid
Select Order management,superuser 1. System displays all the functions

vision operations USA responsibility listed for that responsibility
Select sales order function 1. Java applet is started and sales order
entry from will be opened.
Enter sales order information (header 1. System displays a message
and line item inf) and verify if different 'Transaction n records saved and
parameters have been defaulted from applied' and Order number is genarated
customer and update those values that
you wish to be different from defaulted
and save the order.
Click on Book order Check if the 1. System displays error msg

order is
booked = No
Valid

and save the order.
Click on Book order Check if the 1. System displays note window that
order is order has been booked and the order
booked = status changes to booked from entered
Yes and order line status changes to
Awaiting shipping
Go to navigator window and select 1. Release Order form will be displayed

Release Sales Order function(shipping-
>Release sales order->Release sales
order)
Specify order number under Order Tab, 1. System would display a msg 'Pick
Enter Autocreate delivery as "yes" release online has succesfully
Shipping Tab, Mention warehouse under completed'
inventory Tab and click on execute now.
Select menu option(View->Requests) Check for 1. pick slip report is run succesfully and
and then select all my requests and click the request the report can be viewed by clicking on
on find in find requests window.Then status = View output button
click on refresh data button in requests Completed
window till the processing is done. with normal
status
check for the order line pick status from 1. Order line pick status is updated to
sales order window (actions->Additional Staged/Pick confirmed
line inf->Delivery tab->Pick status)
Go to navigator and select Transaction 1. Displays query manager window

function under Shipping
Query for the order by giving valid 1. System displays the line delivery
search criteria details of an order after pick confirm in
shipping transactions window
Click ship confirm button in delivery tab Check if 1. System displays msg that some
of the window and give ship confirm shipment is deliveries selected for ship confirm have
options in confirm delivery window confirmed errors or warnings
displayed and click on ok succesfully =
No
View details in the same window by 1. Order line status would still be picked
clicking on Details button and check for for those lines with error and shipped for
order line status lines that are shipped succesfully
Valid

and save the order.
Awaiting shipping

order)
Select menu option(View->Requests) Check for 1. Log file is created with warning details
and then select all my requests and click the request which can be viewed by clicking view log
on find in find requests window.Then status = button
window till the processing is done. with warning

Click ship confirm button in delivery tab Check if 1. System displays msg that some
of the window and give ship confirm shipment is deliveries selected for ship confirm have
options in confirm delivery window confirmed errors or warnings
No
View details in the same window by 1. Order line status would still be picked
clicking on Details button and check for for those lines with error and shipped for
order line status lines that are shipped succesfully
Valid

and save the order.
Awaiting shipping

order)
Select menu option(View->Requests) Check for 1. Log file is created with error details
window till the processing is done. with error
Valid

and save the order.
Awaiting shipping

order)
Select menu option(View->Requests) Check for 1. Log file is created with warning details
window till the processing is done. with warning

Click ship confirm button in delivery tab Check if 1. System gives a msg that 'delivery is
of the window and give ship confirm shipment is confirmed' and the order line status is
options in confirm delivery window confirmed changed to Shipped
Yes
Valid

and save the order.
Awaiting shipping

order)
Select menu option(View->Requests) Check for 1. pick slip report is run succesfully and
and then select all my requests and click the request the report can be viewed by clicking on
on find in find requests window.Then status = View output button
window till the processing is done. with normal
status

Click ship confirm button in delivery tab Check if 1. System gives a msg that 'delivery is
of the window and give ship confirm shipment is confirmed' and the order line status is
options in confirm delivery window confirmed changed to Shipped
Yes
Enter user name and password for Validate user 1. Displays msg that username or
Oracle Apps and click on submit credentials = password provided is invalid
Invalid
Enter user name and password for Validate user 1. Application home page is displayed
Valid
Select order management super 1. All the functions listed for the
user,Vision operations(USA) responsibility are displayed
responsibility
Select standard function under 1. Java applet will be started and Find
customer(Customer->Standard) customer window is opened
Give customer name and search for the 1. Displays a decision window with msg
customer clicking find button asking if we want to create a new
customer as the customer with given
name is not found
Confirm the action by clicking on new 1. Customer standard entry form will be
button displayed
Give all the customer information like 1. Customer details are saved and
name,addresses,bill to and ship to site unique customer ID is generated
specifications,contact details,credit
limits,profile classes etc..and save the
details
Select sales order function from 1. Order entry form is displayed

navigator(Orders,Returns ->Sales order)
Give order information like 1. Order details are save and order
customer,order type and line inf. Also number is generated
update if any of the defaulted values
have to be modified and save the details
Click on book order Check if 1. Order is booked and the order status
order is changes to Booked and order line status
booked = changes to Awaiting shipping
Yes
Run sales order acknowledgement 1. System would generate req ID in a

report{select menu option view- note window
>Requests,click on submit a new
request in find requests window and give
program name and valid parameters in
submit request window and submit it
clicking on submit button.
Query for the request using the req ID in 1. Output file is displayed and printed
find requests window(View->Requests)
and refresh till its processing is
done.Then view the output file by
clicking on view output button and print
the file
Open release sales order window and 1. Displays Pick release online has
execute pick confirm giving all the completed sucessfully
picking options like Order number under
Order Tab, Autocreate Delivery as Yes in
Shipping Tab, Warehouse in Inventory
Tab and clicking execute button.
Select menu option(View->Requests) Check for 1. Pick release is executed successfully
and click on find to find all the requests the req and pick slip report can be viewed by
in find requests window.Complete status = clicking on View output button
process run by clicking on refresh data Completed
button in requests window. with normal
status
Check for order line status from sales 1. Order line pick status is changed to
order form(Actions->Additional line inf- Staged/Pick confirmed
>Delivery tab->Pick status)
Select Shipping->Transaction from 1. Order details are displayed in shipping
navigator and query for the released transactions window
order by entering Order number in query
manager window displayed
Click on ship confirm from delivery tab of Check if 1. System displays msg that delivery
shipping transactions window shipment lines selected have errors or warnings
done
sucessfully =
No
Check for line status 1. Line status will be changed to shipped

for those confirmed and picked for those
with error/warning
Valid
responsibility
name is not found
button displayed
details

Yes

the file
Select menu option(View->Requests) Check for 1. Log file is created with warnings which
and click on find to find all the requests the req can be viewed by clicking on view log
in find requests window.Complete status = button
button in requests window. with warning
Click on ship confirm from delivery tab of Check if 1. System displays msg that delivery
shipping transactions window shipment lines selected have errors or warnings
done
sucessfully =
No
Check for line status 1. Line status will be changed to shipped

for those confirmed and picked for those
with error/warning
Valid
responsibility
name is not found
button displayed
details

Yes

the file
Select menu option(View->Requests) Check for 1. Log file is created with error detail
and click on find to find all the requests the req which can be viewed by clicking view log
button in requests window. with error
Valid
responsibility
name is not found
button displayed
details

Click on book order Check if 1. Displays error msg

order is
booked = No
Valid
responsibility
name is not found
button displayed
details

Yes

the file
Select menu option(View->Requests) Check for 1. Log file is created with warnings which
and click on find to find all the requests the req can be viewed by clicking on view log
button in requests window. with warning
Click on ship confirm from delivery tab of Check if 1. System displays msg that Delivery is
shipping transactions window shipment confirmed and line status changes to
done "shipped"
sucessfully =
Yes
Run workflow background process 1. System closes the shipped order and
line status changes to "closed"
Switch the responsibility by selecting 1. Navigator displays all the functions
menu item (File->Switch Responsibility) under receivables responsibility
to receivables vision operations(USA)
from the responsibility window displayed
Run Autoinvoice master program ( View- 1. Generates Req ID in a note window

>Requests->Submit a new request-
>Submit) by giving valid parameter
values
Query for the request using req ID and 1. Generated invoice number will be
complete its processing.Switch the displayed in the invoice/credit memos
responsibility to order management region
again and query for the order to see
additional line inf.
Valid
responsibility
name is not found
button displayed
details

Yes

the file
Select menu option(View->Requests) Check for 1. Pick release is executed successfully

and click on find to find all the requests the req and pick slip report can be viewed by
in find requests window.Complete status = clicking on View output button
button in requests window. with normal
status
Click on ship confirm from delivery tab of Check if 1. System displays msg that Delivery is
shipping transactions window shipment confirmed and line status changes to
done "shipped"
sucessfully =
Yes
Run workflow background process 1. System closes the shipped order and
line status changes to "closed"
Switch the responsibility by selecting 1. Navigator displays all the functions
menu item (File->Switch Responsibility) under receivables responsibility
to receivables vision operations(USA)
from the responsibility window displayed
Run Autoinvoice master program ( View- 1. Generates Req ID in a note window

>Requests->Submit a new request-
>Submit) by giving valid parameter
values
Query for the request using req ID and 1. Generated invoice number will be
complete its processing.Switch the displayed in the invoice/credit memos
responsibility to order management region
again and query for the order to see
additional line inf.
Enter user name and password for Validate 1. Displays msg that username or
Oracle Apps and click on submit username password given is invalid
and
password =
Invalid
and that user login
password =
Valid
Select order management 1. System displays list of functions

superuser,vision operations assigned to that responsibility
responsibility
Open Return sales order window 1. Java applet is started and the sales
(Orders,Returns->Sales order) order form is opened
Enter sales order header inf with order 1. Order details are saved and order
type as "Return Only".Give the item number is generated
which needs to be returned in line inf
with return reason and reference details
in return tabbed region of line items and
save the order
Click on book order Check if 1. System displays msg that order is

order is booked and the order status is changed
booked = to Booked
Yes
Check for order line status status = 1. Order line status is booked
"Awaiting
Receipt" =
No
Run workflow background process and Status="Awai 1. Order line status has not changed to
Check for order line status ting Receipt" Awaiting receipt and the order cannot be
= No processes further
and that user login
password =
Valid

responsibility
save the order
Click on book order Check if 1. System displays error msg

order is
booked = No
and that user login
password =
Valid

responsibility
save the order

booked = to Booked
Yes
Check for order line status status = 1. Order line status is booked
"Awaiting
Receipt" =
No
Run workflow background process and Status="Awai 1. Order line status is Awaiting receipt
Check for order line status ting Receipt" and the order is ready to be received
= Yes against
Open receipts window(Inventory- 1. Find Receipts window is opened

>Transactions->Receiving->Receipts)
Search for return order giving RMA 1. Opens receipt window with the order
number and other details in customer inf
tab
Give receiving inventory details like 1. Receipt number is generated in the
Location, sub-inventory and select the header form.
lines to be returned and save the
transaction.Click header button.
Switch to receivables vision 1. Receivable functions are displayed in

operations(USA) responsibility(File- the navigator window
>Switch responsibility)
Run autoinvoice master program with 1. Credit memo is generated for the
valid parameter values and complete the return order.The unique credit memo
process run. switch to order number is updated in the order line inf in
management responsibility and check Sales Order Form under Line Items Tab
for additional line inf from sales order for further ref.
window
and that user login
password =
Valid

responsibility
save the order

booked = to Booked
Yes
Check for order line status status = 1. Order line status is Awaiting receipt
"Awaiting and the order is ready to be received
Receipt" = against
Yes
Open receipts window(Inventory- 1. Find Receipts window is opened

>Transactions->Receiving->Receipts)
Search for return order giving RMA 1. Opens receipt window with the order
number and other details in customer inf
tab
Location, sub-inventory and select the header form.
lines to be returned and save the
Switch to receivables vision 1. Receivable functions are displayed in

operations(USA) responsibility(File- the navigator window
>Switch responsibility)
Run autoinvoice master program with 1. Credit memo is generated for the
valid parameter values and complete the return order.The unique credit memo
process run. switch to order number is updated in the order line inf in
management responsibility and check Sales Order Form under Line Items Tab
for additional line inf from sales order for further ref.
window
Enter user name and password for Validate user 1. Displays msg that either of username
Oracle Apps and click on submit credentials = or password given is invalid
Invalid
Oracle Apps and click on submit credentials = listing all the responsibilities assigned to
Valid the user
Select order management 1. All the functions for the selected

superuser,Vision operations(USA) responsibility will be displayed
responsibility.
(Orders,Returns->Sales order) form is opened
Enter sales order inf(header and 1. Sales order number is generated
line).Update any defaulted values that
are to be changed and save the order.
Click on book order button Check if 1. System displays note window that
order is order has been booked. Order status is
booked = changed to booked and order line status
Yes to Awaiting shipping.
Open release order window( Shipping- 1. Release sales order form window is
>Release sales order->Release sales opened
order)
Query for the order and give picking 1. System displays msg that pick release
options like warehouse,delivery creation online is completed succesfully
criteria etc.., and click Execute Now
button
Select menu option(View->Requests) Check for 1. Pick release is run successfully and
and find all the requests by clicking find run status = delivery is created
button in find requests window.Complete Completed
processing the requests. with normal
status
Check for order line status(pick status) 1.Order line pick status is changed to
from sales order window Actions- staged/Pick confirmed
>Additional line inf->Delivery tab->Pick
status
Select Shipping->Transaction function 1. Shipping transaction window is

from navigator and search for the order displayed with the order delivery details
to be shipped giving valid search
criteria(order number) in the query
Click on ship confirm button under Check if 1. Displays msg that deliveries selected
delivery tab of shipping transactions shipment for ship confirm have errors or warnings
window done = No
View order line status 1. Will be shipped for lines ship
confirmed and picked for lines not ship
confirmed
Valid the user

responsibility.
order)
button
status
status

Click on ship confirm button under Check if 1. Displays msg that 'Delivery is
delivery tab of shipping transactions shipment confirmed' and order line status is
window done = Yes changed to Shipped
Close all the forms and open order 1. Order organiser window is opened
organiser (Orders,Returns->Order with the order details
organiser) window from navigator and
query for the sales order shipped.
Click on actions button and choose copy 1. Copy order parameters window is
option from the list opened
change the order type to "Return Only" 1. System displays a msg that an order
and give return reasons in lines tab and has been created with the RMA order
click on ok number generated.
Click continue and query for the created 1. Newly created RMA order is opened
RMA order in order organiser window in the order organiser window.
Click on open and book the RMA order Verify if the 1. RMA Order is booked and the status
after verifying all the details copied. order is is changed to booked
booked =
Yes
Check for the order line status Line 1. Order line status will be booked
status="Awai
ting Receipt"
= No
Run workflow background process and Status="Awai 1. Order line status is still booked and
check for order line status ting Receipt" order cannot be processed further
= No
Valid the user
responsibility.
order)
button
status
status

Click on open and book the RMA order Verify if the 1. Displays error msg
after verifying all the details copied. order is
booked = No
Valid the user

responsibility.
order)
button
Select menu option(View->Requests) Check for 1. Log file is displayed with warnings that
and find all the requests by clicking find run status = can be viewed by clicking view log
button in find requests window.Complete Completed button
processing the requests. with warning
status

Click on ship confirm button under Check if 1. Displays msg that deliveries selected
delivery tab of shipping transactions shipment for ship confirm have errors or warnings
window done = No
View order line status 1. Will be shipped for lines ship
confirmed and picked for lines not ship
confirmed
Valid the user

responsibility.
order)
button
status

booked =
Yes
status="Awai
ting Receipt"
= No
Run workflow background process and Status="Awai 1. Order line status is still booked and
= No
Valid the user

responsibility.
order)
button
status

Click on open and book the RMA order Verify if the 1. Displays error msg
after verifying all the details copied. order is
booked = No
Valid the user

responsibility.
order)
button
Select menu option(View->Requests) Check for 1. Logfile is created with error details
and find all the requests by clicking find run status = which can be viewed by clicking view log
processing the requests. with error
Valid the user

responsibility.
Click on book order button Check if 1. Displays error message

order is
booked = No
Valid the user

responsibility.
order)
button
status
status

booked =
Yes
status="Awai
ting Receipt"
= No
check for order line status ting Receipt" and the order is ready to be received
= Yes
Open receipts window(Inventory- 1. Receipt window is opened with the

>Receipts->Receipts) and query for the RMA order details
return order booked giving RMA number
under customer tab

Location, sub-inventory and select the receipt header and Item is received back
lines to be returned and save the in the Inventory.
Valid the user

responsibility.
order)
button
status

booked =
Yes
Check for the order line status Line 1. Order line status is Awaiting receipt
status="Awai and the order is ready to be received
ting Receipt"
= Yes

under customer tab

Valid the user

responsibility.
order)
button
status

booked =
Yes
status="Awai
ting Receipt"
= No
check for order line status ting Receipt" and the order is ready to be received
= Yes

under customer tab

Valid the user

responsibility.
order)
button
status
status

booked =
Yes
Check for the order line status Line 1. Order line status is Awaiting receipt
status="Awai and the order is ready to be received
ting Receipt"
= Yes

under customer tab

Enter user name and password for Validate user 1. Displays msg that invalid username or
Invalid
Enter user name and password for Validate user 1. System opens application home page
Oracle Apps and click on submit credentials = with list of responsibilities assigned to
Valid the user
Select Order management 1. System displays list of functions under

superuser,vision operations(USA) the selected responsibility
responsibility
Open sales order 1. Starts java applet and opens sales
window( Orders,Returns->Sales order) order form
Enter order inf like ordertype as "Return 1. Order is saved and an RMA order
only",customer and other header and number is generated and order status is
line details.Modify any defaulted field entered.
values to be updated and save the order
Book the RMA order by clicking on book Check if 1. RMA Order is booked and the order
order button order is status is changed to booked from
booked = entered
Yes
Check for order line status Status="Awai 1. Line status is Awaiting Receipt and
ting Receipt" the order is ready to be processed
= Yes further
Select menu option(File->Switch 1. Displays list of functions under

Responsibility) and select inventory inventory operations,in the navigator
vision operations(USA) from the list of window
responsibilities displayed in the
responsibilities window
Open receipts window(Inventory- 1. Receipts window is opened with the

>Transactions->Receipts->Receipts) order details displayed
and query for the return order booked
giving RMA number in customer tab
Specify receiving logical subinventory, 1. Receipt number is generated in the

select the lines to be returned and save header form and the items are received
the transaction.Click on header button to the inventory
Switch the responsibility to order 1. Navigator window is displayed with

management selecting menu the list of functions under order
option(File->Switch Responsibility) management responsibility
Open sales order form(Orders,Returns- 1. Order number is generated and saved
>Sales order).Enter valid sales order successfully.
inf(header and line) and save the order
Book the order by clicking Book order Check if 1. Order is booked and the status is
button order is changed to booked.Also line status is
booked = changed to Awaiting shipping
Yes
Open realease sales order window 1. Displays a message that pickrelease

(Shipping->Release sales order -> online has completed successfully
Release sales order) execute picking
process giving valid pick options( Order
Number under Order Tab, warehouse in
Inventory Tab and Enter Autocreate
delivery as "yes" Shipping Tab)and
clicking on execute now.
Query for the pick slip report by finding Check for 1. Log file is created with warnings and
all the requests from find requests Run status = can be viewed by clicking view log
window opened through menu Completed button
option(View->Requests) and complete with warning
its processing by clicking on refresh data
button in Requests window
Open sales order and check for line pick 1. Order line pick status is changed to
status in additional line inf of order from Staged/Pick confirmed
sales order line items tab(Actions-
status)
Select Shipping->Transactions function 1. System opens shipping transactions

from navigator and query for the pick window with order details queried for
confirmed order giving order number
alone(remove values from other fields,
defaulted) in the query manager window
displayed
Select the delivery lines to be shipped Check if 1. Displays that delivery selected has
and click shipconfirm button in delivery shipment is some errors or warnings
tab confirmed =
Partially/Not
completed
Check for the order line status under 1. Order line status is changed to
main page of lines tab in sales order shipped for the lines without error and
window remains picked for those with error
Valid the user

responsibility
booked = entered
Yes
= Yes further



Yes

Query for the pick slip report by finding Check for 1. Pick slip report is run successfully and
all the requests from find requests Run status = the report can be generated by clicking
window opened through menu Completed on view output button for pick slip report
option(View->Requests) and complete with normal
its processing by clicking on refresh data status
status)

displayed
tab confirmed =
Partially/Not
completed
Valid the user

responsibility
booked = entered
Yes
= Yes further




Yes

Query for the pick slip report by finding Check for 1. Logfile is viewed for checking error
all the requests from find requests Run status = details by clicking view log button
window opened through menu Completed
option(View->Requests) and complete with error
Valid the user

responsibility
booked = entered
Yes
= Yes further




Book the order by clicking Book order Check if 1. Displays error message
button order is
booked = No
Valid the user

responsibility
booked = entered
Yes
Check for order line status Status="Awai 1. Order line status : Booked
ting Receipt"
= No
Run workflow background process and Status="Awai 1. Line status is still booked and the
= No
Valid the user
responsibility
booked = entered
Yes
ting Receipt"
= No
Run workflow background process and Status="Awai 1. Line status is Awaiting Receipt and
check for order line status ting Receipt" the order is ready to be processed
= Yes further




Yes

status)

displayed
tab confirmed =
Partially/Not
completed
Valid the user

responsibility
booked = entered
Yes
ting Receipt"
= No
= Yes further




Yes

status)

displayed
tab confirmed =
Partially/Not
completed
Valid the user

responsibility
booked = entered
Yes
ting Receipt"
= No
= Yes further




Yes

Query for the pick slip report by finding Check for 1. Logfile is viewed for checking error
all the requests from find requests Run status = details by clicking view log button
window opened through menu Completed
option(View->Requests) and complete with error
Valid the user

responsibility
booked = entered
Yes
ting Receipt"
= No
= Yes further




Book the order by clicking Book order Check if 1. Displays error message
button order is
booked = No
Valid the user

responsibility
Book the RMA order by clicking on book Check if 1. Displays error msg
order button order is
booked = No
Valid the user

responsibility
booked = entered
Yes
= Yes further




Yes

status)
displayed
Select the delivery lines to be shipped Check if 1. Displays msg that delivery is
and click shipconfirm button in delivery shipment is confirmed and the order line status
tab confirmed = changes to shipped
Succesully
completed
Check for order line status(in line items 1. Both Order line status and pick status
tab of sales order window) and pick for lines are changed to shipped
status(From line items tab of order
window : Actions->Additional line inf-
>Delivery tab->Pick status) for each line
item
Valid the user

responsibility
booked = entered
Yes
ting Receipt"
= No
= Yes further




Yes

status)

displayed
Succesully
completed
item
Valid the user

responsibility
booked = entered
Yes
ting Receipt"
= No
= Yes further




Yes

status)

displayed
Succesully
completed
item
Valid the user

responsibility
booked = entered
Yes
= Yes further




Yes

status)

displayed
Succesully
completed
item
Enter user name and password for Verify User 1. Displays : Invalid username or
Invalid
Enter user name and password for Verify User 1. Application home page is displayed
Oracle Apps and click on submit credentials = with the list of responsibilities associated
Valid to the user
Select order management 1. System displays all the functions for

superuser,Vision operations(USA) that responsibility
Responsibility
Open order organiser 1. System starts java applet and opens
window(Orders,Returns->Order order organiser window
organiser)
Query for the order for which price 1. system displays the queried order
difference need to be enteredby giving details
the order number
Open the order and select copy option 1. Order is opened and the copy order
from actions list parameters window is displayed
Specify various parameters like changed 1. System displays succesful order

order type(Mixed),Line type(Return creation msg with return order number
receipt) and return reason(credit and created
billing) under copy lines tab and then
confirm action clicking ok.
Continue the process by clicking on 1. RMA Order generated is opened in

continue button in the same window. the sales order form
Query and open the generated RMA
order in order organiser
window(Orders,Returns->Order
organiser)
Go to line items tab and select view 1. Adjustments window is opened

adjustments action from the action list
given on clicking actions button
Enter modifier number as manual 1. Price diff entered in adjustments
override and Calculate price dif and give window is reflected back in line item
reduced amount under Amount reduced details
field and click on ok.
Book the order Check if 1. Order is booked and the order status
order is changed to booked
booked =
Yes
Open sales order form (Orders,Returns- 1. Order is saved and order number is
>Sales order) from navigator and give generated
order header details like ordertype as
standard.create new order line under
line items tab with unit selling price as
(unit price-reduced amount) and give all
the other necessary inf and save the
entry
Book the order by clicking on book order Verify if the 1. Displays error msg
button order is
booked = No
Valid to the user

Responsibility
organiser)
the order number


organiser)

Book the order Check if 1. Displays error message

order is
booked = No
Valid to the user
Responsibility
organiser)
the order number


organiser)

Book the order Check if 1. Order is booked and the order status
order is changed to booked
booked =
Yes
Open sales order form (Orders,Returns- 1. Order is saved and order number is
>Sales order) from navigator and give generated
order header details like ordertype as
standard.create new order line under
line items tab with unit selling price as
(unit price-reduced amount) and give all
the other necessary inf and save the
entry
Book the order by clicking on book order Verify if the 1. Order is booked and status changes
button order is to booked
booked =
Yes
Enter user name and password for Validate 1. Displays that invalid username or
Oracle Apps and click on submit username password
and
password =
Invalid
Enter user name and password for Validate 1. Application home page should be
Oracle Apps and click on submit username displayed with the list of responsibilities
and
password =
Valid
Select order management super 1. System lists all the functions assigned
user,Vision operations(USA) to the responsibility selected
responsibility
Open ATP criteria form(Scheduling- 1. ATP criteria form window is opened
>ATP inquiry)
Give Organisation and item details(item 1. Displays ATP details of the item in
name,UOM,Quantity etc.., and click on ATP details form window
ATP details button.
Open sales order 1. Sales Order window is opened with
window(Orders,Returns->Sales order) the details
and query for the order to be
rescheduled by giving order number
Go to tools menu option and select 1. Scheduling actions window is

Scheduling option displayed with the list of options
Select unschedule and change the 1. Changes are saved to the order
scheduling dates(manually change
promise date also) in the order inf as per
ATP enquiry and save the changes
Enter user name and password for Validate user 1. Gives msg that either of username or
Oracle Apps and click on submit credentials = password given is invalid
Invalid
Oracle Apps and click on submit credentials = with the list of responsibilities assigned
Valid to the user
Select Order management 1. System lists all the functions for the
superuser,vision operations(USA) selected responsibility
responsibility
Open find/Enter customer 1. System opens find/enter customer
form(Customer->Standard) form
Give the new Customer name and 1. System displays a decision box saying
search for the customer by clicking find that customer is not found and asking if
button we want to create a new customer
Confirm the action by clicking New 1. System opens customer-standard

button form window for creating a new
customer
Give all the customer header details and 1. System opens customer addresses
click on new button of addresses tab to form
create new customer address
Give customer address and other details Another site 1. Customer details are saved and new
like type of site, Payment has to be site window is opened by selecting new
method,contact details,profile class and added to the record option from file menu
credit balances etc..,for each address customer? =
specified and save the entry Yes
Give site details as mentioned and save 1. Customer site details are saved
the entry successfully
Valid to the user
Select Order management 1. System lists all the functions for the
superuser,vision operations(USA) selected responsibility
responsibility
Open find/Enter customer 1. System opens find/enter customer
form(Customer->Standard) form
Give the new Customer name and 1. System displays a decision box saying
search for the customer by clicking find that customer is not found and asking if
button we want to create a new customer
Confirm the action by clicking New 1. System opens customer-standard

button form window for creating a new
customer
Give all the customer header details and 1. System opens customer addresses
click on new button of addresses tab to form
create new customer address
Give customer address and other details Another site 1. Customer details are saved
like type of site, Payment has to be succesfully
method,contact details,profile class and added to the
credit balances etc..,for each address customer? =
specified and save the entry No
Note the unique customer ID created 1. Customer has been created

and close the windows succesfully
Enter user name and password for Validate user 1. Gives invalid username or password
Oracle Apps and click on submit credentials = msg
Invalid
Valid to the user
Select order management 1. System displays list of functions in the

superuser,vision operations(USA) responsibility
responsibility
Open sales order form(Orders,Returns- 1. Java applet starts runing and opens
>Sales order) sales order form
Give sales order inf like order type as 1. Order will be saved and order number
"Drop shipment" and other header and is generated
line details.Make sure to specify
sourcetype under shipping tab of line
items window tab as "External" and save
the entry
Book the sales order by clicking book Check if 1. Order is booked and the status
order button order is changes to booked
booked =
Yes
Check for order line status Line status = 1. Order line status is Awaiting receipt
"Awaiting and the order is ready to be processed
Receipt " = further
Yes
Run purchase release(Orders,Returns- Check if 1. System generates Purchase

>Purchase release) giving valid purchase requisition for the sales order
parameters and complete the process release is
run
sucessfully =
Yes
Run requisiton import(Orders,Returns- Check if req 1. View logfile for verifying details
>Requisition import) giving valid import is run
parameters succesfully =
No
Valid to the user

responsibility
the entry
booked =
Yes
Receipt " = further
Yes
Run purchase release(Orders,Returns- Check if 1. View logfile for details

>Purchase release) giving valid purchase
run
sucessfully =
No
Valid to the user

responsibility
the entry
booked =
Yes
Check for order line status Line status = 1. Order line status has to be changed to
"Awaiting Awaiting receipt for further processing
Receipt " =
No
complete check for order line status ting Receipt" and the order is ready to be processed
= Yes further

run
sucessfully =
Yes
Run requisiton import(Orders,Returns- Check if req 1. View logfile for verifying details
>Requisition import) giving valid import is run
No
Valid to the user

responsibility
the entry
booked =
Yes
Receipt " =
No
= Yes further
Run purchase release(Orders,Returns- Check if 1. View logfile for details

>Purchase release) giving valid purchase
run
sucessfully =
No
Valid to the user

responsibility
the entry
booked =
Yes
Receipt " =
No
Run workflow background process and Status="Awai 1. Order line status is still not changed to
complete check for order line status ting Receipt" Awaiting Receipt and order cannot be
= No processed further
Valid to the user

responsibility
the entry
Book the sales order by clicking book Check if 1. Display error msg
order button order is
booked = No
Valid to the user

responsibility
the entry
booked =
Yes
Receipt " = further
Yes

run
sucessfully =
Yes
Run requisiton import(Orders,Returns- Check if req 1. System updates requisition number in

>Requisition import) giving valid import is run line inf of order booked
Yes
In the lineitems tab of order, click on 1. Request number copied sucessfully

Actions-> Additional line information, and
Verify the req number generated. Copy
this req number.
Select menu option(File->Switch 1. List of functions assigned to that

responsibility) and select responsibility are displayed in the
Purchasing,vision operations(USA) navigator window
responsibility from the list provided in the
window displayed
Open find requisitions window to open 1. Find requisition window is opened and
the created requisition selecting the queried req details are displayed in
Autocreate function from navigator and autocreate PO window
query for the req by giving valid search
criteria(Req no alone,delete all other
defaulted attributes)
Mark the Lines to be included in PO and 1. System displays PO creation

Initiate autocreation of PO by clicking parameters form.
automatic button
Give valid parameters like supplier 1. PO will be created for the req and PO
details etc.., and click on create button number is generated
Approve PO by clicking on approve Is requester 1. Request will be forwarded to the next

button and submitting it to the approver given person specified in the employee
privilege to hierarchy and the notification is sent to
approve req his/her worklist
= No
Valid to the user

responsibility
the entry
booked =
Yes
Receipt " =
No
= Yes further

run
sucessfully =
Yes

Yes

this req number.

window displayed

automatic button
Approve PO by clicking on approve Is requester 1. PO gets approved and the status

button and submitting it to the approver given changes to approved
privilege to
approve req
= Yes
Switch to order management 1. OM related functions are displayed in

responsibility navigator window
Open drop ship order in sales order 1. Drop ship order is opened and PO
window and check for PO number number is updated in the field mentioned
updated under drop ship tab of
additional line inf(Actions button from
line items tab of order window-
>Additional order inf->Drop ship tab-
>PO number)
Change the reponsibility to Inventory 1. All the inventory functions are listed in
vision operations(USA) the navigator window
Open find receipts window 1. Find Receipt window is opened .And
(Transactions->Receiving->Receipts) receipt window is displayed with the line
and look for PO giving valid criteria details to be received
under supplier/internal tab
Give receiving options like receiving 1. Receipt details are saved and receipt
logical subinventory and select the line number is generated and updated in the
items to be received and save the entry header window
and click on header button
Valid to the user

responsibility
the entry
booked =
Yes
Receipt " =
No
= Yes further

run
sucessfully =
Yes
Yes

this req number.

window displayed

automatic button
Approve PO by clicking on approve Is requester 1. Request will be forwarded to the next

button and submitting it to the approver given person specified in the employee
privilege to hierarchy and the notification is sent to
approve req his/her worklist
= No
Valid to the user

responsibility
the entry
booked =
Yes
Receipt " = further
Yes

run
sucessfully =
Yes
Yes

this req number.

window displayed

automatic button
Approve PO by clicking on approve Is requester 1. PO gets approved and the status

button and submitting it to the approver given changes to approved
privilege to
approve req
= Yes
Switch to order management 1. OM related functions are displayed in

responsibility navigator window
Open drop ship order in sales order 1. Drop ship order is opened and PO
window and check for PO number number is updated in the field mentioned
updated under drop ship tab of
additional line inf(Actions button from
line items tab of order window-
>Additional order inf->Drop ship tab-
>PO number)
Change the reponsibility to Inventory 1. All the inventory functions are listed in
vision operations(USA) the navigator window
Open find receipts window 1. Find Receipt window is opened .And
(Transactions->Receiving->Receipts) receipt window is displayed with the line
and look for PO giving valid criteria details to be received
under supplier/internal tab
Give receiving options like receiving 1. Receipt details are saved and receipt
logical subinventory and select the line number is generated and updated in the
items to be received and save the entry header window
and click on header button
Enter user name and password for Verify user 1. Displays msg : Invalid username or
Invalid
Valid
responsibility
Select menu option (View->Requests) 1. Find requests form is displayed
Click on 'Submit a new request' and 1. Submit request form is opened
select 'Single request'
Give program name in name field and Check if 1. Displays parameter window
tab out Program
exists = Yes
Give valid parameter values and click on 1. Request ID is generated

submit button
Open find requests window(View- Check the 1. Manager is not active and the request
>Requests) and query for the request status of the run has been stopped
using req ID and check for the request request run
run status = Inactive/No
manager
status
Close all the windows 1. All windows are closed

Valid
responsibility

tab out Program
exists = Yes

submit button
Open find requests window(View- Check the 1. Request would be running in the
>Requests) and query for the request status of the background and the mgr is active
run status =
Pending/Run
ning
Keep Refreshing the request until the Check the 1. Logfile is created with error details for
status changes to completed completion further verification which can be viewed
status of the by clicking view log button
request =
Completed
with error

Valid
responsibility

Give program name in name field and Check if 1. Opens list of values with all programs
tab out Program
exists = No
Close the windows 1. Windows are closed
Valid
responsibility

tab out Program
exists = Yes

submit button
run status =
Pending/Run
ning
Keep Refreshing the request until the Check the 1. Logfile is created which can be
status changes to completed completion verified for warning details by clicking on
status of the view log button
request =
Completed
with warning

Valid
responsibility

tab out Program
exists = Yes

submit button
run status =
Pending/Run
ning
Keep Refreshing the request until the Check the 1. Request run is completed succesfully
status changes to completed completion and the output file can be viewed for
status of the further verification of run result
request =
Completed
with normal
status
Valid
responsibility
screen
Enter the Order Type and the customer
name and the details and click on Others
Tab.
In others Tab, enter the payment terms,
shipping method, warehouse and freight
term
Click on Line Items 1. System will generate the line items
window
Type the item and quantity that is Is the item 1. Warehouse has reservable quantity of
needed and check for availablity by click available? = item required
on availability button Yes
Change the item qunatity based on its Order 1. Gives error message
availability if required and Click on 'Book booked? =
order'button No
Valid
responsibility
screen
Tab.
term
window
Change the item qunatity based on its Order 1. System will show the window with the
availability if required and Click on 'Book booked? = message Order has been booked.
order'button Yes
shows that order has been booked. Order header window. System will also
Make a note of that order number and Check the 1. Gives error message
move to the line items tab.. status of line
items"Awaiti
ng Shipping'
status" = No
Valid
responsibility
screen
Tab.
term
window
order'button Yes
Make a note of that order number and Check the 1. Order line status is updated to
move to the line items tab.. status of line Awaiting shipping status
items"Awaiti
ng Shipping'
status" = Yes
Click on Shipping->Release sales order- 1. System will generate the Release

Navigator
tab.
Tab.
Choose a different Warehouse than Is the Pick 1. Gives error message
what was entered while creating the Release
sales order. Check the auto allocate and completed =
click on Execute now. No
Enter user name and password for Verify user 1.System will generate the message that
Oracle Apps and click on submit credentials = "The username
Invalid or password is incorrect".
Valid
responsibility
screen
Tab.
term
window
Type the item and quantity that is Is the item 1. Required quantity of item is not
needed and check for availablity by click available? = present in the selected warehouse.
on availability button No
Valid
responsibility
screen
Tab.
term
window
order'button Yes
move to the line items tab.. status of line Awaiting shipping status
items"Awaiti
ng Shipping'
status" = Yes

Navigator
tab.
Tab.
Choose a different Warehouse than Is the Pick 1. System will genarate the note window
what was entered while creating the Release saying Pick Release for online quantity
sales order. Check the auto allocate and completed = completely successfull.
click on Execute now. Yes
Navigate to the sales order window 1. System willgenerate the sales order
window.
Query for the sales order and navigate
Check the status of the line items 1. The status of line items should be
"Awaiting Shipping' and not 'Picked' and
the delivery is not created
Close all the window. 1. All windows are closed
valid
responsibility
screen
Enter the Order Type and the customer 1. System will generate the line items
name with the price list and the details. window
Enter all the required details (including
Warehouse) in others tab and Navigate
to the Line Items.
Enter an item which is not assigned to 1. System will generate the Error
the warehouse and tab out message that showing that "the item
choosen is not available in Warehouse".
Enter user name and password for Verify user 1. System will generate the Error
Oracle Apps and click on submit credentials = message that "The username or
invalid password is incorrect".
Enter user name and password for Verify user 1. System will Generate the error
Invalid password is incorrect.
Valid
responsibility
screen
From the Order Type LOV, try to select 1. Order type for which fulfillment flow is
the order type for which fulfillment flow not defined will not be present in the
field is blank in transaction type form LOV
Close all the window. 1. All the windows are closed

Enter user name and password for Verify user 1. System will display the message"user
Oracle Apps and click on submit credentials = name or password is incorrect".
Invalid
Valid
responsibility
screen
Enter the customer details and the order 1. System should throw an Error
type which does not have a sequence message and the order number should
attached to it and navigate to the Line not be genarated as the order type does
Items Tab. not have sequence attached to it and the
user will not be able to create sales
order.
Enter username and password and then Validate user 1. Displays error msg: Invalid username
click on submit button credentials = or password
Invalid
Enter username and password and then Validate user 1. Application home page is displayed
click on submit button credentials = with the list of responsibilities attached to
Valid the logged in user
Select order management super user, 1. Displays list of functions given access
vision operations (USA) responsibility to the selected responsibility
Select function Orders, Returns -> Sales 1. Sales order form cannot be accessed
order by the user in the currently selected OU
as the Profile option MO: Operating Unit
is set to different OU.
Enter username and password and then Validate user 1. Displays error msg: Invalid username
click on submit button credentials = or password
Invalid
Enter username and password and then Validate user 1. Application home page is displayed
click on submit button credentials = with the list of responsibilities attached to
Valid the logged in user
Select order management super user, 1. Displays list of functions given access
vision operations (USA) responsibility to the selected responsibility
Select function Orders, Returns -> Sales 1. Sales order form is opened
order
Check if sales order fields are 1. All the fields are grayed out and
accessible doesnt allow entry of any inf due to
change in profile option setting MO:
Security Profile
valid
responsibility
screen
Enter the Order Type, Customer details, 1. System will generate the line items
Price list and other required details and window
Navigate to the Line Items.
Enter an item which is not present in the 1. System will generate the Error
given price list and Tab out. message that showing that "the item
choosen is not available in particular
price list"
Enter user name and password for Verify user 1. System will generate the Error
invalid password is incorrect".
Valid
responsibility
screen
name and the details and navigate to the
Others Tab.
In Others Tab, enter the payment terms, 1. System will generate the line items
shipping method, freight term. Enter a window
warehouse for which shipping
parameters are not set. Click on Line
Items tab
Type the item and quantity that is Is the item 1. Selected warehouse doesn't have
needed and check for availablity by click available? = requested quantity of item
on availability button No
Valid
responsibility
screen
Others Tab.
Items tab
Type the item and quantity that is Is the item 1. Selected warehouse has reservable
needed and check for availablity by click available? = quantity of item
Click the 'Book order'button Order 1. Displays error message
booked? =
No
Valid
responsibility
screen
Others Tab.
Items tab
Yes
move to the line items tab.. status of line Awaiting Shipping status
items"Awaiti
ng Shipping'
status" = Yes

Navigator
tab.
Tab.
Enter the same Warehouse which was Is the Pick 1. Displays error message
used while creating the sales order. Release
check the auto allocate and click on completed =
Execute now. No
Valid
responsibility
screen
Others Tab.
Items tab
Yes
move to the line items tab.. status of line Awaiting Shipping status
items"Awaiti
ng Shipping'
status" = Yes

Navigator
tab.
Tab.
Enter the same Warehouse which was Is the Pick 1. System will genarate the note window
used while creating the sales order. Release saying Pick Release has online quantity
check the auto allocate and click on completed = completely successfull.
Execute now. Yes
Navigate to the sales order window 1. System willgenerate the sales order
window.
Query for the sales order and navigate 1. The status of line items should be
to the line items tab and check the line "Awaiting Shipping'
items status
Valid
responsibility
screen
Others Tab.
Items tab
Yes
Make a note of that order number and Check the 1. Displays error message
move to the line items tab.. status of line
items"Awaiti
ng Shipping'
status" = No
Enter user name and password for Verify user 1. System will generate the message
Oracle Apps and click on submit credentials = that "The username or password is
Invalid incorrect".
Comments
1 CO_Setting standard cost for new purchased Item To set the standard cost for
a new purchased item
whenever it is setup on the
business system
2 CO_CREATING RESOURCE, OVERHEAD AND To create / update
DEPARTMENT COST/Updating resource and overhead Resource and Overhead
cost Costs
3 CO_CREATING STANDARD OPERATIONS/ To create / update standard
Maintaining standard Operations operations
4 CO_SETTING STANDARD COST FOR NEW MAKE To set the standard cost for
ITEM/Setting standard cost for new make Item a new make item whenever
it has been setup on the
business system
4 CO_SETTING STANDARD COST FOR NEW MAKE To set the standard cost for
ITEM/Setting standard cost for new make Item a new make item whenever
it has been setup on the
business system
5 CO_UPDATE COST FOR EXISTING PURCHASED To set the standard cost for
ITEMS/Update cost for existing purchased Items an existing purchased item
whenever it has been setup
on the business system
6 CO_UPDATE COST FOR EXISTING MAKE To set the standard cost for
COMPONENT/Update cost for existing make Item an existing MAKE item
6 CO_UPDATE COST FOR EXISTING MAKE To set the standard cost for
COMPONENT/Update cost for existing make Item an existing MAKE item
7 CO_COSTING FOR MISC RECIEPT TRANSACTIONS To understand the
/Costing for miscellaneous receipt transactions Transaction entries for
Miscellaneous Receipt
8 CO_COSTING FOR MISCELLANEOUS ISSUE To understand the

TRANSACTIONS/Check WIP Valuation Summary Transaction entries for
Miscellaneous issue
9 CO_COSTING FOR PURCHASE ORDER RECEIPT To understand the
TRANSACTIONS/ Costing for Purchase Order Receipt purchasing accounting
transactions entries on receipt of
material to receiving
inspection.
10 CO_ COSTING FOR RETURN TO RECEIVING FROM To understand the
INVENTORY/Return to receiving accounting Transaction entries on
returning the material to
receiving inspection
11 CO_RETURN TO SUPPLIER TRANSACTIONS To understand the
/Costing for Return to Supplier transactions Transaction entries on
returning the material to the
supplier.
12 CO_COSTING FOR PHYSICAL INVENTORY To understand the
TRANSACTIONS/Costing for physical Inventory transaction entries for
transactions Physical Inventory
adjustments
New purchased item has been defined 1 Login as Username: / Password

Cost types, Cost elements, Cost sub Select Responsibility
elements are defined
2 Navigate: Change Organization <REY>
Select the organization
3 For Buy items:
Navigate:
Item Costs --> Item Costs
Click on New
Click on Open
Select the new Item from the list. <003-1221-

Select Cost Type as Current 00>
Click Save
4 Click on Costs button.

Enter the Cost element and respective costs:
Cost Element: <Material>

Sub-Element: <MATERIAL
Basis: C>
Rate or amount: <Item>
Save The record and close the window <.1075>
Navigate to
Item Costs --> Standard Cost Update --> Update
Costs
Select Update Standard Cost
Parameters:
Cost type: <Current>
Adjustment Account: <1111-084-
0000-
Description: 57002000-
Item Range: 000-0000-
Sort Option: 000>
Update Option: <Enter a
description>
Specific item: < Specific
If a window pops up asking for a range of items, item>
click on cancel. <Item>
Save Details: < Resource,
Click OK and then Submit. overhead,
If a window pops up asking for submitting a new and item
request, Click on cancel costs>
Navigate to View-->Requests <003-1221-
Click on Find 00>
Click on Refresh till status of the process
changes to Completed.
Click on View Output for each of the reports.
<Yes>
5 Change organization if required by

Navigate: Change Organization <REY>
6 Navigate:
Select the item for which we have run the cost

update and click find
Compare the cost of that item for Current cost

type and frozen cost type
1.Department Setup 1 Login as Username: / Password

2.Resources setup Select Responsibility
2 Navigation:
Setup -> Sub-Elements --> Resources
3 Select Organization REY
4 Input a Resource name and other data:
Resource Name <R4000Fmn>
Description < Foremen>
Type <Miscellaneo
Charge Type us>
UOM <WIP Move>
Basis <EQ>
Costed <Item>
Standard Rate <Checked>
Absorption Account <Checked>
<1111-084-
4000-
Variance Account 61205000
-000-0000-
000>
< 1111-084-
0000-
52233000-
000-0000-
000 >
5 Click on Rates Button

6 Select the cost type
Cost Type <Current>
7 Enter <0.08710>
Resource unit cost
8 Save the work & close the form
9 Navigate to Setup >Costs Sub-Elements
Overheads
10 Input following data in this screen:
Overhead < DeprC>
*Cost Element (Select from list) <Overhead>
Description <Depreciatio
n
Absorption Account Compressor>
< 1111-084-
9998-
Default Basis 67701000-
000-0000-
000>
Click on Rates Button <Resource

Select Cost type: Value>
Enter Overhead rates
Department:
Basis:
Rate or amount: <Current>
Click on Resources button <4000>

Cost Type: <Resource
Resource: value>
<0.2>
<Current>
<
R4000Fmn>
11 Save your work and close the form

12 Switch responsibility to < EMR BOM
SUPERUSER ECT US > and Navigate to Bill of
Materials -> Routings --> Departments

14 Enter Department name and description
Department <4000>
Description <Assembly
Support>
15 Click Resource Button

Add the required Resources in Owned block
Resource <R4000Fmn>
,
<R4000Hrly>,
<R4000Sup>
16 Close the form and press the Rates button for

Department
17 Enter Cost type <Current>
18 Enter in the Overhead Rates block
Overhead <DeprC>,
<OtherC>,
<SalariesC>
Basis
<Resource
Rate or Amount Value>
<0.20000>,
<0.40000>,
<0.10000>

1.Department Setup 1 Login as Username: / Password
2.Resources setup Select Responsibility
2 Navigation:
Bill of Materials -> Routings --> Standard
Operations
3 Select Organization REY
4 Input following data:
Code < C001>
Description < 4000(.97) -
Assembly
Support>
Department
Option Dependent <4000>
Count Point <Unchecked>
Autocharge <Checked>
Backflush <Checked>
<Checked>
5 Click on Operation Resources Button

6 Input following data:
Seq <10>, <20>,
Resource <30>
<R4000Fmn>
,
Basis <R4000Hrly>,
Usage <R4000Sup>
<Item>
<.97>
7 Click on Scheduling tab: <No>

Schedule
1.New make item has been defined 1 Login as Username: / Password
2. For Make items, BOM and Routing Select Responsibility
for the item has been setup
3. Resource standard rates have been
set for the resources that are used in 2 Navigate: Change Organization <REY>
the routing Select the organization
4. The standard costs for items (make
and buy) which are in the BOM of this
make item defined
5.The departmental overheads are
defined
1.New make item has been defined
2. For Make items, BOM and Routing
for the item has been setup
3. Resource standard rates have been
set for the resources that are used in
the routing
4. The standard costs for items (make 3 Navigate:
and buy) which are in the BOM of this Item Costs Assembly Cost Rollup
make item defined Select Single Request and select the program
5.The departmental overheads are Cost Rollup Print Report
defined Parameters: <Current>
Cost Type: < Full cost
Rollup Option: rollup >
Range: < Specific
Report Type: item>
Material Detail: <Detailed
Material Overhead detail: Indented>
Routing Details: <Yes>
Report Number of Levels: <Yes>
Specific Item: <Yes>
<10>
If a window pops up asking for a range of items, <ZP29K5E-

click on cancel. PFV-130>
Click on OK and then on submit

Navigate to
View-->Requests
Click on Find
Click on View Output.
4 Navigate:
Select the new item : <ZP29K5E-

PFV-130>
Verify the costs under each sub-element
5 Navigate to
Item Costs --> Standard Cost Update -->
Update Costs
Parameters: <Current>
Cost type: <1111-084-
Adjustment Account: 0000-
Description: 57002000-
Item Range: 000-0000-
Update Option: 000>
<Enter a
Specific Item: description>
<Specific
If a window pops up asking for a range of items, Item>
click on cancel. <Resource,o
Save Details: verhead,and
item costs>
Click OK and then Submit. <ZP29K5E-
PFV-130>
Navigate to
View> Requests <Yes>
Click on Find
6 Change organization if required by <REY>

Navigate: Change Organization
7 Navigate:
Select the new item
Verify the costs under each element
Item cost already exists for this 1 Login as Username: / Password

component Select Responsibility

Select the organization
3 Navigate:
Select the item for which the cost is to be <003-1221-

updated. 00>
Click Find
4 Click on the Current Cost line of the Item

Click on Costs
Change the values of
Material <>
Material Overhead <>
Click Save
Close the windows
5 Perform standard cost update.

(Follow the steps 4 to 7 from setting standard
cost for new purchased Item)
6 Verify the cost of the item against Frozen cost
type
Item cost already exists for this 1 Login as Username: / Password
component Select Responsibility
Item cost already exists for this
component
2 Navigate:
Item Costs Assembly Cost Rollup
Select Single Request and select the program
Cost Rollup Print Report
Parameters:
Cost Type: <Current>
Rollup Option: < Full cost
Range: rollup >
Report Type: < Specific
Material Detail: item>
Material Overhead detail: <Detailed
Routing Details: Indented>
Report Number of Levels: <Yes>
Specific Item: <Yes>
<Yes>
If a window pops up asking for a range of items, <10>
click on cancel. <ZP29K5E-
Click on OK and then on submit PFV-130 >
Navigate to
View> Requests
Click on Find
3 Navigate:
Select the new item

Verify the costs under each sub-element
4 Navigate to
Item Costs -->Standard Cost Update --> Update
Costs
Parameters: <Current>
Cost type: <1111-084-
Adjustment Account: 0000-
57002000-
000-0000-
Description: 000>
<Enter a
Item Range: description>
Update Option: <Specific

Save Details: <Yes> Item>
<Resource
Specific Item: overhead,
and item
If a window pops up asking for a range of items, costs>
click on cancel.
Save details:
Click OK and then Submit. <ZP29K5E-
PFV-130>
Navigate to
View> Requests
Click on Find <Yes>

5 Change Organization if required by
Navigate: Change Organization <REY>
6 Navigate:
Select the new item
Perform the miscellaneous receipt for 1 Login as Username: / Password

an item in a sub inventory Select Responsibility

Navigation
3 Select Organization and Click OK <REY>

4 Enter
Item < 001-0512-
Transaction type 00>
Miscellaneou
s receipt
The transaction from date and to date has
Click Find
5 Primary Quantity <5>

Click Distributions
6 Following Transaction entries are shown Db Inventory

Valuation
Cr Account
provided
Close the window
Perform the miscellaneous issue for 1 Login as Username: / Password

an item in a sub inventory Select Responsibility

Navigation

4 Enter
Item < <001-0512-
Transaction type 00>
Reason Code >
Miscellaneou
s issue
Click Find
5 Primary Quantity
Click Distributions
6 Following Transaction entries are shown Db Account

provided
Cr Inventory
Valuation
Close the window
Create a Purchase Order and create a 1 Login as Username: / Password

receipt Select Responsibility
2 Navigation
View Transactions--> material transactions
4 Enter
Source type <Purchase
Order>
Source <>
Click on the button Find
5 Click on the button Distributions
6 Navigate to various tabs to see the transaction

details
7 Unit Price
Qty
Close the window
Return the material from subinventory 1 Login as Username: / Password

to receiving inspection Select Responsibility

Navigation
Navigate:
4
Enter
Source Type Purchase
Source Order
Transaction Type <PO No. >
Return to
Click Find Vendor

Click Distributions
Close the window
Return the material from Receiving 1 Login as Username: / Password

inspection to supplier Select Responsibility
2 Open Receiving Transactions Form

Navigation
Receiving -> Receiving Transactions
Summary
3 Select Organization and Click OK
4 Enter
Receipt <Receipt. No.
>
Tab
Choose Transactions in Results block
Click Find
5 Choose the Transaction type Return to Supplier

Click Menu -> Tools -> View Accounting
Close the window
Pre-requisite 1 1 Login as Username: / Password

Pre-requisite 2 Select Responsibility
2 Open Material Transactions FormNavigation


4 Enter
Item < 001-0512-
00>
Transaction type
Physical Inv
Adjust
Click Find
5 Primary Quantity -62

Click Distributions
6 Following Transaction entries are shown Db Inventory

Valuation
Cr Physical
Inventory Adj
Account
Close the window

Able to login
Find Item/Cost Type screen opens
Item costs summary screen opens
Item Cost Details window opens
Item Cost Details window opens with the

newly entered costs
The record should be saved
Cost update completed successfully; the

Inventory, Intransit, and WIP Standard
Cost Adjustment reports are launched if
the item has some inventory.
Frozen cost should be the same as

Current cost
Able to see navigation screen of this

responsibility
Resources window opens
Resource costs opens up
Description defaults
Overheads screen opens

Overhead rates form will opens
Overhead rates form will opens
Department window opens up
Overhead Rates window opens up
Description defaults for each overhead

responsibility
Standard Operations window opens
Resources window opens up

Description defaults
Able to login
Cost Rollup job completed successfully.
Multi Level BOM displayed.

Update Standard Cost program gets

selected

Cost Adjustment reports are launched.
Item Costs for the make item should be
the same for the Current and frozen cost
type
Able to login

type
Cost details window open
Enter the new cost
Enter the new cost
The cost is updated.
Able to login
Cost Rollup job completed successfully.
Multi Level BOM displayed.

Update Standard Cost program gets

selected

Cost Adjustment reports are launched.
Find Item/Cost Type screen opensItem
costs summary screen opens
type

responsibility
Find Material Transactions ( ) opens

Material Transactions ( ) window opens
< Quantity >

Material
Transactions Distributions ( ) Opens
Material Account ( Inv Valuation )

Dr < Value of material cost >
Unit Cost
Material Overhead A/c ( Inv Valuation )

Dr < Value of material overhead cost >
Unit Cost
Entered GL A/c @ standard cost

Cr ( Value of material @ standard cost )

responsibility

Difference(-)< Quantity >

Material
Entered GL A/c @ standard cost

Dr ( Value of material @ standard cost )
Material Account ( Inv Valuation )

Cr < Value of material cost >
Unit Cost
Material Overhead A/c ( Inv Valuation )

Cr < Value of material overhead cost >
Unit Cost

responsibility
Find material Transactions ( ) window

opens
The material Transactions detail screen

appears
Material Transactions distributions

screen appears
< Unit Price>
<QTY>
Receiving Inspection account @ PO Cost
<A/c Number >

Dr <Value >
Inventory A/P Accrual account @ PO

Cost
<A/c Number >

Cr <Value >

responsibility
Find
Difference(-)< Quantity >

Material Transaction Distributions ( ) -<
Receiving Inspection A/c
<A/c Number >
<Unit Cost >
Dr <Value >
Material Overhead absorption A/c

<A/c Number >
<Unit Cost >
Dr <Value >
Purchase price variance or rate variance

<A/c Number >
<Unit Cost >
Cr <Value >
Material A/c
<A/c Number >
<Unit Cost >
Cr <Value >
<A/c Number >

<Unit Cost >
Cr <Value >

responsibility
Find Receiving Transactions

( ) window opens
Auto validate the receipt number
Receipt Transaction Summary () window

opens
View Receiving Accounting ( ) Receipt

<Number > window opens
Inventory A/P Accrual account @ PO
Cost
<A/c Number >

Dr <Value >
Receiving Inspection account @ PO

Cost
<A/c Number >

Cr <Value >

responsibility
< Quantity >

Material
Adjustment A/c
Dr < Value >
Unit Cost
Subinventory A/c
Cr < Value >
Unit Cost
1 WIP_Sales Order Shipment from Inventory - To understand the

Transactions Transaction entries on
shipping the material
against a sales order from
inventory
2 WIP_VIEW OPEN/ CLOSED WIP JOBS To verify the accounting

entries for non-closed WIP
jobs for material and
resources
2 WIP_VIEW OPEN/ CLOSED WIP JOBS To verify the accounting
entries for non-closed WIP
jobs for material and
resources
3 WIP_Check WIP Valuation Summary To verify the WIP Job and

its accounting details
through WIP Job value
summary screen
3 WIP_Check WIP Valuation Summary To verify the WIP Job and
its accounting details
through WIP Job value
summary screen
4 WIP_Sub-inventory transfer transactions To understand the

Transaction entries for
subinventory transfers
5 WIP_WIP Scrap Transaction Accounting To check the costing
valuation of WIP scrapped
assembly items
6 WIP_ Component Scrap Transaction Accounting To check the valuation of
the component scrap
transaction as Account alias
issue in Oracle
6 WIP_ Component Scrap Transaction Accounting To check the valuation of
the component scrap
transaction as Account alias
issue in Oracle
Shipping the material from 1 Login as Username: / Password

subinventory against a sales order Select Responsibility

Navigation
Navigate: View Transactions -> Material
Transactions
4 Enter Sales Order<SO No. >

Source Type Sales order issue
Source
Transaction Type
Click Find

Click Distributions

Close the window
There completed WIP Jobs 1 Login as Username: / Password


Select Org:
There completed WIP Jobs
3 View Discrete Jobs :

Navigate to Discrete Jobs -> View
Discrete Jobs
Enter the WIP Job number
OR <WIP Job#201>
Assembly number
<ZR21KA-PFV-130>
Click Find
Click on Components
Click on Quantities
Close the Material Requirements Screen
From WIP Job screen click on Operations

and click on quantities tab
Click on resources
Click on quantities
Close the windows.
4 Navigate to View Transactions > View

Resource transactions <REY>
Select the relevant org <WIP Job # 201>
Enter the WIP job number and click find
Click on the Operation, Quantities tab
<2880>
Click on the operation seq for which the

resource transactions are to be seen
<Op Seq>
Click on the distributions button
There are completed WIP Jobs 1 Login as Username: / Password


Select Org:
There are completed WIP Jobs
3 View Discrete Jobs :

Navigate ; View Transactions > WIP
Value Summary
Insert the WIP Job number < WIP Job #201 >
OR < ZR21KA-PFV-130>
Assembly number
Click on Find
Click on value summary button
View the Cost incurred and cost relieved
on different cost elements : Material , Available only for Material
overhead , resource , resource overhead cost element
and OSP
Db WIP valuation
To view the accounting details , click on Cr Inventory Valuation
any row and press the DISTRIBUTION
button
Check all the transaction details and

accounts hit.
Perform the subinventory transfer in 1 Login as Username: / Password

an organization. Select Responsibility

Navigation
Transactions
4 Enter
Change the transaction from date if
required
Enter the following: <ZR21KA-PFV-130>

Item Subinventory Transfer
Transaction type
Click Find
5 Choose the record of From Subinventory

Primary Quantity
Click Distributions
6 Following Transaction entries are shown Dr Inventory Valuation at
destination SubInv
Cr Inventory Valuation at
source SubInv
Close the window
1.All other required set-ups in Bills Of 1 Login as Username: / Password

Materials, QA, WIP and Inventory has Select Responsibility
been done
2. Scrap accounts and scrap
accounts aliases have been defined.
3.Assembly Scrap is done at WIP
intra-operation scrap transaction. 2 Navigate:
Transactions Material Distributions
3 In the organization window, select the <REY>
organization.
4 In the Find Materials Transactions

Distributions Window,
Enter,
Transaction Dates:
Account: <> - <>
1111-084-1300-68612000-
000-0000-000
Click the Find button.
5 In the Materials Transactions Distributions

Window, click the Type Tab to check the
Job or Schedule in which this transaction
has taken place.
Also click the Location Tab to check the
operation sequence in which this
transaction has taken place
6 In the Find Material Transactions Window,
Enter
Transaction Dates:
Source Type: <> - <>
Job or Schedule
Source: 205
Click on the Find button.
7 In the Material Transactions window,

Click on the Transaction Type Tab and
check that a scrap transaction has taken
place.
Close the Material Transactions window.
8 Change Responsibility to EMR WIP

Super User (1111) SCR
9 Run the following Report

Discrete Job Value Report- Standard
Costing from the Report menu with the
following parameters-
Sort By:
Report Type: <Job>
Class Type: <Summary>
<Standard Discrete>
<NO>
Include Bulk: <NO>
Include Supplier: <205>
Jobs From: <205>
Jobs To: <USD>
Currency: <1>
Exchange Rate:
After entering all parameters, click on Ok

and then Submit.
If a window pops up asking for Submitting
another request, click on No.
Navigate to View Requests Find and
Click on Refresh till the above request is
completed.
10 On successful completion of the request,

click the View Output button to check the
output of the request.
In the output, you will find that the Cost

Incurred column holds the actual costs
incurred in the WIP Job, till the scrap
operation.
The Cost Relieved column will hold the

standard cost of the item till the scrap
operation.
Components have been scrapped in 1 Login as Username: / Password

Miscellaneous transactions Select Responsibility
Components have been scrapped in
Miscellaneous transactions

Navigation
Transactions
4 Enter
Item <001-0512-00>
ECT Scrap Issue REY

Transaction type
Click Find
5 Primary Quantity < Quantity >

Click Distributions
6 Following Transaction entries are shown Db Account provided

Cr Inventory Valuation
Close the window

Design Steps - ExpectComments
Able to see navigation

screen of this
responsibility
Organization screen
opens up
Find Materials
Transactions () window
opens
Materials Transactions ()
window opens
difference (-)< Quantity>

Material Transaction
Distributions ( ) -<
COGS A/c
<A/c Number >
<Unit Cost >
Dr <Value >
Inventory valuation A/c

<A/c Number >
<Unit Cost >
Cr <Value >
Able to login
Find Discrete Job screen
opens
WIP Job details screen

opens
Component screen opens
The quantities of
components Required ,
Issued , Open and On
hand can be viewed
This shows the Quantity

of job that are in queue,
scrap and to move of
different op steps.
This will show the quantity

of resources that is
already backflushed and
that is yet to be
backflushed
Screen will show the

department, resource and
qty of resource charged
against the job
The resource accounting

screen opens up and will
show the following
accounting entries
WIP resource valuation Dr
WIP overhead valuation
Dr
To Resource absorption
Cr
To overhead absorption
Cr
Able to login
WIP Value summary
screen opens
The WIP job detail

appears
Accounting distribution
window opens
Close the windows

screen of this
responsibility
Organization screen
opens up
Find Material
Transactions ( ) opens
Material Transactions ( )
window opens
<Subinventory>
- < Quantity >
Material
Transactions Distributions
( ) Opens
Material Account ( Inv
Valuation of To
Subinventory)
Dr ( Value of material @
standard cost )
( Inv Valuation of To
Subinventory )
Dr < Value of material
overhead cost >
Valuation of From
Subinventory)
Cr < Value of material
cost >
Unit Cost

( Inv Valuation of From
Subinventory)
overhead cost >
Unit Cost

screen of this
responsibility
The organization window

opens.
The Find Materials
Window opens.
The Materials
Window opens displaying
the scrap transactions.
The Material Transactions
Window opens displaying
the material transactions
that have taken place for
this Item.
Able to see the navigation

screen for this
responsibility.

screen of this
responsibility
Organization screen
opens up
Find Material
Transactions ( ) opens
Material Transactions ( )
window opens
Material
( ) Opens
( ) Opens
Entered GL A/c @
standard cost
Dr ( Value of material @
standard cost )
Valuation
cost >
Unit Cost
( Inv Valuation )
overhead cost >
Unit Cost
1 BOM_Create ECO and update the M-BOM/ECO TO Update the 1. Engineering set up complete
process for updating M-BOM manufacturing BOM from 2. BOMs Defined
ECO
2 BOM_ Perform Mass changes /BOM Mass changes To do Mass Changes in Engineering set up complete
BOM
3 BOM_ Perform Deletion of BOM / Routing/Deleting Item To demonstrate deletion of 1.BOM defined
BOM/ Routing BOM / Routing 2.Routing defined
Step# Design Steps - Description Input Data Design Steps - Expected Results
1 Login as Username: / Password Log in Success and List all the responsibilities
2 Choose the Responsibility <EMR ENG Oracle Applications form is opened

SUPERUSER ECT US>
3 Navigate to <REY> Engineering Change Orders Screen opens up
EngineeringECOsECOsSelect the
organization
4 Enter the ECO Details:-
Enter ECO Number <INFY099>
Enter the ECO type <Design>
Optionally Enter Requestor, ECO
department, Reason, Priority and Approval
List The ECO details are saved
Save the record
5 Enter the revised item Information:-

Click on the button Revised Items
Enter Item <AW-COMPRESSOR>
<Defaults to System date>
Enter effective (from) date
6 Enter Component Details:-

Click on the button Components Revised components form will opens
Select the Action from list of values <Add, Disable, Change>
<CRANK CASE>
<CYLINDER BLOCK>
Enter the component details <CRANK SHAFT>
Enter any other change in the attributes in

various tabs like Item details, Component
details, material control etc
Save the record. The record is saved.
7 Close the form The form closes

8 Query for the ECO to be implemented ECO details are populated
Press <F11>
Enter the ECO name in the ECO field
Press <Ctrl><F11>
9 Implement the ECO:- Decision box opens

Navigate to Tools Implement
Click yes Taskbar line: Submitted request # for ECO/revised

Item
10 Check for ECO Request:- New Window opens showing that ECO
Navigate to ViewRequests Implementation succeeded
Click Find
Click refresh
When the status changes to Complete,
Click View Output
11 Close the window The form closes

12 Query for the ECO to be implemented ECO details are populated
Press <F11>
Enter the ECO name in the ECO field <INFY099>
Press <Ctrl><F11>
13 Check the ECO status <Implemented> ECO status will be changed to implemented.
14 Change Responsibility Able to see navigation screen of this responsibility
Click on Change responsibility icon
Select new responsibility < EMR BOM
SUPERUSER ECT US>
Click ok
15 Navigate to BOM definition screen Organizations selection screen pops up

Navigation:
Bills-->Bills to open the Bill of Materials Bill of Materials screen opens
screen
Select the Organization <REY>
Click OK
16 Query for BOM details The ECO changes are visible

Press <F11> and ECO number is visible in the ECO tab of
BOM
Enter Item <AW-COMPRESSOR>
Press <Ctrl><F11>

Navigation:
2 Choose the Responsibility <EMR ENG Oracle Applications form is opened

SUPERUSER ECT US>
3 Navigate to EngineeringECOsMass Mass Change Bills Screen opens up
Changes
Select the organization <REY>
4 Enter the following details:
Enter Mass Change Order Number <ECN0000099>
<Design>
Select the Mass Change Type from the
List of Values
Enter the effectivity dates
Enter the any of the following criterion to
select parent items which are going to be
changed:
Categories
Items
Base Model
Item Type etc
Save The Mass Change details are saved
5 Click on changes button Component Changes screen opens.

6 Select the Appropriate action from the List <Add>
of Values
7 Select the item from the List of Values <TESTCYCLECOUNT> Date defaults to Todays date
8 Enter the change details for the
component
Save
Close component screen
9 Check Report and Create ECO check A concurrent request is submitted

box in the Actions block
Press Submit button
10 Navigate to Engineering -> ECOs -> ECOs Engineering Change Orders screen opens
11 Query for the ECO number created above. < ECN0000099 >
<Approved>
Change Approval Status
Save
12 Click on Revised Items button and check All the Assembly item as per the criterion inputted
for all the assembly items attached there. in Mass Change screen are copied
13 Click on the Component button for each Component Component added

revised item and check the component <TESTCYCLECOUNT>
details added with action as <Add>
14 Implement the ECO:- Decision box opens

Navigate to Tools-->Implement Taskbar line: Submitted request # for ECO/revised
Item
Click yes
15 Verify if the BOM is successfully BOM updated and ECO number updated
implemented:
Bills of Material -> Bills-> Bills
Query for the assembly item and see if the
BOM is updated
With the ECO number
2 Choose the Responsibility < EMR BOM Oracle Applications for BOM is opened
SUPERUSER (1111) SCR >
3 Navigate to Bills Bills BOM screen opens
Select the organization <REY>
4 Press the flash torch icon on the menu bar
Enter Assembly item number and press < ZR54KA-PFV-830> BOM for the queries item is displayed
Find Button
5 Place the cursor on a component and go <048-0260-00> Delete Components screen opens
to Edit->Delete
6 Press New Group button and enter a <CRP_TEST > Delete Components screen closes
name for the delete group.
Tab out and press OK on the pop-up <Testing>
window.
Also enter a description for the delete

group.
Press OK
7 Press save Delete group is saved

8 Close all the open forms and navigate to Delete Groups window opens
Delete Groups
9 Query for the delete Group <CRP_TEST >
Place the cursor on the Assembly item
number in the Entities to Delete block
10 Press Check Group button A concurrent request is submitted
Press OK button
11 Navigate to View-> Requests Requests screen opens
Press Find Button
12 If the request has completed normal, Check if the request has succeeded
Place cursor on request Id and press
Output button
13 Close the output page and Requests form The form closes
14 Re-query for the delete Group <CRP_TEST >
Place the cursor on the Assembly item
number in the Entities to Delete block
15 Press Components button <Check OK>
Open Results tab
Check the status of the component
16 If the status is Error, press Errors

button.Analyze and fix the errors and
execute step 8 to 13
17 Once all the errors are resolved, press A concurrent request is submitted
Delete Group button
Press OK button <REY>
18 Navigate to View-> Requests Requests screen opens
Press Find Button
19 If the request has completed normal, Check if the request has succeeded
Place cursor on request Id and press
Output button
20 Close the output page and all the forms The form closes
21 Navigate to Bills Bills BOM screen opens

22 Press the flash torch icon on the menu bar
Enter Assembly item number and press < ZR54KA-PFV-830> BOM for the queries item is displayed
Find Button
23 Verify for the deleted component. Place <048-0260-00> Component is not found.
cursor on the component block and press
flash torch icon. Input the components part
number and press find.

Navigation:
25 Similarly for deleting the whole BOM, Delete. Window pops up
place the cursor in the Item field of the
header of the BOM and go to Edit-
>Delete.
26 Follow steps from 6 to 20 and verify for the

deleted BOM
Navigation:
28 Follow similar steps for deleting Operation
or whole Routing.
Comments
1 MRP_Create Forecast To define Forecast and
enter forecasting entries in
Oracle
2 MRP_Create and LOAD MDS/Load MDS To Load Master Demand

Schedule in Oracle
3 MRP_Create and RUN MPS/Run MPS To Launch Master
Production Schedule in
Oracle
Oracle
4 MRP_Create and RUN MRP/Run MRP To Run Material

Requirement Planning in
Oracle
Oracle
5 MRP_Verify MRP suggestions/Verify WIP Jobs To create/update WIP jobs
as per MRP suggestions
6 MRP_Verify Purchase Requisition To verify Purchase

suggestions
6 MRP_Verify Purchase Requisition To verify Purchase
suggestions
7 MRP_Run Planning Reports To Run any of the following

planning reports in Oracle:
a. Forecast detail report
b. Master Schedule detail
report
c. Planning detail report
d. Any other report as
needed.
Item and BOM setups are complete 1 Login as Username: / Password
2 Define Forecast Set

(Navigation): Forecast -> Sets
3 Select Organization ECT IO
REYNOSA
Press Ok Button
4 Define Forecast Set

Forecast Set FS
Description Reynosa Forecast
Set
Bucket Type Weeks
Level Item
Consume Yes
Outlier Update 100%
Backward Days 0
Forward Days 0
5 Define Forecast
Forecast Name Forecast
Description Regular Forecast
6 Save the Record using:
File--> Save
7 Click on the Forecast Items
Enter the item name (Planning BOM/ Product 53 FRAME
family name)
8 Click on Detail for each Item/ Assembly
entered.
Assembly entered.
Select Bucket:
Date: Weeks
From : 01-OCT-2007
To: 21-Apr-2007
Current: Quantity varies
Confidence:
9 Save the work and close the window

1.MDS has been defined 1 Login as Username: / Password
2.Forecast has been populated Select Responsibility
2 Navigate to the MDS Requests window

Navigation:
MDS--> Load/Copy/Merge
Select Organization <REY>

3 Enter the following details:
Destination Schedule MDS
Source Type Specific Forecast
Source organization REY
Source Name ForecastEX
Include Sales Orders All Sales Orders
Demand Time Fence Ignore demand
time fence
Overwrite All Entries
Start Date 25-JUL-2007
Cutoff Date 25-JAN-2008
Explode Yes
Quantity Type Original
Consume Yes
Click OK
Click Submit button
4 Check for the Request

Navigation
View-->Requests-->Specific requests
Enter the request ID 440959

(Enter the
Click Find Request No as
noted above)
5 Close the Request window

Navigation:
6 Check the MDS details
Navigation:
MDS --> Names
Click on the schedule name MDS

Click Items ZR21KA-PFV-130
ZR26KA-PFV-130
ZR32KA-PFV-130
Click Detail
Check the MDS entries created for all the

sales orders for this item and demand
schedule
7 Close the window

Navigation:
1. MDS and MPS names have been defined 1 Login as Username: / Password
2. MPS options must be defined Select Responsibility
s
2 Navigate to the MPS launch parameters
window
Navigation:
MPS-->Launch
s
3 Enter the following details :

Plan Name MPS
Anchor Date 23-JUL-2007
Plan Horizon 25-JAN-2008
Click OK
Click Submit
Click No

Navigation
View-->Requests-->Specific requests
Enter the request ID 441035
Click Find

Navigation:
6 Go to MPS Workbench
Navigation:
(MPS-->Workbench)
7 Find Demand/Supply
Click Supply/Demand button

Field, (as per convenience)
Condition (as per convenience) Item
From Equal
Enter Items one by one and press find button ZR21KA-PFV-130
ZR26KA-PFV-130
Enter more conditions as desired. ZR32KA-PFV-130
Select the Find button
8 Review the Planned order for each Assembly

item.
9 Navigate to Material Planning MPS
Names
Click on the MPS name <MPS>
Click on Items
Select the record for modification of quantity <Qty>
and date (if required) <Date>
Update Quantity
Update Date
10 Save the work and close the windows.

1.MPS and MRP names have been defined 1 Login as Username: / Password
2. MRP options must be defined Select Responsibility
2 Navigate to the MRP launch parameters

window
Navigation:
MRP-->Launch
3 Enter the following details :
Plan Name MRP
Anchor Date 23-JUL-2007
Plan Horizon 25-JAN-2008
Click OK
Click Submit
Click No

Navigation
Vie-->Requests-->Specific requests
Enter the request ID
Click Find 441062

Navigation:
6 Go to MRP Workbench
Navigation:
(MRP-->Workbench) MRP
7 Find Demand/Supply
Click Supply/Demand button

Field, (as per convenience)
Condition (as per convenience) Item
From Equals
ZR21KA-PFV-130
Enter more conditions as desired.

8 Firm an Order
To firm a planned order (to firm an order in
quantity and time);
Select a supply line and check the checkbox

to the left of the line.
Select the Firm checkbox
Click Save
9 Release an Order
Select a supply line with Action field as
Release by checking the check box. Also
check the Select for Release checkbox.
System throws a note (if the item is also

included in MPS schedule) if you still want to
release.
Click on OK
Click Save
10 Click on Release details.

Enter the following information:
Alternate BOM <Alternate BOM>
(optional)
Alternate Routing <Alternate
routing> (optional)
11 Select the Release button

Select the OK button
12 Click on Tools--> Requests--> submit a

new request single request.
Enter the request name: Planning Detail
Report
13 Wait for the completion of the request. After

the request is completed, click on view
output
Print the report for Analysis.
MRP should have run 1 Login as Username: / Password

2 Query for Discrete Job
Navigation:
Discrete Discrete Jobs
Choose Organization <REY>

Click OK
Enter Assembly item in Find Discrete Job <ZR21KA-PFV-
window and click on Find. 130>
3 Close the window

Navigation:
(Menu) File --> Close Form
1. MRP should have run 1 Login as Username: / Password

2. Buy items exist in the MRP run Select Responsibility
1. MRP should have run
2. Buy items exist in the MRP run
2 Navigate to the Requisitions window

Navigation:
Requisitions-->Requisitions summary
3 Verify Requisition Creation

Enter: Item 001-0512-00
Select Find button
Verify that the requisition is created
4 Close the window

Navigation:
(Menu) File --> Close Form
MRP plan is run. 1 Login as Username: / Password
2 Navigate Material Planning --> Report

Single request
Click on OK
3 Select the name of the report which you want <Name of the
to be displayed report>
And Click on Submit
4 Refresh Data until the request completes
successfully
5 Once the request is completed click on View
Output
Design Steps - Expected RComments
The Menu form will open
Organizations window pops up
The Forecast Sets window

opens
Forecast is saved
Defaults to the start day of the

bucket
Default to 100 Percent
Able to see navigation screen of

this responsibility
The list of organizations

appears
Load/Copy/Merge parameters
window opens
The request gets submitted.
Note the request ID 440959
The request is visible. Wait for

the request to complete
Success/Failure fully
The form closes
The Master demand schedule

window opens
The Master Demand Schedule

Items window opens
The Master Demand Schedule

entries window opens
The form closes

this responsibility
MPS launch parameters

window opens
Request is submitted. Note the
request ID(441035)
Launch Planning process is

visible
It will spawn
MPS Relief Worker,
Memory-based Snapshot and
Snapshot Monitor
Wait for the request to complete
The form closes

MPS Planner Workbench
window opens
Find Supply/Demand window

opens
Supply/Demand window
opens. Supply and Demand is
visible

this responsibility
MRP launch parameters

window opens
Request is submitted. Note the
request ID (441062)
Launch Planning process is

visible
It will spawn
Memory-based Snapshot and
Snapshot Monitor
Wait for the request to complete
The form closes

MRP Planner Workbench
window opens
Find Supply/Demand window

opens
Supply/Demand window
opens. Supply and Demand is
visible
The supply is firmed

System Caution:
This planned order was

generated in the source plan or
schedule. Do you still want to
select for Release
Release information is saved
Release window opens

Details of the WIP job is shown
The planned order is released

as WIP job or Purchase
Requisition.
Concurrent request is submitted
Report is now displayed

this responsibility
This opens Discrete Jobs

window displaying job details.
The form closes

this responsibility
Find requisitions window
opens
Requisition Lines summary

window opens
Requisation1was created
The form closes

this responsibility
Concurrent request is submitted

to obtain the report output.
Report is displayed in a browser

file
Test case ID Functional Area/Business Process/Test Case Test Case Deription Pre-Requisites Step#
1 INV_Min-Max planning To run the Min-Max 1
Planning report
4
5
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
2 INV_Miscellaneous Receipt To perform 1

miscellaneous
receipt transactions
through Oracle
2
Pre-requisite
Organization set up 3
Sub inventory set
up
Items set up
4
8
9
3 INV_ABC Analysis 1
To Perform ABC
Analysis through
Oracle
Prerequisite 2
Organization set up
Items 3
6
7
4 INV_Cycle Counting 1
1) To define a
periodic count of
individual items to
ensure the accuracy 2
of inventory
quantities and values
Prerequisite
3
Compile an ABC
analysis and assign
the compiled items to
ABC classes.
Define ABC
Classes
Define the workday
calendar
4
5
5 INV_Cycle counting transactions To understand the 1

transaction entries
for cycle count
adjustment
Prerequisite: 2
Cycle count
adjustment accounts
are defined
Cycle count entries
are completed
3
Cycle count
adjustment accounts
are defined
Cycle count entries
are completed
6 INV_Transact Move Order To Pick Confirm an 1

order line
Prerequisite:
2
Pick Release
program completed
successfully 3
Pick Slip Report is
generated
4
8
9
7 INV_Physical Inventory 1) To define Physical 1

Inventory, Snapshot
Inventory Balances,
Generate Physical
Inventory Tags, Print 2
Physical Inventory
Tags, perform 3
adjustments and post
it.
Pre-Requisite
Items and Sub-
inventories are set 4
up.
GL account for
Physical Inventory
adjustments is set 5
up.
adjustments is set
up.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
8 INV_Handson Availability Handson Availability 1
2
3
9 INV_Miellaneous Issue Miellaneous Issue 1
10 INV_Miellaneous Receipt Miellaneous Receipt 1
11 INV_SubinventoryTransfer SubinventoryTransfer 1
5
12 INV_Invdirectorgtransfer Invdirectorgtransfer 1
13 INV_Move Order Transfer Move Order Transfer 1
14 INV_Transact Move Order Transact Move Order 1
15 INV_View Material Transaction View Material Transaction 1
16 INV_Move Order-Issue Move Order-Issue 1
3
4
17 INV_Transact Move Order- (Transfer). Transact Move Order- 1

(Transfer).
5
18 INV_Resubmit pendingTransaction. Resubmit 1
pendingTransaction.
19 INV_1 1
20 INV_View pending Transaction View pending Transaction 1
3
4
21 INV_2 1
22 INV_Open accounting period Open accounting period 1
23 INV_3 1
24 INV_Update Accounting Period Update Accounting Period 1
3
25 INV_Closing Accounting Period Closing Accounting Period 1
26 INV_ABC Analysis for a Organization-Print ABC Compile ABC Analysis for a 1

Organization-Print ABC
Compile
27 INV_ABC Analysis for an Organization- Define ABC ABC Analysis for an 1

Compile Organization- Define ABC
Compile
2
28 INV_ABC Analysis for a Organization-view ABC Compile ABC Analysis for a 1

Organization-view ABC
Compile
29 INV_Run ABC Compile. Run ABC Compile. 1
30 INV_ABC Analysis for a sub inventory-Print ABC Compile ABC Analysis for a sub 1
inventory-Print ABC
Compile
31 INV_ABC Analysis for a sub inventory-Run ABC Compile ABC Analysis for a sub 1
inventory-Run ABC
Compile
32 INV_ABC Analysis for a Sub-Inventory-Define ABC ABC Analysis for a Sub- 1

Compile Inventory-Define ABC
Compile
2
Compile Inventory-Define ABC
Compile
3
4
5
6
7
33 INV_Define and entering cycle count3 Defining cycle Define and entering cycle 1
hedule count3 Defining cycle
hedule
5
34 INV_Perform cycle Inventory counting Perform cycle Inventory 1
counting
35 INV_Define Kanban Pull Sequence Define Kanban Pull 1

Sequence
3
4
5
36 INV_Generate Kanban Cards Generate Kanban Cards 1
3
4
6
37 INV_Update Kanban Pull Sequence Update Kanban Pull 1
Sequence
2
38 INV_View Kanban Pull Sequence View Kanban Pull 1
Sequence
2
39 INV_Define Kanban Cards Define Kanban Cards 1
3
40 INV_Print Kanban Cards Print Kanban Cards 1
2
41 INV_Update Kanban Cards Update Kanban Cards 1
3
42 INV_View Kanban Cards View Kanban Cards 1
43 INV_Entering and Reloading Entering and Reloading 1
3
44 INV_Reorder point planning report Reorder point planning 1
report 2
3
4
45 INV_Replenishment Counting Replenishment Counting 1
4
5
46 INV_Forecast Rule Forecast Rule 1
5
6
7
8
9
47 INV_Generating Forecast Generating Forecast 1
2
3
48 INV_Define Physical Inventory Define Physical Inventory 1
3
49 INV_Taking Inventory Snapshot Taking Inventory Snapshot 1
50 INV_Generate Tags Generate Tags 1
51 INV_Entering Inventory Quantities Entering Inventory 1

Quantities
3
52 INV_Approve Adjustment Approve Adjustment 1
3
4
53 INV_Purge Physical Inventory Purge Physical Inventory 1
4
54 INV_Report Report 1
4
5
55 INV_48 1
56 INV_49 1
57 INV_Movement Statistics Reset Status Report Movement Statistics Reset 1

Status Report
3
4
58 INV_51 1
3
4
59 INV_ Item Creation under Master Item and Assign to Item Creation under 1
Child organizations Master Item and Assign to
Child organizations
3
4
60 INV_ Inter-Org Transfer in transit shipment Inter-Org Transfer in transit 1

shipment
5
6
61 INV_Defining Unit Of measure Defining Unit Of measure 1
62 INV_Defining Unit Of measure Class Defining Unit Of measure 1

Class
63 INV_Item Status Code Item Status Code 1
2
64 INV_Receive Items to receiving inventory Receive Items to receiving 1
inventory
64 INV_Receive Items to receiving inventory Receive Items to receiving
inventory
5
6
65 INV_Neg-To Add Report Neg-To Add Report 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
66 INV_59 1
4
5
6
67 INV_60 1
4
5
6
7
9
68 INV_61 1
69 INV_62 1
9
10
11
12
70 INV_Neg-Interorg transfer Neg-Interorg transfer 1
71 INV_Negative- Allow Negative balancex Negative- Allow Negative 1

balancex
3
4
5
6
7
Design Steps - Description Input Data
Login as Username: / Password < REY >
Select Responsibility Item Number < 001-0512-00>
<300 >
<400>
<0>
NAVIGATE
Inventory Items
Organization Items
Select organization as <REY>, and select OK
The following Item Attributes must be set for
the item for generating Purchase Requisitions
Item Number
Go to General Planning Tab

Ensure that Inventory Planning Method is set
to Min Max Planning
Ensure the Item Make or Buy flag is set to
Buy
Ensure that Source type is set to supplier
Min-Max Quantity:
Minimum
Maximum
On hand Quantity
Navigate:
(PlanningMin Max planning)

Planning level <Organization>
Item selection <Items under minimum quantity>
<Inventory>
Category set
Items : <001-0512-00>
From <001-0512-00>
To <Inventory Item>
Sort By < Default as Todays date>
Demand Cutoff Date 0
< Default as Todays date>
Demand Cutoff Date Offset
Supply Cutoff Date
<Yes>
<Defaults >
Supply Cutoff Date Offset <Yes>
Restock <Yes>
Default Delivery To <Yes>
Net Unreserved Orders <Yes>
Net Unreserved Orders
Include PO Supply
Include WIP Supply
Select OK and Submit

To verify that request completes normally and
to see the output, select View from the menu
bar and then select Requests
Select Specific Request radio button and

enter
the following:
Request ID
On request completion select View Output

button and view the output of the Min Max
report
Run Requisition Import
Switch responsibility to <EMR PO

SUPERUSER (1111) SCR>by selecting File
from the tool bar, and then selecting Switch
Responsibility
Go to View >Requests
Click on Submit a new Request.
Select the Single Request radio button and

Select OK
Enter name of request Requisition Import
and select Submit
Enter the following parameters for the report: INV
Import Source All
Group By No
Multiple Distributions yes
Initiate Approval after Requisition Import
Select OK and then select Submit
To verify that request completes normally and

to see the output, select View from the menu
bar and then select Requests
Select Specific Request radio button and

enter
the following:
Request ID
On request completion select View Output

button and view the output of the Requisition
Import report
Close form
Navigate:
Requisitions>Requisitions summary
Enter: < 001-0512-00>
Item
Select Find button
Verify that the requisition is created for Qty :

Requisition Number :
Close the form
If the item is assigned to the approved

supplier list, sourcing rule and sourcing
assignment set The PO release will be
generated.
Blanket PO :
Release number :
Enter Item, Rev < 001-0512-00>

And Click Find
Select the left side check box and Click

Automatic
Choose the Responsibility EMR INV

KEYUSER DE
Navigate to Transactions Miscellaneous
Transaction
Select the organization from list of values REY
At Date, <LOV> to update the date and time <Miscellaneous Issue>

of entry for the transaction.
At Type, <LOV> to select the transaction type
Click [Transaction Lines]
To Enter transactions detail- <001-0512-00>

At Item, <LOV> to select the item to receive
for salvage or otherwise.
At Sub inventory, <LOV> to select the sub CSR1

inventory to receive material.
Enter the locator if required.
<CSR1.A.1.1><
At Account, <LOV> to change the general 1134-403-0000-51001000-000-1134-000
ledger account if needed. >
Optionally, the account is chosen by means
of an alias account <LOV>.
Optionally enter a Reason <LOV> and
Reference
<Save> to process the transaction
Navigate to On-hand, Availability:Onhand

Quantity
Enter Subinventoy, Locator at Header and Sub inventory: CSR1

Item in item region. Locator: CSR1.A.1.1
Click Find. Item: 001-0512-00
Capture the Onhand quantity in the Material
work bench quantity.
Choose the Responsibility

EMR INV SUPERUSER SCR US
Define an ABC Compile:-
Navigate to ABC Codes ABC Compiles <SRICOMPILE6_26NOV>
Click [New]
At Compile Name, enter the ABC Compile <SRICOMPILE6_26NOV>
name
At Description, enter a description for the <Subinventory>
ABC Compile
In the Content Scope region, choose either
Organization or Subinventory <Subinventory>
In the Valuation Scope region, choose either <CW1P1>
organization or subinventory
In the Compile Specification region, enter the
following:
At Criterion, <LOV> to select the compile Current on hand value
criterion or method of ranking the items
Criterion chosen
[Save] to save the ABC compile
Click on the button Compile to Compile it.
Note the Concurrent request number.

Navigate to ViewRequests. See the status
of the request submitted
Define an ABC Class:-

Navigate to ABC Codes ABC Classes CLASS A, CLASS B and CLASS C
At Class Name, enter the ABC Class name
At Description, enter a description for the
ABC Class
Optionally at Inactive On, enter a date on
which the class becomes inactive
[Save] to save the ABC Class
Define an ABC Assignment Group:-

Navigate to ABC Codes ABC Assignment <SriGroup6>
Groups
<SIT_COMPILE1>
At Group Name, enter the ABC Group name
At Compile Name, <LOV> to select a ABC
Compile to associate with the ABC
Assignment Group
[Save] to save the ABC Assignment Group
Enter Classes to use with an ABC Group:- 1-CLASS A

Click [Group Classes] 2-CLASS B
At Priority, enter the sequence number in 3-CLASS C
which classes are ordered.
At Class Name, <LOV> to select the ABC
class to use with the ABC Group
[Save] to associate the ABC class to the ABC
Assignment Group
Assign ABC Items:- Class A 10%
Navigate to ABC Codes Assign Items Class B 20%
At ABC Group, <LOV> to select a ABC Group Class C -100%
name
Press Find Button to bring the related classes
In the %Items column, indicate for each class

the percentage to assign.
Press the button Assign. By means of a
concurrent, the assigning of items
takes place
Close the window.

Choose the Responsibility EMR INV

SUPERUSER SCR US
Navigate to Counting Cycle Counting

Cycle Counts
Click [New] to create a new cycle count <TestCycle3_30Nov>
At Name, enter a unique name for the cycle < TestCycle3_30Nov>
count. Optionally enter a description of the
cycle count
At Calendar, <LOV> to select the workday
calendar to use for this cycle count <1111-084-0000-57002000-000-0000-000>
(Alias-Cyclecount Adj)
At Adjustment Account, <LOV> to select the
general ledger account to charge for cycle
count adjustments
Enter Control and Scope information for the

cycle count:- <CWIP1>
Navigate to Scope and Control tab
Optionally at Inactive On, <LOV> to select the
date on which the Cycle count becomes
inactive.
At Late Days, enter the number of workdays
that can pass after before a scheduled count
is considered late.
At Starting Seq, enter the starting sequence
number
Optionally check the checkbox for Display

System Qty If the system on-hand quantities
should be displayed during entry.
Optionally check the checkbox for Automatic

Recounts and enter the Maximum number of
times a recount can be generated
automatically if an out-of-tolerance count
should automatically be re-counted in the
next cycle count
Choose the subinventories to include in the

cycle count
Enter Serial Number Control and Auto Yes
Schedule information:-
Navigate to Serial and Schedule tab. Daily
Optionally check the checkbox for Auto

Schedule and enter the following:
At Frequency, select daily, weekly or By
period from the dropdown
Optionally check the checkbox for Count Zero

Quantity
Define Adjustments and ABC information:- <Never>

Navigate to Adjustments and ABC tab.
At Required, select Never, if out of Tolerance,
or Always from the drop down.
If out of Tolerance is selected, enter Qty
Variance, Adjustment Value.
Optionally enter the following ABC

Initialization information: <SriGroup6>
At Group, <LOV> to enter the ABC Group
name
At Option, select None, (Re)initialize, or
Update from the drop down
[Save] to save the cycle count
Enter ABC classes to include in the cycle Class A- 52

count:- Class B- 26
Click [Classes] Class C-12
Enter Class name, counts per year
Optionally enter the approval variance
Save the record.
Close the window
Define Cycle Count items:-

Click [Items]
Enter the class name , item and optionally
approval variance
Navigate to CountingCycle
CountingCycle Counts < TestCycle3_30Nov>
Search for the cycle count
Go to Tools>Perform full cycle count
Submit the request set for the selected cycle
count.
View the request to be completed.

Open Material Transactions Form

Navigation
Select Organization and Click OK <REY>

Enter Cycle Count Adjust
Change the Transaction from date if required.
Subinventory
Item
Transaction type
Click Find
Primary Quantity
Click Distributions
Following Transaction entries are shown Db Inventory Valuation

Close the window Cr Cycle Count Adj Account
Select File Switch responsibility from the

toolbar or Alt + F + W
Select responsibility EMR INV SUPERUSER
SCR US
Navigate to: Select <REY> if Organizations window opens
Move Orders Transact Move Orders
Select the Pick Wave tab
Enter the Pick Slip number noted in script Pick Slip Number: <>
1.13 and click on Find button
Select the order lines to be transacted by
clicking on the check-box in the left of the
screen
Click Transact button
Click Ok button in the message window

Close the Transact Move Order form by
navigating to File Close Form or F4
Choose the Responsibility "EMR INV

SUPERUSER SCR US"
Define the physical inventory:-
Navigate to Inventory Counting Physical
InventoryPhysical Inventories
Create a new physical inventory

Press the button [New]
Enter a
Unique Name
Description
for the physical inventory
Define the approval information:
Select one of the approval options: NEVER
Always (always require approvals for
adjustments)
If out of Tolerance
Never
This determines how the system will process
adjustments to variations in inventory
Define the Tolerance:-

Enter the Quantity and Value
Approvals are required if Quantity and Value
are not within this tolerance.
Enter parameters if selecting If out of
Tolerance in step #4
Choose Count Sub-inventories:- CW1P1

Decide if you wish to count all of the sub-
inventories for the inventory organization or if CSR1
this Physical Inventory is for specific sub-
inventories
Select All Sub-inventories

Or Some Sub-inventories using the [LOV]
Allow Dynamic Tags:- Yes

Check this box if you wish to permit the
creation of additional tags manually
[Save] to save this Physical Inventory
Make the Snapshot:-

Click the Snapshot button
Making the snapshot generates a concurrent
process.
A note will appear on the screen with the
number of this concurrent process.
Write this number down to view the status
later.
The Snapshot will freeze in a report the

actual quantity that the system believes
should exist in the inventory storage areas
(e.g. racks, bins, shelves, etc.)
Confirm the Snapshot worked correctly:-

Navigate to InventoryCountingPhysical
Search for the Physical Inventory that was
created using the [Flashlight] icon
Click the [OPEN] button for the appropriate
Physical Inventory
The Physical counting screen should appear
with all the parameters defined. If the
snapshot worked correctly, the Status option
should indicate Snapshot Complete
Generate Physical Count Tags:-

Click the button Tags
Tag Generation:- AA0001
Decide how you want the tags to be
generated
Blank: This does not contain information
about the items 001111
Default: This will contain basic information
about the item (Item number, Description,
Quantity on Hand)
Indicate the initial tag number. You may use

alphanumeric or numeric numbering
Indicate the increment

Click on the TAB button to confirm that the
system correctly generates the numbering
according to the parameters entered
Tags are created with numbering
Click the button Generate
Print Tags:-
Navigate to Inventory>Reports>ABC and Physical Inventory Tags
Counting>Single Request>OK <>
The execute reports screen appears
Choose the Physical Inventory Tags report Sub inventory Item
using the [LOV]
Full listing
Select the appropriate Physical Inventory
name
Select the sort order using the [LOV]:
Select the range of tags to be

printed by using the [LOV] :
Click [OK]
Final Options
In the Printer field, select the printer where
you wish the tags to print out to or where you
wish to print copies
Click [Submit]
Enter the Physical Count:-

Navigate to InventoryCounting/Physical
Count Tag Counts
Find the Physical Inventory for which you <>

wish to enter results.
Look for the name of the Physical Inventory
Name using the [LOV]
Enter Results:- <>

Click the Find button
A decision screen appears and asks if you
wish to search for all existing tags: optionally
enter Yes for all tags or No to specify which
tags to display.
Item(s) that were considered in the Physical

count appear on the screen
Enter the Default Counter using the [LOV]
Enter the actual count quantity next to each
item
Save
Approve the Physical Count Adjustment:-
Navigate to Inventory CountingPhysical
InventoryApprove Adjustments
On the Physical Inventory Name field, use <>

[LOV] to choose defined Physical Inventory
Find the item lines:-

Click in the Find button
For each line, there is the option to approve

or reject the adjustment.
Before the approval or rejection, enter the

name of the person performing the approval
in the Default Approver field using the [LOV]
Review line by line:-

The last column shows the Snapshot, the
quantity column shows the difference
between the physical count and the
Snapshot.
Negative differences appear in red, and

positive differences appear in black.
Approve or Reject:-
You have the option to approve or reject, line
by line or at the bottom there are buttons,
Approve All or Reject All.
Mark the appropriate radio button to approve
or reject each adjustment.
Alternatively, choose Approve All or Reject All
to approve or reject all entries for the Physical
Inventory.
[Save]
Generate the Adjustment:- < SIT_PHYINV1>

Navigate to InventoryCountingPhysical
The Physical Inventory Summary screen
appears.
Using the Flashlight icon, Search for the
Physical inventory.
Navigate to ToolsLaunch Adjustment
Enter the Account, which you want to send Account <
the variation to, and the adjustment date. 1111-084-0000-57002000-000-0000-000
>
Click Launch Adjustments button
A concurrent request number will appear.
Note this number and View > My Requests to
ensure the job completes normally
1. Login into the oracle applications by

entering the valid Username and Password.
This should direct us to the responsibilities
page.

page.

page.

page.
page.

page.

page.

page.

page.
page.

page.
The periods earlier to the selected period are

all in open status = yes

page.

all in open status = No

page.
The selected period has its end date equal to
or later than the current date = yes

page.
The selected period has its end date equal to

or later than the current date = No

page.

all in Closed status = Yes

page.

all in Closed status = No

page.
page.

page.

page.

page.

page.

page.

page.
page.

page.

page.

page.

page.

page.
page.

page.

page.

page

page.

page.

page.
page.

page.

page.

page.

page.

page.

page.

page.
Check the Name of the Report from LOV
whether it is present or not = No
page.

whether it is present or not = Yes
Click on Yes or No for Submit Another

Request pop up window. = Yes
page.

whether it is present or not = Yes

Request pop up window. = No

page.

Request pop up window. = Yes
page.
Request pop up window. = No

page.

page.

page.

page.

page.

page.
page.

page.
The destination organisation comes in the

LOV = yes

page.
The destination organisation comes in the

LOV = No
page.
The Quantity to be transferred in less than or

equal to the on-hand quantity = Yes

page.
The Quantity to be transferred in less than or

equal to the on-hand quantity = No

page.

page.
responsibility
Organizations
Window will open
Min Max planning parameters window

opens
Most of the Values are defaulted.
Request is submitted
Note the Request ID
Find requests window opens
The report is visible
Reorder Quantity
Submit a new request window opens
Parameters window opens
Find Requests window opens
The Request is visible
The report says that No. of Approved

Requisitions created = 1
Form closes
Find requisitions window opens
Requisition Headers summary window
opens.
Form closes
Autocreate Documents Screen opens
New Document Screen Opens
Log in Success and List all the

responsibilities
Oracle Applications form is opened.
Miscellaneous transactions entry form

opens
Miscellaneous Transactions window

opens up
Note the Request ID
Defaults to the current date and time.
The miscellaneous transactions detailed

form opens
The transaction is saved.
Query material form is opened
Material work bench form is opened.

responsibilities
Oracle Applications form is opened.
ABC Compile is saved

Concurrent Request is submitted
Request ABC descending value report is
submitted
ABC Classes screen opens
ABC Class is saved.
ABC Assignment groups screen opens

up
The Entered data is saved.
ABC Group class assignment screen

opens
Assign ABC items screen opens up
Concurrent program Define ABC

assignments is submitted.
Item Assignment data is saved.

responsibilities
Oracle Applications form is opened
Cycle counts Summary screen opens up.
Calendar Defaults
The class information is saved.
The cycle count items data is saved.
The request set is submitted

responsibility

< Quantity >

Material
Subinventory A/c
Dr < Value >
Unit Cost
Adjustment A/c
Cr < Value >
Unit Cost
The responsibilities window opens
EMR INV SUPERUSER SCR US Menu

Screen Opens
The Find Move Order Lines screen
opens
The Transact Move Orders window

opens
Transact Move Order Line Allocations

window and Forms window pops-up with
message FRM-40400: Transaction
complete: 2 records applied and saved
Message window closes

Transact Move Order form closes

responsibilities
Oracle Applications for is opened.
A screen called Physical Inventory

Summary appears
A screen called Define Physical Inventory

appears
Physical Inventory is created.

Physical inventory is saved.
program Freeze physical inventory is

submitted.
Physical inventories summary screen

appears.
Generate Physical Count Tags screen

appears
The concurrent request Generate
physical inventory tags is submitted.
Tags are generated
Concurrent request for printing tags

Physical inventory tags is submitted.
Tags are generated
The screen Physical Inventory Tag

Counts appears
Tag details are displayed

A screen called Approve Physical
Adjustments Summary appears
The Adjustment details are displayed
This will query all of the item lines

included in the physical inventory,
showing the variations that were a result
of the physical count and what the
system showed.
The concurrent program Perform
physical inventory Adjustments is
submitted.
1. The different functions and menus

related with this responsibilty should be
displayed
1. An expanded list should open

1. Find Item Supply/ Demand page
should open
1. The Details of the item will be shown
along with its Current On-Hand Quantity

displayed
1. The transaction function list should

open various menus
1. The List of Organizations should
appear
1. The Miscellaneous Transaction
window should open
1. The Transaction Lines Page with
different fields to be fillled, should open
up
1. The Miscellaneous Receipt transaction
should be done. With the On-hand
Quantity increased depending upon the
quantity being transacted.

displayed

open various menus
1. Subinventory Transfer window should
open up.
1. The Transaction line page should open
up
1. TheSub-Inventory transaction should
be done
displayed

open various menus
1. Interorganization Transfer window
should open up.
up
1. The Inventory direct Organization
transaction should be done
displayed
1. The Move order function should

expand to show a list of other options
1. Move Order window should open up.
1. The Status of the Move order should

change from Incomplete to Approved. So
this should complete the Move Order
Transfer Transaction

displayed

1. Find Move Order Lines page should

open up.
1. The Transact Move orders form should
open showing the details of the chosen
move order.
1. Transact move Order Line Allocations
window should open
1. A dialog box should be shown ,
displaying that the transaction has been
completed and the records are saved

displayed

open various menus
1. Find Material Transaction Page should
open
1. The transaction details of the material
should be displayed.
displayed

1. Move Order window should open up.
1. The Status of the Move order should

change from Incomplete to Approved. So
this should complete the Move Order
Issue Transaction

displayed

1. Find Move Order Lines page should

open up.
1. The Transact Move orders form should
open showing the details of the chosen
move order.
1. Transact move Order Line Allocations
window should open
1. A dialog box should be shown ,
displaying that the transaction has been
completed and the records are saved

displayed

open various menus
1. Find Pending Transaction window
should open
1. Pending Transaction window should
open with details of the corresponding
transaction

displayed
1. The Accounting Close Cycle

transaction function list should open
various menus
1. Inventory Accounting Periods should
open displaying various periods with
status as Open Or Future
1. A caution Box should open displaying

a message " Open This Period or not?"
1. The status of the period will change

from Future to Open
displayed

various menus
1. A dialog box should open, displaying a

message " Cannot open Period. Previous
Cost Period is not open yet"

displayed

various menus
a message " Update This Period or not?"
1. A new end date for the period will be

displayed. Also Oracle Inventory updates
the start date for the following period to
the day after this period's new end date.

displayed

various menus

message that update wont be possible

displayed

various menus

a message "Closing current Accounting
Period "
1. The Status of the selected accounting
period will change from open to close

displayed

various menus

message that "Cannot close this period-
Prior period is not closed"

displayed
1. The ABC compile page should open
1. A request should get submitted to print

the compile program
displayed
1. Define ABC compile page should open

up
1. The new ABC compile should be
defined
displayed
1. The ABC Compile Items window

appears
displayed
1. Click on find to open or query for
existing abc compile.
1. A request should get submitted to run
the compile program
displayed
1. A request should get submitted to print

the compile program
displayed
1. A request should get submitted to run

the compile program
displayed
1. Define ABC compile page should open

up
1. The new ABC compile should be
defined
displayed
1. The ABC Compile Items window

appears
displayed
1. Cycle Counts Summary window should

open
1. Cycle Count Page should open up.
1. Cycle Count Classes page should
open
1. Cycle Count Items Page should open

displayed

open
1. Cycle Count Summary Page should
open up.
1. Manual Schedule Request page opens
up
1. Cycle schedule should be defined
displayed

open
1. Cycle Count Summary Page should
open up.
1. Perform Full Cycle count window
should open
1. The request for performing cycle
counting should get submitted.
1. The "Find Pull Sequence" should get
opened
1. The "Pull Sequence Summary" should

get opened
1. The Required information should be

displayed
1. "System Items" window gets displayed
1. The "Parameters" window should get

displayed
1. Decision Box Should get Displayed

which contains the Request ID
1. The Request Window Should Get
opened
1. The "Pull sequence Summary" window

gets open where you can update
1. Update made should get saved

1. "Find Pull Sequence" Window should
get displayed
1. "Pull Sequence Summary" Window

should get opened
1. Find Window should get Open
1. Kanban Cards Summary Window

Should get Opened
1. The work should get Saved
1. The Parameters Window gets opened
1. The Find Window should get opens
1. Kanban Cards Window should get

displayed
1. Your Work should get saved
1. The Find Window Should Get opened
1. The Kanban Card Summary Window

should get opened
1. The "Find Item Safety Stock" Window
Should Appear
1. "Enter Item Safety Stock" Window

Should be opened and in safety stock
method it should display as User defined
quantity
The work should be saved

1. Organisation Window Should open
1. Parameters Window Should Open
1. Decision Box Should Open
"Submit A New Request " Window

should get opened
"All Reports" Window should get

displayed
The "Parameters" Window should
get displayed
The Request should get Submitted
The specified request should be
complete
1. The Organisationd Window Should
Open
1. The Forecast Rule Window Should

Open
1. The Oracle Application Window( the
Main Window ) should open
1. The "Parameters" window Should get
opened
1. Decision Box should open
1. The Request Should get Submitted
1. Find Request Window should open
1. The Request Window Should open
1. The "Parameters" window Should get
opened
1. The Request Should get Submitted
1. The Physical Inventories Summary

Window shuld get opened
1. The "Define Physical Inventory" should

get opened
1. Your work should Get Saved
1. Physical Inventory Summary Window
should get opened
1. The Concurrent Request should get

submitted
1. The Snapshot Complete box should
be checked on the Physical Inventories
Summary folder window.
1. "Generate Physical Inventory Tags"
Window shoud get opened
1. Concurrent Request Should get

Submitted
The request should be submitted and its
status is
completed
1. The Physical Inventory Tag Counts
Window Should Get Opened
1. The Physical Inventory Window

Should Get Opened
1. The Quantities should get Saved
1. Approve Physical Adjustments
Summary Window should get Opened
1. Physical Inventories window Should

get opened
1. Decision Box Should get Opened
Work should get saved.
1. "Physical Inventories Summary"
Window Shoud Get Opened
1. Purge Physical Window Shoud get

opened
1. The Request Number consisting of the
request ID should get opened
Physical Inventory should be purged
1. The Organizations Window Should

Open
1. Submit A New Request Window
Should Open
1. The Main Window of Oracle
Application Should Open
1. Find Requests Window should open
1. Submit Request window should be

displayed
1. The Organizations Window Should

Open
Should Open

displayed
displayed again.
1. Request is Submitted and User can
enter another request to be Run.
1. The Organisations Window Should

Open
Should Open

displayed
displayed again.
1. Find Requests Window will be
displayed.
1. The status of request should be
displayed
displayed

open various menus
displayed
displayed again.
1. Request is Submitted and User can
enter another request to be Run.
displayed

open various menus
displayed
displayed again.
1. Find Requests Window will be
displayed.
1. The status of request should be
displayed
displayed
1. The Master Item window should open
1. The Item should be assigned to the

respective organizations also.
displayed

open various menus
should open up.
up
1. The organization should get changed

from the current to the destination org.
1. Find Expected receipts window should

open
1. Receipts and Receipts Header page
opens up.
1. Items should get received in the
destination organization
displayed
1. Unit of Measure page should open up.
1. A new Unit of Measure should get

defined.
displayed
1. Organizations page opens first to

select the respective organization,
followed by Unit of Measure classes
page.
1. A new Unit of Measure class should

get defined.
1. Items Stock Window should open

displayed
open various menus
1. Find Expected Receipts Page should
open.
1. Receipt Header Window should open
1. Receipt No. will be generated

1. Find Receiving Transaction Window
should Open.
1. The form displaying the details of the
Transfer to receiving Inventory should be
displayed. The Destination type changes
to Inventory, once the transaction has
been done. Mention the Final
subinventory too if it has not been
entered earlier.
1. Responsibility Window Should open
1. Request Group Should open

1. Fields get Updated
1. A New row for the Program gets Added
1. The Report Window should open

1. The Work should get Saved
1. Responsibility Form should open
1. Submit A New Request window should
open
1. Submit Request Window should open

displayed

open various menus
should open up.

up
1. Inter-org transfer should be done.
displayed

open various menus
should open up.
1. The Shipping Networks window should

open
1. The Shipping network details should

get created so as to proceed with the
inter-org transfer between the to and
from organizations.
1. This should open the transaction lines

page
1. Inter-Org transfer
displayed

open various menus
open up.
up
1. TheSub-Inventory transaction should
be done

displayed

open various menus
open up.
up
1. A warning message will be displayed in
a dialog box that the on-hand quantity will
go to negative.
1. The dialog box showing the warning
message should be closed
1. The Organisation Window Should
Open
1. Organisation Parameters window
should Open
1. The changes should get saved
1. Sub-inventory transfer window opens
1. The transaction line page should open
1. It will throw an error message Negative

balance not Allowed. So we cannot
proceed with the sub-inventory transfer

displayed

open various menus
1. Find Pending Transaction window
should open
1. Pending Transaction window should
open with details of the corresponding
transaction
displayed

open
1. Cycle Count Page should open up.
1. Cycle Count Classes page should
open
1. Cycle Count Items Page should open

1 PRO_Creation of a new Project/Define a Project Create a new ERS/CSA UK

project from a Template
2 PRO_Defining a Cost Budget/Enter budget for the ERS
UK Milton Project
2 PRO_Defining a Cost Budget/Enter budget for the ERS
UK Milton Project
3 PRO_Modifying Cost Budget/Modify the Cost Budget Revise the Cost budget for
the project
4 PRO_Defining Agreements Create an agreement for an
ERS UK Milton Project and
fund the project
5 PRO_Defining a Revenue Budget/Create a Revenue Create and Baseline a
Budget Revenue Budget for a ERS
UK Project
5 PRO_Modify the Revenue Budget Revise the revenue budget
for the project
6 PRO_Create Event Create Event

6 PRO_Create Event Create Event
7 PRO_Generate Revenue for Project Generate Revenue for

Project
8 PRO_Release Draft Revenue for Project Approve and Release
Revenue
9 PRO_Interface Revenue to General ledger Interface Revenue to GL

10 PRO_Generate Customer Draft Invoice and Integrate
with Account Receivables
11 PRO_Release Draft Invoice for Project Approve and Release

Invoice
12 PRO_Interface Invoice to Rceivables Interface the invoices to
Receivables.
13 PRO_Importing Projects Invoices in Receivables Import the invoices in

Receivables.
14 PRO_Interface Supplier Costs to Projects/ To enter There should be a AP
Project Related AP Invoice for one project invoice(suppliers coming
from)
15 PRO_Transferring Costs between Projects/Transferring Transferring the Cost from
Costs between Projects One Project to a another
Project
16 PRO_Distribution of Supplier Invoice Adjustments Expenditures created /

imported in PA needs to be
distributed as per the auto-
accounting logic set-up in
PA.
17 PRO_Interface Supplier Invoice Adjustments to To Interface Supplier
Payables/Interfacing Supplier Invoice Adjustment to Invoice Adjustment to
Payables Payables
18 PRO_Importing Timecards into Projects/Book Costs- To enter Project related

OTL Timecards costs using timecards in
OTL
19 PRO_Distribution of Labour Cost Expenditures created /
imported in PA needs to be
PA.
20 PRO_Interface Labour Costs to GL/Interfacing Expense Expenditures created /
Distribution to GL imported in PA needs to be
interfaced to GL
21 PRO_Tieback Labour Costs from GL/Tieback Labour To Tieback Labour Cost

Cost from General Ledger from General Ledger
22 PRO_Creating Usage Costs for the Project/Accruing To enter Project related

Usage Cost for a Approved project Usage costs for a approved
project
23 PRO_Distribute Usage and Miscellaneous Expenditures created /
Costs/Distribution of Usage and Miscellaneous Cost imported in PA needs to be
PA.
24 PRO_Interface Usage and Miscellaneous Costs to Expenditures created /
GL/Interfacing Usace and Miscellaneous Cost imported in PA needs to be
Distribution to GL interfaced to GL
25 PRO_Tieback Usage and Miscellaneous Cost from To Tieback Usage and

General Ledger Miscellaneous Cost from
General Ledger
26 PRO_Put Event on Bill Hold Put the Event on Bill hold if

required. Apply Bill hold on
the Event for which you
need to create a different
invoice for the Project
rather than combining
multiple events on a single
Invoice.
rather than combining
multiple events on a single
Invoice.
27 PRO_Closing a Project/ To close a project and ensure

no further costs are booked against it
28 PRO_Accruing AP Cost for a closed project To enter Project Related AP

Invoice for a closed project
29 PRO_Accruing OTL Cost for a closed project To enter Project related
OTL costs for a closed
project
30 PRO_Accruing Usage Cost for a closed project To enter Project related

Usage costs for a closed
project
31 PRO_Create assets for expense project
32 PRO_Create Mass Additions from Invoice Distributions

in Payables(AP to FA)
33 PRO_Create Mass Additions from Capital Assets in
Oracle Projects(PA to FA)
33 PRO_Create Mass Additions from Capital Assets in
Oracle Projects(PA to FA)
34 PRO_Generate Cost Accounting Events
35 PRO_Create Accounting
35 PRO_Create Accounting
1. Project Types have been defined 1 Login as Username: / Password Username <>
2. Project Templates have been defined Select Responsibility P/w <>
3. Employees are created
4. Project Classification codes and Responsibility
Categories have been defined EMR PA
5. Project Organization Hierarchies have Keyuser UK
been defined
6. Implementation Options have been
setup
7. PA Periods have been setup
2 Navigate to Projects. Enter the Project Template that Template - T,
you wish to base the project upon. ERS Projects
Milton
3 Click the Find Button
4 Click the Copy To Button in Template Summary
Window
5 Enter data as required in Quick Entry Window. Project Name:
Typical fields would be as shown in the adjacent cell Tesco
Reading 3095
Customer
Name: Tesco
Stores Ltd
Project
Manager:
GARNER,
PETER
Industry:
Others
Project
Description:
Tesco
Reading 3095
Project Start
Date: 15-Sep-
2009
Intercompany
Segment:
CDZ ITALY
Project
Naming
Codes:
Special
Projects
UK Locations:
Milton Keynes
Region:
South/South
East
6 Click OK
7 Place the cursor on the newly created project and click
Open
8 To Verify or Update Classification, double click on
Classification in the Options block
9 Verify or enter the information for certain key fields like
Industry , Intercompany Segment
10 Close the Project, Classifications window
11 To enter Customers and Contacts, open the
Customers and Contacts window from the Options
Block
12 Verify or enter the following information from the List of Customer
values: Name: Tesco
Project Customer: Stores Ltd
Relationship: Relationship:
Contribution: Paying
Bill-to Site: Contribution:
Ship-to Site: 100%
Contacts Block Contact Type:
Type: Billing
Name: Contact
Close Project Customers Window Name: Salvi,
Mark
13 To Verify or Update Key Members, Double click on Key

Members in the Options Block on Project, Templates
window.
14 Verify or Enter the following data: Project
Employee Name or Number, Role, and the effective Manager:
from date GARNER,
Please note that the Project Manager definition is PETER
mandatory.
Close Key Members window
15 To verify or Update Billing Information, open Billing

Information in the Options block on Project, Templates
window.
16 Verify whether the distribution rule defined is
Event/Event. Check for other details like First Bill
Offset, Bill Cycle Days, Labor Invoice Format, Non
Labor Invoice Format.
Save your work and close Billing Setup window
17 To Modify the Work Breakdown Structure, open the

Tasks in the Options block on Project, Templates
window
18 Select Tasks and Click Details. With the cursor on
Task1, click Options.
Double click on Task Details. Verify and update the

following:
Allow Charges: Yes; Billable: Yes
Save your work and close the window.

Verify the data for other Task options which should
default from Project
Close the Task window
19 To Change the Project Status:

Click Change Status button
20 Select Approved from the list.

Save and Close the Project window
The project has been defined 1 Login as Username: / Password

The project has been defined
2 Navigate to Budgets
3 Enter Project Number or select Project number from Project
LOV Number : :
8010
4 Enter type of budget and click on Find Draft button Budget Type:
Approved
Cost Budget
5 Enter version number and description. Entry Option

defaults to:
Click on Details button. A-Prj by GL
Prd, No
Resource.
Version
Name:
Original
Change
Reason
budget
approval
Description :
Original
6 Choose the Task to be budgeted (Task Number) and
click on Budget Lines button
7 Change the Periods For Totals range to the period E.g. Enter
range for which budget is being entered. May-06
Jun-06
8 Enter Raw Cost in the Amount Type column
9 Enter budget amounts for each relevant period and

save. The <- & -> keys can be used to move
between periods.
10 Use the 1^(up arrow) or I> (dpwn arrow)key to
navigate to other tasks. Enter budget values for the
same and save. The & keys can be used to
move between periods.
11 Close the budget lines form.
12 Close the budget summary screen to return to the

budget definition screen. Click on Submit button.
13 Click on Baseline button to baseline the budget draft
1. The project has been defined 1 Login as Username: / Password Username <>
2. A baselined budget is available for Select Responsibility P/w <>
revision
Responsibility
EMR PA
KEYUSER
UK
LOV Number <>
4 Enter type of budget (Approved Cost Budget) and click Type of
on Find Draft button budget -
Approved
Cost Budget
5 Change version number and choose the reason Version

(optional) for the budget revision from the list of values. Number <>
Click on Details button Reason <>
6 Click the Details Button
7 Select from the resource List, Material, Travel and
Entertainment and Labor Cost and Enter the
Respective Budget Amount button in the Start Period
8 Enter in the Start Period for the Project Start Period

<>
9 Enter Raw Cost in the Amount Type column Raw cost <>
10 Enter budget amounts for each relevant period and Budget
save. The <- & -> keys can be used to move between Amounts
periods. Enter Budget Amounts in the Start Period for
the Project.
11 Close the budget lines form

12 Close the budget summary screen to return to the
budget definition screen. Click on Submit button
13 Click on the baseline button

1. Project Set ups has been complete 1 Login as Username: / Password Username <>
2. Project has been created Select Responsibility P/w <>
3. Customer has been created
Responsibility
EMR PA
Keyuser UK
2 Navigate to Billings -> Agreements

3 Select 120012025 in Customer No. field Customer #:
Enter the data as mentioned in the adjacent cell 120012025
Agreement Agreement #
AN
Save your work Type:
PURCHASE_
ORDER
Currency:
GBP
Amount:
10,000.00
Revenue
Hard Limit: No
Invoice Hard
Limit: No
Administrator:
WARNKE,
MARIO
4 To Fund the Project, click the Funding button

5 Enter the following data. Project
Save your work and close the window Number: 8134
Task Number:
1
Date
Allocated: 15-
SEP-2009
Funding
amount: GBP
100,000.00
6 Open the Funding Summary Window and check if the

entered details are getting displayed properly
7 View funding details in

Billings -> Funding Inquiry
8 Close the Funding window

Project have been created 1 Login as Username: / Password
Budget Entry Methods have been defined Select Responsibility
Resource Lists have been Assigned to

Budget entry methods 2 Enter Project Number or select Project number from Project
Project Agreement have been defined LOV Number:
20973
3 Enter the following details and Budget
Type:Approve
Save your data and click the Details button. d Revenue
Budget
Then click on Budget Lines Version:
Period-wise Amount needs to be entered Original
Budget
Ensure that the Revenue Budget total is same as the Change
Agreement funding amount for your Project and Task. Reason:
Save your data and close Budget Lines window Budget
Approval
Description:
Original
Resource:
NONE
From:
27-Feb-2006
To:
01-Dec-2006
Amount: GBP
100,000.00
4 To Baseline the Revenue Budget

Remain in the Budgets window
5 In the Budget window, click Submit button.
6 Click the Baseline button to Baseline your Approved

Revenue Budget
1. The project has been defined 1 Login as Username: / Password Username <>
2. A baselined budget is available for Select Responsibility P/w <>
revision
3. Resource Lists have been Assigned to Responsibility
Budget entry methods EMR PA
4. Project Agreement has been defined KEYUSER
UK
LOV Number
20973
4 Enter type of budget (Approved Revenue Budget) and Type of
click on Find Draft button budget -
Approved
Revenue
Budget
5 In the Draft Budget region, enter the following Version

Number -
Save your data. Original
Reason -
Budget
Approval
Change
Reason
Budget
Approval
Description -
Original
Budget Entry
Method "A-Prj
by GL Prd, No
Resource
6 Click the Details Button
7 Then click on Budget Lines. Budget

Enter the Budget Amount in Start Period of the Project Amount <>
Ensure that the Revenue Budget total is same as the
Agreement funding amount for your Project and Task.
8 Save your data and close Budget Lines window
9 In the Budget window, click Submit button

10 Click on Baseline button to baseline the budget draft
Revenue and Billing Set ups - as 1 Login as Username: / Password

applicable, have been defined Select Responsibility
Project Cost have been booked,
released and distributed.
Project Cost for the Period exists
Revenue and Billing Set ups - as
applicable, have been defined
Project Cost have been booked,
released and distributed.
Project Cost for the Period exists 2 Navigate to Billing-> Events-> Project. Project
#:19234
Enter the project number and create a new event. Event Type:
Material
Enter the task # for which revenue is to be accrued. Charges-
and save your work Taxable
Event Date:
<Date on
which event is
to be fired>
Organization:
<Project
Organization>
Description:
<>
Bill Amount:
<>
Revenue
Amount: <>
Revenue
Amount -1000
Bill Amount-
2000
1. Revenue and Billing Set ups - as 1 Login as Username: / Password Username <>
applicable, have been defined Select Responsibility P/w <>
2. Project Cost have been booked,
released and distributed. Responsibility
3. Project Cost for the Period exists. EMR PA
Keyuser UK
2 Navigate to Billing -> Events -> Project. Project

Number:
Ensure that Bill Amount and Revenue Amount is same. Task #:
Event Type:
MANUAL
Event Date:
<Date on
which event is
to be fired>
Organization:
<Project
Organization>
Currency: As
applicable
Description:
<>
Bill Amount:
<>
Revenue
Amount: <>
3 If you want to Put this Event on Invoice Hold, Select
The Bill Hold value as Yes
4 Save the Event.
5 To Generate Revenue Navigate to Other > Requests
> Run
6 In the Request Name field, select PRC: Generate Enter your
draft revenue for a Single Project Project
Number
Click OK Accrue
Click the Submit button Through Date
<>
PRC:
Generate
draft revenue
for a Single
Project
7 To View Revenue Amounts Navigate to Billing >

Revenue Review
8 Enter your Project Number, click Find and view the Project
revenue for the project Number <>
4. Draft Revenue is Generated. Keyuser UK
2 To View Revenue Amounts Navigate to Billing >

Revenue Review
revenue for the project Number:1923
4
4 View Revenue distribution for events and verify the
Revenue Distribution.
If draft Revenue Generated is correct then Approver
can approve and release the revenue. Otherwise if
Revenue details are not correct then you need to
delete the Revenue and modify event details.
5 For releasing the revenue, select the revenue line and

press Release button
4. Draft Revenue is Generated. Keyuser UK
5. Revenue is released.
2 To Interface Revenue to General Ledger, Navigate to

Other > Requests > Run
3 Select PRC: Interface Revenue to General Ledger
Click OK and submit.
4 View Output by Clicking Output once Request is

complete
5 Login to GL Responsibility EMR GL
KEYUSER UK
6 Navigate to Journals -> Import -> Run Source -

Submit Journal Import Projects
For all group
Id's
7 Navigate to Inquiry -> Journals and enter the Source Source -

and Period and click Find Projects
Period -
8 Navigate to Journal -> Post
Query the Journal and Post the same
9 Login to EMR PA KEYUSER UK Responsibility EMR PA
KEYUSER UK
10 To Tieback Revenue to General Ledger, Navigate to

Other > Requests > Run
11 Select PRC: Tieback Revenue from General Ledger PRC: Tieback
Click OK and submit Revenue from
General
Ledger

complete
13 Navigate to Billing > Revenue Review. Query for the
Draft Revenue.
1. Login as Username: / Password
2. To Generate Draft Invoice navigate to Other-

>Requests->Run
3. Run the Process: PRC: Generate Draft Invoices for a Project
Single Project Number:
Click Submit. 19234
Bill through &
View your Requests: Invoice dates:
View the Output
4. Draft Invoice is Generated. Keyuser UK
2 To View Invoice activity, Navigate to Billing > Invoice

Review
invoice for the project Number :
19234
4 Review the Unapproved Status Invoice in Invoice
Summary window. Click the Open window and Review
the Invoice Information
5 Click the Lines button and review the Invoice Lines.

Click the Details button for each invoice line to display
all Expenditure Items.
Close the Invoice window.
6 If the draft invoice is not correct then delete the draft
invoice.
If draft invoice is correct then the next step is Approval
and Release of the Invoice.
7 To Approve Draft Invoice Click the Approve Button.

Save your work
8 To Release Draft Invoice. Click the Release Button
9 Enter the invoice date if you want to override the date

given at the time of generating the draft invoice click on
Ok
1. Project Billing Set ups are complete 1 Login as Username: / Password Username <>
2. AR Set ups are complete Select Responsibility P/w <>
3. Invoice is Approved and Released.
Responsibility
EMR PA
Keyuser UK
2 To Interface Invoice to Receivables, Navigate to Other

> Requests > Run
3 Select PRC: Interface Invoices to Receivables .
Click OK and submit.
complete
5 View Invoice in Billing > Invoice Review
6 Enter the Project Number in the Invoice window. Project
Number:1923
Click Find button 4
Click Open in the Invoice Summary window
View the interface date on Approved, Interface Tab
3. Invoice is Approved and Released.
4. Invoice is transferred from Projects. Responsibility
EMR AR
KEYUSER
UK
2 Navigate to Interfaces > Autoinvoice

3 Select Autoinvoice Master Program Autoinvoice
Master
Click OK and Submit the Request Program
Source -
PROJECTS
INVOICE
Date <Current
Date>
4 Navigate : Transactions -> Transactions.
Query on the Reference field, by entering the Project

Number in that field, i.e., Reference
5 If you need to Modify the invoice then Navigate to

Transactions Screen Change the Status of Invoice
from Complete to Incomplete
6 Go to Line Items modify the Tax Code and Select the
appropriate Tax Code. Add Lines if necessary.
7 After All modification Navigate to Transactions Screen

Change the Status of Invoice from Incomplete to
Complete.
Supplier and Supplier site is set-up for 1. Login as Username: / Password
the proposed Invoice Select Responsibility
Payables set up is completed
Project and project tasks are created 2. Navigate to
Project expenditure types are defined Invoices -> Entry ->Invoice Batches
3. Enter a name for the batch in the Batch Name Field Batch Name :
Test 1.1
4. Click on the button Invoices to open invoice entry
screen
5. Standard invoice type will default in the Type field
6. Choose the required Supplier from list of values in the

Supplier Field.
7. The Supplier number and site will default. If not, select
the supplier site from the LOV.
8. Enter the Invoice Date in the Invoice Date field Invoice
Date:30-Apr-
2006
9. Enter the Invoice Number in the Invoice Num Field. Invoice
Number: Test
1234
10. The functional currency GBP will default in the
Invoice Currency field.
11. Enter the Invoice amount Invoice
amount
117500
12. The values in the fields Terms Date, Terms, Payment
method and Pay Group will default from the payment
terms associated with the Supplier Site Set-up. These
can be over ridden if required.
13. Click on Match to Purchase Order.
14. Enter the Purchase Order No.XXXX and Click on

Find.
15. Select the Match Button and Click on Match
16. Click on Distributions. Verify the Distributions are
generated correctly or not.
17. Validate the Invoice (Actions -> Validate -> Ok)

18 Create Accounting for the Invoice (Actions -> Create
Accounting -> Ok)
19. Navigate to menu Other > Requests >
Run
Payables Transfer to General Ledger Program to
transfer entries to General Ledger.
20 Goto PA responsibility and Run

PRC: Interface Supplier Costs
chk invoice in project exp inquiry screen
21 Navigate to Expenditures -> Expenditure inquiry ->
Project
22 Enter Your Project number in the Project Field Project

Number
<>the project
should be
having only
number as
project name
and status
should be
approved
23 Click Find
24 Select your Expenditure Item and click Item Details
Button
Using existing Contract project, which has 1 Login as Username: / Password Username <>
an agreement, revenue and cost budgets Select Responsibility P/w <>
approved.
Responsibility
EMR PA
Keyuser UK
2 Navigate -> Expenditures -> Expenditure inquiry ->

Project
3 Enter Your Project number in the Project Field. Project
Number <>
Click Find
4 Find the expenditure items you want to transfer and Project

Number: <>
Go to Menu> Tools>Transfer 1 Project Name:
<>
Enter the details of the Project to which you want to Task Number:
transfer the Expenditure Item. <>
Task Name:
<>
Click on OK.
6 Navigate -> Expenditures -> Expenditure inquiry ->

Project
1. Projects are setup and Approved 1 Login as Username: / Password Username <>
2. Projects tasks are chargeable Select Responsibility P/w <>
3. Employees are setup
4. The period for entry is open Responsibility
5. Project expenditure types are defined EMR PA
KEYUSER UK
2 Run PRC: Distribute Supplier Invoice Adjustment Ran the PRC:

Costs request Distribute
Supplier
Invoice
Adjustment
Costs
process.
3 Log into EMR PA KEYUSER UK Responsibility
Navigate to Expenditures -> Expenditure inquiry ->
Project

Number
<8010>
5 Click Find
Button
7 Select the Cost Distribution Line and Click OK
8 Verify the Cost Distribution Accounting and close the
window.
KEYUSER UK
2 Run PRC: Interface Supplier Invoice Adjustment Ran the

Costs to Payables request "PRC:
Interface
Supplier
Invoice
Adjustment
Costs to
Payables"
process.

completed
5. Project expenditure types are defined EMR OTL
TIMEKEEPE
R ENTRY UK
2 Select Timekeeper Entry from the available menu

options
3 The Find screen is going to popup
4 Select a suitable Group Name and the Recurring

Period as Weekly - Starts Monday
5 Select the Period for which you want to enter a e.g.
timecard 05-FEB-2007
- 11-FEB-
2007
6 Click Find Enter:

Tasks:1
Type:PROJE
CT WORK-
Straight Time
7 Enter all the required Project details and Time details
and click on Submit
8 Please wait for a few minutes before the status

changes to Approved
9 Importing Timecards into PA Select source
Log into EMR PA KEYUSER UK as Oracle
Time and
Navigate to Expenditures -> Transaction Import -> Labor
Import Transactions

Project

Number
<>the project
should be
having only
number as
project name
and status
should be
approved
12 Click Find
Button
KEYUSER UK
2 Distribution of expenditures Ran the PRC:

Expenditures created / imported in PA needs to be Distribute
distributed as per the auto-accounting logic set-up in Labor Costs
PA. process.
Run PRC: Distribute Labor Costs request
3 Log into EMR PA KEYUSER UK Responsibility

Navigate to Expenditures -> Expenditure inquiry ->
Project

Number
<>the project
should be
having only
number as
project name
and status
should be
approved
5 Click Find
Button
8 Verify the Cost Distribution Accounting and close
the window.
KEYUSER UK
2 Run "PRC: Interface Labor Costs to General Ran the

Ledger" request "PRC:
Interface
Labor Costs
to General
Ledger"
process.
3 Login to GL Responsibility EMR GL

KEYUSER UK

Submit Journal Import for Source = Projects Projects
For all group Id's

Period -
KEYUSER UK
2 Run "PRC: Tieback Labor Costs from General Ran the

Ledger" request with parameter: "PRC:
Tieback Labor
Costs from
General
Ledger"
process.
Set of Book
Currency -
GBP

completed
1. A project shall exist 1 Login as Username: / Password Username <>
KEYUSER UK
2 Navigate to Expenditures -> Pre Approved Batches
-> Enter and open the form.
3 Enter the required details for creating a pre approved Batch Name
batch: <>
Ending Date
<>
Class - Usage
Description
<>
4 Click on Expenditures button to enter expenditure

details.
5 Select the Employee Name from the List of Values Employee
Name <>
6 Enter the Expenditure ending date Expenditure
Ending Date
<>
7 In the Expenditure Items region, try entering the Project
Project Number which is approved Number <>
(which is a
approved
project)
8 Submit
9 Release
KEYUSER UK
2 Distribution of Expenditures created / imported in PA Ran the PRC:

needs to be distributed as per the auto-accounting Distribute
logic set-up in PA. Usage and
Miscellaneou
Run PRC: Distribute Usage and Miscellaneous s Costs
Costs request process.

Project

Number
<10666>
5 Click Find
Button
8 Verify the Cost Distribution Accounting and close
the window.
KEYUSER UK
2 Run "PRC: Interface Usage and Miscellaneous Ran the

Costs to General Ledger" request "PRC:
Interface
Usage and
Miscellaneous
Costs to
General
Ledger"
process.
3 Login to EMR PA KEYUSER GL Responsibility EMR GL

KEYUSER UK

Submit Journal Import for Source = Projects Projects
For all group Id's

Period -
KEYUSER UK
2 Run "PRC: Tieback Usage Costs from General Ran the

Ledger" request with parameter: "PRC:
Set of Book Currency - GBP Tieback
Usage Costs
from General
Ledger"
process.
Set of Book
Currency -
GBP

completed
Responsibility
EMR PA
KEYUSER
UK
2 Navigate to Billing > Events > Project. Project
Enter the project number and find the existing events. Number:
Verify the following details. 11180
Verify Type:
Ensure that Bill Amount and Revenue Amount are MANUAL
same. Event Date:
<Date on
which event is
to be fired>
Organization:
<>
Currency: <>
EUR: <>
Description:
<>
Bill Amount:
<>
Revenue
Amount:<>
All the costs pertaining to the project 1. Login as Username: / Password

have been accounted for and transferred to Select Responsibility
Payables
All the costs have been cleared out
All tasks have been completed and 2. Navigate to Project and Enter the Project no. from Project
associated assets have been interfaced to LOV. Click on Find Number 8010
Oracle Assets
3. Click on Open to view the Project
4. Click on Change Status and select Closed from
LOV
5. Save the changes
1. Supplier and Supplier site is set-up for 1 Login as Username: / Password Username <>
the proposed Invoice Select Responsibility P/w <>
4. Project is in closed status EMR AP
5. Project expenditure types are defined Keyuser UK
2 Navigate to
Invoices -> Entry ->Invoice Batches
3 Enter a name for the batch in the Batch Name Field Batch name
<>
4 Click on the button Invoices to open invoice entry
screen
5 "Standard invoice type will default in the Type field Invoice Type -
Standard
6 Choose the required Supplier from list of values in the Supplier <>
Supplier Field.
7 The Supplier number and site will default. If not, select Supplier Site
the supplier site from the LOV. <>
8 Enter the Invoice Date in the Invoice Date field Invoice Date
<>
9 Enter the Invoice Number in the Invoice Num Field. Invoice
Number <>
10 The functional currency GBP will default in the Invoice
Invoice Currency field. Currency -
GBP
11 Enter the Invoice amount Invoice
Amount <>
12 The values in the fields Terms Date, Terms, Payment
method and Pay Group will default from the payment
terms associated with the Supplier Site Set-up. These
can be over ridden if required.
13 Click on Distributions. Provide the Line type, Amount, Line Type <>
Account and tax code as required Amount <>
Account <>
Tax code <>
14 Scroll towards the right and specify the Closed project Project
number in the project number field. Number <>
(which is
closed)
1. A closed project shall exist 1 Login as Username: / Password Username <>

5. Project expenditure types are defined EMR OTL
TIMEKEEPE
R ENTRY UK
2 Select Timekeeper Entry from the available menu

options
3 The Find screen is going to popup
4 Select a suitable Group Name and the Recurring

Period as Weekly - Starts Monday
5 Select the Period for which you want to enter a e.g.
timecard 05-FEB-2007
- 11-FEB-
2007
6 Click Find
1. A closed project shall exist 1 Login as Username: / Password Username <>

KEYUSER UK
2 Navigate to Expenditures -> Pre Approved Batches

-> Enter and open the form.
3 Enter the required detaisl for creating a pre approved Batch Name
batch: <>
Ending Date
<>
Class - Usage
Description
<>
4 Click on Expenditure buttons to enter expenditure

details.
5 Select the Employee Name from the List of Values Employee
Name <>
6 Enter the expenditure ending date Expenditure
Ending Date
<>
7 In the Expenditure Items region, try entering the Project
Project Number which is closed Number <>
(which is a
closed
project)
8 System will allow to enter only a "Approved" project in

the project number field. Clear the fields and select a
valid project number to move ahead.
1 Login as Username: / Password
2 Navigate to Setup > Projects >Project Templates,

query up project template T-US MARKETING
3 In the Options section, enter the following values:
Double click on Structures - choose to enable Financial
Structure, click on the Apply button and click on 'Close
Window'
Double click on Tasks - add the following
Task Number = 01
Task Name/description = MARKETING EXPENSE
Save
4 Switch to Responsibility :PA CAP ACCTG MGR US

SBUX.
Open the Projects form by clicking on Projects menu.
5 Choose to search for Templates and click on Find
6 Put the cursor on template T-MARKETING and click on

the Copy To button
7 Enter ther following and click on the OK button:
Project Number = 00123-TEST13
Project Name = 00123-TEST13
8 Open the Capital Projects form using the navigation
Capitalization > Capital Projects
9 Key in 00123-TEST13 in the project number in the

Number field and click on the Find button.
Capital Projects should be created. 1 Log on to oracle applications

Navigate to Oracle E-Business Suite instance
Logon to E-Business Suite Home
Enter User Name/Password.

Click on Login.
2 Open the Invoice Batches Form

Navigate to Payables Manager responsibility
Click on Invoices-> Entry-> Invoice Batches
3 Enter the Batch Details Batch Name:
Click on Invoices Test Inv Batch
14 DEC2010
4 Enter the header details for Invoice1 and the header Type:
details for the capital project that is created Standard
enter the required details for the invoice and project Supplier Num:
Z9621
Accept default values for remaining fields Invoice Date:
10-DEC-2010
Invoice Num:
101410
Invoice
Amount: 100
Project
Number:
Expenditure
Type:
Task:
Expenditure
Item Date:
5 Enter line details for Invoice1

Click on Lines
Amount:
6 Click on Distributions
Amount:100
Account(Asset Clearing Account):
Click on Save
7 Validate Invoice1
Actions--Validate
8 Change invoice amount to include the tax amount also
9 Release matching hold manually

Navigate to holds tab
Navigate to Matching Required Hold
Specify Release Name as Validated
Click on Release
10 Revalidate the Invoice

Actions--Validate
11 Create Accounting for the Invoice
Actions--Create Accounting--Final post
Click on OK
13 Log in to the project responsibilty JS Project Costing Project
Super User and Run the request PRC: Interface Number:
Supplier Costs Request. Through GL
Enter the required parameters-> date:
Click on OK-> Refresh Data-> Through
Transaction
Date:
Interface
Supplier
Invoices: Yes
Interface
Receipts
Accurals: No
Interface AP
Discounts: No
14 View output placing the cursor on AUD: Supplier Costs Interface Audit
15 In Projects Module run Run-PRC: Update Project From Project:

Summary Amounts for a Single Project Through
Date: (current
date)
16 After the above request completes in normal RunPRC: From Project:

Refresh Project Summary Amounts To Project:
17 Navigate to Capitalization->Capital projects and search Capitalization

the project and click on Assets tab,Enter the asset details:
details and save Project Asset
Type: As-built
(Type should
be as-built to
assign the
asset lines to
the asset)
Date in
service:
Actual: 20-
May-2010
(Within the
open period in
Fixed Assets)
Asset details:
Book: 1 SSL
Asset
Category:
CF.FIXT.A031
.999999
Asset Key:
CF.P.00.L.FIX.
A031.000000
Actual Units:
Location:
A0002.STR.0
00000
Depreciation:
01-51110-
A0002-0100-
0000-000000-
0000-0000
Description:
Abortive
Costs
18 Now Click on Generate button and the program PRC:
Generate Asset Lines for a single project is run
automatically.
Parameters:
Project
Number:
Include
common
Tasks: Yes
Date Place In
Service
Through: Use
the value
assigned to
the asset or a
later date.
PA Through
Date: (Use
the actual end
date of the PA
period. )
19 Navigate to Capitalization->Capital projects and search

the project and click on Assets tab and click on Lines
button in Capital Projects form
20 The expenditure Items appear in the lines tab as

Unassigned. Assign the expenditure line to the asset
created by choosing it from the LOV and save.
21 Navigate to the SRS window and run PRC: Interface

assets to Oracle Assets. Parameters:
From Project
Number:
To Project
Number:
22 Click on the Switch Responsibilty Icon and change the

responsibilty to Fixed Assets JS Manager.
23 Navigate to Mass Additions->Prepare Mass Additions.
24 Query using the project number.
25 Navigate to Mass Additions->Post Mass

Additions.Enter the corporate book and submit the
request.
26 Navigate to Fixed Assets JS Manager ->Prepare Mass
additions.
Query using the project number.
27 Query the Asset Number form Asset Workbench.

Navigate to Assets-> Asset Workbench-> Enter the
Project Number-> Find
28 Check for all the financial informations by clicking on Book:
the Books tab
Enter the Book-> Click on any field
29 Log out of the application
1. Project should be created with the type 1 Login as Username: / Password
as Capital Project. Select Responsibility
2. Expenditure needs to be created and
released(capital task needs to be selected)
3. The following requests need to be run
-PRC: Distribute Usage and Miscellaneous
Costs(Parameters:Project Number: )
-PRC: Generate Cost Accounting
Events(Parameters:
Trough GL Date:)
1. Project should be created with the type
as Capital Project.
2. Expenditure needs to be created and
released(capital task needs to be selected)
3. The following requests need to be run 2 Navigate to Capitalization->Capital projects and search Capitalization
-PRC: Distribute Usage and Miscellaneous the project and click on Assets tab,Enter the asset details:
Costs(Parameters:Project Number: ) details and save.Click on Assign asset and Project Asset
-PRC: Generate Cost Accounting Type: As-built
Events(Parameters: (Type should
Trough GL Date:) be as-built to
-PRC: Create Accounting(End date: 04- assign the
Dec-2010 asset lines to
(Parameters: the asset)
Mode: Final Date in
Errors only: No service:
Report: Detail Actual: 20-
Transfer to GL: Yes May-2010
Post to GL: Yes (Within the
Include User Transaction Identifier: Yes) open period in
Fixed Assets)
Asset details:
Book: 1 SSL
Asset
Category:
CF.FIXT.A031
.999999
Asset Key:
CF.P.00.L.FIX.
A031.000000
Actual Units:
4
Location:
A0002.STR.0
00000
Depreciation:
01-51110-
A0002-0100-
0000-000000-
0000-0000
Description:
Abortive
Costs
3 Now Click on Generate button and the program PRC: Parameters:

Generate Asset Lines for a single project is run Project
automatically. Number:
Include
common
Tasks: Yes
Date Place In
Service
Through:
Use the value
assigned to
the asset or a
later date.
PA Through
Date: (Use
the actual end
date of the PA
period. )
4 Navigate to Capitalization->Capital projects and search
the project and click on Assets tab and click on Lines
button in Capital Projects form
5 The expenditure Items appear in the lines tab as
Unassigned. Assign the expenditure line to the asset
created by choosing it from the LOV and save.
6 Navigate to the SRS window and run PRC: Interface Parameters:

assets to Oracle Assets From Project
Number:
To Project
Number:
7 Click on the Switch Responsibilty Icon and change the

responsibilty to Fixed Assets JS Manager.
8 Navigate to Mass Additions->Prepare Mass Additions.
9 Query using the project number.
11 Navigate to Mass Additions->Post Mass Parameter:

Additions.Enter the corporate book and submit the Book
request.
12 Navigate to Fixed Assets JS Manager ->Prepare Mass
additions.
Query using the project number.
13 Log out of the application.

1. Project should be created 1 Login as Username: / Password
2. Expenditure should be created and Select Responsibility
released
2 Navigate to JS Project Costing Superuser-
>Other:Requests->Run
3 The request name should be PRC: Generate Cost
Accounting Events
Enter the mandatory fields in the parameters window
and submit the request.
4 Navigate to General Ledger JS Poweruser->Journals-

>Enter
5 Query by giving the source as Projects and status as
Posted/Unposted.Click Find.
6 Log-out of the application.
1. Project should be created 1 Login as Username: / Password
2. Expenditure should be created and Select Responsibility
released
3. Generate Cost Accounting Events
2 Navigate to JS Project Costing Superuser-
>Other:Requests->Run
1. Project should be created
2. Expenditure should be created and
released
3. Generate Cost Accounting Events
3 The request name should be PRC:Create

Accounting.
Enter the mandatory fields in the parameters window
and submit the request.
4 Navigate to General Ledger JS Poweruser->Journals-

>Enter
5 Query by giving the source as Projects and status as
Posted/Unposted.Click Find.
6 Log-out of the application.
Able to Login
Project Window Opens
Projects,Templates Summary Opens

Project Quick Entry window opens
Should be able to enter all the required fields

as per the quick entry window
Project Quick Entry window Closes

Projects, Templates window Opens
Project, Classifications window Opens
Project, Classifications window closes

Project Customers window opens
Options screen appears again, on closure of

the Customers window
Key Members window opens.
The name of the project manager should get

defaulted
Billing Setup appears as the first option under

Billing Information
Able to enter / change all the required details
Tasks window opens
Task Options window opens
Task Details window opens
Options Screen appears again
Status List of Values opens
Project Status Changes to Approved

responsibility
Find Budgets form open up
Budget Type field is enabled
New budget can be defined, status being

shown as Working
Budget screen with Task details and budget

cost columns appears
Budget Lines entry screen for selected task

opens up
Raw Cost is the only available value in the

amount Type LOV.
Budget for task is saved.
Budget for task is saved.
The budget summary form is displayed with

the updated budget values. This is a display
only screen.
Status of the budget changes to Submitted
and Submit button changes to the Baseline
button
Status of the budget changes to Working.
Totals get updates to reflect baselined values
as the current budget values.
Able to Login
Able to navigate
Able to enter
Able to enter
Able to perform the action
Cost Budget details page will get open.

Able to enter
Able to enter
Able to enter
Able to enter
Able to close
Able to perform the action
Modified Cost Budget gets baselined

Able to Login
Agreements window Open

Agreement Saved
Funding window Opens

Agreements window opens
Funding Summary window opens
Funding Inquiry window Opens
Able to login and Navigate
Budget Type field is enabled
Budget Created and Saved
Status changes to Submitted and the Submit

button changes to Baseline
Status changes to Baseline and button
changes back to Working
Draft date/ time and Current date/ time
appears in the Totals
Able to Login
Able to navigate
Able to enter
Able to enter
Able to perform the action and saved data.
Revenue Budget details page will get open.
Able to enter
Able to save the data.
Able to submit.
The modified revenue budget got baselined.
Able to Login
Able to give the details

Able to save
Able to navigate
Request completed normal
Able to navigate
Able to see the newly created revenue line
Able to Login
Able to navigate
Able to see the newly created revenue line
Able to verify
Able to perform the action and status of

revenue line will change to released.
Able to Login
Able to navigate
Able to submit the request
Able to view the output

Able to login
Journal Import request will get submitted and

completed normal
Able to see the newly created journal batches
Able to post the batch
Able to login
Able to Navigate
Request completed normal and able to see the

output
Status of revenue changed to Accepted
Request window Opens
In the Request Output the Last column value is

Approval Required.
Able to Login
Able to navigate
Able to see the newly created invoice line
Able to verify
Able to save
Able to perform the action and status of

invoice line will change to released.
Able to perform the action.
Able to Login
Able to navigate
Able to view the output
Able to navigate
Able to verify
Able to Login
Able to navigate
Able to submit the request. The request
completed normal.
Able to Navigate
Able to perform action
Able to make the changes and save them.
Able to login
Able to Navigate
Invoice window opens
Supplier number defaults
Find Purchase order for Matching Window Will

open
Match to Purchase Orders Button will appear.
Purchase Order will be matched to invoice and PO number will appear at Invoice Header Level.
Distribution will be automatically generated.
Verify the Project Name, Task, Expenditure
Type, Expenditure Organization Details
Invoice Status changes to Validated

Value in field Accounted changes to Yes
Entry Transfer to GL
Find Project Expenditures Items window opens
All Expenditure Items Appear as a List

Items Detail Window Open
Able to Login
Find Project Screen Open
Expenditure Inquiry screen opens
Able to specify the details
Find Project Screen Open
Able to Login
Program completes with status normal. The

lsupplier invoice adjustment got distributed.

Cost Distribution Lines Opens

Able to verify
Able to Login
Program completes with status normal as

expected
Able to see the output
Able to Login
The Timekeeper Find screen opens up.
The Timekeeper Find screen opens up with

the required details.
All the required options are present
Able to select the required Period
The Timekeeper entry screen shows up with

all the persons in the group mentioned. This
also has fields for entering the Project details
and the time details for the week specified.
Able to enter the details. A concurrent request
is launched on submitting the form.
The form should get Autoapproved.
Expenditures are imported into PA as PAEBs

Able to Login
Program completes with status normal
A new line has been created.
The labor costs have got distributed for all

expenditure lines with the cost rate defined

Able to verify
Able to Login

expected
Able to login

completed normal
Able to Login
The output should show 0 errors
Able to Login
Able to navigate and expenditure batches
screen opens.
Able to enter the data.
Expeditures screen will open.
Employee Number, Organization will default on

its own.
Able to enter.
System will allow you to enter the project

details
Able to Login
Program completes with status normal
A new line has been created.
The usage and miscellaneous costs have got

distributed for all expenditure lines


Able to verify
Able to Login

expected
Able to login

completed normal
Able to Login
The output should show 0 errors
Able to Login
Able to verify
Able to Login
Able to navigate
Invoice Entry screen opens.
As expected
Able to choose
As expected
Able to enter
Able to enter
Able to enter
As expected
Able to enter
System shall show a message that it is an

invalid value. The LOV will have the list of only
the Approved projects. Hence it shouldn't allow
to enter Project details.
Able to Login
The Timekeeper Find screen opens up.
The Timekeeper Find screen opens up with

the required details.
All the required options are present
Able to select the required Period
The Timekeeper entry screen shows up with

all the persons in the group mentioned. This
also has fields for entering the Project details
and the time details for the week specified.
Able to Login
Able to navigate and expenditure batches

screen opens.
Able to enter the data.
Expeditures screen will open.
Employee Number, Organization will default on

its own.
Able to enter.
System will not allow you to enter the project

details and will show a message "Invalid value
for field PROJECT_NUMBER"
Able to perform.
The user is taken inside the responsibility 'PA

WEB CAP ACCTG USER US SBUX'
A project type for creating expense projects is

made.
The values are entered
The Find Projects form opens.
Projects, Templates Summary form opens with

all project templates
Project Quick Entry screen comes up
New project is created
The Capital Projects form opens.
The form error FRM-40212: Invalid value for

field PROJECT_NUMBER returns because it
is an expense project and capitalization for
expense projects isn't possible.
Oracle E-Business Suite Home page opens

with all the responsibilities the user have
access to.
The Invoice Batches form opens
The Invoice Workbench Opens

Header details are entered
Line details are entered
Distribution details are entered
Holds should be generated if any or else

validated successfully
Invoice Amount should be changed

successfully
The Matching Required Hold is Released
Invoice Status changes to validated
Accounting is successfully created for the

transaction
The parameters should be entered

successfully and program should be submitted
successfully.
On refeshing the data the program should
complete in normal and should trigger another
request i.e. 'AUD: Supplier Costs Interface
Audit'.
The output should be successfully displayed
with the project details
The request should complete in normal after
refreshing the data.
The request should complete in normal after

refreshing the data and the output should be
successfully displayed
The details are entered and saved
The project should be completed succesfully
The asset lines added should be displayed

and the status should be in"Pending
It should be assigned and saved
The request should be completed normally.
The user should be able to switch

responsibility and the Fixed Assets Page
should be displayed successfully.
The respective window should open.
The asset lines appear with the status Post.
The respective window should open and the

Post Mass Additions request should be
completed normal.
The asset lines appear with status POSTED.
The Asset Number should be displayed with all

details
All the Financial informations should be

displayed successfully.
The user should successfully logout.

The user should login with the responsibilities.
The details are entered and saved
The project should be completed succesfully

The asset lines added should be displayed
and the status should be in"Pending
It should be assigned and saved and the

status should be Pending
The request should be completed normally.

The asset status should bge changed from
"PENDING" to "TRANSFERRED"
The user should be able to switch

responsibility and the Fixed Assets Page
should be displayed successfully.
The respective window should open.
The asset lines appear with the status Post.
The respective window should open and the

Post Mass Additions request should be
completed normal.
The asset lines appear with status POSTED.
The user should successfully logout.

User should login with the responsibilities..
The requests window should open.
User should be able to enter the data.

The request should run successfully and
should complete normal.
The Respective form should open.
The details should be displayed correctly.
The user should log-out successfully.

User should login with the responsibilities..
The requests window should open.

User should be able to enter the data.
The request following requests should be run:s
PRC: Generate Cost Accounting Events
PRC: Create Accounting
Accounting Program (triggered by Create
Accounting)
Journal Import (triggered by Create
Accounting)
Subledger Accounting Balances Update
(triggered by Create Accounting)
hould run successfully and should complete

normal.
The Respective form should open.
The details should be displayed correctly.
The user should log-out successfully.

Test case ID Functional Area/Business Process/Test Case Test Case Description Pre-Requisi Step#
1 COHR_Contractual Changes 1
2 COHR_Promotions 1
6
7
3 COHR_Demotions 1
8
4 COHR_Pay Updates 1
5 COHR_Red Circled payments 1
8
9
10
6 COHR_Leavers 1
7 COHR_Reverse Terminations 1
3
4
8 COHR_Creation Adoption 1
9 COHR_Creation Maternety 1
9 COHR_Creation Maternety
10 COHR_Update Adoption 1
11 COHR_Update Maternery 1
11 COHR_Update Maternery
12 COHR_Direct Hire 1
5
6
10
11
13 COHR_I Rec Hire 1
2
3
10
11
12
13
14
14 COHR_Personal Details Updates 1
15 COHR_Bank Details Update 1
2
15 COHR_Bank Details Update
16 COHR_Contact Updates 1
17 COHR_Direct Rehire 1
5
6
10
11
12
18 COHR_I Rec Rehire 1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
19 COHR_Transfers 1
5
6
20 COHR_Updates to Assignment Details 1
4
Design Steps - Description Input Data Design Steps - Expected ResuComments
Store HR intiates the contractual change An email should be sent to HRSS
by submitting the 'Contractual Change - mailbox with the all the details
Retail' DSF using SSL Retail Store HR entered by the store user
Team - Colleague Admin responsibility
Login as Username: / Password User should be able to login

Select Responsibility successfully with assigned
responsibilities.
Navigation : SSL HR Shared Service - It should open the navigator
colleague Admin window.
In the navigator window under the tab It should open the window with
functions double click on 'People' option name People wich is having the
fileds like first name, last name,
date of birth etc.
In the people window: User should be able to query the

Query for the employee by givign the colleague on people screen.
employee number present in the mail
received from store user
To change the contractual information : 1.User should able to save the data
1. Change the organization details, without any issues.
location,Grade and the working hours of 2. All the premiums & base rates
the employee. should be recalculated as a result
2. And save the data. of contractual change
3. Offer letter should be generated
Change the nighthshift hours in the The nightshift element should be

Nightshift/GOT Details SIT recalculated based on the new
hours entered
Check whether employee is picked in the Employee should be picked up in
relevant interfaces the following interfaces
1. Unipay Main
2. PVD Weekly
3. Tass Employee Main
Store user initiates the promotion by A mail should be sent to HRSS

submitting the 'Contractual Change - mailbox whcih should have all the
Retail' DSF using SSL Retail Store HR details provided by the user
Team - Colleague Admin

responsibilities.
date of birth etc.

Query for the employee by giving the colleague on people screen.
Click on 'Assignment' button. It will take you to the Assignment

window. The agginment window will
be having the Job details of the
employee.
1. Change the grade from 2 to 3 1. User should be able to save the
2. Change the Job. record without any issues
3. Save 2. Grade step placemet should be
automatically as a result of
promotion.
3. Salary should be automatically
changed as a a result of new grade
step
4. All premiums & base rates
should be recalculated.
Check whether colleague is picked in the Colleague should be picked up in

1. Unipay Main
2. PVD Weekly
3. TASS Employee Details Main
4. WB - Assignment
5. WB - Element
Store user initiates the promotion by A mail should be sent to HRSS

submitting the 'Contractual Change - mailbox whcih should have all the
Retail' DSF using SSL Retail Store HR details provided by the user
Team - Colleague Admin

responsibilities.
date of birth etc.


employee.
1. Change the grade from 3 to 2 1. User should be able to save the

2. Change the Job. record without any issues
3. Save 2. Grade step placemet should be
automatically as a result of
demotion.
3. Salary should be automatically
changed as a a result of new grade
step
4. All premiums & base rates
should be recalculated.
Check whether colleague is picked in the Colleague should be picked up in

1. Unipay Main
2. PVD Weekly
3. TASS Employee Details Main
4. WB - Assignment
5. WB - Element
responsibilities.
date of birth etc.

employee number
employee.
Navigate to element entry screen by User should be able to attach the

clicking on Entries and attach the element without any issues.
Responsibility Pay
Check whether employee is picked in Employee should be picked in the
relevant interfaces following interfaces
1. Unipay Main
2. PVD Weekly
3. WB - Elements
Regional user initiates red circle A mail should be sent to HRSS

payments to a colleague by submitting maiil box having all the details
the Red Circled Contractual Change provided by regional user
using SSL Retail Regional HR Business
Partner responsibility

responsibilities.
date of birth etc.


window. The assginment window
will be having the Job details of the
employee.
Click on the 'Entries' button in the It should open the new window with
assignment Screen the name ' Element Entries '
1. Attach the elements which are present 1. User shoud be able to save the
in the mail data wihtout any issues
2. Select the Red Circled indicator as
'YES'
3. Save the Data
Wait for overnight batch to finish 1. The red circled element entries
should remain as-is. The hourly
amount given by the user should
remain untouched
2. The other premiums / base rates
whcih are dependent on the red
circled element should be
recalculated.
Check whether employee is picked in Employee should be picked in the

1. Unipay Main
2. Tass Employee Details Main
3. PVD Weekly
4. WB - Elements
Central HR initiates Leaver action by An email should be generated in

submitting the Leavers - Central & HRSS mailbox with the details
Logistics DSF for a central colleague entered in the DSF
(N) - SSL Support Centre HR Team -
Colleague Admin

responsibilities.
In the navigator window under the tab it should open the window with
date of birth etc.
In the people window: 1. It should display the details of

1. Click on the button icon Find. the employee like first name,last
2. Give the employee number on the mail name,date of birth etc..
received from central HR 2. Person type chould be employee
3. Click on find.
In the People window : 1. Person type should be changed

1. Click on the 'Others ' tab it will prompt to Ex-employee in the people
one small window window.
2. In the navigation options select 'End 2. Assignment record should be
employement' option and click on OK. end dated as of actual termination
3. Action leaver by providing the details date
like leaving reason,notified date, 3. All the payments like premiums /
projected and actual termination date benefits attached in form of
based on the data on mail received. elements should be end dated as
4.Check for the type of the employee it of actual termination date.
should be Ex-Employee in the Terminate
window
5. Populate the additional details in the
DFF if necessary
6. Click on Terminate.

responsibilities.
date of birth etc.
In the people window: It should display the details of the
1. Click on the button icon find. employee like employee first
2. Give employee number whose person name,last name,status of the
type is Ex-employee and who is a central employee date of birth etc. in the
colleague. people window and person type
3.Click on find. should be Ex-employee.
In the People window : 1. Ex-employee should be

1.Navigate to End Employment screen reinstated and the person type of
by clicking on Others select 'End the colleague should be changed
employement' from Ex-employee to Employee or
3. click on Reverse termination. Ex-employee.Ex-applicant to
4. System will promot user to change the Employee.Ex-applicant.
Reverse Termination Indicator if it is not 2. Assignment end date should be
Yes removed and the record should
5. If reverse terminaion indicator is no become active as it was before
close the current screen and naviagte to termination
assignment screen by clicking on 3. All payments / benefits in form of
Assignment elements end dates should be
6. Change the reverse termination status removed and become active as it
to 'YES' in the assignment DFF and save was before termination.
7. Close the assignment screen and
navigate back to End Employment
screen
8. Now Click on Reverse Termination.
Central HR initiates the Adoption leave An email should be sent to HRSS

by submitting the Adoption Leave & KIT mail box having the details entered
Dates DSF by location HR user
(N): SSL Support Centre HR Team -
Colleague Admin

responsibilities.
functions double click on SMP & name People wich is having the
Adoption fileds like first name, last name,
date of birth etc.
In the people window search for the Employee should be queried

central salaried (grade C40) employee without any issues.
by giving the employee number present
in the mail received.
1.Click on Adoption. Adoption record should be saved

2. It will open the new window with the successfully.
name Adoption
3. Enter the adoption date and all the
required data in mandatory fields.
4. Also enter the KIT dates based on the
data present in mail
5. Save the data
Navigate to assignment screen and Assignment status should be

change the assignment status to 'Suspend - Adoption on the
'Suspend - Adoption'. assignment screen.'
(N) - People -> Assignment
Central HR initiates the Maternity leave An email should be sent to HRSS

by submitting the Maternity Leave & KIT mail box having the details entered
Dates DSF by location HR user
Colleague Admin
responsibilities.
date of birth etc.

which already exists by click on the find
icon at the top of the page.
1.Click on Maternity. Maternity record should be saved

2. It will open the new window with the successfully.
name Maternity
3. Enter the due date and all the required
data in mandatory fields.
4. Also enter the KIT dates based on the
data present in mail
5. Save the data
Navigate to assignment screen and Assignment status should be

change the assignment status to 'Suspend - Maternity on the
'Suspend - Adoption'. assignment screen.'
Central HR initiates the Adoption An email should be sent to HRSS

returned by submitting the Maternity or mail box having the details entered
Adoption Returner DSF by location HR user
Colleague Admin

responsibilities.
date of birth etc.

1.Click on Adoption. Adoption record should be saved

2. Enter the Return Date based on the successfully.
data present in the mail
3. Save the data
1. Navigate to assignment screen and Assignment status should be

alter the effective date to the date 'Active Assignment on the
present in the mail received assignment screen from the
2. Change the assignment status from effective date present in the mail.
'Suspend - Adoption' to 'Active
Assignment'
Central HR initiates the Adoption An email should be sent to HRSS

returned by submitting the Maternity or mail box having the details entered
Adoption Returner DSF by location HR user
Colleague Admin
responsibilities.
date of birth etc.

1.Click on Maternity. Maternity record should be saved

2. Enter the Return Date based on the successfully.
data present in the mail
3. Save the data
1. Navigate to assignment screen and Assignment status should be

alter the effective date to the date 'Active Assignment on the
present in the mail received assignment screen from the
2. Change the assignment status from effective date present in the mail.
'Suspend - Maternity' to 'Active
Assignment'
Logisitics HR user initiates new hire by An email should be generated in

submitting Starters & Rehires Activation. the HRSS mailbox giving the
(N): SSL Logistics Centre HR Team - details about the starter
Colleague Admin

responsibilities.
Navigation : SSL HR Shared Service - User should open the navigator
colleague Admin window successfully.
In the navigator window double click on It should open the window with
'People' function in the menu name People wich is having the
date of birth etc.
In the people window: 1. Applicant number should be

1. Based on the details received in the generated.
notification enter the mandatory fileds 2. The Application created
like first name,last name,birth successfully.
date,gender, ethnic origin.
2. In the Field Action in the same window
select 'Create Applicant' and save the
record.
3. Click on others button it will open small
window with name Navigation Options.
4.Select Application it will take you to the
Application window.
5. Change the status to "Verbal Offer
-Accepted" and click on OK.
6. It will open 'Choose an Option'
window, click on Update.
7. It will open Additional Assignement
Details window give any data if required.
8. Save.
9. Close the screen
In the People window : 1. After saving the data Person type
1.Change the date to future date by field should be changed from
clicking on the alter effective date Applicant to Employee.Ex-
2. Select the Action type as 'Hire Applicant .
applicant'. 3. Employee Number should get
3. Choose 'Employee' from the list of generated for the employee hired.
values.
4. Save .
5. Choose Update when prompted.
In the People Window : 1. Payroll number should be

1.Click on Assignment button. generated for the assignment
2. In the assignment window populate 2. Salary should be created
fields like Organization (Basingstoke successfully without any errors.
Depot) Job, Payroll (Depot Weekly),
Grade (054), Assignment category,
Group, (Depot Weekly), Salary Basis
(SSL Depot Weekly Basis) etc...
3. Now click on the assignment DFF.
4. Populate the DFF fields like Contract
Type (Supply Chain) etc...
6. Click on OK and save the data.
9. Create the salary record by clicking on
Salary button
Set the employee status to 'Pending' 1. Pending customisation should

check for mandatory fields and
throws an error indicating the data
missing for certain fields like Marital
Status, Group Start Date, Home
Phone number, Work Schedule
etc...
as soon as the record is saved
when status set to pending
3. Employee should be picked in
TASS Employee Main Details
interface
Activate the colleague after employee Activate colleague customisation

status is 'Pending' should check whether Right to
Work Indicator is populated or not.
If yes, colleague should be
activated
After overnight pay programs run, check All eligible pay elements /
for the eligible pay elements attached to premiums should be attached to
the colleague the colleague.
Check whether new hire is picked in the New hire should be picked in the
1. Unipay Main
2. PVD Daily
3. Remedy
Candidate logs into the external node of Candidate should get an email after
Sainsbury's and register an account registration is complete
Candidate clicks on link to activate the Candidate should be able to

account activate the account without any
errors.
Candidate logs in with the account Candidate should be able to apply
details, apply for a central vacancy which for vacancy without any errors
is created on job (N0809 - Investor
Relations), grade (C50) etc....
Candidate is through in the interview and HRSS should update the

accepts the Offer application status to Verbal Offer -
Accepted
Central HR user initiates new hire by An email should be generated in
submitting Starters & Rehires Activation. the HRSS mailbox giving the
(N): SSL Support Centre HR Team - details about the starter
Colleague Admin
Login into Oracle Apps with the particular User should be able to login
credentials successfully with assigned
responsibilities.
Navigation : SSL HR Shared Service - User should open the navigator
colleague Admin window successfully.
In the navigator window double click on It should open the window with
'People' function in the menu name People wich is having the
date of birth etc.
In the People window : 1. After saving the data Person type

1.Change the date to hire date by field should be changed from
clicking on the alter effective date Applicant to Employee.Ex-
2. Select the Action type as 'Hire Applicant .
applicant'. 2. Employee Number should get
3. Choose 'Employee' from the list of generated for the employee hired.
values. 3. Gender, Ethnic Origin, Entry
4. Save . Source & Date of Birth should from
5. Choose Update when prompted. iRec to CA automatically.

1.Click on Assignment button. generated for the assignment
2. In the assignment window populate 2. Salary should be created
fields like Organization (N3296 - successfully without any errors.
Insurance Department) Job, Payroll
(Central), Grade (C20), Assignment
category, Group, (Central Salaried),
Salary Basis (SSL Annual Salary Basis)
etc...
3. Now click on the assignment DFF.
4. Populate the DFF fields like Contract
Type (Central) etc...
Salary button
Set the employee status to 'Pending' 1. Pending customisation should
missing for certain fields like Marital
Status, Group Start Date, Home
Phone number, Work Schedule
etc...
as soon as the record is saved
when status set to pending
3. Employee should be picked in
TASS Employee Main Details
interface

activated
the colleague the colleague like SSL Sun or
Bank Hol
Check whether new hire is picked in the New hire should be picked in the
1. Unipay Main
2. PVD Daily
3. Remedy

responsibilities.
Navigation : SSL Support Centre HR It should open the navigator
Team - colleague Admin window.
In the navigator window Click on Update It should open the window with
Employee Personal Details -> Update name People wich is having the
Personal Details fileds like first name, last name,
date od birth etc.
In the people window search for the It should display the details of the
central colleague working in grade C50 employee like employee first
name,last name,status of the
employee date of birth etc.
Update the personal details of the User should be able to change the
employee like personal details successfully
1. Surname without any issues.
2. Middle Name
3. Marital Status
4. Ethnic Origin
5. Personal Address
6. Phone Numbers etc...
Check whether personal detail changes The personal changes should be

are picked in the relevant interfaces picked up in Unipay Main & TASS
Emplooyee Main Details interfaces

responsibilities.
Team - Colleague Admin window.
In the navigator window click on Update It should open the window with
Bank Details fileds like first name, last name,
date od birth etc.
central salaried colleague working in employee like employee first
grade C40 name,last name,status of the
Update the bank details of the employee User should be able to change the
by changing the sort code, account bank details successfully without
number, bank name any issues.
Check whether bank detail changes are The bank details should be picked
picked in the relevant interfaces up in Unipay Main interface

responsibilities.
Team - Colleague Admin window.
In the navigator window Click on Update It should open the window with
Emergency Contact Details fileds like first name, last name,
date od birth etc.
central colleague working in grade C50 employee like employee first
name,last name,status of the
Update / Create contact details of the User should be able to update /

employee create the contact record
successfully without any issues.
Check whether contact changes are The contact updates / creates

picked in the relevant interfaces should be picked up in Unipay Main
interface
submitting Rehires to the Same Location the HRSS mailbox giving the
and Starters & Rehires Activation. details about the starter
Colleague Admin
Login as Username: / Password user should be able to login

responsibilities.
date of birth etc.

1. Click on the torch icon Find. employee like employee first
type is Ex-employee . employee date of birth etc. in the
3.click on find. people window and person type
should be EX-employee.
Create An applicant : 1. Applicant number should be
1. Give Action type as 'Create applicant'. generated
2. Click on others button. 2. The Application created
3. Select Application it will take you to the successfully.
Application window. 3 . Person type should be
4. Change the status to "Verbal Offer - 'Applicant.Ex-employee'
Accepted" and click on OK.
5. It will open 'Choose an Option' window
Click on Update.
6. Then Save the data.
In the People Window : 1. After selecting hire applicant the

1. Select Action type as 'Hire applicant'. previous employee number should
2. Choose 'Employee' from the list of be retained
vakues. 2. After saving the data Person type
3. Choose Update should be changed to
Employee.Ex-employee.

1.Click on Assignment button. generated automatically
2. In the assignment window populate 2. Salary record should be created
the assignment information like Job, automatically.
Payroll (Central), Grade (C50),
Assignment category, Group(Central
Salaried), Salary Basis (SSL Annual
Salary Basis) etc..
3. Now click on the assignment DFF and
populate the additional assignment
details like Contract Type (Central) etc...
the Salary button.
Set the employee status to 'Pending' Pending customisation should

is missing for certain fields like
Marital Status, Group Start Date,
Home Phone number, Work
Schedule etc...

activated
the colleague the colleague
Check whether re-hire is picked in the Rehire should be picked in the
1. Unipay Main
2. TASS Employee Main Details
3. PVD Daily
4. Remedy
1. Candidate logs into the external node Candidate should get an email with
of Sainsbury's and clicks on the link 'If new password details
you have previously worked for
Sainsbury's click here'
2. Candidate provides the details like
a. Current E-mail Address
b. First Name
c. Date Of Birth
d. National Insurance Number
e. Employee Number
Candidate logs in with new details Candidate should be able to login

with new details.
Candidate logs in with the account Candidate should be able to apply
details, apply for a retail vacancy which is for vacancy without any errors
created on job (N3325 - Financial
Planning), grade (C60) etc....
Candidate is through in the interview and HRSS should update the

accepts the Offer application status to Verbal Offer -
Accepted
submitting Rehires to the Same Location the HRSS mailbox giving the
and Starters & Rehires Activation. details about the starter
Colleague Admin
Login into Oracle Apps with the particular user should be able to login
credentials successfully with assigned
responsibilities.
date of birth etc.

1. Click on the torch icon Find. employee like employee first
type is Ex-employee . employee date of birth etc. in the
3.click on find. people window and person type
should be Ex-employee.
Create An applicant : 1. Applicant number should be

1. Give Action type as 'Create applicant'. generated
2. Click on others button. 2. The Application created
3. Select Application it will take you to the successfully.
Application window. 4 . Person type should be
4. Change the status to "Verbal Offer - 'Applicant.Ex-employee'
Accepted" and click on OK.
5. Choose Update.
6. Then Save the data.
In the People Window : 1. After selecting hire applicant the

1. Select Action type as 'Hire applicant'. previous employee number should
2. Choose 'Employee' from the list of be retained
vakues. 2. After saving the data Person type
3. Choose Update should be changed to
Employee.Ex-employee.
1.Click on Assignment button. generated automatically
2. In the assignment window populate 2. Salary record should be created
the assignment information like Job, automatically.
Payroll (Central), Grade (C60),
Assignment category, Group(Central
Salaried), Salary Basis (SSL Annual
Salary Basis) etc..
3. Now click on the assignment DFF and
populate the additional assignment
details like Contract Type (Centralt) etc...
5. Now click on the Salary button.
Set the employee status to 'Pending' Pending customisation should

is missing for certain fields like
Marital Status, Group Start Date,
Home Phone number, Work
Schedule etc...

activated
the colleague the colleague.
Check whether re-hire is picked in the Rehire should be picked in the
1. Unipay Main
2. TASS Employee Main Details
3. PVD Daily
4. Remedy
Store user initiates transfer of a An email should be sent to HRSS

colleague by submitting the 'Transfer or mail box with all details of the
Secondment Details' DSF using SSL transfer
Retail Regional HR Business Partner

responsibilities.
date of birth etc.
Query for the employee by giving the It should display the details of the
employee number in the Find window employee like employee first
which would be on the mail received name,last name,status of the
from store user. employee date of birth etc.
To perform Transfer on the employee : 1. User should be able to change
1. Click on the Assignement in the same the fields like Organization, Job,
window. Grade, Calc Group, Payroll
2. Action the transfer based on the data etc...without any issues
provided in the mail. 2. User should be able to create
3. Change the following fields as part of new applicable salary without any
transfer issues.
a. Calc group - Central Salaried 3. All the retail managment
b. Payroll - Central elements which are not eligible for
c. Contract Type in assigment DFF - central salaried should be end
Central dated as of the transfer date - 1
d. Populate supervisor name 4. Offer letter should be generated
4. Save the data
5. Choose option window will prompt,
select the update button and click on OK.
6. Navigate to salary screen by clicking
on Salary button. Add new applicable
salary
7. And Save the data.
Wait for overnight batch to finish SSL Sun or Bank Hol element
should be attached automatically
based on eligiblity
Check whether colleague picked in the Colleague should be picked up in
1. Unipay Transfers
2. PVD Weekly
3. WB - Assignment
4. WB - Element

responsibilities.
Query for an employee who belong to It should open the window with
central by giving the employee number in name People wich is having the
Find window and click on Find. fileds like first name, last name,
date of birth etc.
Update the assignment details like User should be able to save the
Employment category, Supervisor data without any issue,it should
display the successful message at
the buttom of the page
Test case ID Functional Area/Business Process/Test Case Test Case Description Pre-Requisi Step#
1 SPT_Check Employees with Payrolls and Organizations 1

included in Security profile.

excluded in Security profile.
3 SPT_Check Employees with non- Payrolls and 1

Organizations included in Security profile.

Organizations excluded in Security profile.
5 SPT_Check applicants excluded in Security profile. 1
2
6 SPT_Check Consultant included in Security profile. 1
2
7 SPT_Check Consultant excluded from Security profile. 1

9 SPT_Check Employees with payrolls and organization 1

name excluded in the security profile
9 SPT_Check Employees with payrolls and organization
name excluded in the security profile








2





Organizations excuded in Security profile.




27 SPT_Check Employees with non- Payrolls and









2








2







2








2









72 SPT_Check Employees with non- Payrolls and







80 SPT_Check Employees with Organizations included in 1

Security profile.
81 SPT_Check Employees with Organizations excluded in 1

Security profile.
2
82 SPT_Check Employees with elements from <client 1
specific>element set
2
83 SPT_Check Employees with elements not from <client> 1
element set
84 SPT_Check Employees by absence type 1
2
85 SPT_Check Employees by absence type 1
2
86 SPT_Check employees by special information 1
2
87 SPT_Check employees by special information 1
2
88 SPT_Check employees with payrolls and organization 1
name which does not begin with HR
89 SPT_Check employees with payrolls and organization 1

name which begins with HR
90 SPT_Check employees with non- payrolls and 1

organization name which does not begin with HR
91 SPT_Check employees with non- payrolls and 1

organization name which begins with HR
92 SPT_Check with job definitions 1
2
93 SPT_ Check Employees with Payrolls and 1
2
Design Steps - Description Input Data Design St Comments
Choose Responsibility: <any Client HR The employee record

responsibility> should be retrieved.
Navigation:People --> Enter and Maintain --> Find.
Query for an employee with either of the payrolls

and with organization name which are not excluded
in the security profile.
responsibility> should not be retrieved.

and with organization name which are excluded in
the security profile
Click on Special Information button.Enter Special The employee record
information should not be retrieved.
Choose Responsibility: <any Client HR
responsibility>
Query for an employee with non- payrolls and with

organization name which are not excluded in the
security profile.

organization name which are excluded in the
security profile
Choose Responsibility: <any Client HR The applicant record
Query for an applicant

Choose Responsibility: <any Client HR The Consultant record
responsibility> should be retrieved as per
Navigation:People --> Enter and Maintain --> Find. BR110.
Query for a Consultant.

The Contractor record
Choose Responsibility: <any Client HR should be retrieved as per
responsibility> BR110.
Click on Special Information button.Enter Special

information
Query for a Contractor.
The employee record
Choose Responsibility: <any Client HR should be retrieved along
responsibility> with the absence details.
Navigation:Fastpath-->Absence Information.

Navigation:Fastpath-Absence Information
The employee record
should not be retrieved.

the security profile.
security profile
security profile
Click on Special Information button.Enter Special The employee record
information should be retrieved along
Choose Responsibility: <any Client HR with the employee address
responsibility> details
Navigation:Fastpath-->Addres.

Query for an employee(emp number:05210) with
either of payrolls and with organization name which
are excluded in the security profile.

security profile.
The employee record
Choose Responsibility: <any Client HR should not be retrieved.
responsibility>
Query for an employee(emp number:15943) with

non- payrolls and with organization name which are
excluded in the security profile.
The employee record
Choose Responsibility: <any Client HR should be retrieved along
responsibility> with the employee
Navigation:Fastpath-->Assignment. Assignment details.
Click on Special Information button.Enter Special

information
in the security profile

Navigation:Fastpath-->Assignment.
security profile
The employee record
responsibility>

security profile
responsibility> should be retrieved along
Navigation:Fastpath-->Contact. with the employee contact
details.
Navigation:Fastpath-->Contact.
security profile
security profile
Navigation:Fastpath-Element entry(View All) with the element entry
details.
Navigation:Fastpath-Element entry(View All)
security profile
The employee record

security profile
Navigation:Fastpath-Phone numbers with the phone number
details.
Navigation:Fastpath-Phone numbers
The employee record
responsibility>

security profile
security profile
Navigation:Fastpath-Salary Review with the salary details.
Navigation:Fastpath-Salary Review
security profile
security profile
Choose Responsibility: <any Client HR 1.The Employee Special
responsibility> information record should
Navigate to Fastpath->Special information. be retrieved in the screen.
Navigate to Fastpath->Special information.
security profile
security profile
The employee termination
Choose Responsibility: <any Client HR record should be
responsibility> retrieved.
Navigate to Fastpath->Termination.

security profile
security profile.
Navigation:Fastpath-View Assignment extra with the element entry
information details.

Navigation:Fastpath-View Assignment extra
information

The employee record
responsibility>
information

security profile
The employee record
responsibility>
information

security profile
Choose Responsibility: <any Client HR The employee assignment
responsibility> History record should be
Navigation: View->Employee Assignment History. retrieved.

Navigation: View->Employee Assignment History.


security profile

security profile.
Choose Responsibility: <any Client HR The employee absence
responsibility> History record should be
Navigation: Navigation: View->Absence History. retrieved.

The employee record
responsibility>
Navigation: Navigation: View->Absence History.


security profile.

security profile.
The employee salary
Choose Responsibility: <any Client HR History record should be
Navigation: View->Salary History.

The employee record
responsibility>

security profile
security profile
Choose Responsibility: <any Client HR The employee element
responsibility> entries history record
Navigation: View->Element Entries History. should be retrieved.
The employee record
responsibility>
Navigation: View->Element Entries History.

security profile.
security profile
Navigation: View->People folder.
security profile.
The employee record
responsibility>

security profile.
Navigation: View->Assignment Folder
security profile
security profile
Navigation: View->People by Assignment
The employee record

security profile
security profile
Navigation: View->Assignment
security profile
The employee record
responsibility>

security profile.
Navigation: View->Employees by Organization
Query for an employee with organization name
which are not excluded in the security profile.

Navigation: View->Employees by Organization
Query for an employee with organization name
which are excluded in the security profile.
The employee records
Choose Responsibility: <any Client HR with elements should be
Navigation: View->Employee by Element
Query for employees with elements

Navigation: View->Employee by Element
Query for employees with elements not from the
<client> element set.
Responsibility: <any Client HR responsibility> The employee record
Navigation: View->Employees by Absence Type should be retrieved.
Query for employees by absence type.

Choose Responsibility: <any Client HR The employee absence
responsibility> record should be
Navigation: View->Employees by Absence Type retrieved.
Query for employees by absence type.

Choose Responsibility: <any Client HR The employee special
Navigation: View->People by special information. be retrieved
Query for employees by special information

Choose Responsibility: <any Client HR The employee special
Navigation: View->People by special information. be retrieved
Query for employees by special information

Choose Responsibility: <any Client HR The employee element
responsibility> entries history record
Navigation: View->View Element entries. should be retrieved.
and with organization name which does not begin
with HR
Navigation: View-> View Element entries.
and with organization name which begins with HR.

Navigation: View->View Element entries.
organization name which does not begin with HR.

Navigation: View-> View Element entries.
organization name which begins with HR.
Choose Responsibility: <any Client HR Job definitions should be
responsibility> retrieved on the screen.
Navigation: Job Definitions
Query for job definitions
Query for an employee with 'US Semi-Monthly' and

with organization name 'Finance-GSHQ' .
1 iRec_Application Status Updates 1
3
4
2 iRec_Application Withdraw 1
3 iRec_Candidate Account 1
4 iRec_Candidate Vaccancy 1
2
3
5 iRec_Can Regis Email Ext 1
2
3
6 iRec_Can Regis Email Int 1
2
6 iRec_Can Regis Email Int
7 iRec_Candidate Reg External 1
2
3
8 iRec_Candidate Reg Internal 1
2
3
4
9 iRec_ 1
10
10 iRec_1 1
6
7
10
11 iRec_Vaccancy 1
12 iRec_Vacancy_Assess 1
3
4
13 iRec_Vaccancy No Access 1
6
7
14 iRec_Vaccancy Update 1
15 iRec_2 1
16 iRec_View Job Details & Candidate details 1
5
6
10
11
Login into Oracle Apps with the particular User should be able to login successfully
credentials with assigned responsibilities.
Navigate to SSL HR Shared Service - All the functions and menus attached to
Recruitment responsibility the responsibility should be displayed
Double Click on 'IRecruitment Home' . IRecruitment Home Page should open

Click on Vacancies tab Vacancy details should be displayed
Enter Vacancy Reference Number and
click on Go button
Click on 'Applicants' Link List of applicants applied for the vacancy
should be displayed
Select the Applicant and click on Update A new window should open where the
Status button status can be changed
Change the status of applicant and Click Status should get changed and saved
on 'Save' button. without any errors
Login into External Node (External User should be able to login successfully
Website ) with the particular credentials with assigned responsibilities.
Click on 'Jobs' Tab It should open the Job search page with
some mandatory fields like Area Of
business, Type Of Role,Area of
country,Town, salary Range etc.
Click on 'Jobs Applied For' Button It should open the newpage displaying
the details of the applicants like
Reference number, Job titile,
location,Last update,Date Applied,Status
etc. Check for the Withdraw Option.
Select any reference number of the it will open the new page asking the
application by selecting the check box and asking 'Are you sure you want to
Click on 'Withdraw' Button. withdraw the application'.
Click on 'YES'. It should display the message that "You
have successfully withdrawn from the
selected applications". And the status of
the applicant should be 'Withdrawn'
Open Internal Site of Irecruitment and On entering email and password details,
enter valid email and password details Home page should open without any
errors
Click on 'Your Account' tab and update On entering all the required fields,
below sections. information should get saved
Your Details successfully
Your Address
Your Phone Numbers
Click Save
Click on Your Employment History and Details should get saved without errors
Qualifications tab and enter applicable
details and click Save
Click on Job Notifications tab and enter Details should get saved without errors
applicable details and click Save
Website ) with the particular credentials. with assigned responsibilities.It should
open the Irecruitment home Page
Click on the 'JOB' button in Irecruitment It should open the Job search page with
Home Page. some mandatory fields like Area Of
business, Type Of Role,Area of
country,Town, salary Range etc.
Search for a Job the type you want. Eg : 1. It should show the details of the job
Select the Area Of business and click on which are suiting for the selected Area of
Search Business in the same page. And it should
show the details like
Reference,Location,Area Of the
Business,Town,Type,Full/Part time and
the Apply Now fields.
Click on the 'Apply Now' Button wich is 1. It should open the New Window with
present for right side of the every job the details of the job and the reference
type. number of the Job.
2. Check for the 'Apply Now' button
should presence.
Click on 'Apply Now' Button 1. It should open the "Enter Application'

details Page.
2. It should display the candidates
previous details(wich are entered by the
candidate while registration)
3. Check for the 'Next' Button presence
Change the details of the candidate if It will Open the new Window asking the
required(Not mandatory ) . Clcik on 'Next' Additional information for that particular
vacancy.
Enter the details in all mandatory fields 2. It will open the new Window asking to
Click on 'NEXT' attempt the exam.
Select the Appropriate answer by selecting It should open the new window asking
the radio button and keep on next. After the 'Return to Test' Or 'submit Test'
answering all the questions. Clcik on
Finish test.
Click on 'Submit Test' Button. It will take to you to the new window
displaying the information that ' Thanks
you for submiting your assignment, will
validate your responses inform the out
comes'
Open the External Site for iRecruitment Look and Feel of the page(colour and
font) should be same as in 11i instance.
Click on Register Now Button. It should open Registration window

Enter Right to Work in UK Information, Custom Message should be displayed on
invalid email address and password the Registration Page as below
details. Please note that your email account will
Click submit button be checked during registration. A
validation email will be sent to the email
account you enter.
Custom Message that should be
displayed when incorrect email address
is entered should be as below
The email address format is incorrect.
Please correct the email address entered
Open the Internal Site for iRecruitment Look and Feel of the page(colour and

Enter Right to Work in UK Information, Custom Message should be displayed on
invalid email address and password the Registration Page as below
details. Please note that your email account will
Click submit button be checked during registration. A
validation email will be sent to the email
account you enter.
Custom Message that should be
displayed when incorrect email address
is entered should be as below
The email address format is incorrect.
Please correct the email address entered
Open the External Site for iRecruitment Look and Feel of the page(colour and

Enter Right to Work in UK Information, Home page should be displayed without
valid email address and password details. any errors. Below custom message
Click submit button should also be displayed
An email will now be sent to the email
address you entered. Please check your
email account and click on the link in the
email to activate your account and
complete your registration. If you do not
receive an email within next 3 hours the
email address you entered was incorrect,
please come back and register with us
again with the correct email address.
Check the override email address mailbox On clicking the link, login page should be
for the registration email. Click on the link displayed without any errors. Message
to activate the account that should be displayed is - Thank you
for registering with the Sainsbury's Online
Recruitment service. Your account is now
activated.
Enter email and password information Change password screen should be

displayed and candidate should be able
to modify the password. After saving the
password, Home Page should be
displayed
Open the Internal Site for iRecruitment Look and Feel of the page(colour and

Enter Right to Work in UK Information, Home page should be displayed without
valid email address and password details. any errors. Below custom message
Click submit button should also be displayed
An email will now be sent to the email
address you entered. Please check your
email account and click on the link in the
email to activate your account and
complete your registration. If you do not
receive an email within next 3 hours the
email address you entered was incorrect,
please come back and register with us
again with the correct email address.
Check the override email address mailbox On clicking the link, login page should be
for the registration email. Click on the link displayed without any errors. Message
to activate the account that should be displayed is - Thank you
for registering with the Sainsbury's Online
Recruitment service. Your account is now
activated.
Enter email and password information Change password screen should be

displayed and candidate should be able
to modify the password. After saving the
password, Home Page should be
displayed
Website ) with the particular credentials. with assigned responsibilities.
In the Irecruitment Screen Click on 'Jobs'. It should open a job search window,
having the field like Area of the Business,
Type of Role, Area of Country, town etc.
Select any thing from the above drop It should display the Applicant Reference
down( eg: Select Area of the business : 4- numbers.And the details of the applicants
Logistics). Click on Search like Job Title,Location,Area Of the
Business etc.
Click on the Apply Now for the particular it should display the Vacancy reference
Refernce number. number and the details of the vacancy.
And it shoud have the 'Apply Now' Button
at the right side of the page.
Click on 'Apply Now' Button It should display the details of the

Employee.
Click on 'Next' It should ask for the Application
Additional Information . This is nothing
but employee referal.
Enter the details in all mandatory fields 2. It should open the Test instruction page.
Click on 'NEXT'
Click on 'Continue'. It will take you to the next page asking to
attempt the test.
Give the Appropriate answers for the It should take the last page ' Confirm Test
particular questions by selecting the radio Submission'.
buttons and keep on next.
Click on 'Submit Test'. It should take you the first page of
IRecruitment displaying the message that
'thank you for submitting the assesment'
Login to Oracle Applications with User should login successfully

appropriate credentials
Navigate to SSL Retail Store HR Team - All the Menus and Functions attached to
Recruitment responsibility and click on it the responsibility should be displayed
Click on Interview Slots Function Interview Slots form should open without
any errors
Enter Vacancy Reference Number for Interview Location should get populated
which interview slots should be created automatically
Enter details in the Interview Slots section Details should get saved successfully on
if atleast three rows are entered
Enter details in Interview Slots section When less than three rows are entered,
data should not get saved and should
display below message
A minimum of 3 available interview slots
must be entered, please enter additional
slots.
Switch responsibility to SSL HR Shared All the Menus and Functions attached to
Service - Recruitment the responsibility should be displayed
Click on Interview Bookings Form Interview Booking form should open

without any errors
Query using Vacancy Reference Number All the interview slots created for the
to book Interviews vacancy should be displayed
Enter details in Applicant Name, Slot Information entered should get saved
Booked For and Booking Status fields and without any errors
save the details
Navigate to responsibility - SSL Support It should show all the Menus and
Centre HR Team - Recruitment. Functions attached to the responsibility
Double Click on 'Irecruitment Home'. Irecruitment Home Page should open

without any errors.
Navigate to Vacancies tab and click on On clicking Create a Vacancy button,
Create A Vacancy button Enter Vacancy Details screen should
open without any errors.
Enter details in the Overview section as After selecting the Job Code, Grade
below should not be populated
Organization - N5316 - HR Shared After clicking on Next, Enter Required
Service Centre Qualifications screen should open
Job Title - C5156|Project Manager| without any errors
Full Time/Part Time - Either
Type - Full Time - Temporary
Contracted Hours - 35
Enter Pay Information Details as
applicable and click Next button.
Enter data in Minimum Qualification field if Assessment field should be editable and
required should not be Auto Popualted for the
Check if Assessment field is editable and Central Job Code. After clicking on Next,
auto populated. Enter Assessment field if Enter Other Details screen should open
required. Click on Next button. without any errors
Check if Communication Properties are Communication Properties should be

visible. visible and defaulted values need not be
Click Next button changed.
On clicking next button Enter Job Details,
screen should open without any errors
Check if there is only one record for Only one record should be present in
iRecruitment External Site in Recruiting Recruiting Websites section for
Websites section and click Next iRecruitment External Site.
On clicking Next Review screen should
Check if Communication Properties are Commiunication Properties should be

displayed on the Review page. displayed on the Review page
Click Submit button On clicking Submit button, Home Page
should be displayed with out any errors
and below message should be displayed
Confirmation
Vacancy created successfully.
Navigate to responsibility - SSL Retail It should show all the Menus and
Regional HR Business Partner - Functions attached to the responsibility
Recruitment.
without any errors.
below should not be populated
Organization - A0003 - Pepper Hill Store After clicking on Next, Enter Required
Snr Mgt Qualifications screen should open
Job Title - XXXXXX without any errors
Full Time/Part Time - XXXXXX
Type - Full Time -XXXXXX
Contracted Hours - XXXXXX
Enter data in Minimum Qualification field if Assessment field should not be editable
required and should be Auto Popualted based on
Check if Assessment field is editable and the Job Code. After clicking on Next,
auto populated. Enter Assessment field if Enter Other Details screen should open
required. Click on Next button. without any errors
Check if Communication Properties are Communication Properties should not be

visible. visible.
Click Next button On clicking next button Enter Job Details,
Check if Communication Properties are Commiunication Properties should not be

Confirmation
Regional HR Business Partner - Functions attached to the responsibility
Recruitment.
without any errors.
below linked to Job code should be diaplyed if
Organization - A0003 - Pepper Hill Store applicable
Snr Mgt After clicking on Next, Enter Required
Job Title - XXXX Qualifications screen should open
Full Time/Part Time - XXXX without any errors
Type - Full Time - XXXX
Contracted Hours - XXXX
Enter data in Minimum Qualification field if Assessment field should not be editable
required and should not be Auto Popualted for the
Check if Assessment field is editable and selected Job Code. After clicking on
auto populated. Enter Assessment field if Next, Enter Other Details screen should
required. Click on Next button. open without any errors
Check if Communication Properties are Communication Properties should not be
visible. visible.
Click Next button On clicking next button Enter Job Details,
Check if Communication Properties are Commiunication Properties should not be

Confirmation
Navigate to responsibility - SSL Support It should show all the Menus and
Centre HR Team - Recruitment. Functions attached to the responsibility

without any errors.
Navigate to Vacancies tab and enter Vacancy details should be displayed on
Vacancy Reference Number that should the screen
be updated
Click on Update Icon for Vacancy, update After clicking update icon, Vacancy
the required fields and save changes update should happen without any errors
and changes made should get saved
without any errors
Store HR Team - Recruitment Functions attached to the responsibility

without any errors.
Navigate to Vacancies tab and enter On clicking Go button, table with Vacancy
Vacancy Reference Number for Stratford details should be displayed on the page
Store Vacancy in Search section and click
on Go button
Login into visitor web page(external Node) It should open user home page having
using username and password tabs like 'Home' and 'Jobs' and summary
of user application history
Click on 'Jobs' tab It should open a page allowing user to
search jobs using different criteria like
'Area of business','Area of
country','Town', etc..
Select the required criteria for the job and On the same page it should be displayed
click on 'Search' button all the jobs available for the selected
criteria
Hover the mouse on a pirticular 'reference A window should pop up with all the
numnber' of job details about the job like minimum
salary,maximum
salary,currency,skills,brief description
Then Login into Oracle Apps with the User should be able to login successfully
particular credentials to veiw the with assigned responsibilities.
candidate details.
Navigation : 'SSL Retail HR Recruitment' User should be shown the instances in
responsibilty -- > Irecruitment the responsibilities in it like 'Irecruitment
Home','Interview slots' etc..
Select 'iRecruitment Home' instance User should be redirected to a page

having tabs like 'vacancies','candidates'
etc..
Select the 'vacancies' tab User should be redirected new page
where he search for a pirticular
vacancy.The page should have fields like
Reference number etc..
Enter a vacancy reference number and Details of the vacancy that is searched
click on 'Go' button for should be displayed
Select a pirticular vacancy and click on List of all the candidates who have
'Find Candidates' button applied for that pirticular vacancy should
be displayed
Hover the mouse on the candidate name A window should pop up with all the
whose details are required details about the candidate like 'Email
address','Employment History','Work
preferences' etc..
1 Pay_Creation of Location as per the Data Creation of Location as per Defining Location 1
the Data
2
2 Pay_Make Changes to an existing Location Make Changes to an Changing the Existing 1

existing Location Location
2
3 Pay_Deletion of the Existing Location Deletion of the Existing Delete the Location 1
Location
2
4 Pay_Creation of Grades as per the Data Creation of Grades as per Defining Grade 1
the Data
Step2
3
5 Pay_Make Changes to an existing Grades Make Changes to an Changing the Existing 1

existing Grades Grades
Click on
Special
Information
button.Enter
Special
information
3
6 Pay_Deletion of the Existing Grades Deletion of the Existing Delete the Grades 1
Grades
7 Pay_Creation of Grade Rates Creation of Grade Rates Defining the Grade 1

Rates
8 Pay_Modification of Existing Grade Rates Modification of Existing Modify Grade Rates 1

Grade Rates
Click on
Special
Information
button.Enter
Special
information
Pay_Deletion of the Grade Rates Deletion of the Grade Delete the Grade 1
Rates Rates
3
9
10 Pay_Creation of Job Group Creation of Job Group Defining Job Group 1
10 Pay_Creation of Job Group Creation of Job Group Defining Job Group
11 Pay_Modification of Job Groups Modification of Job Groups Modify Job Groups 1
12 Pay_Deletion of Job Groups Deletion of Job Groups Delete Job Groups Click on
Special
Information
button.Enter
Special
information
13 Pay_Creation of Jobs Creation of Jobs Defining Jobs 1
14 Pay_Attaching Valid Grade for the above created Job Attaching Valid Grade for Creating Valid Grade 1
the above created Job for the Job
15 Pay_Modification of Existing Jobs Modification of Existing Modify Jobs 1

Jobs
15 Pay_Modification of Existing Jobs Modification of Existing Modify Jobs
Jobs
16 Pay_Deletion of the Existing jobs Deletion of the Existing Delete the Job 1
jobs
17 Pay_Creation of an Organisation Creation of an Defining Organisation 1

Organisation
18 Pay_After defining the organization populate the data for After defining the Populate the Finance 1
extra information Finance Owner under classification - organization populate the Owner under
HR_ORG. data for extra information classification -
Finance Owner under HR_ORG.
18 Pay_After defining the organization populate the data for After defining the Populate the Finance
extra information Finance Owner under classification - organization populate the Owner under
Finance Owner under HR_ORG.
classification - HR_ORG. 2
19 Pay_After defining the organization populate the data for After defining the Populate 1
extra information Headcount Owner under classification - organization populate the theHeadcount Owner
HR_ORG. data for extra information under classification -
Headcount Owner under HR_ORG.
20 Pay_After defining the organization populate the data for After defining the Populate theHuman 1
extra information Human Resources Owner under organization populate the Resources Owner
classification - HR_ORG data for extra information under classification -
Human Resources Owner HR_ORG
under classification - 2
HR_ORG
21 Pay_After defining the organization populate the data for After defining the Populate the HR 1
extra information HR Owner Leader under classification - organization populate the Owner Leader under
HR Owner Leader under HR_ORG.
22 Pay_After defining the organization populate the data for After defining the Populate the Vice 1
extra information Vice President under classification - organization populate the President under
Vice President under HR_ORG.
23 Pay_After defining the organization populate the data for After defining the Populate the S
extra information Reporting Information under organization populate the Reporting Information
classification - HR_ORG. data for extra information under classification -
Reporting Information HR_ORG.
under classification -
HR_ORG.
24 Pay_After defining the organization populate the data for After defining the Populate the Costing 1
extra information Costing Information under organization populate the Information under
classification - HR_ORG. data for extra information classification -
Costing Information under HR_ORG.
25 Pay_Modification to Existing Organisation Modification to Existing Modify Organisation 1

Organisation
26 Pay_Modify the data for extra information -Reporting Modify the data for extra Modify the Reporting 1
information under classification - HR_ORG. information -Reporting Information under
information under classification -
classification - HR_ORG. HR_ORG.
2
27 Pay_Modify the data for extra information Business Unit Modify the data for extra Modify the Business 1
under classification - HR_ORG. information Business Unit Unit under
under classification - classification -
HR_ORG. HR_ORG.
27 Pay_Modify the data for extra information Business Unit Modify the data for extra Modify the Business
under classification - HR_ORG. information Business Unit Unit under
HR_ORG. HR_ORG.
2
28 Pay_Modify the data for extra information Finance Modify the data for extra Modify the Finance 1
Owner under classification - HR_ORG information Finance Owner Owner under
HR_ORG HR_ORG
2
29 Pay_Modify the data for extra information HR Owner Modify the data for extra Modify the HR Owner 1
leader information HR Owner leader under
under classification - HR_ORG. leader classification -
under classification - HR_ORG
HR_ORG. 2
30 Pay_Modify the data for extra information Headcount Modify the data for extra Modify the Headcount 1
Owner under classification - HR_ORG. information Headcount Owner under
Owner under classification classification -
- HR_ORG. HR_ORG
2
31 Pay_Modify the data for extra information Human Modify the data for extra Modify the Human 1
Resources Owner information Human Resources Owner
under classification - HR_ORG. Resources Owner under classification -
HR_ORG. 2
32 Pay_Modify the data for extra information Vice President Modify the data for extra Modify the Vice 1
under classification - HR_ORG. information Vice President President under
HR_ORG. HR_ORG
32 Pay_Modify the data for extra information Vice President Modify the data for extra Modify the Vice
under classification - HR_ORG. information Vice President President under
HR_ORG. HR_ORG
2
33 Pay_Modify the data for extra information Costing Modify the data for extra Modify the Costing 1
Information information Costing Information under
under classification - HR_ORG. Information classification -
HR_ORG. 2
34 Pay_Deletion of an Organisation Deletion of an Organisation Delete Organisation 1
3
35 Pay_Define an Organization Legal Entity for GRE/Legal Define an Organization Defining Legal Entities 1
entities Legal Entity for GRE/Legal for an Organisation
entities
2
36 Pay_After creating the GRE/Legal Entity, populate the After creating the Populate the 1
data for extra information Legal Entity Accounting GRE/Legal Entity, populate GRE/Legal Entity
the data for extra
information Legal Entity
Accounting 2
37 Pay_Make changes to Legal Entity for GRE/Legal Make changes to Legal Modifying the Legal 1
entities Entity for GRE/Legal Entities
entities
2
3
38 Pay_Delete a Legal entity attached to an organization Delete a Legal entity Delete Legal Entity 1
attached to an organization
39 Pay_Define a Business Group Define a Business Group Creation of Business 1

Group.
3
4
40 Pay_Define an organization of type OPERATING UNIT Define an organization of Creation of 1

type OPERATING UNIT Organisation
41 Pay_Define an organization of type VP ROLLUP Define an organization of Creation of 1

type VP ROLLUP Organisation
41 Pay_Define an organization of type VP ROLLUP Define an organization of Creation of
type VP ROLLUP Organisation
42 Pay_Define an organization of type ORGANIZATION Define an organization of Creation of 1

type ORGANIZATION Organisation
43 Pay_Define an organization of type OPERATIONAL Define an organization of Creation of 1

ENTITY type OPERATIONAL Organisation
ENTITY
2
3
44 Pay_Define an organization of type REGION ROLLUP Define an organization of Creation of 1

type REGION ROLLUP Organisation
45 Pay_Define a new version of an Organization hierarchy Define a new version of an Creation of 1

Add a new organization to the hierarchy Organization hierarchy Organisation Hierachy
Add a new organization to and organisation
the hierarchy
2
Pay_Creation of Assignment Status Creation of Assignment Defining Assignment 1

Status Status
46
Pay_Creation of Assignment Status Creation of Assignment Defining Assignment
Status Status
2
46
47 Pay_Modify an Assignment Status Modify an Assignment Modify Assignment 1
Status Status
48 Pay_Define a Payroll Define a Payroll Define a Payroll 1
49 Pay_Make changes to a Payroll Make changes to a Payroll Modifying Payroll 1
50 Pay_Delete a Payroll Delete a Payroll Delete Payroll 1
Pay_Define a GL Flex Field Map Define a GL Flex Field Map Defining GL Flex Field 1
Map
51
Pay_Define a GL Flex Field Map Define a GL Flex Field Map Defining GL Flex Field
Map
2
51
52 Pay_Modify a GL Flexfield Map Modify a GL Flexfield Map Modify a GL Flexfield 1
Map
2
53 Pay_Delete a GL Flexfield Map Delete a GL Flexfield Map Delete a GL Flexfield 1

Map
2
54 Pay_Define a Payment Method Define a Payment Method Define a Payment 1

Method
2
55 Pay_Modify a Payment Method Modify a Payment Method Modify a Payment 1

Method
2
56 Pay_Delete a Payment Method Delete a Payment Method Delete Payment 1

Method
2
57 Pay_Define an Element Set Define an Element Set Define an Element Set 1
58 Pay_Modify an Element Set Modify an Element Set Modify an Element Set 1
59 Pay_Enter GL Daily Rates Enter GL Daily Rates Enter GL Daily Rates 1
2
60 Pay_Define Conversion Rate Type Define Conversion Rate Define Conversion 1
Type Rate Type
2
61 Pay_Define a Monetary Unit Define a Monetary Unit Define a Monetary 1

Unit
2
62 Pay_Define a Salary Basis Define a Salary Basis Define a Salary Basis 1
63 Pay_Define a Salary Basis whose pay basis is hourly Define a Salary Basis Define a Salary Basis 1
whose pay basis is hourly whose pay basis is
hourly
2
64 Pay_Make changes to Salary Basis Make changes to Salary Modify Salary Basis 1
Basis
65 Pay_Delete a Salary Basis Delete a Salary Basis Delete a Salary Basis 1
66 Pay_Define the elements Define the elements Define the elements 1
2
3
67 Pay_Make changes to an element Make changes to an Modify element 1

element
Pay_Delete an element Delete an element End date an element 1
3
68
69 Pay_Link the following elements Link the following elements Link the following 1
elements
69 Pay_Link the following elements Link the following elements Link the following
elements
2
70 Pay_Make changes to an Element Link Make changes to an Make changes to an 1

Element Link Element Link
2
71 Pay_End Date an Element Link End Date an Element Link Delete an Element 1
Link
2
72 Pay_Create an Earnings Element Create an Earnings Create an Earnings 1

Element Element
73 Pay_Create a Deduction Element Create a Deduction Create a Deduction 1

Element Element
2
74 Pay_Modify an Earnings Element Modify an Earnings Modify an Earnings 1
Element Element
75 Pay_Modify a Deduction Element Modify a Deduction Modify a Deduction 1

Element Element
76 Pay_Delete an Earnings Element Delete an Earnings Delete an Earnings 1

Element Element
77 Pay_Delete a Deduction Element Delete a Deduction Delete a Deduction 1

Element Element
78 Pay_Query a Tax Withholding Rule Query a Tax Withholding Query a Tax 1

Rule Withholding Rule
79 Pay_Create an Absence Type Create an Absence Type Create an Absence 1

Type
80 Pay_Modify an Absence Type Modify an Absence Type Modify an Absence 1

Type
81 Pay_Delete an Absence Type Delete an Absence Type Delete an Absence 1

Type
3
82 Pay_Create an Element Classification Create an Element Query an Element 1
Classification Classification
83 Pay_Create a Balance Create a Balance Create a Balance 1

83 Pay_Create a Balance Create a Balance Create a Balance
84 Pay_Modify a Balance Modify a Balance Modify a Balance 1
85 Pay_Define a Global Value Define a Global Value Define a Global Value 1
86 Pay_Modify a Global Value Modify a Global Value Modify a Global Value 1
87 Pay_End Date a Global Value End Date a Global Value Delete a Global Value 1
3
88 Pay_Enter an employee and don't enter the values in Enter an employee and Enter an employee 1
additional details DFF and try to save record. don't enter the values in and don't enter the
additional details DFF and values in additional
2
try to save record. details DFF and try to
save record.
89 Pay_Enter an employee and populate all the mandatory Enter an employee and Enter an employee 1
segments in additional personal details and try to save populate all the mandatory and populate all the
record segments in additional mandatory segments
2
personal details and try to in additional personal
save record details and try to save
record
90 Pay_Enter a primary address with style for the country Enter a primary address Enter a primary 1
code International Style. with style for the country address with style for
code International Style. the country code
International Style.
2
91 Pay_Enter a secondary address with style for the country Enter a secondary address Enter a secondary 1
91 Pay_Enter a secondary address with style for the country Enter a secondary address Enter a secondary
2
92 Pay_Enter a SIT Visa Information record for the Enter a SIT Visa Enter a SIT Visa 1
employee created. Information record for the Information record for
employee created. the employee created.
2
93 Pay_Enter a Phone record for the employee Entered. Enter a Phone record for Enter a Phone record 1
the employee Entered. for the employee
Entered.
2
94 Pay_Enter a contact for the employee Entered. Enter a contact for the Enter a contact for the 1
employee Entered. employee Entered.
95 Pay_Attach the job defined under "Test_Job_Group" Job Attach the job defined Attach the job defined 1
Group above to the employee created in the under "Test_Job_Group" under
Supplementary Role Screen Job Group above to the "Test_Job_Group" Job
employee created in the Group above to the
Supplementary Role employee created in 2
Screen the Supplementary
Role Screen
96 Pay_Pay_Attach the job defined under "Job Group" Job Attach the job defined Attach the job defined 1
Group above to the employee created in the Assignment under "Job Group" Job under "Job Group" Job
Screen Group above to the Group above to the
employee created in the employee created in
Assignment Screen the Assignment 2
Screen
97 Pay_Attach the grade configured for the job to the Attach the grade Attach the grade 1
employee created. configured for the job to the configured for the job
employee created. to the employee
created.
2
98 Pay_Attach the GRE defined above to the employee Attach the GRE defined Attach the GRE 1
created. above to the employee defined above to the
created. employee created.
2
99 Pay_Attach the payroll defined above to the employee Attach the payroll defined Attach the payroll 1
created. above to the employee defined above to the
101 Pay_Attach the location defined above for above to the Attach the location defined Attach the location 1
employee created. above for above to the defined above for
employee created. above to the employee
created.
102 Pay_Attach the Salary basis defined to the employee Attach the Salary basis Attach the Salary 1
created. defined to the employee basis defined to the
2
103 Pay_Enter a salary record for this person. Enter a salary record for Enter a salary record 1
this person. for this person.
104 Pay_Enter a salary proposal for this person. Enter a salary proposal for Enter a salary 1
this person. proposal for this
person.
105 Pay_Attach the following elements elements to the Attach the following Attach the following 1
employee elements elements to the elements elements to
employee the employee
2
5
106 Pay_Send the person on leave with type as Vacation of Send the person on leave Send the person on 1
a different country with type as Vacation of a leave with type as
different country Vacation of a different
country
2
the same country. with type as Vacation of leave with type as
the same country. Vacation of the same
country.
the same country. with type as Vacation of leave with type as
the same country. Vacation of the same
country.
109 Pay_Attach two elements that have multiple entries Attach two elements that Attach two elements 1
allowed have multiple entries that have multiple
allowed entries allowed
2
110 Pay_Conduct an interview for an employee and give him Conduct an interview for an Conduct an interview 1
a performance rating employee and give him a for an employee and
performance rating give him a
performance rating
2
111 Pay_Query for an existing mailstop Query for an existing Query for an existing 1
mailstop mailstop
111 Pay_Query for an existing mailstop Query for an existing Query for an existing
mailstop mailstop
2
112 Pay_Create a new mailstop Create a new mailstop Create a new mailstop 1
113 Pay_Modify the details of an existing mailstop Modify the details of an Modify the details of 1
existing mailstop an existing mailstop
2
114 Pay_Query for an employee with mailstop details Query for an employee with Query for an 1
mailstop details employee with
mailstop details
2
115 Pay_Add mailstop details for an employee Add mailstop details for an Add mailstop details 1
employee for an employee
2
116 Pay_Modify the mailstop details of an employee Modify the mailstop details Modify the mailstop 1
of an employee details of an employee
2
Login to US Super HRMS Manager Location Created
-->Work Structure-->Location
Create the Location as per the following
Data:
1)Location Name:Test Location US
Country Code:US
Scope:Global
2) Location Name:Test Location IND
Country Code:IN
Scope:Global
Login to US Super HRMS Manager Location details should be updated and

-->Work Structure-->Location saved
Query for the Existing Location
Click on Special Information button.Enter Change the Location and update as per the
Special information following Data:
Location Name: Test Location
Old City: Santa Clara
New City: Canton
Zipcode :48187
County : Wayne
Login to US Super HRMS Manager Location should be deleted.

-->Work Structure-->Location
Query for the Location as per data:
Location Name: Test Location Australia
Old Inactive Date: Null
New Inactive date: 10-Oct-2010
Delete the Location and Save the changes
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--

>Work structures-->Grade -->Description
Query for the Existing Grades Query retrived the Existing Grades
Once grades are retrived, then enter the Create the Grade as per the Data
sequence number in a multiple of 10 after
the last number in the sequence.
Enter the name of the grade for the Save the changes.
following data :
Sequence Number:3000
Grade Name:16.L
From date:01-JAN-1951.

Query for the Existing Grade and update Able to found the Grades
with following data:
Old Grade Name:15.
New Grade Name: 16.S
From date:15-June-2008
Change the Grades and update as per the Update the Grades and Save the changes
Data
Query for the Grades as per the data: Able to found the Grades
Grade Name:00.
From date:14-JUN-2008
To Date: 10-JUL-2008
Delete the Grades and Save the changes Grades should be deleted.
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Grade should be created

Work Structure-->Grade--> Grade Rates
Create the Grade as per the following

data:
Grade Rate Name: Test India Grade Rate
Grade Name :5.L
Min Val: 1000.00
Max Val: 10000.00
Mid Value :5500.00
From Date: 11-JUL-2008
Create a Grade rate for the new grade Grade Rate should be created with the mid
created by specifying the min and max value calculated automatically
value.Mid value should get calculated
automatically
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Able to found the Grades with grade rates
Query for the Existing Grade rates and

update with the following data:
Grade Name :5.S
Min Val: 20000.00
Max Val: 50000.00
Mid Value :35000.00
Modify the Value and save the changes Update the changes to grade rates and
Save.
Login to US Super HRMS Manager-->
Query for the following Grade, Able to Retrive the data

Grade Name :6
Min Val: 0.00
Max Val: 0.00
Mid Value :0.00
Made an update as of today by giving min, Update and save the changes
max values 0
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Create the Job Group and save the
Work Structure-->Job Group changes
Create the Job Group as per the following
data:
Job Group Name:Test_Job_Group
Flexfield structure: Job Flexfield
Business Group:<client BG>
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Able to find the job group and update the
Work Structure-->Job Group changes
Query for the Job Group as per the
following data:
Job Group Name :Test_Job_Group_K
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Able to find the job group

Work Structure-->Job Group
Query for the Job Group as per the

following data:
Job Group Name :Test_Job_Group_K
Delete the Job Group and Save. Delete the Job Group as per the data and
save the changes
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Jobs Created as per the data
Work Structure-->Job --> Description
Create the Job with the following data
under the job group which created under
"TS-010"
Job Group:Test_Job_Group
Job:Marketing.Communications.Bus
Devel.M8.444
From Date: 01-Jan-1951
Job Group:<Client Job Group>
Job:Marketing.Business
Development.Application Strategy
Manager.Manager.007
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Query for the Grade and attach to the job
-->Valid Grades.
Attach the Grade which is created under
"16.L" for the following Job,
Devel.M8.444,Marketing.Communications.
Bus Devel.M6.256
Grade :DU.1.S
From Date:01-Jan-1951
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Update the Job as per the data and save
Work Structure-->Job --> Description the changes
Query for Existing Jobs and update with
the following data:
Devel.M8.444
Job Group:client Job Group
OLD Job:Job:Marketing.Business
Manager.Manager.006
Manager.Manager.007
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Delete the Job and save the changes
Query for the job as per the data :

Job Group:Test_Job_Group
Devel.M8.444
Job Group:client Job Group
Manager.Manager.007
To: 31-DEC-2009
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Create the Organisation as per the data.
Work Structure-->Organisation -->
Description
Create the Organisation with the following
data,
1)Organization Name:310 TEST ORG US
Type:OPERATIONAL ENTITY
From Date:01-JAN-1951
Location: Test Location US
Organization Classification: HR
Organization
2)Organization Name:310 TEST ORG IND

Type:OPERATIONAL ENTITY
Location:Test Location IND
Organization Classification: HR
Organization
Attach the Location which is created under Attach the Location to the newly created
"TS-001" to the newly created organisations
Organisations
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Finance Owner Information should be
Work Structure-->Organisation populated
--> Description--> Classification
Populate the Organisation Classification
information as per the data below,
1) Organization Name:310 TEST ORG US
Finance Owner:Desai, Rakhee
Start Date :01-JAN-1951
2)Organization Name:310 TEST ORG IND

Finance Owner:Desai, Rakhee
Start Date :01-JAN-1951
Country Code
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Headcount Owner Information should be

Work Structure-->Organisation populated
Populate the Extra Information with the
following data,
Headcount Owner: Leslie, Chris
Start Date:01-JAN-1951
Country Code
2) Organization Name:310 TEST ORG IND

Headcount Owner: Leslie, Chris
Country Code
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Human Resources Owner Information for

Work Structure-->Organisation the organization should be populated.
Populate the Extra Inforamtion with the
following data,
Human Resources Owner :Campbell,
Deborah

Human Resources Owner :Campbell,
Deborah
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Populate HR Owner Leader Information for

Work Structure-->Organisation the organization
following data,
HR Owner Leader: Long, Nancy
Start Date: 01-JAN-1951

HR Owner Leader: Long, Nancy
Start Date: 01-JAN-1951
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Populate Vice President for the organization
Work Structure-->Organisation
following Data,
Vice President:Coplans, Greg

Vice President:Coplans, Greg
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Populate Reporting Information(EVP) for

Work Structure-->Organisation the organization

Classification:HR Organization
Populate the Extra Information ->Reporting

Information with the following data:
EVP Name:Coplans, Greg
EVP Start Date:01-JAN-2001
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Populate Costing Information for the

Work Structure-->Organisation organization
following data,
1)
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Able to found the existing organisation
--> Description
Query for Existing Organisation and
update with the following data,
Org: 310 TEST ORG US
Added GRE/Legal Entity Org classification
Legal Entity Accounting: US
Update with the above data and save the Organisations details should be updated
changes. and saved.
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Populate the Reporting Information.
Click on the Extra Information->Reporting
Information for HR Organization and
update with the following data,
Org: 310 TEST ORG US:
Reporting Information:
EVP Name:Coplans, Greg
EVP Start Date:01-JAN-2002
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Able to found the Existing Extra Information
Query for the Existing Extra information for
Business unit and modify with following
data,
Business Unit:
Old: Finance
New: Global Marketing
Modify Business Unit Information for the Business Unit Information should be
organization with the above data. modified and saved.
Query for the Existing Extra information for Able to found the Existing Extra Information
Finance Owner and modify with following
data,
Finance Owner:
Old: Desai, Rakhee
New: Dokania, Praveen
Modify Finance Owner for the organization Finance Owner Information should be
with the above data. modified and saved.
HR Owner leader and modify with following
data,
HR Owner leader:
Old: Long, Nancy
New: Moore, Shari
Modify HR Owner leader for the HR Owner leader Information should be

Headcount Owner and modify with
following data,
Headcount Owner:
Old: Leslie, Chris
New: Kosten, Bill
Modify Headcount Owner for the Headcount Owner Information should be

Human Resources Owner and modify with
following data,
Human Resources Owner:
Old: Campbell, Deborah
New: Cryer, Nancy
Modify Human Resources Owner for the Human Resources OwnerInformation

organization with the above data. should be modified and saved.
Vice President and modify with following
data,
Vice President:
Old: Coplans, Greg
New: DeMont, Randy
Modify Vice President for the organization Vice President Information should be
with the above data. modified and saved.
Query for the Existing Extra information for Able to found the Existing Extra Information
Costing and modify with following data,
Modify Costing Information for the Costing Information should be modified

organization with the above data. and saved.
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Able to find the Organisation as per the
Work Structure-->Organisation data.
--> Description
Query for the following Organisation
information,
Org: Test_Business Group
Delete and save the changes Organisations details should be deleted.

Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> GRE Legal Entity should be created.
--> Description
Create the Oraganisation Legal Entity for a
GRE Legal Entity with the following data,
Organisation : Test_Organisation
GRE/Legal Entity: Test Legal Entity
Type:LEGAL ENTITY
Location:10369
Organization Classification:GRE/Legal
Entity
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Able to retrive the GRE Legal Entity
Query for the GRE/Legal Entity and
populate with the following data,
GRE/Legal Entity: Test Legal Entity
Legal Entity Accounting
Set of Books:CDA_Stat
Update the GRE/Legal Entity and save the GRE Legel Entity information should be
changes Updated.
Query for the GRE/Legal Entity and Modify
with the following data,
Name:Test Legal Entity
Old Value for Legal Entity Accounting: CDA
Stat||101||102
New Value for Legal Entity
Accounting:Asean1||105||109
Update the GRE/Legal Entity and save the GRE Legel Entity information should be
changes Modified.
Query for the GRE/Legal Entity for the
following data,
Org:Test_Organisation
Type :LEGAL ENTITY
Legal Entity Accounting:Asean||
End dated as of :31-DEC-2008
Delete the GRE/Legal Entity and save the GRE Legel Entity information should be
changes Deleted.
--> Description
1. Create an organization of type Business Oragansiation Created as per the data.
Group
2. Populate the location details
3. Add the following Organization
Classifications:
Business Group
HR Organization
GRE / Legal Entity
Inventory Organization
Project Invoice Collection Organization
Project Task Owning Organization
Project Manufacturing Organization
Benefit Provider
Asset Organization
Operating Unit
Professional Body Information
Project Expenditure/Event Organization
with the following data,
Name: TEST Business Group

Location: Test Location
Org Classification:
Business Group
HR Organization
GRE / Legal Entity
Inventory Organization
Project Invoice Collection Organization
Project Task Owning Organization
Project Manufacturing Organization
Benefit Provider
Asset Organization
Operating Unit
Professional Body Information
Project Expenditure/Event Organization
Populate data for the following extra Populated the extra information under
information under Others for Business Others for Business Group Classification
Group Classification
Business Group Information
US Processing Rules
Project Burdening Hierarchy
Work Day Information
Benefits Defaults
EEO Report Details
Populate data for the following extra Populated the extra information under
information under others for HR Others for HR Organization Classification
Organization Classification
Business Unit
Finance Owner
HR Owner leader
Headcount Owner
Human Resources Owner
Vice President
Costing Information
Reporting Information
Populate data for Legal Entity Accounting Populated the Legal Entity Accounting
under Others for GRE/ Legal Entity under Others for GRE/ Legal Entity
Populate data for Accounting Information Populated data for Accounting Information
under Others for Inventory Organization under Others for Inventory Organization
Populate data for Project Type Class Populated data for Project Type Class
Information under Others for Project Task Information under Others for Project Task
Owning Organization Owning Organization
Populate data for Operating Unit Populated data for Operating Unit
Information under Others for Operating Information under Others for Operating Unit
Unit
Populate data for Related Organizations Populated data for Related Organizations
under Others for Project under Others for Project Expenditure/Event
Expenditure/Event Organization Organization
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Organisation created as per the data.
--> Description
1. Create an organization of type
:OPERATING UNIT
2. Populate the location details :
Classifications:
Operating Unit
Test Data:
Name: TEST Operating Unit
Location: 0395 Hingham, MA
Org Class: HR Organization
Operating Unit
Populate data for the extra information Populate the Extra Information
Operating Unit Information under Others
for Operating Unit Classification
Populate data for the following extra Populate the Extra Information
information under others for HR
Business Unit,EVP,Finance Owner
HR Owner leader,Headcount Owner
Human Resources Owner,Vice President
Costing Information

--> Description
ORGANIZATION
Classifications:
HR Organization
Test Data:
Name: TEST VP Rollup
Location: 0395 Hingham, MA
Business Unit
EVP
Finance Owner
HR Owner leader
Headcount Owner
Vice President
Costing Information

--> Description
ORGANIZATION
Classifications:
HR Organization
Test Data:
Name: TEST Organization
Location: TEST Location US
Business Unit
EVP
Finance Owner
HR Owner leader
Headcount Owner
Vice President
Costing Information

--> Description
OPERATIONAL ENTITY
Classifications:
HR Organization
Test Data:
Name: 310 Test Operational Entity
Location: Test Location India
Business Unit
EVP
Finance Owner
HR Owner leader
Headcount Owner
Vice President
Costing Information

--> Description
1. Create an organization of type REGION
ROLLUP
Classifications:
HR Organization
Test Data:
Name: Test_Region Roll Up
Location: Test Location Australia
Business Unit
EVP
Finance Owner
HR Owner leader
Headcount Owner
Vice President
Costing Information
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Create the New Organisation Hierarchy as

Work Structure-->Organisation per the data.
--> Hierarchy
Create a new version of organization by
end dating the old one on a future date
and starting a new version after that date .
Test Data:
Organization hierarchy:Test HR
HIERARCHY
Version: 2
Date From: 31-DEC-2025
Top Organization:105 BUSINESS UNIT
STAFF
Subordinates:
310 TEST ORG US
310 TEST ORG India
create a new hierarchy with the Attach the Organisation from previous test
organizations created in the above test cases to the newly created organisation
cases for that version hierarchy
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Assignment status should be created as
Work Structure-->Status per the data
Create the Assignment status as per the
data.
Test Data:
User Status: Test Active Assignment
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Able to Retrive the Existing Assignment

Work Structure-->Status status and update as per the data.
Query for the Existing Assignment Status

and update as per the data.
Test Data:
User Status: Test Terminate Assignment
Old Payroll: Process
New: Do not Process
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Payroll Should be Created as per the data.
Payroll--> Description
Create a new Payroll as mentioned in the
Test Data.
Test Data:
1) Payroll:Test_Payroll_US
Period Type:Calendar Month
Effective Date:14-july-2008
Consolidation Set:Rest of World
Additional Payroll Details
Country Code:US
2)Payroll:Test_Payroll_Canada
Period Type:Semi-Month
Effective Date:01-JAN-2008
Consolidation Set:Rest of World
Additional Payroll Details
Country Code:CA
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Able to Retrieve the Existing Payroll

Query for the Existing Payroll and update
with below data.
Test Data:
Payroll::Test_Payroll_Canada
Changed the Number of Years:12
Update the Payroll as per the data and Update the Payroll and save the changes
save
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Able to Retrieve the Existing Payroll
Query for the Existing Payroll and update
with below data.
Test Data:
Payroll:India Semi-Monthly
End dated as of :14-July-2010
Delete the Payroll as per the data and Delete the Payroll and save the changes
save
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Create a new GL Flexfield Map for the
Payroll--> GL-->Flexfield Map Payroll defined
Create the flex Field as per the data,
Payroll: Test_Payroll_US
Ledger: US
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> GL Flexfield Map should be modified
Payroll--> GL-->Flexfield Map
Query for the Existing flex Field Map and
update as per the data,
Payroll: Test_Payroll_US
Old Ledger: US
New: MX_US_GAAP
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Able to Retrieve the Existing Flexfield Map
Payroll--> GL-->Flexfield Map
Query for the Existing flex Field Map and
Payroll:Test_Payroll_US
End dated as of :14-JUL-2010
Delete the Flexfield Map and Save the Delete the Flex Field Map and save the
changes changes
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Payment Method should be created
Payroll--> Payment Methods successfully
Create the Payments Methods as per the
data,
Name:Test_NACHA
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Payment Method should be modified and
Payroll--> Payment Methods saved.
Query for Existing Payments Methods and
Name: Test_NACHA
Populated the Bank details which were not
given earlier
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Able to Retrieve the Payment Method

Payroll--> Payment Methods
Query for Existing Payments Methods and
Name: Test_NACHA
Delete the Payment method and save the Payment Method should be end dated
changes successfully
Payroll--> Element Set
Create the Element Set as per the data Element Set should be created successfully
and include some elements to it.
Test Data:
Name: Test_Element Set
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Able to Retrieve existing element set

Payroll--> Element Set
Query for Existing Element Set and update
as per the data,
Name: Test_Element Set
Added one element: US Wages
Modify the Element Set and save the Update the changes and save it
changes
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> GL Daily Rate should be defined
Payroll-->GL-->Daily Rates
Define a Daily Rate as per the data,
From INR to USD on 14-July-08
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Conversion Rate Type should be defined
Payroll-->Conversion Rate Types
Define a Conversion Rate Type as per the
data,
Name: Test_Rate Type
Payroll-->Monetary Units
Create a Monetary Units as per the data, Monetary Unit should be created.
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Create a new salary basis as mentioned in

Total Compensation->Basic->Salary Basis. the Test Data
Create a Salary Basis as per the data,

Salary Basis:Test_Salary_Basis
Pay Basis:Annual
Element Name:US Salary
Input Value Name:US Annual Salary
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Create a new salary basis as mentioned in

Total Compensation->Basic->Salary Basis. the Test Data
Create a Salary Basis whose pay basis is

Hourly as per the data,
Salary Basis:Test IND Wages
Pay Basis:Hourly
Element Name: IND Salary
Input Value Name:Pay Value
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Salary Basis should not get updated
Total Compensation->Basic->Salary Basis.
Query for the Existing Salary Basis and

Salary Basis:Test Basis
Attached the grade:2003 US Grade Rate
Values
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Able to Retrieve the Salary Basis

Total Compensation->Basic->Salary Basis.
Query for the Existing Salary Basis as per

the data,
Salary Basis:Test Basis
Delete the Salary Basis and save the Delete the Salary basis and save the
changes changes
Total Compensation->Basic->Element
Description.
Create the element as mentioned in the Create the Element as per the data given
test data
Test Data:
Test US Salary
Country Code:US
Input Values:
i.Pay Value
ii.Test US Annual Salary
iii.Jurisdiction
test data
Test Data:
Test IND Salary
Country Code:IND
Input Values:
i.Plan
ii.Plan Year Start
iii.Plan Year End
iv.Rate
v.Earned Amount
vi.Attainment for the Year
test data
Test Data:
Test CA Vacation
Country Code:CA
Input Values:
i.Days Allotted
Create the Element as mentioned in the Create the Element as per the data given
test data
Test Data:
Test AR Sick
Country Code:AR
Input Values:
i.Days Allotted

Description.
Query for the Existing element as Able to Retrieve the Element
mentioned in the test data
Test Data:
Element Name:Test AR Sick
added the Input Value:Amount
Update the Element and save the changes Modify the Element and save
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Able to Retrieve the Element

Description.
Query for the Existing element as
mentioned in the test data
Test Data:
Element Name:Test IN SAL
End dated as of :14-July-2010
Delete the Element and End date with Save the changes
some date Save the changes
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Link the element as mentioned in the test
Total Compensation->Basic->Link. data
Link the element as mentioned in the test
data
1.Test US Salary
Country Code:US
Eligibility Criteria
Salary Basis: US Salary
2.Test IND Salary

Country Code:IND
Salary Basis: ind Salary
3.Test CA Vacation
Country Code:CA
Salary Basis: Canadian Salary
4.Test AR Sick
Country Code:AR
Salary Basis: Argentina Salary
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Element Link should be updated

Total Compensation->Basic->Link.
Query for existing element as mentioned in
the test data
1.Element link Name:Tset AR Sick
Added the default values for the Input
fields Pay Value (70) and Amount(80)
Update the Element Link and save the

changes
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Element Link should be End Dated
Total Compensation->Basic->Link.
Query for existing element as mentioned in
the test data
Element link Name:Test CA Vaction
Delete the Element Link and Save the

changes
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Create the Element as per the data given
Total Compensation -> Basic -> Element
Description
Create the Element as per the Data,
Element Name :Test AR Sick
Primary Classification :Earnings
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Create the Element as per the data given
Total Compensation -> Basic -> Element
Description
Create the Element as per the Data,
Element Name : Test DED Sal
Primary
Classification: Voluntary Deductions
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Modify the Element as per the data given
Total Compensation -> Basic -> Earnings
Query for the Existing Element and update

as per the Data,
Element Name :Test AR Sick
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Modify the Element as per the data given
Total Compensation -> Basic ->
Deductions
Query for the Existing Element and update
as per the Data,
Element Name : Test DED Sal
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Delete the Element
Total Compensation -> Basic -> Earnings
Query for the Element as per the Data

and delete that element.
Element Name :Test AR
Sick
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Delete the Element
Total Compensation -> Basic ->Deductions
Query for the Element as per the Data

and delete that element. Element Name :
Test DED Sal
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Tax Withholding Rules should be visible.
Total Compensation -> Basic -> Tax
Withholding Rules
Validate the tax withholdign rules
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Create an Absence Type

Total Compensation -> Basic -> Absence
Types
Create the Element as per the Data ,
Name: Test Sick
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Able to Retrieve the Absence element
Types
Query for the Existing Absence Element
and update as per the data,
Name: Test Vacation
Old Category: Sickness
New Category: Vacation
Update the Absence element as per the Update the absence element and save the
data and save the changes changes
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Able to Retrieve the Absence element
Types
Query for the Existing Absence Element
and update as per the data,
Name: Test Vacation
End date: 10-Oct-2010
Save the changes Changes should get saved

Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Element classification should be retrieved .
Total Compensation -> Basic ->
Classification
Query any existing Element Classification.
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Balance should be created

Total Compensation -> Basic -> Balance
Create an Balance as per the Data ,
Name: Test
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Able to Retrieve the balance
Total Compensation -> Basic -> Balance
Query for the Existing Balance and update

as per the data,
Name: Test1
Old Currency: USD
New: INR
Update the Balance and save the Balance should be modified

changes
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Create the global value as per the data.
Total Compensation -> Fast Formula ->
Global Values
Create a Global Value as per the Data ,
Name: TEST_GVAL
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Able to Retrieve the global value
Global Values
Query for the Global Value and update as
per the data,
Name: TEST_GVAL1
Old Value: 123.56
New Value:436.786
Update the global vlaue and save the Update the global Value and save the
changes changes
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Able to Retrieve the global value
Global Values
Query for the Global Value and update as
per the data,
Name: TEST_GVAL2
End Date: 09-oct-2010
Save the changes Unable to enter the effective end date

Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Employee should not be created as the
People->Enter and Maintain HR Data. mandatory fields are not populated
Create a employee as per the data ,
Emp name:New R12 Employee,
Country Code :NULL
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Employee should be created as the
People->Enter and Maintain HR Data. mandatory fields are populated
Create an employee and populate the
mandatory fields in Additional Person
Details as per the data,
Empno:18355
Country Code:CL
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Primary address should be created

People->Enter and Maintain HR Data-
>Address.
Create a primary address for this
employee as per the data,
Empno:18355
Country Code:CL
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Secondary address should be created

People->Enter and Maintain HR Data.
Create a secondary address for this
employee for this employee as per the
data,
Empno:18355
Country Code:CL
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> SIT Visa record should be created

>Special Info.
Create a SIT record for Visa Information
for this employee as per the data,
Empno 18365
Country Code: IN
Visa Type:Working Visa
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Phone record should be created

>Others->Phone.
Create a phone record for this employee
as per the data,
Empno 18355
Phone Type:Home
Phone:032567894
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Contact record should be created

>Others->Contact.
Create a contact for this employee
employee as per the data,
Empno :001021999
Contact:Mrs. Contact for
Relation:Spouse
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Job Group and job should appear in the list
People->Enter and Maintain HR Data- of values and able to attach as a
>Others->Supplementary Roles. supplementary role
Attach the job defined above under
"Test_Job_Group" Job Group(Case#5) test
case in the Supplementary Role screen
Empno 18355
Job : Marketing.Communications.Bus
Devel.M8.256
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Job should appear in the list of values and
People->Enter and Maintain HR Data- able to attach as the primary job
>Assignment
Attach the job defined above under "Job
Group" Job Group in the assignment
screen Job : Marketing.Industry
Marketing.Marketing Analyst..MK170-P2
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Grade should appear in the list of

People->Enter and Maintain HR Data- organization list of values and able to attach
>Assignment to the assignment
Attach the grade mentioned in the Test
Data to this assignment as per the data,
Empno:18355
Grade:11.
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> GRE/Legal Entity Should appear in the list
People->Enter and Maintain HR Data- of organization list of values and able to
>Assignment->Statutory Information. attach to the assignment
Attach GRE mentioned in the Test Data to
this assignment as per the data,
Empno 18355
Legal Entity:310 TEST ORG US
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Payroll should appear in the list of

>Assignment. to the assignment
Attach the payroll mentioned in the Test

Empno:18355
Payroll:Test _Payroll_Canada
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Location should appear in the list of

>Assignment. to the assignment
Attach the location mentioned in the Test

Empno 18355
Location:Test Location US
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Salary basis Should appear in the list of
>Assignment->Salary Information. to the assignment
Attach the salary basis defined above

Salary to this assignment as per the data,
Empno 18365
Salary basis :India Salary
Login to APAC HR Manage/Analyst--> A Salary record should be created and it
People->Enter and Maintain HR Data- should be approved automatically
>Assignment->Salary
Create a salary record for this assignment
as per the data,
Empno:18365
Change Date:14-Jul-2008
Change Value:10000
Annual Salary:10000
Responsibility: APAC HR Manage/Analyst
Login to APAC HR Manage/Analyst--> A Salary record should be created and a

People->Enter and Maintain HR Data- drop down box should appear to select
>Assignment->Salary status ( approved/ proposed)
Create a salary proposal for this

assignment as per the data,
Empno:18129
Change Date:14-jul-2008
Change Value:1000
Annual Salary:199,000
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> The element with its input values must be
People->Enter and Maintain HR Data- attached to the employee
>Assignment->Entries
Attach the element as mentioned in the
Test Data,
Empno:18365
1.Short Term Incentive
Country Code:IN
Input values
Start Date:29-MAY-2006
Incentive Amount:300
Attach the element as mentioned in the The element with its input values must be
Test Data, attached to the employee
2.LTI ELTI
Country Code:IN
Input values
Plan:ELTI FY06
Plan Year Start:29-MAY-2006
Empno:18365
3.Vacation
Country Code:IN
Input values
Days Alloted:2
Empno:18365
4.Sick
Country Code:IN
Input values
Days Alloted:5
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> The leave should not be booked
>Others->Absence.
Send the person on leave with type as
mentioned in the Test Data
Empno:18365
Absence type :Sick Leave
Country Code:AR
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> The leave details should be updated with
People->Enter and Maintain HR Data- the appropriate element being attached to
>Others->Absence. the employee

Empno:18355
Absence type :Vacation
Country Code:CL
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> The leave details should be updated with
People->Enter and Maintain HR Data- the appropriate element being attached to
>Others->Absence. the employee

Empno:18365
Absence type :Sick Leave
Country Code:IN
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> Both the elements must be attached.

>Assignment->Entries.
Attach the element as mentioned in the
Test Data
Empno:18365
Test IND Salary, IN Short term Incentive
Country Code:IN
Login to US Super HRMS Manager--> The interview and the performce rating
People->Enter and Maintain HR Data- should be successfully saved.
>Assignment->Others-->Performance.
Enter the interview type and the
performance rating as per the Test Data
Date:15-Jul-2008
Performance Rating:04-Exceeds
Performance
Interview Type:Performance interview
Login to Employee Mailstop Maintenance Query for an existing mailstop

-> Maintain Mailstops
Query for the Existing Mailstop as per the
data,
Mail Stop: 3950
Login to Employee Mailstop Maintenance Create a new mailstop
Create a new mailstop as per the data,
Mail Stop: 12300
Login to Employee Mailstop Maintenance Modify the details of an existing mailstop
Query for the existing mailstop as per the
data and update the changes
Mail Stop: 12300
Login to Employee Mailstop Maintenance Query for an employee with mailstop details
-> Employee Mailstop Update
Query for the Existing Mailstop as per the

data,
Login to Employee Mailstop Maintenance Add mailstop details for an employee

Add mailstop details for an employee as
per the data,
Login to Employee Mailstop Maintenance Modify the mailstop details of an employee

Query for the Existing Mailstop and modify
as per the data,
P2P Cycle for Inventory Item
1 Requisition Entry 1
Module: 2
3
5
2 Purchase Order Entry 1
Module: 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3 Generate Receipt 1
Module: 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
4 Invoice Entry(Matched with 1
Po/Receipt
2
Module:
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
5 Invoice Payment 1
Module: 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
6 Transfer to General Ledger 1
Module: 2
6 Transfer to General Ledger
Module:
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
7 Requisition Entry 1
Module: 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
15
8 Purchase Order Entry 1
Module: 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 Generate Receipt 1
Module:
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10 Invoice Entry(Matched with 1
Po/Receipt
Module: 2
3
4
5
6
Module:
8
9
10
11
11 Invoice Payment 1
Module:
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
12 Transfer to General Ledger 1
Module:
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
13 Asset Addition(Mass 1
Additions)
Module: 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Login to the application Username/Password

Select responsibility Purchasing, Vision
Operations(USA)
Go to Requisition-Requisition
Select Type, Item, Category, Description, Unit of
Measure, Quantity, Price, Need by Date,
Destination Type, Organization, Location Type
Commit the Changes and click on
approve.Requisition gets Approved.
Operations(USA)
Erase Buyer Name Buyer Name
Select Requisiotn Number from LOV Requisition Number
Click on Find
Enable the check box and click on Automatic
Select the Supplier from LOV Supplier
Click on Approve so that Purchase Order Gets
Approved.
Operations(USA)
Go to Receiving-Receipts
Select Inventory Organization Inventory Organization
Click on Ok
Select Purchase Order Number from LOV Purchase Order Number
Click on Find
Enable the check Box and commit the changes so
that Receipt will be applied
Select responsibility Payables, Vision
Operations(USA)
Go to Invoices-Entry-Invoice Batches
Enter Invoice Batch Name Invoice Batch Name
Select Invoice Type Invoice Type
Select Supplier,Number & Currency Supplier,Supplier Number & Site
Enter Invoice Date,r Invoice Number, Invoice
Currency, Invoice Amount, GL Date Invoice Date
Click on Match and select Purchase Order
Number Purchase Order Number
Click on Find
Check Match option and commit the changes
Validate the Invoice
Operations(USA)
Query the Invoice Batch Invoice Batch Name
Click on Invoices
Select the Invoice which needs to be paid Invoice Number
Click on actions and click on Pay in Full Bank Account
Commit the changes once payables reserve the
Payable Document
Go to Actions and do Accounting
Operations(USA)
Go to View Request and click on submit new
request and click on ok
Select Payables Transfer to General Ledger
Select in Parameters SET OF BOOKS SET OF BOOKS
To Date Till Date
Journal Category All
Validate Accounts Yes
Transfer to GL Interface In Detail
Submit Journal Import Yes
Click on OK and Submit the Request.Once the
Journal Entries are created in GL Module Post the
entries.

Operations(USA)
Go to Requisition-Requisition
Select Type Type
Select Item Item
Select Category Category
Enter Description Description
Select Unit of Measure UOM
Enter Quantity Quantity
Enter Price Price
Enter Need by Date Need by Date
Select Destination Type Destination Type
Select Organization Organization
Select Location Location
Enter Distributions Charge Account must be a
Asset Clearing Account Charge Account
Commit the Changes and click on
approve.Requisition gets Approved.
Operations(USA)
Erase Buyer Name Buyer Name
Select Requisiotn Number from LOV Requisition Number
Click on Find
Enable the check box and click on Automatic
Select the Supplier from LOV Supplier
Click on Approve so that Purchase Order Gets
Approved.
Operations(USA)
Go to Receiving-Receipts
Select Inventory Organization Inventory Organization
Click on Ok
Select Purchase Order Number from LOV Purchase Order Number
Click on Find
Enable the check Box and commit the changes so
that Receipt will be applied
Operations(USA)
Enter Invoice Batch Name Invoice Batch Name
Select Invoice Type Invoice Type
Select Supplier,Number & Currency Supplier,Supplier Number & Site
Enter Invoice Date,r Invoice Number, Invoice
Currency, Invoice Amount, GL Date Invoice Date
Click on Match and select Purchase Order
Number Purchase Order Number
Click on Find
Check Match option and commit the changes
Validate the Invoice
Operations(USA)
Query the Invoice Batch Invoice Batch Name
Click on Invoices
Select the Invoice which needs to be paid Invoice Number
Click on actions and click on Pay in Full Bank Account
Commit the changes once payables reserve the
Payable Document
Go to Actions and do Accounting
Operations(USA)
Go to View Request and click on submit new
request and click on ok
Select Payables Transfer to General Ledger
Select in Parameters SET OF BOOKS SET OF BOOKS
To Date Till Date
Journal Category All
Validate Accounts Yes
Transfer to GL Interface In Detail
Submit Journal Import Yes
Select responsibility Assets, Vision
Operations(USA)
Go to Mass Additions-Prepare Mass Additions

Select the Corporate Book Corporate Book
Click on Find
Place the cursor on Queue Status which belongs
to NEW
Click on Open
Change the Queue Status from NEW to Post
Select the Asset Major and Minor Category Asset Major & Minor Category
Enter Expense Account(Depreciation Account) Expense Account

Select description of Asset from LOV Asset Description
Click on Done
Go to Mass Additions-Post Mass Additions
Request id will be trigerred.Select in Parameters
Corporate Book Corporate Book
Submit the request
Once rrquest is completed with status normal in
view output you can see Asset Number
Go to Assets-Assets Work Bench and specify the
Asset Number to check whether Asset is created
or not. Asset Number
Comments
OTC Cycle
1 Order Entry & Booking (Outside 7 Days) Sales Order is booked first, 1
Module: OM 2
3
4
5
2 Ship Confirm in Oracle Goods are shipped to the 1
cusomer
2
Module: OM
3
4
5
6
7
8
3 AR invoice is created Interfaces with OM and 1
Legacy System
2
Module: AR
3
4
5
6
7
8
4 Enter Manual Receipts Receive money from 1
customer
2
Module: AR
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Operations(USA)

Operations(USA)

Operations(USA)

Operations(USA)
Comments

51190-Oracle Vanilla Test Cases - All Modules

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

51190-Oracle Vanilla Test Cases - All Modules

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Track Module S.

GL_Intercompany_Manual Inter Company transactions

iExp_Entering And Submitting ER/Entering and Submitting Expense Report manually

FA_Create Asset Using Detail Additions/Creating asset by detail addition

I Proc_Creating a Project Related Purchase Requisition/Creating a Project Related Purchase Requisition

I Proc_Approving Purchase Requisitions/Approving Purchase Requisitions

I Sup_GFR Supplier set-up

PO_Verify purchase requisitions

OM_Sales Order Inquiry

CO_Setting standard cost for new purchased Item

CO_Costing for return to receiving from inventory /Return to receiving accounting

WIP_Sales Order Shipment from Inventory - Transactions

INV_ Min-Max planning

PRO_Creation of a new Project/Define a Project

PRO_Importing Timecards into Projects/Book Costs- OTL Timecards

SPT_Check Employees with Payrolls and Organizations included in Security profile.

iRec_Application Status Updates

Pay_Creation of Location as per the Data

Pay_Make changes to Legal Entity for GRE/Legal entities

1 Login through self service mode

3 Navigate to resposibility General 1. The General Ledger window should

2 Navigate journal -> define 1. Define mass allocatin window to be

5 Click on formulas button Need to 1. Displays formula window

6 Enter Name and Description, 1. The formulas are saved

7 Choose Validate All to validate 1. Displays a request ID in POP up

3 GL_Enter Manual Journal Journal entry

4 GL_JournalEntries_Enter Batch Manual Journal GL_JournalEntries_Enter

7 GL_JournalEntries_Creating Reversing journal

11 GL_JournalPost_Manually Post Journal Entries

14 GL_JournalPost_To post a journal batch

15 GL_JournalImport_PA to GL(Revenue adjustments)

23 GL_Intercompany_Approve or Reject intercompany transactions

24 GL_Intercompany_Defining Recurring Inter company

25 GL_Intercompany_Deleting an Intercompany transaction

26 GL_Intercompany_To demonstrate usage of Intercompany

28 GL_Intercompany_Reverse Inter company transactions

29 GL_Budgets_Enter budget amounts

37 GL_Budgets_Transfer budget amounts

42 GL_Encumbrance_Enter an Encumbrance batch

43 GL_Encumbrance_Relieve the encumberance manually

44 GL_Encumbrance_Review the encumberance manually

45 GL_Encumbrance_View funds available.

46 GL_Encumbrances_Year end encumberance processing

47 GL_ForeignCurrency_To enter a foreign currency journal

50 GL_FunctionalCurrencyTo enter a ordinary entry journal in

51 GL_ADI_Journal entries through Journal wizard

55 GL_Period_To enter a Closing Entry in General Ledger

61 GL_Global Consolidation System_Consolidation Workbench

63 GL_Global Consolidation System_Mapping

67 GL_Global Consolidation System_Transfer Data

68 GL_Report _Chart of accounts_Chart of accounts

69 GL_Report _Chart of accounts_Rollup and rolldown

70 GL_Report _Chart of accounts_Segment values

71 GL_Report _Currency Listings

76 GL_Report _Multi Company_Report 1

77 GL_Report _Multi Company_Report 2

78 GL_Report _Multi Company_Report 3

79 GL_Report _Other_Mass allocation

80 GL_Report _Other_Transaction code

103 GL_Report_Budget Reports1

114 GL_Report_General Ledger Report

3 Try entering a disabled value for the Company segment

4 Click on Details button in the pop up to view details

5 Click OK in the Message history window